Page 2 of 3 FirstFirst 123 LastLast
Results 26 to 50 of 58

Thread: Big Evil's WWF 1998

  1. #26
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Steve Austin (Since 3/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Triple H (Since 3/29/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    MAY 4TH, 1998
    NASHVILLE, TN


    TONIGHT: VAL VENIS DEBUTS; HHH [c]/JARRETT; PAUL BEARER WILL CONFESS!

    Dude Love's music hits to start the show, but it goes on for a little while, and there's no sign of Dude anywhere. Almost a minute passes, and instead of Dude Love, we get Mick Foley in his street clothes, and he doesn't look the least bit happy. He says to cut that damn music off, because it makes him sick. He doesn't know who the hell he is anymore. At Unforgiven, he beat Stone Cold Steve Austin. He doesn't have the title, but he came real close. For people who have never been on the receiving end of a Stone Cold ass kicking, it doesn't feel all that good. He's sure Stone Cold would say he didn't feel a whole hell of a lot better. How does he get rewarded for his efforts? With a rematch? No. By being named #1 Contender? No. That honor went to DUSTIN RHODES. The last time he checked his own resume, he's going to head to head with the heavyweight champion of the world. The last time he looked at that former paint wearing pansy, he was wearing a black teddy and being led around with a dog leash.

    Now, the powers that be in the WWF have informed him that he is to wrestle Terry Funk in a Falls Count Anywhere match tonight and he guesses he knows what Vince is thinking. "Let those two kill each other and he won't have to deal with them anymore!" That's BS! He knows a few things. #1, he'll be damned if he's going to throw away 13 years of hard work by sucking up to a lowlife like Vince McMahon. #2, he'll be damned if his wife and kids are going to see him bumping and grinding with a couple of second rate strippers on national television. #3, he'll be damned if he performs in this stupid get up ever again, and he holds up the Dude Love attire before throwing it on the ground. He asks Vince McMahon to come out here because he, Mick Foley, wants some answers right now.

    Vince finally comes out and Foley says he doesn't care if he buries it, burns it, or wears it himself, but he will not make him dress up like a horse's ass. Vince takes the microphone and says he's got guts enough to call him out here before him. Him, the owner of the WWF. WHO THE HELL DOES HE THINK HE IS? He holds a victory over Steve Austin, but he didn't get the job done, because Austin's still the WWF Champion! Dustin WAS the #1 Contender, and Dude reacted by crying and moaning like all these other people in the crowd would at their lost opportunities. People make excuses for their failures when they don't get a raise or promotion, but he expects better from Mick Foley. He's not punishing him tonight by making him fight his best friend. This isn't a punishment, no -- IT'S A REWARD! He believes the two of them are a lot alike. He takes adversity and turns it into triumph. This match tonight is an opportunity, and that's what he gives. If he takes his best friend out to this ring tonight and he not only beats him but beats him within an inch of his life, IF HE REACHES INTO HIS CHEST AND PULLS OUT HIS HEART AND HOLDS IT UP BEFORE HIM, THEN HE WOULD HAVE MADE THE KIND OF SACRIFICE THAT'S NECESSARY TO BE #1 CONTENDER AND BEAT STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN! THE KIND OF SACRIFICE NECESSARY TO BE THE WWF CHAMPION! Or maybe -- maybe if Mick can't get this job done tonight, and it's Terry Funk who has his arm raised? Then maybe his judgment was wrong and he backed the wrong Hardcore Legend! But no, that's can't be, it just can't. He's Vince McMahon, and damnit, his instincts are NEVER wrong. He has faith and confidence in Foley because he knows deep down in that demented cranium, he can do it! Vince leaves to the back, and Foley is left with his thoughts and not much left to say, and he stares down at the Dude Love attire.

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    Before the first match, JR explains that since the members of Kai En Tai have appeared on WWF television so much, they were indeed signed to contracts, but they'll compete under the WWF's rules, not their own, and in tonight's match, the rest of Kai En Tai are barred from ringside.

    1. TAKA Michinoku [c] def. Sho Funaki with the Michinoku Driver to retain the WWF Light Heavyweight Championship in 6:13. Good Japanese style back and fourth, whatever that means. Funaki is extra brutal and seems more into hurting TAKA then winning the belt. TAKA avoids a Funaki Shining Wizard, runs up the corner and hits a Moonsault and follows up with the Michinoku Driver to win.

    Post-match, like clock work, the rest of Kai En Tai hit the ring and beat the shit out of TAKA. A small Japanese business man is with them, and JR announces he was the one in the mask at Unforgiven, and he goes by the name of Yamaguchi-san. As Kai En Tai beat the shit out of TAKA, JR yells over the madness, saying that back in Japan, TAKA was close friends with all three members of Kai En Tai, and after he left to come to the WWF, this Yamaguchi-San approached the rest of Kai En Tai, getting into their heads and making them jealous of TAKA, managing to get them to travel overseas to the WWF and take TAKA out of pro wrestling! He says the reasoning behind Yamaguchi-san's issues with TAKA are unknown at this time. Back in the ring, Kai En Tai put the finishing touches on their beatdown with a Three Post Massacre and they pose with Yamaguchi-San over top of TAKA!

    RAW is WAR, LAST WEEK: We see a highlights package of DX's invasion on World Championship Wrestling, and this will be the last time we talk about it in this btb!
    D-Generation-X makes their way out to a big pop, which again has JR baffled, but he's just going with it at this point. Triple H gets the crowd hyped, and X-Pac hits those 90's buzzwords. Road Dogg does the big Outlaws intro to a huge pop, and Billy Gunn adds for the first time "And if you're not down with that, we've got TWO WORDS for ya -- SUCK IT!" Triple H notes that he's defending the European Title against Jeff Jarrett tonight, and that's fine, he's never been one to back down from a challenge, but he better make it count, because this is his only shot. He says tonight, Operation DX continues and right now, they take care of business on their own front lawn. Speaking of front lawns, ladies, like the sign says, keep off his grass but don't be afraid to stop by and whack the weed. He shit talks on WCW some, and X-Pac grabs the mic to yell "FREE SCOTT HALL AND KEVIN NASH!" and some more 90's buzzwords.

    Suddenly, the LOD2000 make their way out to the stage with Sunny, and the Outlaws look concerned, but Hunter assures them not to worry. Hawk says they remind him of five dingleberries stuck together and pulled from the crack of some obese old man's butt. Mr. Ass, Mr. Hole, Mr. Nose, and Chyna is just Mister. X-Pac says that they forgot one, BITCH, and Hawk says he doesn't count him as a man, the lady is more of a man than he is! Animal grabs the mic and starts going nuts about the outcome of the Tag Title match at Unforgiven, and they want a match to end this for all so they can get their titles back, even if that means they've gotta beat all five of them up. X-Pac thrusts his crotch forward and says to "beat this", and Hawk yells that he can't see it. Animal goes to reitirate the challenge -- BUT THE NEW MIDNIGHT EXPRESS COME OUT FROM BEHIND AND ATTACK THE LOD! They beat down on them, but the LOD fight back and officials come rushing out to try and break the two teams apart, and the Outlaws are cracking up laughing at the brawl! The officials manage to get the LOD to the back, and rush New MX to the side of the stage and around the other way. Back in the ring, DX wraps things up and says they're going to finish taking care of business tonight on their front lawn, and then they're gonna continue Operation DX, maybe even have their own March to Atlanta so they can tell WCW just like they're telling the LOD, just like they're telling Jeff Jarrett, and anybody else, they've got TWO WORDS for them -- SUCK IT!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    A mash-up of all of the Val Venis vignettes airs.
    Val Venis makes his way out and the women swoon. He introduces the world to the Big Valbowski and whips off his towel while swiveling his hips. This is going to be difficult to write.

    2. Val Venis def. Savio Vega with the Money Shot in 3:44. Val looked great in his first showing with some exploding offense, no puns intended. A few good suplexes, capped off with a nearfall on a Fisherman's Suplex. He lays Savio out, and goes up top to hit his "Money Shot" to get the win.

    At commentary, JR & King note how Big Van Vader took the loss to Jeff Jarrett at Unforgiven a bit harder than they'd even expect, and immediately after the show, he requested immediate time off from the WWF to upper management, and it was granted. They've been assured that Vader would be back in a few weeks, but JR says he's known Vader for many, many years, and for him to basically walk off the job like this is totally out of character for the Mastadon, and one has to wonder where his head is at. At this time, they want to pay tribute to the Man They Call Vader in hopes he'll return sometime soon.

    A tribute video for Big Van Vader airs, set to "Binge & Purge" - Clutch. We see clips of his dominant run in 1996 when he ruled the Rumble match, ended the WWF career of Yokozuna, took out the legend of the Ultimate Warrior and gave Shawn Michaels the injury at Summerslam '96 that many say eventually ended his career at WrestleMania XIV. We see his various title defenses against Flair, Arn, Sid, Raven, Bret and Shawn as he runs rampant as the top dog. We see his destruction of Mankind and brutal battle with Ken Shamrock. We also see his lighter side during his feud with Goldust.
    Backstage, Kevin Kelly stands by with Dustin Rhodes at a monitor after seeing that video package. Kevin Kelly brings up that tonight, Dustin is being forced to take on Kane. Dustin says all due respect to Vader, but he has no reason to go out and recharge his batteries. He lost to Jeff Jarrett, and he's taking that tough, but because of who he is and what he's done, Dustin Rhodes is being punished. He says that Vince can talk all he wants about last week being an opportunity, but he wasn't going to be his corporate puppet, because it'll be a cold day in Hell before a Rhodes does a McMahon's dirty work. This isn't about gold paint or yellow polka dots anymore, this is about him being a man. And if that means he's gotta go out there and get punished -- and it's clearly a punishment being forced to face Kane -- then so be it, he'll take what's coming to him, but it won't keep him down. At one time, they called him "The Natural", and he was going to earn back that monkier starting TONIGHT!

    LIGHTS OUT! RED EVERYWHERE! PYRO! Kane makes his way out with Paul Bearer, and his arm is still heavily bandaged after being lit on fire at Unforgiven. We see a recap of Paul Bearer screaming that it was HIS son who the Undertaker lit on fire, and the Undertaker's aghast reaction last week on RAW. Once in the ring, Bearer grabs a microphone and talks about what he revealed last week. He said that he promised Kane that he would never reveal that because it wasn't fair for the world to judge him for his father's mistakes, but he was emotionally damaged after what the Undertaker did to him at Unforgiven. To see his own son lit on fire for the second time in his life by that DEVILISH BASTARD of a HALF brother of his, it tore him from the inside out! He says that his claims are true. When he worked at the Funeral Parlor that the Undertaker's parents ran, he was working late one night, and the Undertaker's mother came in wearing next to nothing, drunk as a skunk, and she took him right there on the embalming room floor! She made him a man that night, and it was nine months later that little Kane was born! He swore he would never tell, and she did the same. But the fact is, the Undertaker's HUSSY of a mother is dead, and the only true parent that Kane EVER had was Paul Bearer! JR is absolutely disgusted and shocked at these details, and Bearer leaves the ring so Kane can have his match, WHICH IS NEXT!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    3. Dustin Rhodes def. Kane via Count-Out in 1:39. Dustin tries to attack Kane, but Kane no-sells everything and just beats the shit out of Dustin for a little north of 90 seconds. Meanwhile, THE UNDERTAKER STORMS OUT IN STREET CLOTHES AND GOES RIGHT AFTER PAUL BEARER, AND HE STARTS BEATING THE SHIT OUT OF HIM AT RINGSIDE! Once Kane sees this, he hops out of the ring and he starts brawling with his brother, going up the rampway and out of sight, as Paul Bearer lay on the ground a bloody mess, and Kane gets counted out!

    A tortured, lost soul wanders the subways and streets of a city, and he even beats up the homeless because he doesn't know any better. Lost? Scared? No. You think you know him.

    EDGE. COMING SOON.
    UNFORGIVEN, 8 DAYS AGO: We see stills from the Rock/Simmons match which was absolutely brutal, and after the devestating announce table spot, Rock somehow picked up the win.
    JR uses the clips from Unforgiven to discuss what happened last Monday on RAW. It was a tag team match between The Rock & Mark Henry against Ken Shamrock and Owen Hart, who had stepped up to be Shamrock's partner after Simmons was recouperating from Unforgiven and Steve Blackman was already booked to compete, and during the match, Owen Hart attacked Shamrock for reasons we still don't know, and besides from biting off a piece of his ear, he broke TWO bones in Shamrock's ankle with his vicious attack. JR let's us know that Shamrock is out of action for the time being and is in a cast, and they wish him a speedy recovery, and they hope to find out next week when Owen Hart is on RAW just why he did what he did to Ken Shamrock.

    During Kama's entrance, Sgt. Slaughter comes out and rushes Mark Henry & D'Lo Brown to the back.

    4. Ron Simmons def. Kama Mustafa with a Powerslam in 5:27. Simmons is showing the signs of wear and tear after that match, but he goes into this nonetheless. Kama works his old best friend over and uses his injuries to his advantage, but Simmons hits him with the '93 comeback special and catches him setting up a rushing Heart Punch attempt with a Powerslam to get the win!

    Post-match, Mark Henry & D'Lo Brown rush out anyway to try and attack, BUT STEVE BLACKMAN IS OUT RIGHT AFTER THEM WITH NUNCHUCKS AND HE STARTS GOING CRAZY WITH THEM, AND HE RUNS THE NATION OFF!

    Backstage, Kevin Kelly stands by with Vince McMahon at a locker room door along with the Stooges. Kelly asks Vince if he meant what he said earlier about the oucome of tonight's match possibly determining who faces Steve Austin for the WWF Title at Over the Edge. Vince says he's always been a truthful man, and he's not in the business of going back on his promises, he never has been. The WWF is the land of opportunity, and Mick Foley is an opportunistic individual who he's fully confident will take advantage of what has been handed to him tonight. Before Vince can continue however, TERRY FUNK WALKS OVER AND STARES AT HIM! Brisco & Patterson step up to prevent him from getting too close to Vince, and Funk warns them to back off or he'll kick their asses like it was the 70's all over again. He tells Vince that he's got nothing to lose anymore. He's earned the nickname "Middle Aged & Crazy" over the past two years because he's done anything and everything to try and finally win the WWF Title, but he can see that window is slowly closing. He's made peace with that -- which makes him a very, very dangerous man. And who knows -- is he the type of dangerous to send his best friend straight to the ER here tonight? Of course he is. But is he the type of dangerous to risk what little time he has left in this business by BEATING THE SHIT OUT OF THE CHAIRMAN OF THE WWF -- well, keep this act up, and he'll be the FIRST to find out. Brisco & Patterson order Funk away, and Funk just smiles, telling Vince he'll see him real soon, and Funk walks off. FUNK/FOLEY, FALLS COUNT ANYWHERE, LATER TONIGHT!

    Elsewhere backstage, Michael Cole stands by with Jeff Jarrett & Colonel Parker. They try to forget the loss to Steve Blackman last week, and keep bringing up all the great things Jeff Jarrett's done in his whole career, not to mention the past six months alone. Cole keeps interjecting with legitimate counter points to the not-so-great things Jarrett's done, and wonders if Jarrett thinks his critics are well founded in thinking he's been underwhelming and underacheiving? Jarrett gets pissed off at this and warns Cole not to piss him off, because tonight's his night in HIS town of Nashville. He's going to win the European Championship, he's going to tour Europe, and he's going to take the whole world by storm with the "AIN'T I GREAT TOUR '98", HA HA, OH MAN! JARRETT/HELMSLEY IS UP -- NEXT!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    D-Generation-X make their way out, and Triple H breaks out for the first time, "Are you ready? I said, ARE YOU RRRRRRRRRRREADY? Then, for the thousands in attendance, and the millions watching at home, and to one moon-faced, blonde, Grand Ol' Opry reject who thinks he stands a chance against him tonight -- llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllet's get ready to suuuuuuuuuuuuck iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiit!"

    5. Jeff Jarrett def. Triple H [c] to WIN the WWF European Championship in 8:36. Colonel Parker is a non-factor in this with all of DX at ringside, which JR notes is a bit hypocritical of WWF management to allow them down, but whatever, at this point. Jarrett works the leg, but Hunter makes a hot comeback and DX appears to just be full fledged babyface at this point. But during Hunter's comeback -- WHAT'S THIS?! HUH?! THE NATION OF DOMINATION RUNS OUT AND ATTACKS X-PAC AND THE OUTLAWS FROM BEHIND! WHAT THE HELL?! THIS DOESN'T MAKE ANY DAMN SENSE. The referee leans through the ropes to call for law and order, AND FROM BEHIND, THE ROCK SLIDES INTO THE RING AND PLANTS TRIPLE H WITH A ROCK BOTTOM! He slides out, and a woozy Jarrett drops down and covers Triple H, DAMNIT NO, NOT THIS WAY -- ONE! TWO! THREE! DAMNIT WE'VE GOT A NEW CHAMPION!

    Post-match, the Rock calls the Nation off and they head back up the ramp, and Chyna gets into the ring to check on Triple H. Jarrett starts celebrating to the back with his new European Championship, and the camera sees the Nation celebrate what they've just done at the top of the rampway and they raise the fist! WHY THE HELL DID THE NATION JUST ATTACK D-GENERATION-X?!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see the closing moments of HHH/Jarrett with The Nation getting involved, Rock laying out Triple H, and Jarrett getting the undeserved win to become the NEW European Champion.
    We cut backstage, and Jeff Jarrett & Colonel Parker already have champagne in hand! They hype up this big win happening in NASHVILLE of all places, and they're going to take the town by storm, they might even crash the stage at the Opry for an unannounced performance. Hell, with this title, they can even start adding European dates to the "AIN'T I GREAT WORLD TOUR"! Jarrett looks off screen and calls for Steve Blackman. The camera follows Jarrett going up to an angry looking Steve Blackman, talking about Blackman winning last week in a less than stellar manner, taking advantage of him and basically cheating, but it's okay, he forgives him, because he's the European Champion now, and he's not! Jarrett and Parker continue to drink champagne, AND BLACKMAN STARTS ATTACKING BOTH OF THEM WITH HIS NUNCHUCKS! Jarrett & Parker run like scolded dogs and Blackman keeps on them until their all out of sight!

    A video package airs on the Foley/Funk relationship. Mostly the same as the one from before their December IYH match, with the added stuff from the first 3 - 4 months of 1998.
    Stone Cold Steve Austin makes his way out to the announce table with a cooler full of beer to do commentary on the Main Event. Austin says he's glad Mick Foley is coming around to his senses, and he'd be more than happy to give either one of these men a title shot, he just doesn't want them thinking they're going to take it from him.

    Mick Foley makes his way out first, followed by Terry Funk. Once they're out, before match can start, Howard Finkel is handed a note and introduces the Special Guest Referee -- WWF Hall of Famer, PAT PATTERSON! Austin runs his mouth about this being BS, and says he thought they were over this.

    6. Mick Foley def. Terry Funk in a Falls Count Anywhere Match in 13:59. Funk is hesitant at first, and JR talks about the change in dichonomy here compared to late last Summer, when Mick Foley was the one hesitant to fight Terry Funk. Foley savagely starts attacking Funk, and they go into a full fledged Hardcore Match with all the bells and whistles. They brawl in the ring, start to use weapons on the outside, and the wind up making their way through the crowd and deep enough back towards a staging area. Funk climbs a small apparatus and goes for an insane Moonsault down onto Foley, but Foley moves out of the way. Foley brings a table over, drags Funk on top of it -- AND JUST LIKE THE OUTLAWS DID LAST FALL, FOLEY PILEDRIVES FUNK THROUGH A TABLE ONTO THE FLOOR! Foley starts brawling with a clearly out-on-his-feet Funk back towards the ringside area at the behest of Pat Patterson, and Austin says he's starting to smell the bullshit from here. During this, Austin's headset magically gets cut out, and he freaks out -- so he steals Jerry Lawler's headset instead and continues to rant about the damned conspiracy! Back in the ring, Foley brutalizes Funk some more and keeps making pinfall attempts, but the insane Terry Funk keeps kicking out over and over again, refusing to give up. Foley grabs a chair and BLASTS Funk across the skull with it. He lays the chair out, hits Funk with a Double Arm DDT onto the chair, and then picks him back up to hit him with a Piledriver onto the chair, covers, and finally, Funk's down for the 3 count, and Foley wins!

    Post-match, Patterson raises Foley's arm, but Foley snatches it away and goes back to beating the shit out of his former best friend and mentor Terry Funk. Austin says he's seen enough, and he storms into the ring. Foley gets up and sees Austin, and Austin throws a beer in his face and shoves him away. Foley starts arguing with Austin about why he's doing all of this, and Austin yells back at him. BUT IN AUSTIN'S PERIPHRIEAL, HE SEES PAT PATTERSON WINDING UP WITH THE CHAIR TO NAIL HIM! HE TURNS, BLOCKS IT, KICKS PATTERSON IN THE GUT AND NAILS HIM WITH A STUNNER!

    Foley uses this as an opportunity to bail out and limp up the rampway, beat up and exhausted after the match with Funk. Austin watches Foley leave, and suddenly, the Dude Love music starts to play, AND VINCE MCMAHON COMES DANCING OUT FROM THE BACK WITH THE DUDETTES AND THE DUDE LOVE GEAR IN HIS HAND! Foley seems put off by this at first, but slowly, he starts to bob his head and tap his foot, and then he dances with Vince and the Dudettes, and Austin looks absolutely disgusted. Vince has a big shit eating grin on his face as Austin watches on and RAW comes to a close!




    WWF IN YOUR HOUSE: OVER THE EDGE (5/31) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. Dude Love

  2. #27
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Steve Austin (Since 3/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    MAY 11TH, 1998
    KANSAS CITY, MO


    TONIGHT: NEW MX [c]/LOD 2000; OWEN HART EXPLAINS HIS ACTIONS; VINCE MCMAHON HAS PLANS FOR STEVE AUSTIN TONIGHT!

    Vince McMahon comes out to open the show and gets on the mic. He says Stone Cold isn't here yet, but he will find out soon that he must tonight compete in tag team action, and it will be with a partner of VINCE MCMAHON's choosing, against two opponents ALSO of Vince McMahon's choosing! But for now, he would like to take this time to introduce the man who has unquestionably proven he's able to make the sacrifice -- to the extent that once again, he has been named the #1 Contender -- DUDE LOVE!

    Dude comes out to his traditional music, but he's dressed in an awful looking suit with glasses and his hair pulled back in a ponytail, as well as a nicely trimmed beard, trying his best to look "corporate". He smiles for the camera once he gets in and shakes Vince's hand, and we see he's even got brand new fake teeth in! Dude takes the mic and says last week, he seemed somewhat confused as to what his identity truly was, but one week later, he knows exactly who he is: He is a well educated man, a speaker of four different languages, a reader of Greek tragedy, and a student of American history. A lover of women, a leader of men, and a surprisingly good dancer for a big man! He is the King of Hardcore, and as Stone Cold Steve Austin will find out at Over the Edge, the world's toughest SOB. He is the future WWF Champion. He is Dude Love! Dude says he's been ashamed to admit it for some time, but it felt like Dude Love had lost his smile. But with his support of Mr. McMahon and the entire WWF, he's found his smile, and it certainly feels good! AND VINCE & DUDE HUG BAH GAWD FATHER AND SON BONDING!

    Vince says since Dude Love has made these sacrifices and will finally do what is needed at Over the Edge, he has a surprise for him, a present if you will. First, he'd like to introduce the man who will be the Guest Timekeeper for the match at Over the Edge -- THE ESTEEMED GERALD BRISCO! Brisco comes jogging out with a big smile and waves to the crowd, getting into the ring and shaking Dude's hand as well as Vince's. Vince then introduces the man who will be the Special Guest Ring Announcer -- THE HONORABLE PAT PATTERSON! Patterson comes out the same way Brisco did, also shaking both of their hands. JR says this reeks of another desperate set-up by McMahon to get at Austin and the WWF Title. He says but there's one last surprise -- there will be a SPECIAL GUEST REFEREE! This man stands tall amid an abyss of mediocrity. This man's sheer physical presence is nothing short of awe-inspiring. This guest referee is a man of principle, to the extent that he can swim in a sea of temptation and never run amok. He will set new standards in officiating in the WWF. Vince points to the entry way -- but nobody comes out! He calls for the man who will be Special Guest Referee to get out here and show himself to the world -- but still nothing! Vince excuses himself and says he will go get the special referee himself and bring him out here, and Vince leaves the ring and heads backstage.

    Pat Patterson picks up the mic and with his incredible accent, he announces that ON MAY 31ST, AT OVER THE EDGE, THE SPECIAL GUEST REFEREE WILL BE --

    THE BEST THERE IS!

    THE BEST THERE WAS!

    THE BEST THERE EVER WILL BE!

    VINCENT! KENNEDY! MCMAHON!



    Vince poses at the top of the entry way ala Hulk Hogan to a chorus of boo's, and Dude, Patterson & Brisco applaud rigorously as we head to break!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    Backstage, Kevin Kelly is standing by at the entrance to the arena. Kevin Kelly recaps everything Vince McMahon said in the opener, and he's standing by the entrance to the arena's backstage, hoping to get an initial reaction from Stone Cold Steve Austin as he arrives. Suddenly, the door is heard slamming shut, and Kelly and the camera turn to the side, expecting to see Austin -- but it's AL SNOW?! And he's got Head! Al Snow walks towards Kelly, and Kelly asks him what he's doing here, he doesn't work for the WWF. Snow says of course he does, he never left, he's Leif Cassidy, after all! He then gets into an argument with the Head about the whereabouts of Marty Jannetty. Kelly says that this entrance is for employees only, and Snow says that they have tickets, but then argues with Head about the whereabouts of said tickets. A confused Kevin Kelly points him in the direction of the fan entrance, and Snow walks off lecturing the Head for interrupting him. What the fuck.

    RAW is WAR, LAST WEEK: We see Ron Simmons get the win on his former best friend Kama, only for the Nation to attack post-match until Steve Blackman came out and attacked them with nunchucks to run them off.
    1. Mark Henry & D'Lo Brown def. Ron Simmons & Steve Blackman in 4:48. Blackman does his stuff early, Simmons comes in but gets punished while still being hurt. Him and D'Lo both go for dramatic tags, Simmons is just about to get to Blackman -- BUT JEFF JARRETT RUNS OUT AND PULLS BLACKMAN'S LEG OFF THE APRON! An irate Blackman turns and yells at Jarrett, and Jarrett eggs him on, so Blackman grabs his nunchucks and chases after Jarrett to the back! But back in the ring, Simmons is left to fall to a huge powerslam and splash by Mark Henry, and the Nation gets the win!

    Post-match, Mark Henry & D'Lo grab microphones, and they put over that victory, as well as what the Nation did last week, and they think they're deserving of WWF Tag Team Title shots, so they're challenging the Outlaws for the belts NEXT WEEK!

    Backstage, Kevin Kelly is still standing by the back entrance, awaiting on Steve Austin. He recaps the opening segment again, including the ammendments to the Main Event at Over the Edge, as well as the mysterious Main Event tonight which will see Steve Austin and a mystery partner taking on two opponents of Vince McMahon's choosing. And before Kelly can even finish fully explaining, the door opens AND IN WALKS THE WWF CHAMPION STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN! Kelly stops him and catches him off guard, and almost exasperated, Kelly explains to Austin everything that McMahon said earlier and what awaits him still tonight. Austin flips out and calls it a bunch of bull[CENSORED] and he's had enough of this, he's kicking somebody's ass. He drops his bags and shoves Kelly out of the way, and Austin starts looking around for the locker rooms, with a stage hand showing him the way.

    Another camera picks up to see Austin coming down the hallway of locker rooms, slamming on doors and even opening a few to see where McMahon is, calling him out, talking about kicking his teeth down his throat. He runs into the Headbangers and asks if they've seen Vince, and they say no. He comes across Harvey Whippleman and asks him, and Harvey says he hears Vince is in a secluded part of the arena, and Austin calls him a dumb bastard anyway, and stomps off to continue to try and find Vince McMahon!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    Back at commentary, JR & King talk about what happened two weeks ago, when Paul Bearer emotionally revealed that Kane was his son, and it shocking the Undertaker to his core. Last week, before a match with Dustin Rhodes, Paul Bearer revealed in cruel detail the alleged one night stand he had with The Undertaker & Kane's mother, causing the Undertaker to come down and viciously beat Paul Bearer until Kane got counted out from his match to brawl with his brother to the backstage area. King keeps sneaking in some off color jokes about the Undertaker's mother being a hussy and taking Paul Bearer's virginity because she was tired of fondling the corpses in the funeral home, and the piece de' la resistance, Lawler jokes that maybe Bearer is even the Undertaker's father! Lawler's cracking himself up, and JR warns him that this probably isn't a good idea, but Lawler laughs it off.

    JR & Lawler segue from that into discussing the injury to Ken Shamrock two weeks ago at the hands of Owen Hart. We see the footage of what appears to be some sort of set-up on Owen Hart's part, in which he bit Ken Shamrock's ear and broke two bones in Shamrock's ankle, putting him out of action temporarily until his ankle heals. They throw it up to the ring, where Michael Cole is standing by to interview Owen Hart.

    Michael Cole welcomes out his guest at this time, Owen Hart! Owen comes out to a mixed reaction in his street clothes, and he looks upset and angry with himself as he enters the ring. Cole recaps what Owen did two weeks ago to Ken Shamrock, before asking him the simple question of "why?". Owen says he'd first like to apologize to the WWF, it's fans, it's employees and his fellow wrestlers. His actions were ill-mannered and ill-timed, and he can never take that back. The only thing close to an explanation he can give is the fact that for the past six months, his life has been a living nightmare. First, he loses the Intercontinental Championship, then the "Montreal Incident" occurs. Sure, he won the WWF Championship not too long after that, but DX made sure to continue to make the Hart Family's life a living Hell and he chased DX around this entire continent back for months. And when he took out Ken Shamrock two weeks ago and bit his ear and broke his ankle, it was nothing more than wrong place and wrong time, it was nothing personal towards Ken, but he just snapped and lost his temper.

    Cole brings up Owen's post-match interview at Unforgiven, saying that enough was enough and he was going to start going to extremes to erradicate the filth from the WWF that had made his life so difficult the past few months. He says there are rumors running rampant that there is some sort of connection between Owen Hart's attack on Ken Shamrock, and the Nation's mysterious ambush on D-Generation-X, and he asks Owen if there's any creedence to these rumors. Owen flat out denies these rumors, saying he wants nothing to do with the Nation of Domination, and quite frankly, they're almost as much of a problem as DX is, so no, his temper flaring out of control had ZERO to do with what the Nation did to DX. Cole says that he has to admit it is kind of conspicuous the timing of those two events, and Owen looks annoyed, but again promises that the two events do not corolate and they have NOTHING to do with one another. Cole asks for final confirmation that Owen Hart and the Nation are absolutely not in kahootz, and now Owen is pissed, so he shoves Cole back and starts to move towards him, asking wh his answers aren't good enough, and how maybe he should break Cole's ankle, as well.

    BUT HERE COMES THE NATION OUT TO THE AISLEWAY! The Rock has the mic, and he orders the music cut. He says the only thing he's willing to support Owen Hart in is him kicking Michael Cole's roody poo candy ass for even insinuating that the Nation would ever do business with a Hart, much less the "runt of the litter". Rock calls Owen a jabroni to the highest degree, and says while he'll always get a kick out of seeing Ken Shamrock in pain, the fact of the matter is that the Rock is the most ELECTRIFYING man in Sports Entertainment, and if he wanted to, he could've what Owen did to Shamrock at any time, and he would've done it better. As far as the Nation's issues with DX goes, he assures the world since want to be so damned nosy, it has nothing to do with Owen Hart, and the reasons they have an issue with DX will be revealed soon enough. As far as this jabroni goes standing in the ring, he doesn't even belong in the same arena or ring as The Rock, let alone calling himself an "ally of the Nation", and quite frankly, it's pissed the People's Champion off enough to challenge Owen to a match -- TONIGHT! Owen is shocked by this, but seems intrigued, and he dares Rock to put the Intercontinental Championship on the line as well. The Rock thinks about it and confers with the rest of the Nation, before turning to Owen and telling him that he's on, Rock/Owen for the IC Title once again here tonight! Rock surprises everyone by saying that he'll do him one better, he won't give Owen Hart the satisfaction of having a coward's way out or a ready made excuse, he'll make sure the entire Nation stays backstage while he lays the smackdown on Owen Hart's candy ass, if ya SMELL what the ROCK is cookin'! THE RUMORS AREN'T TRUE, AND LATER TONIGHT, ROCK/OWEN II FOR THE IC TITLE!

    Back at commentary, JR talks about Kai En Tai like he did last week, and says capitalizing on the agreement the WWF struck with their manager, Yamaguchi-San, not only should they expect to wrestle, but it won't just be against TAKA Michinoku, they're WWF superstars now, so they're going to have to compete against other WWF superstars, hence our next match!

    2. Val Venis def. Dick Togo with the Fisherman's Suplex in 5:03. Val seems confident since it's only Yamaguchi-san at ringside, and he does his business. Togo gets some midsection work in, but Val is resilient on a comeback. Val goes up top for a Money Shot, but Yamaguchi-San grabs on his leg. He shakes him off, but it took too long, so when he dives, Togo's able to move. Togo quickly goes up and goes for his own Back Senton -- BUT VAL GETS HIS KNEES UP INTO TOGO'S BACK! He quickly grabs Togo and gets him with a Fisherman's Suplex pin to get the win!

    Post-match, as Val's getting his arm raised, Sho Funaki & Men's Teioh come running out and attack Val from behind. Yamaguchi gets in and helps Togo up and starts barking orders, and all three Kai En Tai members put the boots to Val. BUT HERE COMES TAKA LIKE A HOUSE ON FIRE, AND HE STARTS GOING CRAZY AND CLEARING HOUSE! He almost gets his hands on Yamaguchi-San, but Kai En Tai drag him out of the ring just in time. JR reminds us that it is still unknown to them what the issue is between TAKA and Yamaguchi-San, but there is certainly bad blood. TAKA turns and goes to help Val Venis up to his feet, but as he gets up -- Val shoves TAKA away! Val tells TAKA he doesn't need his help, and warns him to stay the Hell out of his business. Val heads off to the back, and TAKA is confused.

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    THE GLASS SHATTERS, AND A PISSED OFF RATTLESNAKE MAKES HIS WAY DOWN TO THE RING WITH THE WWF TITLE! He grabs a microphone and immediately starts ranting. He says the cards might be stacked against Stone Cold at Over the Edge, but he really don't give a rat's ass about all that. He ain't gonna come out and cry and complain because it doesn't bother him one bit. You either like him or you don't. He knows Vince can't stand him and hates his guts, and he feels the same way about him. The least he can do about tonight is for Vince to bring his little yellow carcass out here and give him just a little bit of information.

    On the tron, Vince says they've never had a conversation about how Austin's opponents or partner is. Vince says the only thing they can tell him in some kind of a gesturing capacity is this --



    Austin says they can cover their eyes, ears, and mouths, but they can't cover up their ass. And when he's all done, that's where he's gonna stick this belt! AND THAT'S THE BOTTOM LINE, 'CAUSE STONE COLD SAID SO!

    We see a mix of the past couple weeks of incidents between LOD2000 & New MX. First, LOD2000 came out to the aide of RNRX, Tommy Dreamer & 2 Cold Scorpio at Unforgiven. Later that night, in an act of revenge, the New MX came out and cost LOD2000 the Tag Team Title match against the New Age Outlaws. The following night on RAW, LOD came out for revenge during an 8-Man Tag Match, but New MX escaped. Then, last week, as LOD2000 were attempting to get a rematch out of the Outlaws, the New Midnight Express came out and attacked them from behind leading to a pull apart!
    Sgt. Slaughter comes out after Tommy Young is introduced as the ref, and Cornette stops him to point out that this is for an NWA Title, so his presence is legit. Slaughter says he's not here for that, but since it's on a WWF show, he's removing Cornette and to be fair, Sunny, from ringside!

    3. New Midnight Express [c] def. LOD2000 via DQ in a match for the NWA World Tag Team Championships in 7:50. New MX do a lot of stalling and 80's heel tactics, but once the LOD get their hands on them, they start running through them. New MX avoid a Doomsday Device set-up and both teams start brawling, when suddenly -- the Rock 'n' Roll Express come running out to go after the New MX, and the ref calls for the bell!

    Post-match, RNRX drive New MX from the ring, and the ref informs Howard Finkel that the winners via DQ and STILL NWA World Tag Team Champions, the New Midnight Express! LOD2000 flips out because not only didn't they win the titles, they lost the match thanks to the RNRX! New MX celebrate to the back, and an irate LOD2000 start yelling at RNRX. RNRX argue about wanting to get them some of New MX, but LOD2000 don't care -- and the two teams start brawling now! New MX raise their titles in the air with big smiles on their face as the RNRX and LOD continue to brawl!

    Back at ringside, JR & Lawler talk about how the situation between those three teams is far from over and alot being on the line since all three teams are also in contention, you have to believe, for future title shots against the New Age Outlaws. JR tries to talk more about this mysterious Main Event still to come, but Lawler interrupts to poke fun at the situation involving the Undertaker's mother some more. He tells JR that he heard from Paul Bearer that when he worked at the Funeral Parlor, the Undertaker's mother had a number dispensary on her bedpost! He says he heard that when she'd go on vacation to the Virgin Islands, when she left, they had to change the name! He says that he shouldn't talk about the Undertaker's mother like that, he never met her -- because the line was too long! And before JR can even scold Lawler for these tasteless jokes -- THE UNDERTAKER SUDDENLY APPEARS BEHIND HIM IN THE CROWD AND STARTS ATTACKING LAWLER AT THE COMMENTARY TABLE!

    He beats the piss out of him for his off color remarks all night, and sends Lawler right into the ring, with JR freaking out. He grabs a begging Lawler by the throat and PLANTS HIM with a Chokeslam, and then picks him up just to do another Chokeslam! He starts to set him up for a third Chokeslam -- BUT PAUL BEARER'S VOICE BRINGS HIM TO A HALT! Bearer appears on the Titantron, live via satellite from somewhere, and he says that the Undertaker can take his anger out on lowly little announcers or stage hands, and even some other WWF superstars, but it won't change the past! He and Kane are currently on their way on to get their DNA testing done, and next week once they have the results -- THEN IT'LL FINALLY BE PROVEN 100% TRUE THAT HE IS KANE'S FATHER, OOOOOH YEEEEEEEEEEES! The video feed cuts out, and Taker starts wobbling around, looking uneasy and crazed. The only thing that snaps him out of it is when he notices Lawler trying to get out of the ring from the corner of his eye, SO HE GRABS LAWLER, DRAGS HIM BACK OVER AND HE PLANTS THE KING WITH A TOMBSTONE OUT OF FRUSTRATION! He doesn't bother with posing, or even doing any further physical harm to the King, instead just leaving with his hands on his hips, looking down at the ground in shame.

    Backstage, Vince McMahon and the Stooges are seen watching on a monitor, and Vince is disgusted. The Stooges think he means because of Paul Bearer's accusations, but Vince says it's because now he has to find a new color commentator for the rest of the night. There's a knock at the door, and Vince looks bug eyed, thinking it's Austin. Brisco & Patterson check to see who it is, and it's security with Dustin Rhodes. Vince calms down, and he thanks Dustin for agreeing to see him, and Dustin doesn't look the least bit happy. Vince tries to reason with Dustin, bringing up the fact that as famous and as successful as his father was, he never amounted to anything in the WWF. He was a polka dot wearing buffoon who danced with the "common folk", and he brought more shame to the Rhodes name than anything Dustin did as "Goldust" for all these years. Dustin stops him right there, saying he knows what he's trying to do, and it won't work. His relationship with his father is tarnished forever, and maybe one day it can be repaired, but for now, he's gotta worry about being his own man before he can worry about anyone else, and that includes Vince McMahon. Vince takes offense to this, because who wouldn't want to work directly side by side with the most powerful man in professional wrestling?! Dustin says it sounds crazy, but after you've had the proverbial carrot dangled in front of you for so long only for the "thanks" in return to be a punishment match against Kane, you become cynical. Vince nods his head, and asks if that's a fact, and Dustin says it is. Vince says okay then, if that's the case, if Dustin wants to grab that proverbial carrot, then who is he to take that chance away from him? He'll get his chance to shine and grab that carrot in tonight's main event, BECAUSE HE'S ONE OF STEVE AUSTIN'S OPPONENTS. Dustin seems fine with that, but he says he knows there's a catch. Vince assures him there absolutely is one, because once Dustin sees who Austin's partner is, he's going to be begging him for a chance to even wear polka dots. Vince excuses him from the office and has the Stooges show him out, but asks them to get him coffee on their way back.

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    Back from break, the Stooges are at a nearby coffee machine, both of them trying to make the best cup of coffee possible for MISTER MACMAHON. They start arguing over who makes the best coffee, BUT TERRY FUNK SUDDENLY APPEARS OUT OF NOWHERE AND ROUGHS BOTH OF THEM UP! He grabs Patterson by the arm, twists it and shoves it behind him, and he tells Brisco to start leading him towards McMahon, or he's breaking Patterson's arm clean off. Brisco refuses, but Patterson screams at Brisco just to do it! Brisco caves in, and Funk pushes the restrained Patterson in front of him. Brisco leads him down a long hallway, through a couple of doors and finally to the secluded room where Vince has been hiding. Funk then uses Patterson as a battering ram to push the door open, and he shoves Patterson to the ground. Vince turns to see this and his eyes buldge out, AND FUNK SCREAMS THAT HE WARNED HIM HE WAS CRAZY ENOUGH TO KILL HIM, "I TOLD YOU I'D KILL YOU YOU SON OF A BITCH!", AND HE GOES AFTER VINCE, BUT THE SECURITY IS THERE JUST IN TIME TO RESTRAIN FUNK! Once Funk is fully restrained, even though he's still attempting to break free and threaten McMahon, Vince becomes confident and arrogant, and says that's the fighting spirit he likes to see, and if Terry Funk is in the mood to hurt somebody so bad, THEN HE CAN BE DUSTIN RHODES' PARTNER TONIGHT AGAINST STONE COLD AND HIS MYSTERY PARTNER! Vince yells for the security team to get Funk the Hell out of there and keep him under lock and key until the Main Event. They talk Funk away, and Brisco helps Patterson off the floor. Vince notices this -- but still asks where his coffee is, and they rush back out to go get him one!

    Back at commentary, JR is trying to recap a hellacious night so far, including what just happened to his broadcast colleague before the break at the hands of the Undertaker. But as JR's talking -- Al Snow hops the barricade with the Head and sits at the commentary booth with JR! JR asks Al what the Hell he's doing here, he's not supposed to be out here, he doesn't work for the WWF anymore. Snow says that's news to him, he was expecting to do some more J-O-B's for the bizzoys. JR again repeats that Al hasn't worked for them in a while, and he's supposed to be a part of Extreme Championship Wrestling. Snow refutes these claims and says he's going to be JR's broadcast colleague, he's got a wide range of skills, and he'd like to show them off to get Vince to notice him! Finally, Sgt. Slaughter comes out with a team of security. They reason with Al Snow at first, who stands up confused and afraid, but then he starts arguing with the Head and he starts attacking the guards with the Head! The guards subdue him and ziptie his arms behind his back, and they literally carry Al Snow around ringside, up the ramp and to the back! The Hell?

    UNFORGIVEN, TWO WEEKS AGO: We see what happened on the Free For All, when Barry Windham defeated Tommy Dreamer. Post-match, the NWA attacked Dreamer and Scorpio came to the rescue, only to be trapped in the Beast Choker himself.

    RAW is WAR, TWO WEEKS AGO: We see Dan Severn trapping Scorpio in near mid-air with the Beast Choker to win the 8-man tag, and attempt to finish off the job he started the previous night.
    Before the match, we see Michael PS Hayes come out and join JR on commentary for the rest of the night with Lawler being evaluated by staff doctors, and Al Snow being taken to a psychiatric hospital, hopefully.

    4. Dan "The Beast" Severn def. 2 Cold Scorpio with an Overhead Belly to Belly Suplex in 6:23. Scorpio has more of a shot in this than expected after an early attack, but Severn is on him with the stretching and suplexes. Scorpio rushes up top to set-up the Tumbleweed, but Cornette gets up and holds onto his legs! This allows Severn to rush up to the middle rope, AND SEVERN DAMN NEAR DECAPITATES SCORPIO WITH AN OVERHEAD BELLY TO BELLY FROM THE ROPES AND COVERS TO GET THE WIN!

    Post-match, Severn scares off the referee and goes to lock the Beast Choker onto Scorpio, but Tommy Dreamer comes out with a chair for the save! He goes to swing, but Severn kicks him low and tosses the chair aside. Severn traps Dreamer in the Beast Choker instead and has it locked in tight -- but a groggy Scorpio is able to get up enough strength to pick up the chair and nail Severn in the back with the chair! Severn breaks the hold and turns around, and Scorp pulls off another shot with the chair to send Severn tumbling out of the ring! Scorpio drops back down, still badly hurt, and he checks on Dreamer. On the outside, an insane Severn tries to get into the ring to kill everyone, but Cornette starts pulling him away to the back to keep him from making a possible mistake!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    EARLIER TONIGHT: We see clips of Owen Hart's "explanation" earlier on, that was rebuffed by the Rock and the rest of the Nation, which led to The Rock challenging Owen Hart to a match tonight, and Owen accepting as long as the IC Title was on the line, which Rock agreed too!
    The Rock makes his way out first with the title and paces around, ready for the match. Owen Hart's music strikes up -- but he doesn't make his way out. Rock starts to run at the mouth, and the music starts up again, but still, no sign of Owen Hart. The Rock snatches the mic away from Howard Finkel and is asking, no, demanding that Owen Hart get his roody poo candy ass out here so he can go ONE on ONE with the GREAT ONE. Owen Hart's music strikes up one last time --

    -- AND HERE COMES MARK HENRY, KAMA & D'LO BROWN DRAGGING AN UNCONCIOUS OWEN HART OUT! The Rock starts to laugh as the Nation drags a roughed up looking Owen to the ring and rolling him in, right at the Rock's feet. The Rock kneels down and tells Owen, just like he's telling D-Generation-X, the Nation are the standard bearers around here, they run the show, they call the shots, and this is what Owen Hart gets for thinking he could even be on the same level as the Nation.

    BREAK IT DOWN!

    And here comes DX, bolting to the ring to get a piece of the Nation after last week! All four members brawl around with the members of the Nation, in and out of the ring, and the crowd is super hot for it all! Triple H singles out the Rock and starts firing away with shots in the corner. X-Pac breaks away from brawling with D'Lo Brown, grabs a chair and slides it into the ring so Hunter can use it, and D'Lo attacks Pac and they go back to brawling on the floor. Hunter finishes beating down Rock in the corner -- AND WAIT A MINUTE, OWEN HART GETS UP ON HIS FEET PERFECTLY FINE! HE GRABS THE CHAIR, AND WHEN HUNTER TURNS AROUND TO PICK IT UP, OWEN TOSSES THE CHAIR AT HIM, HUNTER CATCHES IT, AND OWEN SPINNING HEEL KICKS THE CHAIR INTO HUNTER'S FACE! The Rock stumbles out of the corner and he starts beating down Helmsley, and Owen Hart just nonchalantly leaves the ring amidst the brawling and heads backstage, never turning around or acknowledging anyone! Security and officials finally run out and separate the two factions. As the Nation is pulled away from DX, Chyna comes running down and slides into the ring to check on Triple H, and we see that his nose has been BUSTED wide open, and the rest of DX gets in to check on their leader as we head to an impromptu break!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    YOU THINK YOU KNOW ME?

    TORTURED SOUL AND SHIT. BEAT UP THE HOMELESS.

    EDGE. COMING SOON.
    BEFORE THE BREAK: We get different angles of what appeared to be a beaten and unconcious Owen Hart seemingly "waking up fine" during the DX/Nation brawl, heel kicking a chair into Triple H's face and busting his nose open pretty badly, before walking out with an insane look on his face.
    Backstage, the cameras see Owen Hart marching out of the arena with his travel bag, and Michael Cole comes running up to him with a microphone, asking for a quick word, and Owen tells him to leave him alone. Cole wants to know what the deal is, was that a set-up? Owen again repeats to leave him alone, but Cole demands answers and wants to know what exactly Owen Hart has been doing lately and why, AND OWEN LUNGES AT COLE! Cole falls back on his ass, and Owen stares at him a bit longer before continuing to exit the arena with his luggage. Owen Hart has officially lost "it", ladies and gentlemen.

    Terry Funk makes his way out first, and Dustin Rhodes is out next, and they exchange some unplesantries amongst themselves, not happy about having to team or being in this situation to begin with.

    Stone Cold Steve Austin is out next to a huge pop and he does his usual posing, and he runs his mouth across the ring to both Dustin and Funk. JR notes that both of these men are probably fine with taking on Steve Austin, but it's the circumstances in which this match was created that has everybody uncomfortable.

    Vince McMahon's voice suddenly comes over the PA system and he asks for everybody's attention. Vince is nowhere to be seen, and JR wonders what's up. Vince's voice announces that up next, Stone Cold Steve Austin's tag team partner -- weighing in at 248 pounds, from Greenwich, Connecticut -- being accompanied to the ring by Pat Patterson and Gerald Brisco, ladies and gentlemen please give it up -- FOR VINCE MCMAHON! WHAT?!

    AND HERE COMES VINCE STRUTTING OUT IN HIS WORKOUT GEAR AND WHAT JR DESCRIBES AS HIS "POMPOUS JACK DANIELS PHYSIQUE". Austin shakes his head in disbelief, but taking advantage of an opportunity, Funk & Dustin attack Austin from behind and lay him out and the match starts!

    5. Stone Cold Steve Austin & Vince McMahon def. Terry Funk & Dustin Rhodes in 8:37. This is essentially a handicapped match, because Vince isn't going to get in the ring on his own volition, and Austin's not risking a loss by having Vince get in even if he wanted to do so. Funk & Dustin are able to get the heat on Austin for a while, but Austin makes one of his valiant comebacks. But halfway through his comeback -- AUSTIN GOES OVER AND TAGS VINCE IN! Vince yells at him to get back and finish the match, BUT AUSTIN DRAGS VINCE INTO THE RING AND TELLS HIM TO GO DO IT HIMSELF, AND AUSTIN GOES TO THE APRON! Vince gets up and goes to confront Austin, but he turns slowly to see Dustin and Funk standing there, ready to take their aggressions out on the Chairman! But Patterson & Brisco slide into the ring to save the Boss, but Dustin & Funk take both of them out! Vince starts to puff up his chest, so Austin slaps him on the back to tag himself back in, and he shoves Vince to the side. Austin tosses both Stooges out of the ring, clotheslines Dustin over the top rope, kicks Funk in the gut and lays him out with the Stone Cold Stunner and covers to get the win!

    Post-match, Austin gets up to celebrate, but as soon as he turns around -- VINCE CHEAPSHOTS HIM WITH A CLOTHESLINE OUT OF NOWHERE! Vince starts putting the boots to Austin, and he calls for Patterson & Brisco to get in and do the same! Austin starts moving back up to his feet and fighting back, BUT HERE COMES DUDE LOVE NOW, AND HE ATTACKS AUSTIN FROM BEHIND! It's a 4 on 1 attack, BUT AN ANGRY DUSTIN RHODES AND AN INSANE TERRY FUNK RUSH BACK INTO THE RING AND THEY START BEATING UP THE STOOGES NOW! Dude goes to send Austin to the ropes, BUT AUSTIN LEAPS BACK ON HIM WITH A THESZ PRESS!

    Dustin & Funk have chased the Stooges out of the ring and to the back, and Austin's laid out Dude, AND HE LOOKS UP AND LOCKS EYES WITH VINCE, AND HE GOES AFTER HIM! He chases Vince out of the ring and up the rampway, and Vince turns and falls on his ass, begging Austin for his life! BUT DUDE LOVE RUNS FROM THE RING AND ATTACKS AUSTIN FROM BEHIND! HE ACTS QUICK, GRABBING AUSTIN IN A POSITION -- AND HE HITS AUSTIN WITH THE DOUBLE ARM DDT ONTO THE RAMPWAY! Dude helps Vince up to his feet and they stand over top of the KO'd WWF Champion, and Dude Love dances over top of Stone Cold as RAW comes to a close!




    WWF IN YOUR HOUSE: OVER THE EDGE (5/31) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Special Guest Referee: Vince McMahon
    Special Guest Announcer: Pat Patterson
    Special Guest Time Keeper: Gerald Brisco

    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. Dude Love

  3. #28
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Steve Austin (Since 3/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    MAY 18TH, 1998
    CHICAGO, IL


    TONIGHT: OUTLAWS [c]/HENRY & D'LO; THE RESULTS OF PAUL BEARER & KANE'S PATERNITY TEST; MORE HYPE FOR THE DUDE/AUSTIN MAIN EVENT AT OVER THE EDGE!

    Before we get started, we see that Michael Hayes has joined Jim Ross for commentary, with JR noting that Jerry Lawler had yet to arrive to the arena and was being "super cautious" after what transpired last week.

    Vince McMahon and the Stooges make their way out to start the show. Nuclear heat, all that, yeah. Vince takes the mic and talks about what happened last week. He says sure, when RAW went off the air, it looked like Steve Austin had won "the battle". But what you didn't see was what happened afterwards, as Steve Austin was being examined by the fine medical professionals employed by the WWF and was diagnosed with a concussion because of the DEVESTATING, FEROCIOUS clothesline delivered by one, Vincent Kennedy McMahon! But, like any good businessman, he doesn't want to see an asset of his dry up so quickly, so in order to protect Mr. Austin from any further career threatening injuries, he has BARRED him from the arena in Chicago here tonight! BOOOOOO. However, one man he didn't ban is the man who will challenge Austin for the WWF Title in just 13 days, please allow him to introduce DUDE LOVE! Dude comes out in still desperately trying to be corporate. Dude talks about Austin becoming smart enough to know an attack was coming last week, and he'll give him credit for that. But that won't change the fact of what's coming at Over the Edge. Austin won't be able to cheat, or use weapons, or brawl on the aisleway -- any of the devices he normally resorts to when the chips are down. He'll have Vince McMahon as the Special Ref, Mr. Patterson as the Ring Announcer, and Mr. Brisco as the Time Keeper, and there is NOTHING that Austin can do to avoid the inevitable, and that is, Dude Love as YOUR WWF Champion!

    Vince switches topics to two people who disappointed him greatly last week, and quite frankly, have been disappointments since he PLUCKED THEM BOTH from obscurity and made them stars, and those two men are Terry Funk and Dustin Rhodes. He says now he's already had Commissioner Slaughter deal with Terry Funk earlier today because he's not going to let that lunatic anywhere near him. But he is going to let him near one man in particular in 13 days time at Over The Edge, because that's where Terry Funk will go one on one -- WITH KANE! BAH GAWD HE'S OUT TO KILL MIDDLE AGED AND CRAZY TERRY FUNK! But at this time, he would like to see Mr. Dustin Rhodes, face to face, so if he could please make his way out here.

    Dustin comes out, sans any sort of music and in some normal street clothes, and he enters the ring. He says that he's given Mr. Rhodes two different opportunities, and each time, he's come up on the short end of the stick, and that's nobody's fault but his. He's heard him out here these past few weeks -- he blames VINCE MCMAHON for everything wrong in his life? He probably even blames him for having acne growing up! He asks Dustin when he's going to take a look in the mirror and realize the reason he has a dysfunctional family isn't because of Vince McMahon, it's because of Dustin Rhodes. The reason he has no relationship with his father isn't because of Vince McMahon, it's because of Dustin Rhodes. He gave him the opportunity of a lifetime with "Goldust", and he threw it away just to make a damn point, just to "prove himself". Alright, he wants to prove himself? He's a sucker for a good sob story, so he's going to give Dustin another chance, right here tonight, when he takes on DUDE LOVE IN THIS VERY RING! Maybe, win or lose, he can learn a thing or two from Dude Love, because he saw an opportunity and he seized it!

    Infact, let's make things interesting here -- IF, and it's a big if, IF Dustin Rhodes can defeat Dude Love here tonight, THEN DUSTIN RHODES WILL GO ON TO UNFORGIVEN TO FACE STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN FOR THE WWF TITLE INSTEAD! However, if Dustin comes up on the short end of the stick, like it runs in the family, then not only will he get no title shot, BUT HE WILL BE FORCED TO WORK HIS NORMAL, FULL WWF SCHEDULE FOR THE NEXT 90 DAYS -- WITHOUT PAY! Vince asks Dustin if he agrees to these terms, and to think about it carefully. Dustin says there's no need to think, HE'S ON -- AND WHAT BETTER TIME TO START THAN NOW?! AND HE COLD COCKS DUDE LOVE BAH GAWD! The Stooges bum rush Dustin, and Dustin starts hammering away on them, but Dude rushes back over and helps the Stooges dump Dustin over the top rope. Dustin goes to go back in after everyone, including Vince, but referees run out and pull Dustin away to the back, and Vince is irate!

    We cut backstage and we see Jerry "The King" Lawler finally arriving to the arena, and he has somebody with him under a black sheet. Lawler's reminding him what their deal is, he protects him incase the Undertaker or anybody else comes after him, and he'll do that thing they talked about. They head through the back door into the arena, and a security guard stops them, and he asks Lawler if he's sneaking Steve Austin into the building. Lawler calls him an idiot, but since he has to prove it, he gives the guard a peek under the sheet to see who's under there. The guard laughs, and Lawler tells him to shut up and asks if they can go, and the security guard let's them go in!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    Back from break, JR & Hayes recap the opening segment, with Funk/Kane announced for the PPV, and a match between Dustin/Dude for tonight, where the winner goes on to face Austin at Over the Edge, but if Dustin loses, he has to wrestle for the next 90 days without pay! It's at this time that Jerry Lawler's music hits, and he makes his way out with the man under the black sheet and comes to ringside, and Hayes heads on his way to the back. JR asks Lawler what the Hell's going on and who's under the sheet, and Lawler tells JR not to worry about it, he's got it covered, nobody's laying a finger on Jerry Lawler tonight!

    1. Jeff Jarrett [c] def. Ron Simmons to retain the WWF European Championship in 6:42. Blackman comes out in Simmons' corner since Jarrett has parker. Simmons seems to be closing in on a win but he's distracted when the Nation comes out to the stage. Blackman & Simmons both turn their attention towards them, leading to Jarrett getting Simmons with a roll-up to win.

    Post-match, Blackman goes to chase Jarrett, and that gives the Nation a chance to rush down to the ring and start a quick beatdown on Ron Simmons! Jarrett hides behind Colonel Parker, and Blackman's faced with a dilemma, so he slides in to the ring with his karate weapons, and he starts going after the Nation, who wind up bailing. But as Blackman is daring them to come back, Jarrett grabs Blackman's nunchucks, slides into the ring AND NAILS Blackman in the kidneys! He grabs Blackman and quick plants him with a Front Russian Leg Sweep and then struts to the back with the European Title! JR says that Jarrett may have won this one, but announced earlier today, Steve Blackman will challenge Jeff Jarrett for that European Title at Over the Edge, and Jarrett may have just officially signed his death warrant!

    We cut backstage, AND STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN IS HERE! He goes to walk into the building, having no idea what's been said so far tonight, and as he comes through the door, the security guard stops him. He informs Austin that per orders of Mr. McMahon and for the benefit of Mr. Austin's own safety, he is barred from the arena tonight. Austin laughs and asks if he's serious, and the security guard says he's just doing his job. Austin says he gets it and pats him on the chest, BUT THEN PULLS THE GUARD IN CLOSE! He says he's going to go sit back out in his truck for a little bit, drink some beers and cool off. And when he comes back -- the security guard better have a different answer, or he's going to stomp a mudhole in his ass and walk it dry! Austin shoves the security guard back and heads back out to the parking lot. What's the security guard gonna do?!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    We see a recap of the recent DX/Nation run-ins the past few weeks, as well as the mysterious role Owen Hart is playing in all of this and the injury to Ken Shamrock. In a voice over, JR says that many are speculating there is some kind of working relationship between Owen Hart and the Nation, but that's a claim that both sides of vehemently denied.
    The Nation's music hits and out they come in full force, with the Rock wearing a beautiful, probably $500 shirt with a rolex and of course, the Intercontinental Championship. Rock grabs the mic as they enter the ring and he goes on his usual diatribes. He then moves on to the subject of that jabroni Owen Hart. He says it's not his fault if that piece of trash came out of the coma the Nation put him in and decided to bust Triple H's massive schnozz into a million pieces! Whatever Owen Hart has done, whether it be against DX or against Ken Shamrock has been of his own volition. Sure, it's helped the Nation out, but they didn't ask for it, they don't want it, and as far as The Rock's concerned, Owen Hart is just another piece of 10 pound monkey crap walking around in a 5 pound bag. And DX can rest their heads, because being the generous guy that he is, The Rock made sure, DAMN SURE, that the little "nugget" as they call him, Owen Hart, was banned from even flying into Chicago tonight! But that doesn't mean they're out of the woods, because The Rock and the rest of the Nation are ready to finish the job they started last week, so get your monkey asses out here!

    BREAK IT DOWN! Here comes DX, sans Triple H of course after the gruesome injury to his nose last week, courtesy of Owen Hart. X-Pac has the mic and he starts off by hitting his typical 90's buzzwords. He says that the only thing that's bigger than the lies The Rock is telling out here are the set of nards he must have dangling between his legs if he thinks starting a war with D-Generation-X is going to do him any good! He says Triple H may not be here tonight, and yeah, that sucks, but the rest of them are and they're gonna raise a little hell and smoke all of their asses here tonight! Rock asks for a translator because he has no idea what this jittery tweaker is saying. Pac says it's quite simple, he knows coming up right now, his buddies the Outlaws are putting the Tag Titles on the line against the bobblehead and the fat boy. But later on tonight, HIS NECK'S FEELING A WHOLE LOT BETTER, AND HE'S CALLING THE ROCK OUT! Doesn't gotta be for no title, it doesn't even need any rules -- YOU AND ME, PAL! The Rock says he accepts a thousand times over, and he tells Chyna to go get on the phone and call whatever hospital Triple H is in. Not because they'll need a bed in the Ear, Nose and Throats department, no no, they'll need one in the colo-rectal department after The Rock takes his size thirteen boot, turns it side ways, and sticks it straight up X-Pac's candy ass! AND ON THAT, DX CHARGES THE RING, AND OUR FIRST OF TWO DX/NATION MATCHES TONIGHT START NOW BAH GAWD!

    2. New Age Outlaws [c] def. Mark Henry & D'Lo Brown to retain the WWF World Tag Team Championships in 7:40. Chyna and the Outlaws are at ringside still, as is the rest of the Nation. Rock keeps running his mouth at X-Pac, so X-Pac finally goes after him, but Kama takes him down with a lariat from around the corner and then Death Valley Driver's him onto the floor! Rock & Kama talk trash to a downed X-Pac, and with the ref distracted, Chyna sneaks in and low blows Mark Henry, and Billy Gunn rushes over to hit the Rocker Dropper, and he covers to retain the belts!

    Post-match, the Outlaws start to celebrate, but they see that Pac is seriously hurt on the floor and they rush out to check on him. The Nation hightails it away, with the Rock smiling devilishly at having possibly taken out a second DX member for the second week in a row. Chyna yells at the referee to get some medical help out at here, and the ref signals to the back for the trainers to come out.

    Backstage, Stone Cold re-enters the arena with a couple of cans of beer, and he asks the security guard if he's changed his mind and is ready to make the right decision. The guard apologizes, pointing out what a huge fan his kids are of Stone Cold, and how he's only doing his job. Austin smiles and says he appreciates that his kids are fans, and hey, no hard feelings, he's just doing his job. He hands the guy a beer as a gesture of good will and tells him not to worry about. The guard goes to thank Austin -- BUT AUSTIN KICKS HIM IN THE GROIN! He grabs the guard and throws him into the concrete wall and then slides him across a table and onto the floor! He stomps away at the guard, and then calls him a stupid son of a bitch, AND AUSTIN HAS BROKEN INTO THE ARENA!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    Backstage, Vince McMahon is freaking out after seeing Austin break into the arena, and he tells Patterson & Brisco to make sure there's extra security around this room and to have somebody try and find Austin!

    Back at ringside, JR & King segue into talking about the situation with Kane, Undertaker and Paul Bearer, as far as the accusations of Paul Bearer being Kane's father go. We see Paul Bearer's so-called confession last week, and we see an irate Undertaker taking his anger out on Jerry "The King" Lawler after Lawler made some off color comments. Back in real time, Lawler says he's supposed to apologize, but the only thing he apologizes for is the fact that he was sucker punched and couldn't fight back, he was knocked loopy! He says he's a commentator and he was doing his job, and the Undertaker had no right to put his hands on him. So that's why he went out and got this guy to watch his back.

    Lawler gets up from commentary and goes over to the guy under the black sheet sitting at ringside next to him. He takes the sheet off of him to reveal that IT'S AL SNOW! JR lets out a groan and reminds Lawler that he doesn't even work here. Lawler sits back down and says he knows that, but he's told Al that if he can make sure The Undertaker doesn't lay a hand on him tonight, then he'd get Al that meeting he wants with Mr. McMahon. JR stares at him before telling Lawler that HE can't even get a meeting with Mr. McMahon, and Lawler tells him to be quiet. Al Snow gets up from his seat and keeps yelling at Lawler to hold up the deal, and Lawler promises he will, just to sit down and make sure nobody comes after him, and Snow sits back down and starts having a conversation with Head!

    We see special footage filmed last week of Kane and Paul Bearer going to a blood lab to get the DNA test completed. Kane is in his mask and an incredible track suit, because wrestling.
    Kevin Kelly is in the ring and he's standing by with the Doctor who performed the test and has the results. Kelly goes over the entire story up til this point, and he then cuts to the chase and he asks the doctor the results. The doctor goes through some medical jargon before announcing that, yes, it is true -- PAUL BEARER IS THE FATHER OF KANE! IMMEDIATELY, the lights go out, BOOM, the pyro goes off, and here comes Kane and a jovial Paul Bearer! Bearer grabs the mic and says he may be the "Fat Man", but he's the Fat Man who tells the damned truth! He told the WORLD that the Undertaker was a murderer! He told the world that the Undertaker's brother was alive! And now, OOOOH YEEEEES, he told the world that Paul Bearer was Kane's biological father! And it's time for another truth, Undertaker, so listen up close --

    YOUR MOMMA WAS NOTHING BUT A DAMN TWO-BIT WHORE!

    AND THE UNDERTAKER ALMOST ON CUE COMES BOLTING OUT TO THE RING! Kane intercepts him and the two brothers start going at it, but there's something more firery behind the Undertaker as he lays into his brother in an attempt to get to Paul Bearer! Taker manages to send his brother over the top rope with a big boot, AND HE GRABS PAUL BEARER AND STARTS LAYING INTO HIM WITH PUNCHES IN THE CORNER BAH GAWD! But Kane is right back in and he attacks his brother from behind, AND KANE CHOKESLAMS THE UNDERTAKER STRAIGHT TO HELL! Bearer stumbles out of the corner and he starts kicking at the Undertaker, as does Kane -- BUT TAKER SITS U--NOPE, KANE KICKS HIM RIGHT IN THE FACE! The two men continue to kick at the Undertaker, BUT HEY WAIT, HERE COMES TERRY FUNK! Funk's looking to get him a piece before his match with Kane at Over the Edge! Funk slides in and just jumps on Kane from behind, wrapping him in a Sleeper Hold, AND IT'S STARTING TO WORK! Paul Bearer gets frantic, and he takes off his loafer and WHACKS Terry Funk in the back of the head with it to get him off of his SON. Funk turns and calls Bearer a fat piece of whale shit and he goes after Bearer, BUT KANE ATTACKS FUNK NOW! He grabs Funk by the throat, ready to Chokeslam him -- BUT THE UNDERTAKER SITS UP AND TURNS TOWARDS KANE! Kane drops Funk and Bearer calls him off, and Bearer forces Kane to the back as the Undertaker gets to his feet. Kane keeps trying to go back, but his FATHER Paul Bearer pleads with him not to do so, and Kane winds up leaving. BUT TAKER NEEDS TO HURT SOMEONE, AND AS HE TURNS, HE GRABS TERRY FUNK AND HE CHOKESLAMS TERRY FUNK STRAIGHT TO HELL FOR GOOD MEASURE! Taker storms off to the back in a rage as we head to break!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    Backstage, Vince McMahon is sat in his locker room talking to one of the security guards. The guard assures him that Austin will never make it past the security they have outside the door, and Vince says that better be true, because all three of his confidants are headed towards the ring with Dude Love, and the guard again assures him.

    Dude Love makes his way out for the match, and not far behind him are Commissioner Slaughter, Pat Patterson & Gerald Brisco, and JR yells that once again, the damn fix is in!

    3. Dude Love def. Dustin Rhodes via DQ in 5:29. We're reminded that if Dustin Rhodes wins this, he will go to Over the Edge to face Steve Austin for the WWF Title instead. However, if he loses, he will be forced to wrestle WITHOUT PAY for 90 Days. Dude tries to show off he can be more than just a hardcore guy by working the mat game, but Dustin has him bested on that front and starts taking it to Foley. He has him reeling and starts to build towards the end with a possible Running Bulldog finish -- but the Stooges rush into the ring and go to attack Dustin, but Dustin fends them off, knocking both men down with punches, but then suddenly the bell rings?

    Commissioner Slaughter talks things over with Howard Finkel, and Finkel says that per orders of Commissioner Slaughter, Dustin Rhodes has been DISQUALIFIED for striking a WWF official, therefore, the winner of the match, DUDE LOVE! JR goes nuts about this being a set-up from the start, and Dustin just got screwed in a similar way to Austin from back at Unforgiven, damnit! The Stooges pull Dude Love out of the ring and help him to the back to NUCLEAR heat, and Dustin is beside himself in the ring. He tries to reason with the referee, and the ref is powerless in this situation. Dustin looks on as Slaughter raises Dude's arm in victory at the top of the stage, and JR reminds us that now because of this, Dustin Rhodes will be forced to wrestle for the next 90 days WITHOUT pay!

    THE GLASS SHATTERS BAH GAWD, THE RATTLESNAKE -- STONE COLD! STONE COLD! STONE COLD! Austin marches out and he goes right after Dude and the Stooges, but they go hightailing it off the side of the stage and around the other way to the back. Austin lets them run and continues marching down to the ring. Dustin Rhodes starts to get up -- BUT EH-EH, WHAM, DUSTIN GETS A STONE COLD STUNNER FOR BEING IN THE WRONG PLACE AT THE WRONG TIME! Austin picks up a microphone and says if there's a Monday Night Raw, you can damn well bet your last bottom dollar that Stone Cold's gonna be there. Vince McMahon can pull all the little tricks he wants and he's starting to get just a little more pissed off about it each and every day. So they're gonna bring this crap to an end, and he wants Vince, Patterson, and Brisco to bring their little coward asses out here and settle it right now. They got thirty seconds to get out here or he's tearing up all these $50,000 cameras and they can't afford not to bring their ass out here.

    Nothing at first, so Austin heads out to the floor and starts talking to one of the camera man, AND HE NAILS HIM WITH A RIGHT HAND! He picks up the camera, holds it up high in the air and gets back on the mic, telling Vince he's got FIVE seconds. Austin starts the countdown, and just in time, Vince comes rushing out to the stage, with Patterson & Brisco back out there. Vince says this is his arena, and he's calling HIM out after breaking in. Vince asks who he thinks he is, and Austin says he's the person standing in here looking at three jackasses dressed in suits! Patterson fakes tough by taking off his jacket and Austin says to put that back on, or he'll stomp a mudhole in his ass and walk it dry. What he wants tonight is to fight all three of them tonight and settle it all, and that's the only way he'll have it. Vince says he doesn't go to a street fight in clothes like these. Look at the quality of this tweed jacket! Patterson says Austin is an idiot and he wants in the ring with him. Brisco says Austin is running down his boss and he has a tremendous amount of respect for MISTER MACMAHON and if he wants him to do it, he'll do it.

    Vince thinks about it, and says okay, in the interest of fairness, he won't give Austin all 3 of them, because if that were to happen, his career would be cut short more than it already is after that devestating clothesline last week. So instead, in tonight's Main Event, it'll be Stone Cold Steve Austin against Tag Team Specialist and Legend Gerald Brisco, and WWF Hall of Famer and first ever Intercontinental Champion Pat Patterson! Austin says he guesses two out of three ain't bad, but they can all go screw themselves. Either way, two of them are getting their asses kicked tonight, and that's a good enough start if you ask him, AND THAT'S THE BOTTOM LINE, 'CAUSE STONE COLD SAID SO! Patterson & Brisco continue to act tough on the stage, and Austin just flips them both the bird!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    EARLIER TONIGHT: We see shots of The Rock trying to goad X-Pac into a fight on the floor during the Outlaws/Nation match, only for Kama to nail Pac with a lariat and then a DVD onto the floor.

    EXCLUSIVE FOOTAGE: What we didn't see, which occured backstage throughout the night, were the trainers examining X-Pac. JR tells us that it was a little less than a year ago that X-Pac had neck surgery, and he could have seriously hurt himself here. But he is refusing treatment and is demanding to be able to compete.
    Before the match, JR says that just announced for the PPV in 13 days, the Nation will take on DX in an 8 man tag team elimination match!

    The Rock is out first, and he has a mic, bragging about not needing the Nation out here to take care of this piece of trash X-Pac. He's got the heart of a lion but the brain of a retarded monkey, and he's going to slap the taste out of his mouth, hit him with a Rock Bottom, and then hit THE MOST Electrifying Move in Sports Entertainment TODAY -- the PEOPLE'S ELBOW, because he is the PEOPLE'S Champion, and it's time for X-Pac to get his scrawny ass out here and get the PEOPLE'S ass kicking, if YA SMELL what the ROCK is cookin'!

    DX's music hits and X-Pac comes out from the back, and you can tell the amount of pain he is in throughout his back and neck. Chyna comes out to try and talk him out of it, but Pac waves her off and he ends up running into the ring and trying to go after the Rock, but the Rock immediately puts the boots to him!

    4. The Rock vs. X-Pac went to a No Contest in a Non-Title Match in 4:31. The Rock keeps up the asasult and throws Pac around the ring like a rag doll for a while. He teases ending it, but at the 2 count, he'll lift Pac's head up to break it up, and the ref admonishes him. Rock persists on doing that, and eventually, the ref tries to stop the match in a sympathetic manner, SO THE ROCK THROWS THE REF OUT OF THE RING! The Rock lifts Pac up and he lays him out with the Rock Bottom, and now he's going to add insult to injury, and he sets up the People's Elbow. He hits the ropes, jumps over Pac, and hits the other ropes -- BUT AS HE COMES BACK TOWARDS PAC, SURPRISINGLY, TRIPLE H HAS HIT THE RING FROM THE CROWD WITH HIS FACE BANDAGED! HE KICKS ROCK IN THE GUT, AND HE PLANTS HIM WITH A PEDIGREE! He stands over Rock and tells him to SUCK IT, and he helps Pac up, dragging him out of the ring. BUT HERE COMES THE NATION OUT TO GET THEM! Hunter gets Pac over the barricade and smacks some sense into him, and he's able to get Pac to safety before the Nation can get to them! BAH GAWD THIS IS A WAR, KING! THIS IS A DAMNED WAR!

    YOU THINK YOU KNOW ME? YOU THINK YOU KNOW ME? YOU THINK YOU KNOW ME?

    LOST? SCARED? TORTURED SOUL? WANDERING AIMLESSLY? POSSIBLE VAMPIRE? TEEN HEARTTHROB? CANADIAN?

    NAH, BEAT UP THE HOMELESS SOME MORE.

    EDGE.
    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    EARLIER TONIGHT: We see the official announcement that Paul Bearer is indeed Kane's biological father, as well as Bearer's harsh comments and the Undertaker coming out to attack.
    Backstage, the Undertaker is flipping out and destroying shit around the locker room area. The Headbangers come up and ask him if he's alright, and they pay dearly for caring as the Undertaker beats the shit out of both of them! He grabs his bag and storms out of the locker room, and presumably out of the arena!

    Back at ringside, JR tries to figuratively understand what the Undertaker is going through, but Lawler is looking around towards the backstage area to make sure Taker wasn't heading out here instead. Lawler interrupts JR and notes that Taker is gone, so there's no need for this bodyguard. He gets up and he tells Al Snow that he's been relieved of his duties. Snow nods his head and gets up to shake Lawler's hand. He grabs the mic and asks Lawler when he's getting him his meeting with Vince then. Lawler laughs and calls him an idiot, he said the deal was that if the Undertaker attacked him and Al Snow protected him, he'd get him the meeting, but the Undertaker didn't come anywhere near him, so there is no deal! Snow starts flipping out, AND HE GRIPS LAWLER UP BY THE LAPELS OF HIS JACKET AND GOES TO ASSAULT HIM! Lawler screams for security, and they are already coming out. They restrain Al Snow and just like last week, they carry him out of the arena as Snow just keeps yelling that all he wants is a meeting with Vince, is that too much to ask?!

    Pat Patterson & Gerald Brisco are introduced for the Main Event, and they come out in similar gear to Mr. McMahon. Brisco's wearing a shirt featuring an advertisement for the Brisco Brothers Body Shop in Tampa, Florida. Meanwhile, Patterson's wearing a shirt bragging about being the 1st ever IC Champion, winning it in a tournament final on a HOT, STEAMY NIGHT IN RIO DE JANERIO! Brisco grabs the mic and puts them over, and then says as a last minute surprise, MISTER MACMAHON has made the Special Guest Referee -- COMMISSIONER SLAUGHTER!

    Austin's music hits and he slides right into the ring and goes after both Stooges!

    5. Stone Cold Steve Austin def. Gerald Brisco & Pat Patterson in 3:49. Austin beats the shit out of both Patterson & Brisco for a while, and eventually, Slaughter has no issue revealing this was a set-up and he attacks Austin, making it a 3 on 1. Austin continues to fight all of them off like a mad man possessed. Slaughter manages to restrain Austin, and Brisco and Patterson start punching away at him. Slaughter goes to trap Austin in the Cobra Clutch, but Austin knows his way out of that for obvious reasons and he hits Slaughter with a Stone Cold Stunner! He goes back to beating the shit out of the Stooges, hits them both with Stunners, and then covers Brisco and does his own three count to "win" the "match".

    Post-match, Austin starts his celebration routine over top of the fallen soldiers of Mr. McMahon -- when the Devil himself comes sneaking down the aisleway at a fast pace with a steel chair in hand! He gets into the ring and just tries a quick shot, hitting Austin in the back! But it was such a weak shot due to the quickness, that Austin just no-sells it and turns right around. Vince has nowhere to go now, and Austin chases right after him out of the ring again, with Vince in full blown panic mode! Vince tries to lead Austin back towards the entry way, and Austin senses the trap coming from a mile away -- AND HE TURNS RIGHT IN TIME TO SEE DUDE LOVE COMING FROM THE SIDE OF THE STAGE, AND HE DUCKS HIS ATTACK AND BACK DROPS HIM ONTO THE STAGE! Austin turns, and Vince has hightailed it out of sight! Austin marches back towards the ring and celebrates with his title and some beer to end RAW!




    WWF IN YOUR HOUSE: OVER THE EDGE (5/31) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Special Guest Referee: Vince McMahon
    Special Guest Announcer: Pat Patterson
    Special Guest Time Keeper: Gerald Brisco

    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. Dude Love

    EIGHT MAN TAG TEAM ELIMINATION MATCH
    D-Generation-X [HHH/X-Pac/New Age Outlaws] Vs. The Nation [Rock/Kama/D'Lo/Henry]

    Terry Funk Vs. Kane

    WWF EUROPEAN CHAMPIONSHIP
    Jeff Jarrett [c] Vs. Steve Blackman

  4. #29
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Steve Austin (Since 3/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    MAY 25TH, 1998
    GREEN BAY, WI


    TONIGHT: LAST STOP BEFORE OVER THE EDGE!

    As is becoming the new standard, Vince McMahon comes out to start the show flanked by his Stooges. He grabs a mic once he's in the ring, and he talks about what happened last week. He shows clips of the chair shot, and says he's heard there's been some criticism of the chair shot, because it seemed like it didn't effect Austin. Well, the jokes on you. First and foremost, the severity of his chairshot was meant to be merely a warning shot. However, due to his brute strength, what has been deemed a "weak shot" by many was strong enough to bring back the concussion-like symptoms Mr. Austin has been suffering from since he recieved a devestating clothesline, also from yours truly, two weeks ago on this very program! He says at this rate, his insurance policies in place for the Pay-Per-View this Sunday may not even be needed, because due to the raw power of the Chairman of the Board, Stone Cold may not even be able to compete, at which point, he would INDEED be stripped of the WWF Championship!

    The glass shatters, and Stone Cold Steve Austin makes his way out to the stage, pacing around. McMahon cuts him off before he can even talk, and tells Austin that it's probably in his best interest he stay up there unless he wants to further his injuries. Austin tells him to shut up, he sounds stupider than he looks, and he looks pretty damn stupid in his ridiculous tweed jacket with that idiotic haircut. He says he thought long and hard the past week about how he was going to reply to whatever BS Vince wanted to spin out of that chickenshit chairshot. Was he going to march down to that ring, hit him with a Stunner and be done with it? Was he going to wait for him in the parking lot and stomp a mudhole in his ass? But then, after a few beers, he realized that maybe he WOULD start doing things the Vince McMahon way after all! Vince starts to smile eagerly, thinking Austin's going to take him up on the offer made the night after WrestleMania. But before Vince can speak, Austin says what he means by that is -- much like McMahon did to him the night after he won this belt, HE WAS PRESSING CHARGES! Vince laughs, and asks on what grounds. Austin tells the people in the truck to play the tape.

    We see shots of Vince hitting Austin with the clothesline unprovoked, as well as the chair shot last week unprovoked, and then footage from just a few minutes ago of Vince admitting to assaulting Austin.
    Austin says Vince must really be the jackass he thinks he is, because that's admitting to aggrivated assault, and that's a felony, so Green Bay's finest, COME ON DOWN! AND HERE COMES A LARGE POLICE SQUADRON! Austin marches down behind them, laughing, and the crowd's going nuts as the cops get into the ring. Vince starts pleading with them and trying to reason with them, pointing out who he is, but Austin yells into the mic, reminding the police that he is pressing formal charges, AND THE POLICE SPIN MCMAHON AROUND WITH FORCE AND LOCK HIM IN CUFFS! The Stooges take offense to this and they start pushing past the Officers to make sure Vince is okay. But Austin yells "OFFICERS -- LAST TIME I CHECKED, THAT WAS OBSTRUCTION OF JUSTICE! LOCK THEM SUMBITCHES UP, TOO!" AND THE COPS TAKE PATTERSON & BRISCO TO THE GROUND AND PUT THEM IN CUFFS, AS WELL! The crowd is losing their minds, and Austin starts calling for beers to celebrate as McMahon and his stooges are taken out of the ring. Austin walks up with them as he cracks open the beers, AND HE POURS ONE ON VINCE'S HEAD AS HE'S LED AWAY! AUSTIN'S WON THIS ONE, FOLKS, WE'LL BE RIGHT BACK BAH GAWD! THE CHAIRMAN'S GOING TO JAIL!

    -----------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see Austin showing Vince the footage of admitting to assaulting Austin, Austin pressing charges, the cops coming out and placing Vince under arrest, the Stooges getting involved and them getting arrested too, and Austin pouring a beer on Vince's head as a final act of humiliation.
    We're live backstage, and we see the officers continuing to move Vince, Patterson & Brisco to the back in cuffs, all three of them continuing to try and stop this from happening. And for the first time ever, Vince yells "I'M VINCE MCMAHON, DAMNIT", trying to tell the officers that he his above all of this. The cops continue to do their job, ushering Vince and the Stooges to the cop car and placing them all in the back seat. Stone Cold Steve Austin walks up to the scene and knocks on the window, mocking them, and Vince starts growling, so Austin just puts his middle finger up to the window! Austin asks that silly son of a bitch how it feels, and says it must not be much fun for him either, and Austin walks off!

    1. Ron Simmons def. Owen Hart with a Powerslam in 5:36. JR says that Owen Hart told him earlier today he was taking this match as a means of competition, but he personally thinks it only adds to the rumors of a Nation/Owen Hart alliance. Owen works really respectful and clean here, almost too much, like he's trying to prove a point. The Nation comes out a minute or so in and watches from the entryway, and it distracts Owen and almost gives Simmons the win. Owen starts to make a comeback and might have this thing won -- BUT CHYNA MARCHES DOWN THE SIDE OF THE STAGE FROM THE BACK WITH A PURPOSE! Owen's on the top rope, the ref is checking Simmons, AND CHYNA GETS UP AND LOW BLOWS OWEN! YEAH, GET THAT REVENGE FOR TRIPLE H! Owen tumbles off, Simmons catches him on his way down with a Poweslam, and Simmons gets the huge win!

    Post-match, Chyna marches back down the side of the stage to head backstage, and the Nation flips out. They talk amongst themselves briefly, but as Ron Simmons celebrates his win, Rock orders them to go down and take Simmons out, and they rush down to attack! They lay Simmons out, and D'Lo plants Simmons with a Sky High. Rock starts putting the boots to Ron, still trying to eliminate him from their lives completely. But Owen Hart gets back up, and he pushes on The Rock's shoulder. Rock & Owen start exchanging words and things start to get heated -- AND OWEN SHOVES THE ROCK ON HIS ASS! The Nation goes to confront Owen, but an irate Rock storms to his feet and rushes right over to Owen and gets him with a double leg take down and starts getting some punches in, AND HELL, MAYBE THERE'S NO ALLIANCE AFTER ALL!

    Owen goes to leave, and he runs his mouth at the Nation from the floor as they hold Rock back from going after Owen and killing him. BREAK IT DOWN~ DX makes their way out to the stage to a HUGE pop, and Owen looks back from the entryway, and the Nation looks on from the ring. Triple H is officially back after his sneak attack last week, and we notice his face is still heavily brused and bandaged from the attack two weeks ago. Hunter is irate and has a mic in his hand, and says that everybody can see through this bullshit, it's all a damn scheme to get at D-Generation-X, there's some kind of working relationship with them -- but it ends TONIGHT! He doesn't care if it costs him what's left of his nose, he doesn't care if he gets put back on the shelf, alliance or no alliance, he wants Owen Hart AND The Rock IN THAT RING TONIGHT! Owen waves Triple H off, annoyed with him, but he's surprised when The Rock grabs the micAND HE ACCEPTS, BECAUSE HE'S GOING TO SHINE UP HIS SIZE 13 BOOT, TURN IT SIDEWAYS, AND SHOVE IT STRAIGHT UP BOTH OF THEIR CANDY ASSES! Owen goes back and fourth, running his mouth at both DX and the Nation, and DX & the Nation run their mouths at each other, and we've got a HUGE Triple Threat match now in the works for later tonight!

    -----------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------

    Back from break, JR & King talk about the on-going saga of one Dustin Rhodes. They bring us up to date through last week, where Dustin lost a match to Dude Love that had the odds stacked against him with involvement from Patterson, Brisco & Slaughter at the behest of Mr. McMahon. As a result of Dustin losing the match, he would now have to work for the WWF for the next 90 days. What we didn't expect, and what you could assume Dustin didn't expect, is just HOW McMahon would have him work. JR "opens up the curtain" a bit, and says that before each WWF telecast and PPV, they have what are called "dark matches", which are essentially warm-up matches to get the crowd ready to go featuring lower card talent, enhancement stars and even people recieving try-outs. Well, true to his word, not only did McMahon make Dustin work without pay starting tonight, Day 1 out of 90, but he made him do so in a dark match, and they have that footage now.

    BEFORE RAW WENT ON THE AIR: We see some clips of Dustin Rhodes vs. Brian Christopher. Before the match, Dustin is on a knee in the corner, saying a pre-match prayer, and then looking pissed off he even has to do this. Dustin seems out of it, uncoordinated and sloppy. Add that in with interference from Scott "Too Hot" Taylor on the outside, and Dustin ended up falling to a Tennessee Jam from Brian Christopher, giving the Too Much member a big win. Post-match, Dustin was seemingly angry and depressed, but he was going to deal with the hand he had been dealt apparently, because he was still refusing to quit. But one can only wonder how long that mindset will last when we're only DAY ONE into a NINETY DAY no-pay period for the Son of a Son of a Plumber.
    Back at commentary, JR says that during that footage, he was handed a note that Dustin Rhodes will be in action this Sunday at Over the Edge. That sounds fine in reason, however, and he apologizes for pulling back the curtain again -- but PPV events are usually the biggest paydays for WWF Superstars, and to force Dustin to wrestle on a PPV and make him ineligble for that paycheck is just the lowest form of cruelty.

    Steve Blackman makes his way out for the next match, which JR announces as the return of the "Dream Partner" match, which we haven't seen in close to 2 years. Before Blackman can even get on the mic to talk, Jeff Jarrett interrupts him with his entrance and comes out to the stage with Colonel Parker. He says he thought long and hard about who he could pick as his Dream Partner heading in to tonight. And while there were a lot of candidates, sure, there was only one guy that knew Blackman well enough since coming to the WWF that would help him teach his little karate kicking bee-hind a lesson, HA HA. And that man is none other than -- AH-MED JOHN-SON! "Disgruntled Vet" Ahmed Johnson makes his way out looking miserable, and Jarrett laughs and celebrates like he just found the ace in the hole. They start to make their way down the aisle, but Blackman holds them off on the mic to introduce HIS Dream Partner, a man who helped get him a job here in the WWF back in the Fall, and a man who's ready after a few weeks off to come back and kick Jarrett's ass -- BIG! VAN! VADER! FUCK YEAH! Vader comes out from the back and bolts down the aisle, chasing Jarrett around and then into the ring, where Blackman gets a hold of him and the match starts!

    2. Steve Blackman & Big Van Vader def. Jeff Jarrett & Ahmed Johnson in a "Dream Partners" Match in 7:19. Jarrett gets pinballed around for a little while by both Blackman and Vader before finally hitting Blackman low and tagging in Ahmed. Ahmed works Blackman's back and kidney area over a bit, going off of Jarrett's attack with the nunchucks last week. Once he's got Blackman down, he tags out to Jarrett, and Jarrett starts showboating. He gets some shit on on Blackman, but the showboating catches up with him during a Figure Four set-up and Blackman twists his way out of it and makes the hot tag to Vader, and Vader gets his vengeance on Jarrett, beating him to a pulp in the corner. Jarrett tries to tag out to Ahmed, but Vader bumrushes Ahmed off the apron. He drags Jarrett over, hits him with a Chokeslam and then tags back out to Blackman, who comes in and finishes Jarrett off with a Pump Kick and covers the champion heading into the PPV!

    We go back to the parking lot, and there's been a change in the situation. Vince and the Stooges are now out of the police car and leaned up against the side of it, still in cuffs. Vince looks as dissheveled as he's ever been. Austin's speaking to the police officers, and the one officer asks if Austin's sure he wants to do it this way. Austin says only if his conidtions are met, and that's up to Vince. He tells Vince that wants an apology for everything, right now! Vince immediately, and sarcastically, apologizes for all he's done to the soon to be FORMER WWF Champion. Austin shakes his head and calls Vince a sorry bastard, and tells him to enjoy his night in prison, and Austin goes to leave! Vince calls him back, begging for him, and Vince almost collpases under the pressure -- but he does it, he apologizes sincerely for putting Austin through Hell! Austin laughs and scruffs Vince's hair, telling him he's a good kid, apology accepted -- but don't forget about that other thing they talked about, and these officers are gonna stay here until Vince makes good on that part, too. Austin says to let them go, and he walks off back into the arena. Vince & The Stooges are released from custody, and they exchanged displeasantries with the officers before heading back inside!

    -----------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------

    Immediately after the break, Vince and the Stooges make their way from the back and head out to the ring, all three of them looking worn out and embarassed. The crowd laughs at them, and Vince only grows angrier because of it. Vince says he may have just been forced to apologize, but to Hell with that, he's the one that deserves to be apologized to, damnit! Austin's not gonna do it, the officers certainly aren't gonna do it, so he's demanding that these people here in attendance tonight apologize to him! After all he's done for the fans of the WWF over the years, giving them a plethora of entertainment to let them escape from their mundane lives, and they repay him by letting him be arrested and humiliated on live television?! The crowd pops big, because Hell Yeah, that's how it's gonna be.

    Vince says that not only was he forced to apologize, but under durress, he's also promised to add another stipulation to the match this Sunday. He has promised to make sure that the match this Sunday is fair and square, called right down the middle, or else Austin will proceed with the charges pressed against him. So, he has decided to allow ANY ABLE BODIED WWF SUPERSTAR to step up to the role of "Special Guest Enforcer". He doesn't need an answer now, but come time for the Main Event, any WWF Superstar that feels it is their need to come out to this ring and make sure things go down the right way, they have an open forum to do as such. But he has all the faith in the world that things will go right, because he's Vince McMahon damnit, and you don't cross the boss! No WWF superstar has the GUTS to stop him from what's coming this Sunday for Stone Cold Steve Austin! However, there may not be a need for any of this, because tonight, Stone Cold's in action and he doesn't think Stone Cold will make it out alive of this match, so he'll be able to strip him of the WWF Title come Sunday and hand it over to Dude Love! Because tonight -- Stone Cold goes 1 on 1 with THE UNDERTAKER! BAH GAWD WHAT?! Vince seems quite pleased with himself, and the crowd is in shock as Vince and the Stooges head to the back!

    An ad for WWF In Your House: Over the Edge this Sunday on PPV airs!

    Back from the ad, and Lumberjacks start making their way out for the next match. Among the lumberjacks, we see LOD2000, the RNRX, 2 Cold Scorpio, Tommy Dreamer, Barry Windham, the New Midnight Express, Jim Cornette, George South and Rocky King?!

    We see footage from a few weeks back of Severn trapping Bradshaw in the beast choker and hurting his arm, and then Bradshaw coming out with a sling and trying to again get at Windham, only to again be trapped in the Beast Choker. JR tells us that Bradshaw is competing against doctor's orders here tonight.
    JR also lets us know as Severn & Bradshaw make their entrances, that this Sunday at Over the Edge, we will see our first two King of the Ring Qualifying matches, one of them putting that man Dan "The Beast" Severn against another person he's drawn the ire of as of late, 2 Cold Scorpio!

    3. Dan "The Beast" Severn def. Bradshaw with the Beast Choker in a Lumberjack Match in 6:55. Lot of lumberjack involvement and brawling obviously, and the match almost becomes an afterthought once LOD & RNRX start trying to get after the New Midnight Express. LOD & RNRX end up having a beef of their own again, and the ref is distracted. Bradshaw actually had Severn reeling and Barry Windham was able to rush in and take Bradshaw down with a Flying Lariat, and Severn capitalized by putting Bradshaw in the Beast Choker. Cornette pointed this out to the ref, and by the time he turned, Bradshaw was tapping!

    Post-match, The New MX & Windham pull Severn away and hightail it to the back, as the argument between LOD & RNRX blows up and they start fighting around ringside, with the rest of the lumberjacks trying to break it up. Meanwhile, Bradshaw is seriously hurt and the ref signals to the back to get some help out for him, and RAW goes to a break!

    -----------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see LOD2000 and RNRX working together to finally get their hands on the New Midnight Express, but they began arguing. Afterwards, frustrations boiled over, and RNRX and the LOD started brawling again, as the New MX escaped.
    Backstage, Michael Cole is standing by with the LOD2000. They're pissed off, they're sick and tired of being sick and tired, and people are going to start getting their heads taken off around here. Tell 'em, Hawk! WELL. Hawk says not to let moments like that or rants like this get anything confused, they're still very much in the camp of wanting to decapitate and disembowel those idiots the New Age Outlaws and get THEIR belts back, but in the mean time, you have to move up before you can start to settle, and they're fine with using BOTH Expresses as a means of transportation back to the top of the mountain. What the FUCK did he just say? Commissioner Slaughter walks up, and he says per orders from Mr. McMahon, a match has been made for this Sunday that will see LOD2000, RNRX and New MX square off in a Three Way Dance Match, where the winners will become the #1 contenders to the WWF World Tag Team Championships. Moreso, after discussing things over with Mr. Dennis Coraluzzo, Mr. McMahon has worked out a deal where in that Three Way Dance, not only will the winner become #1 contenders for the WWF Tag Titles, but they will also be the NWA World Tag Team Champions, because those belts WILL BE on the line! Slaughter smiles and wonders why the LOD don't seem grateful. Hawk assures him they are grateful -- not knocking his teeth down his throat en route to taking McMahon's head off is them being grateful. Slaughter leaves, and the LOD wrap it up. What a RUSH.

    We see footage from Val/Togo where Kai En Tai attacked Val post-match only for TAKA to make the save. Afterwards, an ungrateful Val told TAKA he didn't want or need his help.
    JR says that stemming from that, this Sunday along with Severn vs. Scorpio, Val Venis will take on TAKA Michinoku in the second King of the Ring Qualifier! But tonight, they team up against their will to take on Kai En Tai!

    4. Sho Funaki & Men's Teioh def. TAKA Michinoku & Val Venis in 3:04. Val gets a blind tag off TAKA early on so he can go after Kai En Tai himself, but TAKA ends up repaying the favor and getting his own blind tag so he can go after them. The ref forces Val out to the apron, and this allows for a quick 2 on 1 against TAKA. The ref rushes back over to deal with that, and Dick Togo comes from the other side of the ring, pulls Val down, slams him on the ground and hits a Running Back Senton on the floor, GOOD GOD. TAKA broke free of the 2 on 1 and went to tag in Val, but he's nowhere to be seen, TAKA thinks he's bailed! That's all it took for Funaki & Teioh to lay TAKA back out, hit him with a 2 post massacre, and Funaki covered TAKA to get the win!

    Post-match, Kai En Tai celebrated to the back with Yamaguchi-San, and Val started to get back up on the floor, realizing that TAKA had just lost the match. TAKA was helped up by the ref, and Val immediately started yelling at him AND HE SHOVED THE LIGHT HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPION ON HIS REAR END! An irate TAKA shot up and went right after Val, getting him in the corner and the two started exchanging punches until the ref got in between them, and Val left on his volition to the back.

    From that last match, we rejoin commentary with JR & King hyping up the two major matches yet to come, which will be The Rock defending the Intercontinental Title in a Triple Threat against Triple H and Owen Hart, as well as Stone Cold Steve Austin squaring off against the Undertaker in a Non-Title Match where Mr. McMahon will be the Special Guest Referee.

    Suddenly, JR & Lawler are startled when a man dressed as a Mexican Bandito hops the railing behind them and points a toy gun at Lawler, squirting him with water! It's Al Snow, and even Head has the Bandito mask on! Snow tries to "stick up" Lawler at "gun" point, demanding he live up to his end of the deal and get him that meeting with McMahon. But Lawler, enfuriated by being hit with a water gun stream, gets up angry and goes after Snow. Security from the crowd hops over the railing and grabs Snow, dragging him back through the crowd and out of the arena, as an irate Lawler sits back down at commentary and we head to break!

    -----------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------

    ANGERED. SCARED. TORTURED SOUL. DARK. POSSIBLE VAMPIRE. WANDERER.

    YOU THINK YOU KNOW ME.

    YOU THINK YOU KNOW ME.

    BEAT UP THE HOMELESS.

    EDGE.
    (It's times like this I wish I could just have somebody like this just randomly debut).

    Before the next match, it's announced that due to the nature of the match, Commissioner Slaughter by proxy of Mr. McMahon has deemed it necesarry to put the Intercontinental Championship on the line!

    5. Triple H def. The Rock [c] & Owen Hart via DQ in a match for the WWF Intercontinental Championship in 9:11. Rock & Owen jaw off at each other to start the match, but they turn their attention towards Triple H, who just smiles and realizes this was probably a set-up, and tells them both to bring it on. They start attacking Triple H, but Rock ends up backing up and letting Owen do a lot of the work. Rock manages to nudge Owen Hart aside so he can get his own attack in on Hunter, and Owen takes umbridge with that and he nudges Rock back away, and the Rock spins Owen around and gets into his face. The two men argue -- AND THAT'S WHEN TRIPLE H BURSTS OUT OF THE CORNER TO TACKLE BOTH MEN DOWN! Triple H grabs Owen and LAUNCHES HIM over the top rope to the floor, and he turns his attention to beating the shit out of The Rock. Hunter sticks with this method of going back and fourth for a while, trying to split his time. After some vice versa moments, Triple H sends Owen right back to the outside as The Rock is coming back in. Hunter blocks the Rock Bottom, kicks Rock square in the dick but the ref didn't see it, and he plants Rock with a Pedigree! HUNTER HAS THE TITLE, HE HOOKS THE LEG, ONE! TWO! THRE-NO! OWEN HART DIVES IN WITH THE INTERCONTINENTAL TITLE TO HIT HUNTER, AND THE REF CALLS FOR THE BELL!

    Post-match, Owen continues his assault on Triple H, and the Rock escapes to the back, stumbling around, with the Intercontinental Title still in his possession. JR starts to think out loud again, pointing out that Owen could've just stopped the pin normally instead of getting a DQ, and would've probably wound up winning the title himself with Rock out and him attacking Triple H -- so why, damnit? WHY? DID OWEN HART JUST SAVE THE ROCK'S TITLE FOR HIM, IS OWEN HART IN KAHOOTZ WITH THE NATION?! DAMNIT. DX eventually bolts out and chases Owen away, and they check on Hunter as RAW goes to commercial.

    -----------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------

    We see a recap of the night long angle between Austin & Vince, leading up to the ammendment to the WWF Title match this Sunday, and the announcement of Austin/Taker tonight. JR informs us that Vince "saw it in his heart" (and he says that sarcasitcally) to make it a Non-Title Match.
    Howard Finkel is in the ring, and he says that during the last commercial break, he was handed a message that he was instructed to read live on the air. "The following contest is scheduled for ONE FALL and is a Non-Title match! Introducing first -- THE SPECIAL GUEST REFEREE -- from Greenwich, Connecticut, MISTER MCMAHON!"

    AW, SON OF A BITCH! Vince marches out from the back with his ref shirt with the cut off sleeves, taking his power walk down the aisle, and JR mocks his strut. Vince confidently gets into the ring, ready to make sure Austin gets the tar beat out of him here tonight before Over the Edge even happens!

    The bells toll, and the arena goes dark -- The Undertaker makes his way out! Vince stands there confidently, and JR notes how the Undertaker was one of Vince McMahon's biggest signings and how he's been loyal to the WWF for all these years, not leaving town when others did when things got bad, and how the Undertaker is the corner stone of the company that Vince McMahon has built. Taker does his full entrance and gets into the ring, and Vince walks towards him to seemingly talk to him, BUT TAKER TURNS SHARP AND GETS RIGHT INTO VINCE'S FACE TO A HUGE POP!

    Vince tries to calm him down, but Taker stays straight into Vince's face. Vince suddenly grows a set of balls, and he reminds The Undertaker just who he is, HE'S VINCE MCMAHON, DAMNIT! He's his boss, and he'll do as he's ordered to do, OR ELSE! That's all Taker needed to hear SO HE COULD WRAP HIS HAND AROUND VINCE'S THROAT -- AND HE CHOKESLAMS THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD STRAIGHT TO HELL! JR yells that this ain't The Undertaker's fight to worry about, he's not the Chairman's puppet, and Taker walks out of the ring to head to the back.

    BUT HERE COMES KANE! Taker doesn't even let Kane go through his entire entrance, and he charges up the aisleway and he starts attacking his brother! They brawl across the stage, down the steps and towards the seating areas off to the side of the stage. They both tumble over the barricade and into the crowd, AND THEY BRAWL DEEP INTO THE SEA OF FANS AND OUT OF SIGHT! Security and Officials rush out and jump over the barricade into the crowd, hoping to get a hold of Taker and Kane before it's too late!

    Back in the ring, Vince is still laid out from the Chokeslam, and now that the coast is clear, Patterson & Brisco come rushing down to check on the Chairman. They're trying to get him up and out of the path of danger -- BUT THE GLASS SHATTERS, AND AUSTIN MAKES A B-LINE FOR THE RING! The Stooges drop Vince and go to attack Austin to prevent further violence, BUT WHAM, STUNNER TO PATTERSON! STUNNER TO BRISCO! He lifts Vince up, and WHAM, STUNNER TO VINCE, TOO! Austin drags Vince back up to his feet and presses him against the ropes, AND HE TIES VINCE'S ARMS INTO THE ROPES, TRAPPING HIM! Austin gives him the double bird before heading out to the floor, AND HE SNATCHES A STEEL CHAIR FROM THE TIME KEEPER! He goes to slide back into the ring, and as he does, Commissioner Slaughter runs out to try and free Vince. Slaughter stands in Austin's way to block the chair shot, and Austin doesn't give a shit, he swings anyway, AND AUSTIN TAKES OUT SARGE WITH A CHAIR SHOT!

    BUT WAIT JUST A DAMN MINUTE, HERE COMES DUDE LOVE FROM UNDER THE RING WITH A STEEL CHAIR OF HIS OWN! HAS HE BEEN UNDER THERE THE WHOLE GOD DAMNED NIGHT?! DUDE SLIDES INTO THE RING, AUSTIN TURNS AROUND WITH THE CHAIR -- AND DUDE SENDS HIS CHAIR SMASHING INTO AUSTIN'S CHAIR, WHICH GOES DIRECTLY INTO AUSTIN'S FACE! Austin goes down like a ton of bricks, out cold, and he may actually now have that concussion that Vince has been accusing him of having the past two weeks! Austin is out, Dude Love frees Vince McMahon, who crumbles to the mat in exhaustion, and Dude Love stands tall over the WWF Champion as RAW comes to a close and we head into Over the Edge!




    WWF IN YOUR HOUSE: OVER THE EDGE (5/31) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Special Guest Referee: Vince McMahon
    Special Guest Announcer: Pat Patterson
    Special Guest Time Keeper: Gerald Brisco
    Special Guest Enforcer: ???

    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. Dude Love

    EIGHT MAN TAG TEAM ELIMINATION MATCH
    D-Generation-X [HHH/X-Pac/New Age Outlaws] Vs. The Nation [Rock/Kama/D'Lo/Henry]

    Terry Funk Vs. Kane

    WWF EUROPEAN CHAMPIONSHIP
    Jeff Jarrett [c] Vs. Steve Blackman

    NWA WORLD TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS/#1 CONTENDERSHIP FOR WWF TAG TITLES
    New Midnight Express [c] Vs. LOD2000 Vs. Rock 'n' Roll Express

    KING OF THE RING QUALIFYING MATCH
    Dan "The Beast" Severn Vs. 2 Cold Scorpio

    KING OF THE RING QUALIFYING MATCH
    TAKA Michinoku Vs. Val Venis

    Dustin Rhodes In Action!

  5. #30
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Steve Austin (Since 3/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF PRESENTS: IN YOUR HOUSE 22 - OVER THE EDGE
    SUNDAY, MAY 31ST, 1998
    MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN

    Before the show begins, Vince McMahon is standing in front of the Over the Edge interview set, and he welcomes the fans to another exciting Pay-Per-View outing brought to you by the World Wrestling Federation, who is the clear cut #1 in sports entertainment today! He'd like to start off by announcing a new match that will take place later tonight, previously unannounced, but after the occurences this past Monday on RAW, he feels it is only necesarry to see the man who is currently wrestling for him FOR FREE -- Dustin Rhodes -- take on a man who felt it necesarry to put his hands on the Chairman in an unsavory and undeserved manner, a man who -- by those very same actions -- clearly must be in the need for competition, THE UNDERTAKER! He then puts over himself, Mr. Brisco and Mr. Patterson being involved in tonight's Main Event to ENSURE everything is called right down the middle. He still has an open invitation for ANY WWF Superstar to come out and take the role of "Special Guest Enforcer", but reminds them that nothing good can come of crossing the boss. Lastly, tonight's Main Event, in an unscheduled change will now be competed UNDER NO DISQUALIFICATION - FALLS COUNT ANYWHERE RULES! Thank you for choosing the World Wrestling Federation, and enjoy the show!
    JR & King welcome us to the show, and talk about the big announcements Vince McMahon made to begin the broadcast tonight. JR thinks that the screws are in, and this night isn't going to end well for Stone Cold, but Lawler sarcastically thinks that Mr. McMahon is being as fair as he could possibly be!

    Match #1: The New Midnight Express [c] vs. LOD2000 vs. Rock 'n' Roll Express [NWA World Tag Team Championships] [#1 Contendership for the WWF Tag Team Titles]
    This is under "Four Corners" rules, persay, so only two people are allowed in at a time. LOD demands to start off, and they try to get New MX in to face one of them, but RNRX end up getting into the ring just to get the match started and because they still have a bone to pick with the LOD, as well. So the opening minutes are the New MX being faux cheerleaders from the apron, as LOD2000 & RNRX tear each other apart. Cornette is loving it on the outisde, putting over the New MX to anybody within ear shot, and the New MX even turn to play to the crowd a few times, as LOD & RNRX move in and out, continuing to go after one another. During a Hawk/Ricky Morton exchange, they stop and look at the New MX not even paying attention, and that's all they needed to see. Hawk & Morton walk over -- AND THEY SUPLEX BOB & BART RIGHT INTO THE RING TO A POP! Both LOD & RNRX storm the ring in full now and start double teaming the members of the New Midnight Express, and both teams come out of a corner and Irish Whip the champions HARD into each other! They drop down and roll out to the floor, reconvening with Cornette, and the ref stopping LOD & RNRX from going after them. New MX start to leave the match, but Cornette chases after them and reminds them this isn't just for the titles, but for the #1 contendership! They still seem like they're content with walking out. Just then -- BARRY WINDHAM COMES IN FROM THE CROWD! He storms into the ring AND LEVELS Animal with a Running Lariat! Hawk sees this and chases Windham out of the ring, over the barricade and into the crowd! NEW MX STORM BACK AND ATTACK A DISTRACTED RNRX! They toss Gibson out, they beat the shit out of Morton! Gibson goes to get back in to save his partner, BUT CORNETTE USES THE DISTRACTION OF A FRANTIC REF TO NAIL GIBSON IN THE BACK WITH THE RACKET! NEW MX HITS MORTON WITH THE VEG-O-MATIC, COVER, ONE! TWO! THREE! DAMNIT!
    Winners: ...and STILL NWA World Tag Team Champions/New #1 Contenders, The NEW MIDNIGHT EXPRESS (9:57)

    Post-match, Animal is back up almost immediately and goes after the New MX, but Cornette already has the belts and he meets them in the aisleway, and they celebrate to the back. JR exclaims that now they've not only stolen the NWA World Tag Team Titles, they've stolen the #1 contenderships to the WWF Tag Team Titles, and if their stealing ways continue, one can only imagine what that may mean once they get their WWF Tag Team Title match!

    In between matches, the camera pans over to introduce Hugo Savinovich & Carlos Cabrera at the Spanish Announce Table, and we see that Al Snow has joined them on commentary, dressed in a poncho with a black mustache, and Head is wearing a sombrero. Hugo & Carlos seem legitimately spooked, and it isn't long before security rushes out and forces Al Snow out of the arena!

    We get a quick recap of the Blackman/Jarrett incidents, including Blackman beating Jarrett, Jarrett winning the European Title and costing Blackman a Tag Team match against the Nation, Jarrett hitting Blackman in the kidneys with his own nunchucks, and the Dream Partners match this past Monday on RAW. We're reminded the "hot streak" that Jarrett has proclaimed himself to be on, as well as the fact that Steve Blackman has never been pinned in the WWF.
    Match #2: Jeff Jarrett [c] vs. Steve Blackman [WWF European Championship]
    Jarrett plays the cat-and-mouse game in the early portions of the match, constantly heading to the floor to take a powder and "discuss strategy" with Colonel Parker, which only drives Blackman to become angrier. Blackman finally catches up to him during one of his stints out on the floor and slams him into the steel post. He works him over on the floor, throwing him from pillar to post, before sending him back into the ring to light him up with some kicks and throws. He gets Jarrett into the corner and lights him up with karate chops and punches, and he backs off to take his head off with a Pump Kick, but Jarrett moves and Blackman's leg gets caught on the top turnbuckle, and Jarrett quickly rolls him up, ONE, TWO, NO! Jarrett swoops up and immediately takes Blackman back down with a rolling neckbreaker, and he keeps him on the mat, trying to wear him down so he doesn't get an even bigger advantage. Once he's got Blackman worn out enough, Jarrett starts digging his knees and elbows into Blackman's lower back, the same spot he hurt with the nunchucks just a few weeks ago. Blackman keeps trying his comebacks, but Jarrett will use rope levarage, or a displaced referee, or even Parker's blatant interference to bring Blackman back down to the mat and work him over, wearing him out more and more. Once he's got Blackman where he thinks he wants him, Jarrett starts getting him with a couple of suplexes and slams. He whips Blackman into the corner and climbs up to the second rope for a ten punch spot, but half way through the punches, he stops to pose for the crowd and Blackman shoves him off to the mat. Jarrett lands on his feet and immediately kicks Blackman in the dick, and the ref gives him a warning, but not enough to stop Jarrett from hitting Blackman with a DDT and going for the cover, ONE, TWO, THRE-NO! Jarrett goes right back to trapping Blackman on the mat and working over his back some more. Blackman starts the hot comeback by getting up to his feet, elbows to the gut, stiff shoulder thrusts and then finally breaking free by getting Jarrett with a snapmare takedown immediately into a dropkck into Jarrett's back as he's seated! Parker goes to get up on the apron, AND BLACKMAN HITS HIM WITH A PUMP KICK! Jarrett goes to attack Blackman, but he ducks and hits Jarrett with cravate kick and he goes for a cover, ONE, TWO, THRE-NO! Blackman starts lighting Jarrett up with elbow strikes and palm thrusts, and he sends him back into the corner and gets him with a thrust kick. Jarrett stumbles out and down, and Blackman goes up top for a super Bicycle Kick attempt! But as he gets up there, Jarrett starts reaching for the ref, AND PARKER GETS UP WITH BLACKMAN'S KENDO STICK AND NAILS HIM IN THE LOWER BACK! Blackman takes a header to the mat, AND JARRETT GETS HIM WITH A MODIFIED JACKNIFE PIN -- AND HIS FEET ON THE DAMN ROPES, ONE! TWO! THREE!
    Winner: ...and STILL WWF European Champion, Jeff Jarrett (10:15)

    Post-match, Jarrett celebrates with the European Championship and starts to Fargo Strut after not only retaining his title, but being the first person to defeat Steve Blackman here in the WWF. His strut goes on too long, however, and Blackman is back up and WALLOPS Jarrett with his dual kendo sticks, lighting up his entire body until Jarrett manages to tumble through the ropes to the floor, and limp fastly to the back with the title and Parker in tow!

    Backstage, Michael Cole is standing by with the WWF Champion, Stone Cold Steve Austin! Austin says this is where Austin 3:16 was born and asked if it's the final time he walks down as champion, and Austin says hell no. He don't trust nobody and Vince McMahon can stack the cards against him any way he damn well pleases, but he's gonna be champion when this match is over. Cole asked if anyone has volunteered to watch his back as Vince challenged. Austin says nobody's volunteered, but they're all scared of what Vince will do to them, so that's no answer. All he knows is that Vince's ass will always belong to Stone Cold, AND THAT'S THE BOTTOM LINE, 'CAUSE STONE COLD SAID SO!

    Before the next two matches, JR & King talk about this being the start of the King of the Ring tournament. They say the rest of the Qualifying Round matches will take place on RAW is WAR over the course of the next few weeks, with the Quarter, Semi & Finals happening on PPV next month, live from Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

    We also get a glimpse at the bracket so far, with JR saying some spots have yet to be filled by Commissioner Slaughter:



    Match #3: Dan "The Beast" Severn vs. 2 Cold Scorpio [King of the Ring Qualifying Match]
    Scorpio rushes up to the top rope AND HE DIVES ONTO SEVERN IN THE ENTRY WAY AS HE MAKES HIS ENTRANCE WITH A TUMBLEWEED! Scorpio is on fire right away, slamming Severn's head onto the steel steps and sending him into the ring. Cornette tries to sneak up behind Scorpio, but he turns quickly, snatches the racket and chases Cornette away, tossing the racket away as well! Scorpio rushes back and slides into the ring, but as he picks up Severn, SEVERN IMMEDIATELY GETS HIM WITH A T-BONE SUPLEX! AND THEN A BELLY TO BELLY SUPLEX! Scorpio tries to take an arrant swing as he's pulled back up, AND SEVERN TAKES HIM DOWN WITH AN ARMBAR, AND THEN SEGUES INTO A CROSS ARMBREAKER! Scorpio wisely, or perhaps unwisely, is able to reach his free arm out and just barely grasp the bottom rope, breaking the hold. Severn follows the rules, only to drag Scorpio back out and start stomping and knee dropping the arm he's hurt on Scorpio now. He takes his arm back over to the rope he had previously reached for, and he starts scissor stomping on the arm! Scorpio screams in pain, and JR summises that Scorpio is severly hurt here. Severn backs off, and Scorpio bravely manages to get back up to his own two feet, holding his hurt arm close to his body, and he goes after Severn, who immediately gets him with a scoop slam with the hurt arm folded behind his own back! The ref tries to check on Scorpio and perhaps even call the match, but Severn brushes past the ref, grips Scorpio up AND LOCKS IN THE BEAST CHOKER! Scorpio taps IMMEDIATELY!
    Winner: Dan "The Beast" Severn (6:58)

    Post-match, Severn is announced as the winner, BUT HE KEEPS THE DAMN BEAST CHOKER APPLIED! The ref tries to get him off, but Severn just pulls on the hold harder and harder. Cornette finally comes scuttling back out, but even HE can't get Severn off of Scorpio! Finally, Tommy Dreamer comes bolting out from the back with a steel chair and he goes for a swing, and Severn releases the hold and rolls out of the ring just in time. Cornette pleads with Severn to leave and gets him to the back, as Dreamer and the ref check on a seriously, seriously hurt 2 Cold Scorpio.

    We see a recap of Val/Dick Togo 2 weeks ago where Kai En Tai attacked Val, causing TAKA to save, but Val letting it be known he didn't want or need TAKA's help. Then, more recently on RAW, the Val/TAKA vs. Kai En TAI tag team match, where Togo attacked Val on the floor, leaving TAKA to drop the fall to Funaki, and a post-match scuffle between Val & TAKA ensued.
    Match #4: Val Venis vs. TAKA Michinoku [King of the Ring Qualifying Match]
    TAKA and Val exchange holds in the early portions, back and fourth, keeping a nice flow to the match. Val manages to get TAKA into the corner and he hits him with a few stiff knee shots to the midsection. He starts whipping him back and fourth, only to pull him right back in hard with another knee lift to the midsection, and finally plants him with a tilt-a-whirl backbreaker, and he goes for an early cover, but TAKA kicks out. Val stays on top of TAKA, continuing to work over the midsection, but TAKA fights back with his speed and agility, and takes Val for a ride out of the ring with a beautiful spinning armdrag. Val takes a powder on the floor before going back in and heading for a tie-up, but TAKA stays on top of his game, remaining quicker than Val, and starts working him over now, and Val slowly becomes frustrated and annoyed. TAKA gets Val off his feet a few times and tries to capitalize each time with a pinfall attempt, but each time, Val kicks out at 2. TAKA goes for a big kick, but Val ducks and gets behind TAKA and plants him with a Full Nelson Slam and covers for the pin, ONE, TWO, NO! After the high-speed exchange that has been going on most of the match, Val immediately lifts TAKA back up and plants him with a Gutwrench Powerbomb into a sitout pin for another pinfall attempt, ONE, TWO, NO! Val flips TAKA to his side and traps him in a hammerlock, and begins attempting to wear TAKA down on the mat, all the while going after the midsection he's been attempting to work on the entire match. Val keeps the heat on TAKA for a while until TAKA starts the comeback. They bleed into a ropes exchange filled with reversals that sees TAKA catch Val with a necktie headscissors and immediately followed up by a standing moonsault and a pin attempt, ONE, TWO -- VAL KICKS OUT AND SENDS TAKA THROUGH THE AIR AND FLYING BETWEEN THE SECOND AND THIRD ROPES! TAKA's on the floor and hurt from the unprotected fall, and Val's trying to catch his breath after having the wind knocked out of him from the last exchange. BUT WAIT A MINUTE DAMNIT, HERE COMES KAI EN TAI LED BY YAMAGUCHI-SAN! All three members start to beat the shit out of TAKA on the floor in a dogpile. The ref goes to yell at them, but Yamaguchi starts arguing with the referee! BUT LOOK, VAL VENIS GOES UP TOP AND HE DIVES OUT ONTO KAI EN TAI, MAINLY TAKING OUT DICK TOGO! Val rolls around brawling with Dick Togo, and Funaki & Teioh wind up back on their feet and sending TAKA into the ring where they continue the beatdown. The ref calls for the bell, and it's ruled a Double DQ!
    Winner: Double DQ (9:52)

    Post-match, back on the floor, Yamaguchi sneaks up behind Val and kicks him SQUARE in the groin and sends him to his knees, and he orders Dick Togo back in the ring. Togo, Funaki & Teioh continue the beatdown of TAKA before finally heading up top and hitting the 3-Post Massacre. But they're not finished! They lift TAKA up by his arms so Yamaguchi can get into the ring and start slapping him around. Yamaguchi is yelling in Japanese at TAKA as Kai En Tai laughs -- BUT VAL VENIS COMES STORMING BACK INTO THE RING, AND ALL OF KAI EN TAI BAILS IN A HUFF! Val is pissed off and Kai En Tai high tail to the back, celebrating what they've done. Clearly having a change of heart, Val checks on TAKA and then helps him up to his feet and to the back. JR wonders what this means for the KOTR tournament?!

    Backstage, Kevin Kelly stands by with Owen Hart who's in his street clothes. Kelly skirts the issues, remembering what happened last time he tried to confront Owen with a hard stance, but he's forced to at least ask if Owen plans on having an role in tonight's match between DX and the Nation. Owen says he knows what Kevin Kelly is trying to get at, he knows what the whole world is trying to get at, and for the last time, all of those rumors are just that -- rumors! He lost his cool with Ken Shamrock, and he's sure that he'll have to face those consequences like a man when the time comes, but as far as anything else is concerned, his hatred for D-Generation-X and that big nosed bozo Triple H is the only thing that motivates him anymore. He has NO affiliations with anybody but himself at this point. He says he's not booked tonight, he doesn't have a match, and quite frankly, he hopes DX and the Nation kill each other out there tonight, and that's that. Owen storms off, and Kelly's left more confused than before.

    Back at ringside, Commissioner Slaughter is by the commentary area with a microphone and he gives a lackluster introduction to Dustin Rhodes. Dustin comes out to no music or pyrotechnics, just a straight walk to the ring. Slaughter reminds him of how he's been a constant disappointment in Mr. McMahon's life, but he's all about giving opportunities when he sees fit, which is why Dustin has yet another one here tonight when he takes on The Undertaker. Mr. McMahon wants him to teach the Undertaker a lesson for putting his hands on the Chairman last week on RAW, and maybe he'd even waive that 90 Day No Pay clause if he got the job done.

    The Undertaker makes his way out next, not with the usual pomp and frills of his entrance, and frankly, looking annoyed and aggrivated. Slaughter reprimands the Undertaker on the microphone, saying that as the Commissioner of the WWF, he is giving the Undertaker a FINE of $2,000 for putting his hands on the Chairman last week, and it will be due post-haste. AND THAT'S AN ORD -- NOPE. TAKER WRAPS HIS HAND AROUND SLAUGHTER'S THROAT, AND HE CHOKESLAMS THE COMMISSIONER STRAIGHT TO HELL! BUT WAIT, TRYING TO CAPITALIZE ON AN OPPORTUNITY, DUSTIN RHODES ATTACKS THE UNDERTAKER FROM BEHIND TO START THE MATCH!

    Match #5: The Undertaker vs. Dustin Rhodes
    Dustin stays on top of Taker and lays into his back and neck with stiff shots, trying to get him into a corner. Once he does, he sends him for the ride across the way, but Taker reverses half way through and sends Dustin hard into the corner instead, and Dustin comes stumbling back out and walks right into a big boot from the Deadman. Taker grabs Dustin off the mat by the neck with both hands and tosses him right into the corner and starts lighting him up with the big body punches before grabbing him by the neck once again and tossing him out of the corner hard like a rag doll. Dustin has a lot of fight left in him, however, regardless of how broken he may seem, and he gets right back up and tackles Taker into the corner and just starts firing away with shoulder thrusts into his midsection, but Taker fights out with sharp elbows to Dustin's back before taking him down with a short arm clothesline. Taker stops what he's doing to look down at Dustin, and he looks over at Slaughter, who's gotten back up from the earlier Chokeslam and is on the floor, yelling at the Undertaker. Taker shakes his head and says this isn't his fight, and the Undertaker starts to leave. Dustin gets up to a knee and calls for Taker to stop repeatedly, before calling him a "son of a bitch" and telling him to turn the Hell around, which Taker does instantly, glaring at Dustin. Dustin stumbles up and tells Taker to come at him, give him his best shot, and Taker is seen talking back to Dustin while pointing at Slaughter, and we can see him say something about "not having to listen to McMahon", but Dustin says that's not his problem AND HE COLD COCKS THE UNDERTAKER! SPINS HIM AROUND, FALLING REVERSE DDT, DUSTIN COVERS, ONE! TWO! TAKER KICKS OUT WITH AUTHORITY! Dustin gets back up, pissed off at himself, and it only gets worse when Taker sits up in the way that only he can. Dustin tries to charge right at him, but for the sake of ending this, Taker grabs him by the throat, gets to his feet and plants him with a Chokeslam! Taker drops down and lacklusterly pins Dustin as he stares at Sarge. One. Two. KICKOUT?! Taker just shakes his head in frustration before lifting Dustin back off the mat, and almost regretably, spiking him down with a Tombstone. Fold of the arms, the ref drops down to count, 1, 2, 3, it's over.
    Winner: The Undertaker (5:05)

    Post-match, The Undertaker doesn't want his arm raised, and he just leaves the ring in disgust. Slaughter rushes up to him and, even after what Taker did just a few minutes ago, Slaughter starts applauding Taker up the aisleway. Taker turns towards him -- AND PIEFACES HIM HARD DOWN TO THE GROUND! The Commish is dumbfounded, and Taker paces to the back with his hands on his hips, shaking his head in disgust.

    Back over at commentary, JR & King talk more about "punishments" being handed down as of late, and it's not just Stone Cold Steve Austin, or as we saw moments ago both Dustin Rhodes and the Undertaker, but it's Terry Funk as well.

    We see some highlights from WrestleMania XIV and the night after, with Terry Funk getting the shit beat out of him essentially. Upon his return, he was forced to face Mick Foley in a Falls Count Anywhere match where Foley went above and beyond to impress McMahon and get his second title shot at Austin. Funk started targeting the Chairman, even making some harsh threats towards Mr. McMahon at times. In order to silence the "Middle Aged & Crazy" superstar, Mr. McMahon put him in a match against the Big Red Machine, Kane. We also see the Taker/Kane brawl from last week on RAW, where Terry Funk ran out to get involved to size up Kane, only to help Taker drive him away, and have Taker take out his frustrations on Terry Funk immediately after.
    Match #6: Kane vs. Terry Funk
    Funk is out first, and as Kane makes his entrance, Terry comes out to the apron. As Kane comes down the aisle, Funk goes running down the apron AND LEAPS ONTO KANE, BUT KANE CATCHES HIM AND SLAMS HIM DOWN ONTO THE FLOOR IMMEDIATELY! Kane lifts Funk up and then freely tosses him HARD head first into the steel guard rail, before following that up by lifting Funk up into the air with a gorilla press, AND DROPPING HIM HEAD FIRST ACROSS THE GUARD RAIL NOW, AS WELL! Bearer is loving this and cheering his son, Kane, on and Kane sends Funk back into the ring. Kane stalks behind Funk as Funk stumbles around to his feet, and when he turns, Kane catches him and plants him with a Chokeslam. He drops down to cover, one, two, BUT KANE PULLS FUNK UP TO BREAK THE COUNT! JR says it's very clear that Kane was sent out here on a mission by Paul Bearer, who must be getting his orders from Mr. McMahon if that's the case. Kane continues to batter Terry Funk and ends up getting carried away in the corner, and the ref makes him back off, so Kane starts going after the ref, who's begging for his life. Bearer gets up on the apron to taunt Funk, AND FUNK GRABS HIM AND TRIES BITING PAUL BEARER! Kane rushes over to save his father and beats Funk down in the corner some more, hitting him so hard that he eventually is busted open above the eye. He drags Funk back out to the center of the ring and lifts him up for a tree slam, and he holds him there just to show off, AND FUNK STARTS KICKING AT HIM AND GETS HIM LOW, AND ON THE WAY DOWN, FUNK GETS KANE WITH AN INSIDE CRADLE, ONE! TWO! THRE-NO! NO! And now, Terry Funk must pay. Kane immediately sits up and goes full boar against Funk, as if he wasn't doing that before. He works over the cut on Terry Funk's face until he's wearing a crimson mask, and then he plants him with another Chokeslam. He goes for the cover, one, two, AND HE PULLS FUNK UP AGAIN, COME ON AND STOP THIS! Kane lifts Funk back up, brings him up and sends him right back down with a Tombstone! Kane folds the arms and covers, ONE, TWO, THREE.
    Winner: Kane (8:20)

    Post-match, Kane stands back up as Paul Bearer gets into the ring. Bearer kicks at Funk for trying to bite him earlier, and the ref tries to stop him, so Bearer shoves the referee away. The ref gets up to yell, but Kane steps in his way and the ref hightails it. Bearer starts barking orders, and Kane follows them, going to the outside to grab a steel chair. Bearer starts to lift Funk back up in the ring, the bloody mess that he is, BUT A BIT OF FIGHT IS STILL THERE, AND FUNK STARTS TRYING TO BITE BEARER AGAIN, AND THIS TIME, HE DOES! HE GETS HIM RIGHT ON THE CHEEK! Kane rushes back in, Bearer falls back and Kane WALLOPS Funk across the skull with a steel chair shot! Funk goes down like a ton of bricks! Bearer had a chunk of flesh ripped out of his cheek, and now he's bleeding a bit. He yells at Kane to finish him, so Kane puts the chair out in a seated position, lifts Funk back up -- AND CHOKESLAMS HIM RIGHT THROUGH THE CHAIR, JESUS! Kane sets the ring posts on fire, helps his father up, and they leave to the back as EMT's rush out past them to tend to Terry Funk.

    EVISCERATE THE HOMELESS.

    WALK THROUGH SHADOWS.

    SLEEP DURING THE DAY.

    LOST AND SCARED.

    YOU THINK YOU KNOW ME. YOU THINK YOU KNOW ME.

    EDGE.
    JR & Jerry Lawler talk about the issues between DX and the Nation in recent weeks, as well as the inclusion of Owen Hart, the injury to Ken Shamrock, and how this somehow could all tie together. JR shows video evidence of what may be a conspiracy in the making.

    TWO MONTHS AGO, WRESTLEMANIA XIV: The Rock retained the IC Title against Ken Shamrock by reversed decision after Shamrock's post-match antics. Then, Triple H regained the European Title from Owen Hart in their match due to outside interference from Rick Rude, who turned his back on Owen after another DX scheme.

    In the weeks after, Owen continued his mission to end DX, now without Shawn Michaels, and The Rock had to deal with Ken Shamrock still, attempting to take out all of the members of the Nation to get back at him.

    LAST MONTH, UNFORGIVEN: We see Triple H again defeat Owen Hart, this time in a Submission Match, thanks to help from X-Pac. We also see The Rock retain the IC Title, and Shamrock take down D'Lo Brown and Mark Henry.

    THE NEXT NIGHT, RAW is WAR: Owen Hart volunteers to be Ken Shamrock's partner against The Rock & Kama Mustafa following Owen's promo at the PPV regarding wanting to clean up the WWF of it's scum. But two minutes into the match, Owen low blowed Shamrock, took a bite out of his ear, and wound up breaking Shamrock's ankle, leaving the Nation in shock.

    THE NEXT WEEK, RAW is WAR: We see Triple H defending the European Title against Jeff Jarrett, only for the Nation to run out, unprovoked, and get into it with DX, leading to The Rock hitting Triple H with a Rock Bottom, giving Jarrett the win.

    THE FOLLOWING WEEK, RAW is WAR: We see Owen Hart attempt to explain his actions from two weeks ago, and as Kevin Kelly questions him on the timing coinciding with what the Nation did to DX the previous week, Owen gets angry and violent. The Nation dispells those rumors and Rock challenges Owen to a match. Come match time, Owen is carried out from the back unconcious by the Nation after a supposed beat down. The Rock went to put the finishing touches on Owen, but DX ran out to get revenge for the previous week. During the brawl, Owen Hart "miraculously" got right up to his feet, threw a chair into Triple H's hands, and spun kicked it into his face, breaking his nose, and then left the scene.

    TWO WEEKS AGO, RAW is WAR: We see the Outlaws defend the Tag Titles against Mark Henry & D'Lo Brown successfully, but on the outside, Kama took X-Pac down with a DVD onto the floor as The Rock stood over him. Later in that night, The Rock took on a clearly hurt X-Pac, still recovering from neck surgery less than a year ago, in which Triple H surprised everyone by actually being in the arena and taking out the Rock before escaping with X-Pac.

    LAST WEEK, RAW is WAR: We see Chyna blatantly cost Owen Hart the match against Ron Simmons. The Nation runs out to attack Simmons, and Owen & Rock get into an argument. DX make their way out to call BS on the issue, and The Rock wants to settle this, challenging both Triple H and Owen Hart to a match that night, which wound up having the IC Title put up for grabs per orders of Mr. McMahon.

    Later that night, Owen and Rock had a lot of tension and arguments, but seemed to mostly work together against Triple H. Hunter was able to separate them and had the match won against The Rock. And instead of just preventing the pin and picking up the victory for himself, Owen Hart blatantly hit Triple H with the IC Title for the DQ, costing him the title -- and perhaps saving it for The Rock?

    This is the evidence. You be the judge.
    The Nation makes their way out first in full force. Rock grabs a mic and he says before The Rock lays the smack down, he knows everyone here wants to know how The Rock feels about the beer capitol of the world, Old Milwaukee. You don't become a blue chipper and the champ like The Rock by sipping beer and stuffing down bratwurst every day. On the other hand, if The Rock grew up here and he had to choose one of these overweight beer drinking bearded female pigs to call his own, he'd be doing a lot of sucking down on beers too, if you smell what The Rock is cookin'!

    DX is out next, but during their entrance, Sgt. Slaughter comes limping out and, along with security, forces Chyna to the back to make sure she isn't involved in this affair whatsoever. Triple H gets in Slaughter's face and they exchange words, but Chyna tells them it's okay, and she leaves to the back on her own accord.

    Match #7: D-Generation-X [HHH/X-Pac/Outlaws] vs. The Nation [Rock/Kama/D'Lo/Henry] [8-Man Tag Team Elimination Match]
    Immediately as the bell rings, all eight men start brawling in the ring, and Hell has completely broken out here tonight in Milwaukee! The ref eventually gets them to go to their separate corners, but the Nation manages to isolate X-Pac and bring him to their corner, working him over in what is officially being called his first match back since his injury. X-Pac gets murked for quite a while it seems like, with all four of the members of the Nation finding their way into the ring to beat him down. Pac manages to roll through a Sky High attempt from D'Lo and he gets to DX's corner and tags out to Billy Gunn, who comes in like a house on fire. The Outlaws start to beat down D'Lo and get him towards the DX corner, with Dogg & Gunn going in and out, and D'Lo trying to defend himself the best he can. D'Lo does manage to avoid a Rocker Dropper by stepping away and he gets Gunn with a half crescent kick before reaching out to tag Kama in. Kama bumrushes Gunn, but Gunn gets him with a drop toe hold into DX's corner, and now DX dogpiles Kama! The ref gets them to back off, and Gunn tags out to Triple H, and Triple H goes to town on Kama in the corner. The Nation keeps trying to get in, but DX plays by their own rules and continues the assault now with the ref distracted by the Nation trying to get in! Having the damage done, Triple H lifts Kama up, PLANTS HIM with a Pedigree, and covers while looking right up at The Rock. ONE. TWO. THREE.

    ELIMINATED: Kama Mustafa (4:49)

    Triple H draws an imaginary line on the mat and tells The Rock to come on in and get him some. The Rock starts running his mouth and teases getting in -- but he orders Mark Henry to go in after Triple H instead! Hunter just smiles and nods and goes after Henry, but Henry immediately over powers him and starts tossing Triple H around. Triple H tags out to Billy Gunn and Gunn is able to hang with Henry a bit better based on strength, but even then, Henry proves to be a bit too much. AND NOW THE OUTLAWS JUST SAY FUCK IT AND START DOUBLE TEAMING HENRY TO A HUGE POP! Gunn makes the official tag out to Road Dogg, and with Henry down after a double clothesline, Dogg tries to keep it on the mat. Henry works his way out and goes to tag out to another Nation member, but Dogg dives forward and clips Henry's leg, and starts trying to pull him back to DX's corner -- but he can't! So Billy Gunn rushes back in and helps Dogg drag him across the ring, before re-exiting. Dogg slowly gets Henry back up to his feet, albeit crouched over, and he starts calling for a SPIKE PILEDRIVER?! Gunn goes up to the second rope, and Dogg tries lifting Henry up, but it's no use. HENRY BACK DROPS DOGG INSTEAD, AND DOGG FOLDS BACK INTO THE CORNER, KNOCKING GUNN OVER THE TOP AND HARD OUT TO THE FLOOR! Triple H & X-Pac drop down to check on him, and back in the ring, Henry follows up with a big splash down onto Road Dogg and hooks the leg, ONE, TWO, THREE!

    ELIMINATED: Road Dogg Jesse James (8:09)

    The Rock & D'Lo rush over on the outside and blindside Triple H & X-Pac on the floor, and the ref rushes out to separate them and get them back to their corners. Mark Henry's free to rush out and start beating down Billy Gunn with no reprecussions, grabbing him in a bodyslam position but ramming his back into the steel post before tossing him back into the ring. Henry continues to work Gunn's midsection and back over, even hitting him with his High Angle Powerslam. But instead of pinning -- The Rock demands the tag! Henry gladly obliges, and Triple H tries to rush into the ring to cut The Rock off, but the ref gets in his way. Rock lifts a beat down Billy Gunn up, and without hesitation, puts him right back down with a Rock Bottom, and hooks the leg to cover. ONE. TWO. THREE.

    ELIMINATED: Bad Ass Billy Gunn (11:02)

    Both of the World Tag Team Champions have been eliminated here after some cheap shots by the Nation, and that switches it from DX having the advantage, to it firmly being in the Nation's corner. Rock is now daring Triple H to get into the ring, and he didn't have to tell him twice. Triple H gets right into the ring and goes to walk up to the Rock and get in his face -- BUT ROCK IMMEDIATELY TURNS AND TAGS IN D'LO BROWN! D'Lo comes in wagging his head and running his mouth, and Triple H looks past him to just stare down The Rock. Triple H looks back at D'Lo, who's still too busy running his mouth -- AND TRIPLE H KICKS HIM IN THE GUT, AND PLANTS HIM WITH A PEDIGREE! ONE! TWO! THREE! THAT WAS QUICK, AND WE'RE BACK EVEN!

    ELIMINATED: D'Lo Brown (11:59)

    The Rock's eyes bug out of his head and he yells at D'Lo. He turns towards Mark Henry and orders him in the ring to finish off Triple H. Henry gets in and moves towards Hunter, but X-Pac suddenly starts calling for the tag. Hunter looks at him confused, and JR notes that they've tried to protect X-Pac after the opening few minutes of this match, and of all people he wants to get in there against, it's Mark Henry? Pac demands the tag, and Triple H gives in and tags X-Pac in. Pac is ready for Henry to bring it in, but NOW The Rock calls for the tag, because he wants to put X-Pac out and make this a 2 on 1 against Triple H! Rock and X-Pac go into a nice wrestling exchange, going back and fourth with the movez~ until Pac catches him with a spinning heel kick! Rock stumbles back up, AND NOW PAC IS GOING NUTS WITH THE KICKS ON THE ROCK IN THE CORNER! Rock drops down, Pac starts skipping around, takes a run -- BRONCO BUSTER ONTO THE PEOPLE'S CHAMPION, BAH GAWD! X-Pac is on FIRE and Hunter is cheering him on, telling him to go for it. Pac lifts Rock back up and goes to hit him with the X-Factor -- but Rock manages to swat Pac's arms away and fall back to tag in Mark Henry. Henry bum rushes in and takes Pac down with a massive clothesline. He starts throwing Pac around like a rag doll and caps it off with a big running splash into the corner. He lays Pac out and sets up for a big falling splash, but he takes too much time talking trash to Triple H that when he dives -- PAC MOVES! Pac does the slow dramatic crawl over to his corner, Triple H is reaching in, begging for the hot tag, and Pac is within fingertips reach of tagging in Hunter -- BUT MARK HENRY PULLS X-PAC BACK TO HIM! He lifts Pac up, goes to lift him up in one fell swoop for a High Angle Powerslam -- BUT ON THE WAY UP, PAC SPINS UP, GRABS HENRY'S HEAD AND COMES DOWN WITH AN X-FACTOR! HE COVERS! ONE! TWO! THREE! WHOA!

    ELIMINATED: Mark Henry (14:57)

    The Rock cannot believe it, and just like that, he is a sitting duck with two members of DX left to go. Triple H stares at him with an intense look from across the ring, and Rock acts quick, rushing into the ring. X-Pac starts to get up, really beaten down, and Rock immediately gets him with a clothesline. Rock starts putting the boots to a beaten down X-Pac and blatantly chokes him with his boot in the corner. The ref's trying to pull him off, but he's pulled away when Triple H tries rushing into the ring to save X-Pac. The ref starts yelling at Triple H, and Triple H goes to push past the ref and get at the Rock -- BUT MARK HENRY IS BACK UP AND HE LAYS OUT TRIPLE H WITH A HIGH ANGLED POWERSLAM! The Rock lays X-Pac out with a Rock Bottom, and he rolls over to cover, ONE, TWO, THREE!

    ELIMINATED: X-Pac (16:29)

    The Rock is now going in for the kill, with Triple H laid out right in front of him. Rock stands over top of his nemesis, rips off the elbow pad, does the theatrics, and goes into the set-up for THE MOST electrifying move in all of Sports Entertainment, the People's Elbow. AND IT CONNECTS! The Rock hooks the leg, ONE! TWO! THRE-NO! TRIPLE H GETS THE ARM UP, THERE'S LIFE LEFT YET! Rock starts unleashing Hell on Triple H, but Hunter starts the a-typical firery babyface comeback, thwarting any and everything the Rock has to throw at him. He finally catches The Rock with a spinebuster of his own, and now he's in full blown ass kicking mode. He lifts the IC Champ up and goes to set up the Pedigree, but a frantic Rock wiggles his arms away and shoves Hunter back, and Triple H collides right into the referee! Triple H turns to check what just happened, and turns around RIGHT INTO A ROCK BOTTOM! The Rock hooks the leg, waits for the count -- but there's no ref! An annoyed Rock gets up and starts trying to wake the ref, but nothing happens. He briefly looks towards the back and around at the crowd and he raises the People's Eyebrow, and JR remarks that was weird. Rock goes to lift Triple H back up and put him back down with another Rock Bottom -- BUT TRIPLE H STARTS THROWING ELBOWS INTO THE SIDE OF THE ROCK'S HEAD, HE BREAKS THE SET-UP! KICK TO THE GUT! PEDIGREE CONNECTS, BUT THERE'S STILL NO REFEREE!

    HEY WAIT JUST A DAMN MINUTE! IT'S OWEN HART! Owen goes right up to the top rope, and as Triple H gets up from the Pedigree -- OWEN HART GOES FLYING AND TAKES TRIPLE H DOWN WITH A MISSILE DROPKICK! He goes to the outside, snatches the Intercontinental Title away from the time keeper and gets back into the ring, and he NAILS Triple H in the still-injured nose with it, sending him to the mat in pain! He lays the IC Title out, lifts Triple H up, and as a final insult -- HE HITS TRIPLE H WITH HIS OWN PEDIGREE RIGHT ONTO THE IC TITLE! He turns towards the ref, then back at the Rock -- AND HE DRAGS THE ROCK OVER TOP OF TRIPLE H, DAMNIT NO! IT'S BEEN A CONSPIRACY THIS WHOLE DAMNED TIME! Owen slides out to the floor and reaches in to shake the ref awake, and once he does, the ref slowly rolls over and makes the count. ONE! TWO! THREE! SON OF A BITCH.
    Winners: The Nation (Sole Survivor: The Rock) (20:33)

    Post-match, Owen Hart slides right back into the ring and shoves the referee right out of the way when he tries to raise the Rock's arm -- SO OWEN CAN RAISE THE ROCK'S ARM INSTEAD, NO! NOT THIS WAY, OWEN, DAMNIT! Owen picks up the Intercontinental Title and hands it over to The Rock, and the two men head to the back, with Owen mentioning to the camera that he's part of the Nation, and it's been their plan the whole time. JR calls Owen Hart true slime and a reprehensible human being as he celebrates to the back with The Rock. JR assures us that there will be Hell to pay, and this war is FAR from over.

    Backstage, Kevin Kelly stands by with Vince McMahon, who's got his referee shirt without the sleeves on once again, even flexing a bit because he's a pompous ass. Kevin Kelly asks him if he's going to be even a little bit impartial in the match coming up next, and Vince just smiles. Kelly then asks if Vince is worried about any WWF superstar stepping up to be the Special Guest Enforcer, and Vince laughs, saying if any were going to dare and "cross the boss", they would've done it by now and made their intentions clear. No, instead, he's going to go out there, along with Mr. Brisco and Mr. Patterson, and he's going to make sure that THIS MATCH ends by THIS HAND, ONLY! (points to his hand, obviously). And if Mr. Austin decides to lay a single finger on him or any of his associates here tonight, he will be IMMEDIATELY stripped of the WWF Title on the spot!

    A video package airs, highlighting the history of this issue, dating back to the first Stunner at MSG Raw in September '97, and McMahon's issues with Austin leading up to his title win. We also see Mick Foley's journey since WrestleMania mixed in, building up to last month's confrontation at Over the Edge, and everything that's happened since.
    Howard Finkel is in the ring and he has very clearly prepared statements on small index cards in front of him, and he reads aloud to the fans:

    "Ladies and Gentlemen, at this time, it is both my privlidge and my honor to introduce to you a man, who for over four decades, has ran the Squared Circle like no other before him. A man who built his career on pride, honor, dignity and integrity. A legend who has held over 20 titles throughout his illustrious career. This man made WWF history by becoming the first ever Intercontinental Champion by surviving a grueling tournament held in Rio De Janerio. When we speak of this man, we can only compare him to other Canadian legends such as Wayne Gretzky, Gordie Howe and the great Anne Murray. A role model for children, a friend to us all. Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome tonight's guest Ring Announcer, WWF Hall of Famer, Mr. Pat Patterson!"

    Pat Patterson makes his way to a ton of jeers and Lawler gets up and applauds, and JR is disgusted. Patterson shakes Fink's hand and takes the mic, putting on his glasses and now reading his own prepared statements.

    "And now, for our second guest of de evening. Dis man is like beating tom-tom heard on de reservation in his native Oklahoma. Inside dis man beats da heart of America. Throughout his shiny career, which began as an amateur champion at Oklahoma State, dis gladiator has truly bin da foundation of which dis in-dus-tree was built upon. He's a loving father, he's a devoted husband, dis man is destined to be the only Native American Indian in the World Wrestling Federation Hall of Fame. Well, there goes Strongbow! Some call him da reincarnation of Jim Thorpe, but we call him a friend. Lady and Gentleman, he's a proud owner of da Brisco Brothers Body Shop, located at 4315 Nort Hubert Avenue, Tampa, Florida. Your Guest Time Keeper dis evening for tonight's main event -- GERRY BRISCO!"

    Brisco comes out and points out a Brisco Brothers sign in the crowd before shaking Pat's hand in the ring. Pat then continues on.

    "Our next guest dis evening...Dere is no words to describe dis American icon and what he has meant to all of us. We've laughed wit him, we've cried wit him, but through it all, he made all of our loves wort livin'. He's given us hope, love, understanding and the will to say YES I CAN. Ladies and Gentlemen, and children of ALL ages...please tand in honor of our Pecial Guest Referee, and da owner of da World Wrestling Federation, VINCE MCMAHON!"

    Vince comes marching out from the back with a huge smile on his face in his referee's shirt and Patterson & Brisco applaud wildly in the ring. Brisco holds the ropes open for Vince, and Vince shakes both of their hands as he starts stretching and warming up for the match. Patterson continues on...

    "AND NOW, DA CHALLENGER FOR TONIGHT'S MAIN EVENT! Perhaps no greater success stories have been written in recent hittory in the World Wrestling Federation. This rags to riches story shows what can happen when following Vince McMahon's example. He's an inspiration to us all. One of the most popular and respected athlete of his generation. Adored by million, and da cat dat makes da kitten purr. Ladies and Gentlemen, your NUMBER ONE CONTENDER -- DUUUUUDE LOOOOOVE!"

    Dude Love comes out from the back in his gear, but still rocking the suit jacket, with his hair in a ponytail and his new fake teeth in, looking as corporate as ever. JR points out he's even more cleanly shaven than before. Dude enters the ring and shakes hands with Patterson, Brisco and McMahon. Vince even raises Dude's arm up to the crowd already. Patterson goes on again.

    "AND NOW, HIS OPPONENT" -- and the crowd starts cheering, so Patterson stops and has them calm down for a minute. "Firt off, he's a beer swilling fool! He's a foul mouthed PUNK! He's a disgrace to EVERY human being alive today! But I got news for you, I'm not going to introduce a bum!"

    Patterson throws down the mic, and everyone else in the ring shares a laugh. Austin's music hits anyway and he makes his way out from the back, ready to go! Austin does his usual pre-match routine with Vince watching on, and when Austin turns to face him, Vince demands the title be handed over and he even mocks him a bit. JR reminds us that if Austin lays a hand on Vince, that this title is gone for real, and he will no longer be champion, and the odds are so incredibly stacked here tonight. Vince shows the title off and then hands it to Brisco on the floor. Vince goes over the top with the referee hand motions, but before he can call for the bell to be rung to start the match --

    *GONG*

    WHAT?!

    *GONG*

    AND I DO BELIEVE THAT BUSINESS JUST DAMN SURE PICKED UP, BECAUSE HERE COMES THE UNDERTAKER! COULD WE HAVE A VOLUNTEER?! Taker makes his full entrance, and once he brings the lights back on, we see that Vince is pacing around, scared out of his mind now. Dude looks confused and concerned, but Austin has a slightly intrigued smile on his face. Taker makes a motion towards McMahon, and an irate McMahon calls for the damn match to start. Taker's staying out here, he's stepped up to be the volunteer!

    Match #8: Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] vs. Dude Love [WWF World Heavyweight Championship] [No DQ - FCA] [Sp.R/ Vince McMahon] [Sp.RA/ Pat Patterson] [Sp.TK/ Gerald Brisco] [Sp.E/ The Undertaker]
    Yup. Sorry. Great, great main event that I got about 1/3 of the way through writing it, and realized, I am seriously not changing anything about it. Too important. Here it is: http://www.dailymotion.com/video/xkr...ude-love_sport But as always, you should go pay your 9.99 and watch it on The Network. Brief synopsis of the ending: Austin nails Dude with a gruesome chairshot and has the match won, covering Dude, but Vince flat out refuses to count. Austin and Vince get into a lengthy argument that allows Dude to get back up, all uncoordinated, grabs the chair and goes to nail Austin, but Austin ducks and in the opposite scene of RAW, Dude nails Vince by accident with the chair and knocks him out! Austin hits the Stunner on Dude and covers, a real referee runs out to count, but Pat Patterson reaches in and pulls the ref out. Austin yells at Patterson, Dude attacks Austin and traps him in the claw and has him covered, and Patterson crawls in to do the 3 count -- BUT THE UNDERTAKER REACHES IN AND PULLS PATTERSON OUT! HE CHOKESLAMS PATTERSON THROUGH THE SPANISH ANNOUNCE TABLE, GOOD LORD! SO BRISCO RUSHES OVER TO TRY AND MAKE THE 3 COUNT, BUT TAKER SNAPS HIS HEAD AROUND AND GRABS HIM, PULLING HIM OUT AND CHOKESLAMMING HIM THROUGH THE MAIN ANNOUNCE TABLE! Dude flips out at the Undetaker, and Taker just stares him down. Dude turns and goes to apply the Claw to Austin again, but Austin kicks him in the dick and hits him with another Stone Cold Stunner. He covers, drags Vince's arm over and slams Vince's hand down three times. Taker turns towards the real time keeper and orders him to ring the bell, making the ending official!
    Winner: ...and STILL WWF World Heavyweight Champion, Stone Cold Steve Austin (24:27)

    Post-match, Stone Cold gets up and looks like Hell after a brutal contest. He starts to celebrate with the WWF Title. Having done his job, the Undertaker starts to walk around the ringside area, but not before stopping and locking eyes with Austin. Austin stops his celebration and returns the favoring, staring a hole right through the Undertaker. Taker lightly nods his head and continues his walk to the back, and Austin watches him until he's out of sight. JR yells that could either be a look of mutual respect, or perhaps a look of things to come, but either way, tonight ends the way it should, Stone Cold did it, and he's still the WWF Champion, BAH GAWD!

  6. #31
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Steve Austin (Since 3/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    JUNE 1ST, 1998
    CHICAGO, IL


    TONIGHT: ROCK/SIMMONS & HELMSLEY/RHODES IN KOTR QUALIFYING MATCHES!

    Mick Foley is sitting on a chair in the ring as the show begins, and has the microphone. He says it was not a good night in Dudeville last night. He lost his teeth, he cracked his face, he lost some blood, and he lost the match. He might as well admit it, Stone Cold Steve Austin kicked his ass last night. That's alright because he realizes he made a few mistakes, like listening to the wrong people, and it's time the Dude gave a little apology. He says he wants to talk to Vince McMahon.

    A few moments pass, and Vince comes out from the back, looking quite flabberghasted and annoyed that Foley would have the audacity to call HIM out. Vince gets into the ring with his own mic and Dude stands up. Foley says the Dude's gonna be out of action for a bit, but he wants to think based on that tremendous match, the Dude will be right back in the picture when he comes back as the #1 Contender. So he's sorry for letting him down, and he's gonna come right back at 100%!

    Vince looks confused and disgusted and asks if he wants him to accept his apology? He wants him to accept an apology from a miserable failure as a WWF Superstar and a human being as well? Vince says they can begin by him getting down on his knees. Mick asks if he's joking, AND VINCE YELLS TO GET DOWN ON HIS KNEES. Mick says they have a little problem here. He came out here to apologize, but his kids are watching this, and he won't allow him to embarrass him on national television. Vince says he's already an embarrassment to him, fans, himself, and probably his own family too! GET ON YOUR KNEES, DAMNIT!

    Foley says what Vince failed to do was realize just how tough an SOB Stone Cold really was. Vince says he didn't underestimate Stone Cold, he just overestimated Dude Love! Foley winces at that and smiles a bit in an ironic way. Foley says when he hit Vince with a chair last night, deep inside, it felt pretty damn good! SO VINCE SAYS TO DO IT AGAIN THEN, C'MON, AND HE HANDS FOLEY THE CHAIR HE WAS PREVIOUSLY SITTING ON! He says to make his day, and then to think about his kids' college going up in smoke! What about his new house? With the 20 year mortgage? What about his retirement fund for his parents? Foley backs off at all this and Vince says to show some damn guts! Foley sits back down in the chair, depressed and beaten. Vince says the reason he hasn't fired Stone Cold is quite simple, regardless of their differences -- Stone Cold Steve Austin makes him richer, and will continue to do so whether he likes it or not. But, what does Dude Love make him? ALL DUDE LOVES MAKES HIM IS SICK! Foley looks like a broken shell of a man. Vince clears his throat, and says to him point blank, that Dude Love's services here in the WWF are no longer required, and he can either leave this arena on his own, or he can have security escort him out.

    Vince starts to leave, but then Dude Loves music starts to play -- SO VINCE STARTS DANCING AROUND THE SEATED DUDE LOVE TO MOCK HIM, AND HE WAVES BYE BYE BEFORE LEAVING! WHAT A COLD, HEARTLESS BASTARD!

    ---------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ---------------------------

    DURING THE BREAK: We see a broken and defeated "Dude Love" walking out of the building with his baggage, not turning back at all. Even after everything the past two months, JR admits to feeling awful about this, because he's known Mick Foley for close to a decade, and it should be ending like this for someone like him, this is a damned outrage.
    After the break, the cameras are backstage by the back entrance to the arena, AND THE UNDERTAKER IS WALKING IN! AND HE'S IN STREET CLOTHES BAH GAWD IT'S A SHOOT, KID! The camera follows him as he gets deeper into the backstage area, and he starts asking random people if they've seen Vince McMahon yet. One stage hand says he was just in the ring, but he isn't sure where he's at now.

    The Nation's music hits, and The Rock comes flanked by the NEWEST member of the Nation, Owen Hart, who had this to say earlier today.

    In an inset pre-tape, Owen Hart is asked by Kevin Kelly what his reasoning his for joining the Nation, and if all of this has been connected for the past month. Owen grips up Kelly and tells him not to worry about it. He took care of Shamrock for the Nation, the Nation took care of DX for him, and that's all you need to know. He warned everyone that enough was enough, and now, the change is here. And he shoves Kelly on the ground!
    JR also lets us know that apparently, as part of their agreement, Owen Hart and The Rock are now sharing the leadership position of the Nation!

    1. The Rock def. Ron Simmons with the People's Elbow to advance in the King of the Ring Tournament in 6:49. Good contest between the two that has more brawling to it then wrestling, given their past issues. Simmons almost gets himself DQ'd a couple of times due to going too far, and it ends up giving Owen a chance to play up the distraction at ringside. Simmons misses the Three Point Stance and hits the corner hard. Coming back out, Rock plants him with the Spinebuster and hits the People's Elbow. Just for good measure, Owen holds Simmons' foot down from the outside, and The Rock gets the win!

    Post-match, Rock slides out and celebrates with Owen. Simmons gets up and starts to argue with the referee, but Rock & Owen talk trash from the outside, and a win is a win in their bo -- WAIT A MINUTE, TRIPLE H JUST HOPPED THE BARRIER, AND HE SHOVES ROCK INTO THE STAIRS AND TACKLES OWEN HART TO THE GROUND AND STARTS BEATING HIM UNMERCIFULLY! Rock gets up and calls to the back, and HERE COMES THE REST OF THE NATION, BUT HEY LOOK, THE REST OF DX IS RIGHT BEHIND THEM, AND WE'VE GOT A FULL BLOWN WAR BREAKING OUT HERE AT RINGSIDE BAH GAWD SON OF A BITCH!

    All of the WWF road agents and officials come running out because I don't overuse them enough obviously, and they start trying to separate the two stables, eventually getting them to the back via two different ways, trying to maintain some peace, damnit! Let's do a segue!

    LAST NIGHT, OVER THE EDGE: We see RNRX & LOD2000 spending most of their time in the Three Way Dance going after each other, until they became annoyed with New MX's antics on the apron. They tried to drag them in the match, they bailed, and wound up playing both teams, with the help of Cornette & Barry Windham. Animal was knocked out by Windham, Hawk chased Windham away, Gibson was hit with the tennis racket, and Morton fell to the Veg-O-Matic, giving New MX the victory. Post-match, LOD & RNRX got into yet another argument and pull apart brawl.
    Backstage, near the parking lot entrance, the Rock 'n Roll Express are standing by in street clothes. JR talks to them through the camera about what they've got planned, it doesn't look to be the safest of ideas. Morton fires off immediately that maybe they've played it too safe all these years. They ran side by side with the Road Warriors for a long time, but maybe they should've ended that mystique of theirs back then, because now all the LOD is doing is stopping the RNRX from getting the last set of belts they need to make their careers perfect, and that's the WWF Tag Team Championships. So they're going to settle this the only way the Road Warriors apparently know how, and that's with some brawling, some fisticuffs, son, and a good ol' fashioned street fight. They minute the LOD show up in this parking lot, they're calling them out and ending it once and for all! BAH GAWD! THE RNRX ARE GONNA FIGHT THE LOD IN THE PARKING LOT?!

    ---------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ---------------------------

    EARLIER TONIGHT: We see the brawl starting to break out between DX and the Nation in tonight's first match. After The Rock won his match, Triple H came from the crowd to attack Owen Hart who was at ringside to support his ally in the Nation. The rest of the Nation, summoned by the Rock, ran out and attacked Hunter, but within seconds, the entirety of DX was out there. A damn riot almost broke out until officials came out to separate the two stables.
    Backstage, Commissioner Slaughter and other WWF officials are frantically trying to keep both DX and the Nation apart, as they continue to try and fight past the officials and talk trash to one another. Slaughter demands silence, and he orders The Rock and Triple H to their respective locker rooms, or Rock will forfeit his KOTR Qualifying Match victory, and Hunter will forfeit his KOTR Qualifying Match opportunity. Both of them are pissed off, and Chyna leaves with Hunter, and Kama leaves with Rock. Slaughter orders the rest of the men that are left over (Pac, Outlaws, Owen, D'Lo, Mark) to get their gear on, because later on tonight, they're going to be in a Six Man Tag Team Match! AND THAT'S AN ORDER!

    We're told what the next match is scheduled to be, and we see an inset promo from Jeff Jarrett.

    Jarrett states, without pulling any punches, that he is no longer affiliated with the NWA, but he was open to a One Night Only reunion gig so he can write off Steve Blackman forever, HA HA, oh man, ain't I great?!
    Jarrett's in the midst of his entrance, with Severn & Windham already in the ring. We're reminded of how Severn advanced in the KOTR tournament last night, while also injuring 2 Cold Scorpio in the process. We're told that Scorpio suffered a torn labrum and will be out of action anywhere from 2 to 3 months.

    Steve Blackman comes out along with Tommy Dreamer, and the heels are already making fun of them for being down a man. JR says that Vader was supposed to be their partner, but he has been given the night off to train and get into tip-top shape for his KOTR qualifying match next week. But Dreamer & Blackman didn't come alone, and they look to the back -- BECAUSE HERE COMES BRADSHAW BAH GAWD!

    2. Steve Blackman, Tommy Dreamer & Bradshaw def. Jeff Jarrett, Dan "The Beast" Severn & Barry Windham in 4:30. Big brawl to start. Windham avoids Bradshaw the whole match and Bradshaw ends up chasing him out of there once he gets a chance to do so. Tommy ends up going nuts on Severn attempting to get vengeance for Scorpio, and they brawl up the rampway. Jarrett at first starts to celebrate, but he realizes mid-strut he's not the only man left, and he turns right into a Pump Kick from Steve Blackman, and Blackman covers Jarrett to get his win back.

    Post-match, Blackman celebrates, but Parker helps Jarrett out of there, and Jarrett raises the European Title in the air. He's still the champion, and he still gave Blackman his first loss in the WWF last night.

    LAST NIGHT, OVER THE EDGE: We see some still shots of the TAKA/Val KOTR Qualifying Match that came to an end when Kai En Tai got involved to attack both men. Val did the right thing by helping TAKA fend them off, and then helped TAKA to the back, but the match was ruled a Double DQ.
    At commentary, JR gives us an update on TAKA, saying that he has some bruised ribs, but would be fine for action soon enough. And in the interest of fairness, both men have been placed BACK into the King of the Ring Tournament. In two weeks time, Val Venis will do battle with Owen Hart in a King of the Ring Qualifying Match, and TAKA Michinoku would do battle next week with D'Lo Brown, and Kai En Tai have been barred from the ringside area for both matches, under penalty of termination!

    Suddenly, as JR & King are talking, they notice something up at the rampway, and the cameras turn to see Street Clothes Undertaker making his way down the side of the ramp, BECAUSE IT'S UNPLANNED! Taker goes around to the commentary area and takes a mic from Howard Finkel and gets in the ring to start talking. Taker says if people wanna know why he's pissed off at Vince McMahon and why he did what he did last night, then you've got to go back to the beginning. Back in 1990, he was looking for an opportunity. He had tried his hand at a lot of different companies in a couple of different countries, and it was starting to look like he couldn't cut the mustard. But Vince McMahon and the WWF were willing to give him an opportunity, and it wasn't long after that when he became The Undertaker. SHOOTING FROM THE HIP, KING. He had his moments, he fought some legendary people in his first year, year and a half in this company.

    Then suddenly -- his role gets changed, he becomes the "Slayer of Dragons", if you will. What's that mean? It's simple. Every time a giant, or a monster, a super heavyweight, a "Beast", or anyone else that was too freakish and too much for one of his "top guys" to handle -- he'd sick the Undertaker on them. And that being his role, he would beat them, destroy them, then move on. Some wars lasted longer than others, sure, but he always got the job done. Vince knew that he would be loyal because of the opportunity he was given -- and for 6 years, he took them ALL down. Kamala! Bam Bam Bigelow! Yokozuna! King Kong Bundy! Sycho Sid! He kept this kingdom safe for McMahon and all of his handpicked champions, because he knew deep down in his heart of hearts that his time would come.

    Don't get him wrong -- he realizes that he is a TWO TIME WWF Champion. But as everyone knows, his tenures as champion never lasted long, and it's because McMahon didn't want someone like the Undertaker representing his company. So he did everything he could to screw him from the inside and make sure that belt never stayed around the Deadman's waist for too long.

    BUT EVEN AFTER ALL OF THAT, THE UNDERTAKER STILL REMAINED LOYAL! Loyal to a damned fault. Even when all of the other handpicked favorites left town -- Nash, Hall, Hogan, Bret -- for so-called greener pastures and more money, he still stayed here thinking his time would come, because like the fool he's probably been called behind his back, he still believed in Vince McMahon.

    So all this is said and done, and we get to last Summer. How does Vince McMahon repay the Undertaker for all the years of hardwork and dedicated service? Not only does he assist in the signing of his brother, but he forces him to fight Kane on numerous occasions. He gives Paul Bearer an open forum to discuss every single tragic incident that ever happened in his life. And why? Ratings? Well that's bullshit. BUT AGAIN, HE BIT. HE PUT HIS DAMNED PERSONAL LIFE ON TV, WEEK IN, WEEK OUT, AND HE GAVE MCMAHON HIS RATINGS. HE NEVER WALKED AROUND CRYING ABOUT GETTING SCREWED -- HE NEVER LOST HIS SMILE!

    And as he's taken care of this family business over the past 12 months and change, Stone Cold Steve Austin has skyrocketed right to the top of the World Wrestling Federation. Let this be known, right here, right now: he's holds no ill will towards Steve Austin, he's got nothing but respect for Stone Cold, because he's fought like a man every single day he's been here, and that's all he's ever asked of his co-workers. But after years of mistreatment, after the last eight months -- AFTER NEVER GETTING A FAIR SHOT AT THE TITLE AFTER LOSING IT -- HE'S NOT ASKING ANYMORE, HE'S DEMANDING A SHOT AT STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN'S WWF TITLE!

    Taker paces around for a while until finally, Vince McMahon comes stomping out from the back at a fast pace, looking extremely angry and embarassed that this all got out over National television airwaves. He gets into the ring, AND SNATCHES THE MIC FROM THE UNDERTAKER! BRASS BALLS. Taker stares at Vince, so Vince instantly tries calming himself down, realizing what Taker is capable of. Vince says as far as this "demand" for a title shot goes, he'll get to his answer in a minute. But right now, it's his time to talk, and he needs to hear him out.

    WHERE DO YOU GET THE BALLS?! After ALL that Vince McMahon has done for the Undertaker, AND THIS IS THE THANKS THAT HE GETS?! He chokeslammed him damn near to Hell last week on this very program, and then hovored over him last night on Pay-Per-View to get his attention, well bad news for you "Deadman", you've got Vince McMahon's attention! And comes out here and complains about his family problems? FAMILY PROBLEMS? Maybe -- maybe -- maybe if the Undertaker had his house in order before allowing those said problems to work their OWN way onto HIS TELEVISION PROGRAM, there wouldn't be an issue, and he's starting to wonder if everything -- EVERYTHING -- Paul Bearer has said over the past year is TRUE! WHOA. Taker moves in towards McMahon, so McMahon backs off and puts his hands up as a truce. He says that the Undertaker thinks he should be the #1 contender, huh? He thinks he deserves a fair shot at the title after not supposedly getting one? He seems to remember "One Night Only" back in September, the Undertaker got his rematch, and he just couldn't get the job done. MAYBE HE SENT THE WRONG SUPERSTAR PACKING FOR ATLANTA! Taker again moves in, and McMahon backs off before realizing he's got himself cornered!

    Vince takes a deep breath and a big gulp before going back into it, again asking the Undertaker if he really thinks that he deserves to be the #1 contender? He wants a shot at the WWF Title? Well, then if that's what the Undertaker wants, that's what the Undertaker will get. IF he can defeat his opponent here tonight on RAW, in this very ring, in a #1 Contender's Match -- SO LET'S SEE WHAT HAPPENS WHEN HE HAS TO FACE HIS BROTHER, KANE! Taker is FURIOUS, and McMahon moves as quick as he possibly he can to rush out of the ring and away from a pissed off Undertaker. Once he's far enough away and realizes that Taker isn't coming after him, Vince gets some of his bravado back and yells off mic at the Undertaker to "prove something" to him, and Taker stares a hole through the Chairman as we head to break!

    ---------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ---------------------------

    EARLIER TONIGHT: We see the DX/Nation brawl after Rock won his match to advance in the King of the Ring qualifying match.
    Before the next match, we see Dustin Rhodes kneeling in the corner, seemingly praying. JR talks about the long, hard road Dustin has been through the past few weeks, being on the bad side of our Chairman.

    3. Triple H def. Dustin Rhodes with a Pedigree to advance in the King of the Ring Tournament in 5:22. Good action for a couple of minutes, with Dustin fighting for his life essentially, and Hunter in full blown babyface mode bye now. Rock & Kama end up coming out to the entry way to watch the match. Triple H starts moving in for the kill, but Dustin makes a comeback. Rock orders Kama down there, and Kama rushes up on the apron to help Dustin, but Dustin refuses to take a win that way, so he cold cocks Kama. But when he turns, kick to the gut, and Triple H plants him with a Pedigree to get the win!

    Post-match, Kama is right back into the ring to go after Triple H at the Rock's behest, and Triple H immediately kicks him in the groin and plants him with a Pedigree as well! Triple H shoots up, points towards the Rock and tells him to "SUCK IT". Rock rips off his glasses and his irate, so Triple H draws an imaginary line on the mat and DARES The Rock to get his ass down here and cross it. AND THE ROCK STARTS MARCHING DOWN THE AISLE RUNNING HIS MOUTH --

    -- ONLY TO STOP HALF WAY, CONTINUE TO RUN HIS MOUTH AND WALK BACKWARDS UP THE RAMP, TELLING TRIPLE H HE DOESN'T DESERVE THE OPPORTUNITY! Triple H just smiles and nods his head, knowing that the day when they will get it on one on one in this ring is coming!

    We see the updated KOTR brackets (fuck yeah MSPaint!)



    We're back outside, and the Rock 'n' Roll Express are still pacing around in their street clothes near the parking lot. Two motorcycles finally drive up, and sure enough, it's the LOD2000 in THEIR street clothes, BECAUSE EVERYTHING IS REAL. They get off their bikes and call over to the RNRX, pointing out that they were supposed to have the night off until they heard this CRAP. Ricky & Robert storm over and get in their faces, shouting about a bunch of shit, and the LOD are just done with this -- SO THEY START HITTING THEM, AND RNRX HIT 'EM BACK, AND WE GOT OURSELVES A DONNY BROOK OUT IN THE PARKING LOT, FOLKS! Both teams square off and start smashing each other around into the cars and walls, back drops onto the concrete, using nearby pieces of equiptment as weapons.

    A ton of officials come running out, BUT LOD & RNRX START SHOVING THE OFFICIALS AWAY SO THEY CAN CONTINUE BRAWLING BAH GAWD! Gibson manages to smash Hawk's face right into the side of a car door, AND THEN OPEN THE DOOR TO SLAM HIS HEAD! Meanwhile, Morton takes a running start at Animal, BUT ANIMAL INTERCEPTS HIM, LIFTS HIM UP AND GORILLA PRESS SLAMS HIM ONTO THE HOOD OF A NEARBY STATION WAGON, SWEET JESUS! All four men are bloody, and it's staining their STREET clothes. Gibson picks up a pipe and starts swinging at Animal, who sticks and moves to avoid it, and he tackles Gibson into the side of one of the WWF production trucks!

    Hawk gets back up and starts pounding away on a downed Morton, still on the hood of the car, but Morton rakes his eyes and then slams Hawk's face onto the grill of the car! FINALLY, THREE POLICE CARS COME SCREECHING ON THE SCENE, AND THEY STORM OUT TO MAINTAIN SOME GOD DAMNED LAW & ORDER! The cops, along with the remaining WWF officials who weren't just completely annhilated, work together to finally separate the LOD & RNRX, with both team shouting how this issue was far from over. RNRX wanted to kick their rear ends, and LOD said this proved NOTHING. TAG DIVISION IS EXPLODING KING, BAH GAWD, LIKE A GOVERNMENT MULE!

    ---------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ---------------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see a recap of the insane parking lot brawl between the LOD & Rock 'n' Roll Express.

    DURING THE BREAK: We see Ricky Morton on a stretcher, complaining about his back, and Gibson being treated for a possible rib injury. Meanwhile, somewhere else in the arena, Hawk was having a cut above his eye stitched up and Animal was complaining of his back as well. In a voice over, JR notes that Commissioner Slaughter has sent both teams to two SEPARATE hospitals, and have given them the rest of the week off to try and cool this situation down.
    Back at commentary after the break, JR talks about some of the antics Al Snow has pulled lately. How he keeps getting into WWF events is anyone's guess, but he keeps asking for a meeting with Mr. McMahon. And it was just a few weeks ago that his broadcast colleague, Jerry Lawler, made some sort of deal with Snow, and many believe that Lawler has pushed Snow over the edge by not delivering on the promise. Lawler blows this accusation off, saying that they did have a deal, and if the Undertaker had attempted to attack him and Al Snow protected him, he would've lived up to it. But the fact is, the Undertaker didn't lay a hand on him, so Snow's services weren't needed. You wouldn't pay for food you hadn't eaten at a restaurant would you? JR says be that as it may, Snow again attempted to enter the building earlier today, and this is what went down.

    EARLIER TODAY: A group of security guards are seen talking near the main entrance of the arena, way before show time, and they're going over plans for tonight. The main guard says they always have to be on watch incase Stone Cold tries anything, and now they're being told to keep an eye out for the Undertaker. There's a slight commotion heard off screen, and the camera pans to see a man who is very clearly Al Snow wearing a pair of Groucho glasses with a black curly wig, and Head's dressed in the same thing, and Snow's wearing a "SECURITY" shirt, and Head has a little "SECURITY" badge. Snow tries to fit in with the guards, and takes in a fake, gravely voice, before suggesting they go run these plans past Mr. McMahon. The main guard asks if he's serious, they can tell that he's Al Snow. Snow is dumbfounded, and then rips off the glasses & wig and begins yelling at Head for yet another stupid plan. He turns and pleads with the guards to let him at least wait for Jerry Lawler so he can speak to him, because they had an arrangement, and the guards respond by grabbing Snow and dragging him out of the arena kicking and screaming, and he's still blaming the Head!
    Back at commentary, Lawler is laughing at Snow's misery, and JR says this may not be a laughing matter, the man is clearly not all there, and Lawler just shook a tree with a hornet's nest on it, and Lawler again brushes this off saying that if Snow keeps it up, he's calling Bellevue.

    4. The Nation [Owen, D'Lo & M. Henry] def. D-Generation-X [X-Pac & New Age Outlaws] in 8:17. Insane six man brawl that the referee cannot get control of at all, and he winds up just letting them have at it! JR mentions that he's being told that both Triple H and The Rock are being held in their respective locker rooms, as are Kama & Chyna. Pac and Owen have a great exchange in the ring, and the Outlaws keep it on the floor with D'Lo & Mark Henry. Good brawl between the two tag teams, and the Outlaws get the advantage when they double suplex Mark Henry onto the floor and throw D'Lo HARD across the spanish announce table and crumbling to the floor. BUT HEY WAIT A MINUTE, HERE COMES THE NEW MIDNIGHT EXPRESS, AND THEY BLINDSIDE THE OUTLAWS AND START ATTACKING THEM! JR yells that they'll face the Outlaws at the PPV, but this is just unnecesarry! X-Pac stops setting up Owen for the X-Factor back in the ring to try and go after the New MX, BUT OWEN TURNS HIM, KICKS AT HIM, HAS HIS LEG HELD, AND HITS PAC WITH THE ENZIGURI AND COVERS TO GET THE WIN!

    Post-match, the New MX have already left, proud of themselves, but everybody else that was involved in the match is laid out somehow except Owen Hart. Owen helps Mark Henry up, and they both drag D'Lo away, and Owen celebrates his first big win as a member of the Nation! THIS IS A WAR BETWEEN DX AND THE NATION THAT IS FAR FROM OVER KING! IT'S ONLY HEATING UP!

    The cameras quickly backstage before the break, and they're out of focus at first, but once they're focused in, we can see far off in the distance Vince McMahon talking with both Paul Bearer and Kane. Bearer is all smiles and nodding his head as Vince is talking a bunch, and Vince gives an emphatic head nod towards Kane, and Bearer looks towards Kane and motions towards Vince -- AND KANE SHAKES MR. MCMAHON'S HAND! WHAT'S THIS ALL ABOUT?!

    ---------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ---------------------------

    SLEEPING IN BUS STATION BATHROOMS. ABUSING THE HOMELESS.

    LAUGH AT THE ELDERLY. STRAY FROM THE YOUNG.

    DISTURBED. DERRANGED. DEMENTED.

    DISPOSED.

    SOCIETY. SECRET VAMPIRE SOCIETY. UNDERGROUND CULT.

    YOU THINK YOU KNOW ME. YOU THINK YOU KNOW ME.

    EDGE.
    TWO WEEKS.

    Before the Main Event, Vince McMahon makes his way out with a big smile and he joins the commentary team. He has a brief talk with JR & King in his old announcer voice, pretending to be unbiased in this situation and even in talking about what happened last night at Over the Edge.

    BUT THE GLASS SHATTERS?! YEAH, STONE COLD IS HERE, BITCH! Austin marches his way down the aisle, and McMahon stands up ready to lose his mind. But Austin just flips him off and sits at the other end of the Announce Table after kicking Lawler out, and Stone Cold will be joining commentary for the Main Event as well!

    5. Kane def. The Undertaker with a Chokeslam to become the #1 Contender to the WWF Title in 7:01. Obviously nothing compared to their first two outings, but still a good brawl. Any time Taker has a free moment in the match, he turns to make remarks to McMahon, and even glare at Austin. Austin echoes the same sentiments that Taker did earlier, that he respects him, and would be happy to give him a title shot anytime, but he needs to concentrate on winning this match first. Taker & Kane start having a power struggle trying to deliver their shared moves on one another. Taker finally flips Kane off the ground to set him up for the Tombstone, but on Kane's way up, his leg knocked the referee onto his ass and down he goes! But nonetheless, Taker has Kane up and he PLANTS HIM with a Tombstone! Vince starts calling the action like old, and Austin tells him to shut up, and says someone needs to wake the referee up. Taker finally gets up to start nudging at the referee --

    BUT WAIT A MINUTE, HERE COMES MANKIND?! FROM UNDER THE RING?! BUT HOW? WE SAW -- WHAT?! Taker turns his head to see Mankind coming at him down the apron, AND MANKIND LOCKS THE UNDERTAKER IN THE MANDIBLE CLAW! Vince LOVES it, and basically admits that Dude Love was fired, but he GUESSES Mankind wasn't fired! Mankind keeps the hold locked for a while, but Taker fights back and manages to get a few punches off to back Mankind away. BUT WHEN HE TURNS, KANE GRABS HIM, LIFTS HIM AND PLANTS HIM WITH HIS OWN TOMBSTONE! BEARER HAS WOKEN THE REF UP, AND HE COUNTS!

    ONE!

    TWO!

    THREE!

    BAH GAWD KANE HAS BEATEN THE UNDERTAKER!

    Post-match, with the Undertaker laid out, Kane leaves the ring and walks over to the commentary table. Vince watches with an unsure smile on his face, and Austin stands up to face his newest challenger. Kane stares at Austin as Austin runs his mouth, but it doesn't phase Kane -- AND KANE SETS OFF HIS RINGPOST PYRO FROM THE FLOOR AS AN INTIMIDATION FACTOR! Austin continues to run his mouth at Kane anyway.

    Back in the ring, Mankind slides in and goes back to attack the Undertaker, BUT TAKER SITS UP AND TAKER AND MANKIND START BRAWLING JUST LIKE OLD TIMES! AUSTIN & KANE ARE BEING HELD APART, TAKER & MANKIND ARE BRAWLING IN THE RING AND NOW TO THE FLOOR AND UP THE RAMPWAY!

    No stop signs, speed limit
    Nobody's gonna slow me down





    WWF KING OF THE RING (6/28) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. Kane

    WWF WORLD TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS
    New Age Outlaws [c] Vs. New Midnight Express

    The 1998 King of the Ring Tournament - Quarter, Semis & Finals!

  7. #32
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Steve Austin (Since 3/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    JUNE 8TH, 1998
    INDIANAPOLIS, IN


    In a pre-tape before the show, we see a slideshow of different promotional shots and stills of Vincent Kennedy McMahon, Owner and Chairman of the World Wrestling Federation, who tonight, due to his honorable charitable efforts throughout the past 12 months to various organizations, will be presented with the award for Humanitarian of the Year!
    TONIGHT: HHH/X-PAC vs. OWEN/ROCK; TWO MORE KOTR QUALIFYING MATCHES; VINCE MCMAHON - HUMANITARIAN OF THE YEAR?

    Before JR & King can even welcome us to the show, we see that Vince McMahon, Commissioner Slaughter, Pat Patterson & Gerald Brisco are all in the ring, dressed in tuxedos and looking sharp, and Vince is all smiles. He says it gives him great pleasure to welcome everyone to a very special edition of Monday Night RAW is WAR. Because tonight, the man standing before, one Vincent Kennedy McMahon, will be presented with an award honoring him as Humanitarian of the Year! He tries to list off some of his charitable donations and organizations, but he is completely drowned out by the crowd booing him! Vince talks it all in and just smiles and nods, saying not even a crowd as lowly as the one in Indianapolis here tonight could ruin this special occasion for him. He knows that there's plenty of questions that people have regarding what occured last week, including Kane becoming the new #1 contender, the return of Mankind, the status of the Undertaker -- and all of that will just have to wait. He's not usually a selfish man, but tonight, for perhaps the first time ever, it wil be ALL about Vince McMahon as he is honored in this very ring. And just to show that there's no ill will, just to show his gratitude to the fans and even the WWF superstars, along with himself, Mr. Patterson, Mr. Brisco, Commissioner Slaughter and the dignitaries who will be honoring him -- he is also inviting a special guest down to the ring for this evening's ceremonies. And that special guest is none other than -- STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN! Crowd goes NUTS. Vince reminds Austin it's a black tie affair, so come dressed in your best, and he can't wait for everyone to see him accept this prestigious honor later tonight, Thank You!

    The cameras go directly backstage after Vince's opening -- BECAUSE THE UNDERTAKER JUST SHOWED UP, AND HE'S READY TO KICK SOME ASS! He's SCREAMING at the top of his lungs for McMahon to show himself. JR reminds us of what happened last week when The Undertaker squared off against Kane in a #1 contender's match, ordered by Mr. McMahon, and another plan of his came to fruition when, after firing Dude Love earlier in the night, Mankind instead returned to help secure the victory for Kane. Taker continues to storm through the backstage area, slamming open doors and screaming for Vince, but he's nowhere to be found. He turns a corner and stops in his tracks when he sees a sign on a door for Vince -- SO HE KICKS THE DOOR RIGHT OFF OF HIS HINGES AND STORMS IN...but there's nobody there! Taker lets out a grunt, turns and leaves, continuing to look for McMahon!

    Before the first match, we're reminded what happened with the TAKA/Val KOTR Qualifier back at Over the Edge. This is TAKA's re-do, and Val will get his next week. As a result of what happened at OTE, Commissioner Slaughter has barred Kai En Tai from ringside. However, as JR points out, sitting in the front row is the invited guest of Yamaguchi-San, his WIFE, Kyoto Yamaguchi! AND WHAT A BEAUTY KING, BAH GAWD.

    1. D'Lo Brown def. TAKA Michinoku with the Lo Down to advance in the King of the Ring Tournament in 5:11. Really fun match for the few minutes it goes on. D'Lo takes it to the floor, and TAKA reverses a whip into the steps to send D'Lo instead. TAKA has a free moment, and he randomly goes over to Kyoto Yamaguchi and starts yelling at her, and she looks really sad as he does. D'Lo attacks from behind and sends it back into the ring. D'Lo & TAKA continue to work the match, and meanwhile, Yamaguchi-San comes through the crowd to the front row where his wife is and starts yelling at her for talking to TAKA, at least so it seems. TAKA gets out of a Sky High attempt, gets on his feet and hits D'Lo with a superkick. But instead of capitalizing -- he turns to yell at Yamaguchi-san for YELLING AT Mrs. Yamaguchi! What the Hell is going on?! But that's all D'Lo needed, because when TAKA turns, D'Lo DOES get him with the Sky High, and follows up with the Lo Down to get the big win!

    Post-match, now that the qualifier is done, it takes the members of Kai En Tai mere seconds to bolt through the curtain and out to the ring to start putting the boots to their former best friend TAKA Michinoku. Yamaguchi-san hops over the barrier and starts barking orders in Japanese, and his wife is at ringside pleading with her husband to stop for some reason. JR has ZERO idea what is going on! D'Lo Brown gets up after his victory, looks around at what's going on -- and hey, to Hell with it, D'LO JOINS IN ON THE BEATDOWN TO TAKA! BUT HERE COMES VAL VENIS TO THE RESCUE BAH GAWD! Val slides in and starts throwing punches and kicks and drives everyone from the ring. He catches D'Lo and hits him with a Fisherman's Suplex, and D'Lo rolls right out to the floor and hightails it. Val scares Yamaguchi off and starts to check on TAKA. Yamaguchi rounds up the rest of Kai En Tai and they bail up the rampway, and back at the ringside area, Val helps TAKA out of the ring -- but he looks over and locks eyes with Mrs. Yamaguchi and starts to smile! He gives her a wink, and the camera turns to Mrs. Yamaguchi -- SHE'S NOTHING BUT SMILES! Val seems very pleased with this as he helps TAKA to the back, but continues to keep looking back at Mrs. Yamaguchi!

    A video airs, set to "The Greatest Love Of All" - Whitney Houston, showing some of Vincent Kennedy McMahon's charitable donations and actions over the years as Chairman of the WWF, and a reminder that tonight, he will be named Humanitarian of the Year!
    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    ARE YOU READY?

    BREAK IT DOWN, FUCK YEAH HERE COMES DX! They make their way out to a TREMENDOUS ovation and they play it up to the crowd. JR reminds us of the on-going war between DX and the Nation. We're also reminded of new #1 contenders the New Midnight Express attacking the Outlaws last week, costing DX in a Six Man Tag against members of the Nation. Furthermore, The Rock & D'Lo Brown have both qualified for the King of the Ring tournament, Mark Henry will have his shot to qualify tonight, Owen Hart & Kama will have shots to qualify in the coming weeks, as will X-Pac, so this Nation/DX war could wind up being the main issue throughout the entire King of the Ring tournament!

    Triple H grabs the mic and starts us off with a little "Are you ready...? I SAID, ARE, YOU, REEEEEEEADY?! Then, for the thousands in attendance, and the millions watching at home...lllllllllleeeeeeeeeeeeeeet's get ready to suuuuck iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiit!" He hands the mic off to Road Dogg, and he does the awesome as shit Outlaws intro as well. Trips takes the mic back, and he talks about tonight's Main Event being him and X-Pac taking on The Rock and Owen Hart. Now besides the fact that he wants to do to Owen's nose ten times worse what he did to his, and the fact that he wants to make The Rock go swimming in a pool of his own blood -- he's just gotta make sure X to the P-A-C is good to go. Pac takes the mic, hits his 90s buzzwords, and assures Triple H that he's bout it bout it and rowdy rowdy, and he's ready to make a little noise up in this biznatch. Oh my god stop.

    The mics get passed back over to the Outlaws, and they apologize to Hunter & Pac for what happened in the Six Man last week, but there's only two jamokes to blame, and that's Boring Bart and Bitchtits Bob, the New Midnight Express, so they're calling him out. Let's see them to try to get one up on the champs when they've got their full attention. No reaction at first, but finally, New MX & Cornette pop up on the Titantron screen. Cornette laughs saying that the Outlaws wanna talk about taking cheap shots, but if the New MX were to come out there right now, it'd be 4 on 2. Road Dogg calls him a dumb ass, because even though most people turn off the TV when the NWA ham & eggers come on the screen, everyone else has seen that wherever New MX is, Windham and Severn can't be too far behind. Cornette is aghast at the accusations and pretends he has no idea what they're talking about.

    Suddenly, Billy breaks into the conversation and tells everyone to calm down for a second. He looks up at the Titantron with a confused look, and then back at Road Dogg, and then back at the New MX and he asks Bart -- "Didn't we used to be brothers or something?" Huge pop from the crowd, and Bart looks angry. Bart says they key word there is used to, and while they're holding the WWF Tag Titles that they've done nothing but steal to win and cheat to keep, him and his NEW brother are holding THE premiere Tag Team Titles in the world today, and perhaps the most prestigious set of belts of all time, the NWA World Tag Team Championships. Road Dogg says if that's how they truly feel, then maybe at King of the Ring, they need to make a little history up in this bitch AND MAKE IT WWF TAG TITLES FOR NWA TAG TITLES?! New MX want to accept, but Cornette shuts them up and says that the Outlaws haven't won a single sanctioned NWA match, so that puts them nowhere near the top of the Tag Team Rankings, so they get NO SHOT at the NWA Tag Titles. But his guys here have won a whole bunch of WWF sanctioned matches, and they're the #1 contenders, and at King of the Ring, they'll be the first time to hold these two sets of Tag Team Titles simultaneously, and to answer the ridiculous question Road Dogg poses everytime he opens his damn mouth, they ARE the ones they're going to know in 3 weeks time, and the Outlaws are the ones that better call somebody! And like that, New MX disappear from the screen.

    DX lets a couple of seconds pass to let that seep in, and they seem to be really angry -- but then they just crack up laughing. Triple H asks the Outlaws if that other guy that was with Billy's fake brother, wasn't he a racecar driver or something a few months ago? Road Dogg says yeah, but he never crashed as hard as that promo just did. DX goes to wrap up the promo segment -- BUT WAIT NOW HERE COMES LOD2000 OUT TO THE STAGE! They both have mics, and said enough is enough, this has been going on for almost a god damned year now. THEY NEVER LOST THOSE BELTS, AND THEY WANT THEM BACK. THEY'RE NOT ASKING, THEY'RE DEMANDING, THEY'RE NOT WAITING, THEY'RE TAKING, AND IT'S GOING DOWN -- TONIGHT! The Outlaws go to answer the challenge, BUT BOOM! THE RNRX COME OUT AND ATTACK LOD FROM BEHIND ON THE STAGE, THAT ISSUE IS FAR FROM OVER BAH GAWD KING! Both teams start brawling with each other until a ton of security comes out and breaks them apart. Road Dogg has the mic and tells all four of the ladies on the stage to calm down. If they both want a shot at the straps so bad, all they had to do was ask nicely -- infact, they're in a generous mood plus they're looking for some ass to kick, SO THEY'LL DEFEND THESE BELTS AGAINST BOTH TEAMS IN A THREE WAY DANCE TONIGHT! AND IF YOU'RE NOT DOWN WITH THAT, THEN WE'VE GOT TWOOOO WOOOOORDS FOR YA -- SUCK IT!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    Backstage, we see the dignitaries that will be apart of the Humanitarian of the Year celebration later talking amongst themselves, and JR does a hype job for the segment. But Stone Cold Steve Austin walks over to the dignitaries to greet all of them, and they all seem beside themselves with excitement! JR reminds us that Steve Austin has been invited as the Special Guest, will he attend? FIND OUT LATER TONIGHT BAH GAWD.

    2. The Quebecers vs. Too Much went to a No Contest in 2:59. Solid enough contest with both tag teams trying to secure themselves a win to get ahead in a bustling Tag Team Division right now. Christopher knocks PCO off the top when he attempted an early LE CANNONBALL~, and both teams got in the ring and started brawling -- BUT THE LIGHTS WENT OUT! THE BELL TOLLS, AND HERE COMES THE UNDERTAKER! Taker slides in, and after the entire undercard of this roster being used to shit like this for nearly a year now from one guy or the other, they immediately all try to gang up on the Undertaker. But he has NONE of that and starts swatting them all off, and the ref just throws it away.

    Post-match, Too Much does the smart thing and gets the Hell out of there after the original assault, but the Quebecers try to stick behind and fight like men. Doesn't matter. Chokeslams for both of them, capped off with a Tombstone to Jacques for good measure. Taker grabs the microphone and immediately starts screaming for McMahon to get his ass out here. He's tired of this conspiracy crap, he's tired of people that are loyal to him getting screwed around here, SO COME ON OUT AND TAKE WHAT YOU GOT COMIN' TO YA, BOY.

    Taker paces around, threatening any stage hand or production assistant that tries to talk him out of it, but to no avail. Taker gets back on the mic again and once more calls out for McMahon to get his punk ass out here and come face to face with his maker, still no sight of McMahon. Taker starts to shake his head, ready to call McMahon a coward for hiding. But just then, the Titantron flicks on and we see backstage, the cameras picking up a shot of Mr. McMahon talking to the esteemed dignitaries who are honoring him tonight by the RAW interview set! The camera's at a far enough distance for Vince not to notice, but that's all Taker needs to see, and the camera picks up Taker saying off mic that if McMahon won't come to him, he'll come to McMahon, and Taker storms off to the back!

    The camera stays on Taker, following him up the rampway, through the curtain and into the gorilla position, where we see a last few of the WWF road agent crew try to talk some sense into the Undertaker, but it's not going to do much good at this point. The camera follows Taker down the makeshift stairs to the ground floor of the arena, and Taker immediately starts yelling for Vince. Taker turns the corner and sees the RAW interview set up ahead and starts to speed up, but as the camera catches up with him, we see that Vince and the dignitaries are long gone. Taker starts looking around, even more pissed off than before. Michael Cole is standing near by getting notes ready for whatever it is he does around here, and Taker asks him where McMahon went. Cole is taken aback by the question so he doesn't have an answer right away, SO TAKER GRIPS HIM BY THE SHIRT AND LIFTS HIM UP INTO THE AIR, ASKING ONCE AGAIN, WHERE MCMAHON IS?! Cole screams that he swears he has no idea where they went. Taker believes him, but it doesn't matter -- SO HE JUST CHUCKS COLE ACROSS THE FLOOR FOR THE HELL OF IT! Taker keeps yelling at the top of his lungs for McMahon and he marches off in his pursuit of the WWF Chairman, and RAW heads to a break!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    LOST? SCARED? HOMELESS? PUBLIC BATHROOMS?

    LOITERING. PUBLIC URINATION. VAMPIRES.

    SOME HOW THIS DUDE WILL BE IN THE HALL OF FAME.

    SOCIETY BETRAYS HIM. THE UNDERGROUND REJECTS HIM.

    YOU'LL ACCEPT HIM. YOU THINK YOU KNOW HIM.

    EDGE.
    NEXT WEEK.

    3. New Age Outlaws [c] def. LOD2000 & Rock 'n' Roll Express in a Three Way Dance to retain the WWF World Tag Team Championships in 7:28. This starts off eeriely similar to what went down in the Three Way Dance at Over the Edge. LOD & RNRX brawl to get their anger out on one another, and the Outlaws are having a BALL at the expense of both teams. Again, LOD & RNRX see this and decide to take action. But this time, unlike last, when they tag in both Outlaws and drag them into the ring, BOTH TEAMS BEAT THE ABSOLUTE HELL OUT OF THE OUTLAWS FOR A GOOD 2 MINUTES STRAIGHT! JR notes that while the fans' opinion of the Outlaws may have changed, there are A LOT of people out there that still have zero love loss for them, and you're looking at two of those teams right now, namely, the LOD. Finally, the ref manages to get control and sends both members of RNRX and both members of LOD to their respective corners, and now LOD & RNRX are forcing the Outlaws to fight each other! Once Billy Gunn & Road Dogg get up from the two team beating, they look at each other in disbelief, and then back at both of the teams who are demanding they fight each other now! LOD's even trying to get the crowd to cheer along with a "MAKE THEM FIGHT" chant! The Outlaws are in disbelief and shock, looking at each other, and they just shrug their shoulder and go into a tie-up...AND BILLY JUST FLOPS BACK TO LET ROAD DOGG GET HIM WITH A SLOPPY INSIDE CRADLE! ONE! TWO! THREE!

    Post-match, there's a lot of confusion, and the Outlaws immediately slide out to the floor, grab the belts and hightail it up the rampway. LOD & RNRX start yelling at the referee, but once the ref talks to Finkel, it's deemed that there was no rule saying they couldn't do that, SO BY ROAD DOGG PINNING BILLY GUNN, THE OUTLAWS RETAIN THE TAG TEAM TITLES! LOD & RNRX can NOT believe this, and JR even says this is ridiculous, there has to be some ammendment to the rule book here. He has NEVER seen this in all of his years in this business, this is outrageous!

    We go right back to the backstage area, and the Undertaker is still on the hunt for the Chairman of the WWF, wanting to get answers and perhaps revenge based on what happened in last week's Main Event. Taker is knocking on every door possible, hoping to find McMahon behind one of them. Once the frustration gets great enough, he starts slamming and kicking doors open, attempting to get his hands on the Boss.

    He turns a corner, and up ahead in the distance, he sees Commissioner Slaughter with some low level WWF road agents and his team of super security, and they try to confront the Undertaker. Slaughter tries to reason with him, and tells him that if he puts his hands on him like he did at Over the Edge, he's going to be facing serious reprecussions -- BUT TAKER JUST STARTS BEATING THE SHIT OUT OF EVERYONE IN SIGHT, AND NOBODY CAN EVEN GET A LICK IN ON HIM IN RETURN! HE DESTROYS SLAUGHTER, THE AGENTS AND ALL OF THE SECURITY TEAM IN ALMOST ONE FELL SWOOP, AND THEN PIEFACES SLAUGHTER ALL THE WAY TO THE GROUND BEFORE CONTINUING TO STOMP OFF AROUND THE BACKSTAGE AREA EN ROUTE TO FIND MCMAHON BAH GAWD KING THE CHAIRMAN IS IN TROUBLE!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see the shocking ending of the Tag Team Title Three Way Dance, with Road Dogg & Billy Gunn being forced to face one another at the hand of LOD and the RNRX. But once they figured out what to do, Dogg pinned Gunn easily, and they retained the belts, much to the dismay of the other two teams.

    DURING THE BREAK: We see both LOD2000 & RNRX arguing with some WWF Road Agents, who are speaking on behalf of Commissioner Slaughter after he was just attacked by the Undertaker, and they say that the ruling DOES stand, the Outlaws retain the belts, but if it appeases them, they are putting the "Outlaw Rule" into effect from here on out in matches like these to prevent outcomes like these. LOD & RNRX don't care about that at all, they just want their title shots, and the road agents apologize, because no matter what, it's still Outlaws/New MX at KOTR!
    After the B-Roll, we see the same group of dignitaries we've been seeing all night talking with a few random WWF employees, preparing for the ceremony for Vince McMahon later on. And then oh boy -- here comes Al Snow, complete in tuxedo shirt, and Head's even wearing a Top Hat! Snow greets the dignitaries, and he says he knows they've just met, but he's sure they'll become fast friends. Now, if they don't mind, he's going to stand here with them and look important so he can finally get his meeting with Vince McMahon finally! Snow sees Commissioner Slaughter off in the distance and tells the dignitaries to act cool, but they just step aside as Slaughter and a couple of WWF road agents drag Snow away. Snow yells at Head as they are being drug away, saying that this is all Jerry Lawler's fault!

    4. Big Van Vader def. Mark Henry via DQ to advance in the King of the Ring Tournament in 3:44. FUCK YEAH! THEY THROW THEIR FAT AROUND AND START ABUSING EACH OTHER BIG MAN STYLE AND THIS FUCKING RULED IN REAL LIFE AND IT RULES HERE I DO NOT GIVE A SHIT ABOUT WHAT YOU FEEL. They both spend the entire nearly 4 minute span trying to take the other off their feet, and with both men usually facing people smaller than they are, they get frustrated very quickly and start to just straight out brawl, and the ref is scared shitless as the two super heavyweights get into a fist fight! They brawl to the outside of the ring, and suddenly, Owen Hart -- the CO-leader of the Nation -- leads out D'Lo & Kama, and Owen orders them to come on down with him, and all three jump on Vader and attack for the DQ!

    Post-match, once the ref calls for the bell and it's ruled a DQ, JR lets us know that due to that, Vader DOES advance, but at what cost. Owen, Kama & D'Lo continue the beatdown on Vader, and a pissed off Mark Henry gets up and starts yelling at all of them, saying he could've won this. Owen defends the Nation's stance, and more importantly, his leadership call. Henry continues to argue, AND VADER IS BACK UP AND SHOVES HENRY! SO FUCK THAT, HENRY TURNS AND STARTS JOINING IN ON THE VADER BEATDOWN, AS WELL! It becomes a 4 on 1 beatdown, until the ref finally gets the Nation to back off. The ref checks on a hurt Vader on the floor, and Lawler makes a snide remark about how far Vader has fallen in just a year's time, this is not where you would expect a former WWF champion to be at!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    EARLIER TODAY: We see footage of Dustin Rhodes actually having to work with the referees and ring crew to help put together the ring for the show this evening. JR notes, in a voice over, that Dustin has been looking to make extra income by helping the ring crew since he's currently working 90 days without pay, but once Mr. McMahon got notion of this later in the afternoon, not only has he now forced to Dustin to stay a part of the ring crew at every show, but he'll ALSO be doing that now for free for the next 90 days!

    EARLIER TONIGHT: And then we see footage of Dustin Rhodes, again, working on the first preliminary match of the evening against a local talent, and as you can see, the arena isn't even close to being 1/3 full, and this is nothing more than Vince McMahon attempting to humiliate the Rhodes family.
    5. The Rock & Owen Hart def. Triple H & X-Pac in 10:16. Big time fight feeling with alot of issues to be resolved here. X-Pac becomes obsessed with wanting to beat one of these guys but he's still working through a lot of nagging injuries. I'd write more here, but I think due to my laziness by not feedbacking other people, a lot of folks just don't even read this BTB anymore. Infact, if anyone actually sends me a simple PM letting me know they even see this hidden message, I will shit a literal chicken. Here's some more filler text. Whoops, and a bit more, too! Triple H ends up saving X-Pac during a pin attempt and Pac gets frustrated. Owen takes out Hunter with a spin kick, and Rock hits the Rock Bottom on Pac to get the win!

    Post-match, Triple H rushes back into the ring to go after both Owen & Rock, but they've already bailed out of the ring to safety, and celebrate to the back, as the Co-Leaders of the Nation have gotten yet another one over on DX. Triple H is seething mad, but he puts that aside to turn around and check on X-Pac, who looks just beat to death. JR again reminds us of Sean Waltman getting neck surgery in the Fall of '97, and how he was not 100% coming back, and after some of the things to happen the past few weeks, he's gotta wonder what kind of condtion X-Pac is in at all. Triple H goes to help Pac up, and as Pac gets to his feet, he kind of angrily shakes Triple H's hands off of him. HHH apologizes, and Pac tells him that he had this and to stop worrying about him, and Triple H again apologizes, and they leave to the back.

    We head backstage once again, and the Undertaker has now started questioning and accusing everyone he sees of being in on this plot to hide McMahon from him. He finally comes across Michael Hayes, and Hayes tries to play dumb like he doesn't even know what's going on, but once Taker wraps his hand around Hayes' throat, Hayes starts chirping like a bird. Hayes says Vince is already in gorilla position up ahead, he's getting ready to go out to the ring for his ceremony. Taker says Hayes better be telling him the truth, and Hayes promises he is. Taker goes to walk away, but Hayes stops him and says that he's going to get fired unless it looks like he was roughed up, he's gotta help him out here. Taker shakes his head but then gladly obliges, catching Hayes with a hard right hand and then sending him flying into a nearby wall, crumbling up below in a heap!

    The cameras follow the Undertaker going back around the corner, seeming like he's gone around in an entire circle through the arena tonight. In the background, we can see the signs noting that Gorilla Area is just up ahead. Taker follows the path and heads towards gorilla. BUT SUDDENLY POLICE SIRENS ARE HEARD! Taker whips his head around, as does the camera, and when both turn we see that the Police have pulled into the backstage area in their squad cars! A hoard of about 8-10 police officers come storming out of a few squad cars AND THEY ARREST THE UNDERTAKER! Taker tries his damndest at first to fight out of it, but he's reminded of his rights and what will happen if he resists arrest, AND HE'S BEING INFORMED THAT MR. MCMAHON IS PRESSING CHARGES AGAINST HIM FOR ASSAULTING HIS EMPLOYEES AND ENDANGERING HIS LIFE! Undertaker laughs at the bogus charges, but then gladly accepts the handcuffs on his wrists and asks the cops how much McMahon is paying them. Taker's forced into the police car, and the police drive away in unison! BAH GAWD THE DEADMAN HAS BEEN ARRESTED?!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    Back from break, Kevin Kelly is standing in the ring with the "dignitaries" we've been seeing all night. They are introduced as the VP of the Boys & Girls Club of America, Indianapolis chapter, and the Chairman of the Make-A-Wish Foundation, Indiana chapter. Kevin Kelly then does, by force obviously, an over the top introduction for the man of the hour and tonight's distinguished honoree, MR. VINCE MCMAHON! Vince comes back out in the same tuxedo, and Patterson & Brisco are in tow also in tuxedos, and Vince is all smiles, with JR saying he can't recall ever seeing Vince with a smile that big on his face. Once they're in the ring, Vince whispers something to Kevin Kelly, and Kelly then introduces the man who is the special guest to these ceremonies, courtesy of Mr. McMahon, he is the World Wrestling Federation Champion, STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN!

    Austin comes out, and JR gets a big pop when he sees Austin come out in his jeans shorts and vest, but a black neck tie on as well, still adhering to the dress code, even though Vince rolls his eyes in anger and annoyance. Vince says to let the festivities begin!

    Kevin Kelly calls over the VP of the Boys & Girls Club. The VP says he's been given the dubious distinction of this and says they received his generous donation -- even though it was significantly less than what was originally promised...and it took two attempts for that check to clear...and the children have been very understanding of how busy he is, and understand that he can't visit them yet. He shakes Vince's hand and says on a personal note, his favorite WWF superstar is Stone Cold Steve Austin! Vince's smile disappears briefly and he lets go of the handshak. But Austin's getting a kick out of this, and he walks over to Vince's periphreal and starts to laugh at him being uncomfortable with all of this.

    Kevin Kelly then calls over the Chairman of the Make-A-Wish foundation. He says he doesn't remember Vince giving them a check, but whatever. He's sure it's in the mail -- just like the others, he thinks. Anyway, he just wanted to thank Vince for letting him come here tonight to honor him, and just like his colleague here, his favorite WWF superstar is ALSO -- STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN! Vince is ready to blow his brains out because of the embarassment he is being caused, but he fakes a smile and shakes the Chairman's hand, before grabbing the mic rather forcefully from Kelly.

    Vince thanks them and says their attempts at humor are only rivaled by his generosity. He thanks all the fans too and says he believes he humbly yet deservedly accepts this award tonight. Austin pickpockets Vince in the middle of his speech and says it's exactly $1200 bucks and on behalf of the tightest son of a bitch n the world, Vincent K. McMahon, he wants to donate these to a hell of a cause! The crowd goes nuts as Austin hands the money from Vince's wallet over to the dignitaries. Austin starts to say that instead of Humanitarian of the Year, Vince should be "Jackass of the Year" -- BUT HE'S CUT OFF WHEN THE LIGHTS GO OUT!

    They're out for a little while, AND THEN THE DRUID CHANTING STARTS UP! WHAT?!

    AND HERE COME THE DRUIDS, WHEELING A CASKET OUT TO RINGSIDE! Austin is ready to go, ready for anything that might happen, and Vince starts yelling that it's the Undertaker trying to get to them, and Vince hightails it out of the ring with the Stooges and the dignitaries. Austin goes to stomp on over, open the casket and demand the Undertaker get his dead ass out there and fight him -- BUT FROM BEHIND, MANKIND COMES FROM UNDER THE RING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE RING! JR YELLS, AND MANKIND SLIDES IN, BUT WHEN AUSTIN TURNS, IT'S TOO LATE, AND MANKIND LAYS HIM OUT!

    AND WAIT JUST A DAMN MINUTE -- THE CASKET LID FLIES OPEN, AND OUT WALKS KANE?! KANE GETS INTO THE RING AND ATTACKS AUSTIN FROM BEHIND NOW, AND IT'S AN ABSOLUTE MUGGING AS BOTH MEN DESTROY THE WWF CHAMPION IN THE RING! MANKIND WEARS AUSTIN OUT WITH THE MANDIBLE CLAW, AND THEN KANE PLANTS HIM WITH A CHOKESLAM! THEY BOTH ROLL AUSTIN ACROSS THE CANVAS, UNDER THE ROPES AND INTO THE CASKET! KANE STEPS OVER THE TOP ROPES, RAISES HIS HANDS SLOWLY -- AND THEN LIGHTS OFF HIS PYRO FROM THE RINGPOSTS STANDING ATOP THE CASKET AS RAW COMES TO A CLOSE!




    WWF KING OF THE RING (6/28) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. Kane

    The Undertaker Vs. Mankind

    WWF WORLD TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS
    New Age Outlaws [c] Vs. New Midnight Express

    KING OF THE RING QUARTER FINALS
    The Rock Vs. Big Van Vader

    KING OF THE RING QUARTER FINALS
    D'Lo Brown Vs. Dan "The Beast" Severn

    KING OF THE RING QUARTER FINALS
    Triple H Vs. ???

    KING OF THE RING QUARTER FINALS
    ??? Vs. ???

    ALSO -- THE SEMI FINALS & FINALS OF THE KOTR TOURNAMENT!

  8. #33
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Steve Austin (Since 3/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    JUNE 15TH, 1998
    CLEVELAND, OH


    TONIGHT: A SIT DOWN WITH TERRY FUNK; TWO MORE KOTR QUALIFYING MATCHES; A TAG TEAM ROYAL RUMBLE; AUSTIN, KANE, TAKER, MANKIND ALL IN THE BUILDING TONIGHT - AND WHY IS THE HELL IN A CELL IS DANGLING ABOVE THE RING?!

    Jim Ross is in the ring to start the show, and he says he's not quite sure why he was asked to do this specifically, but nonetheless, he was asked to do so by the Chairman of the WWF, so without further ado, his guest at this time -- Vince McMahon! Vince comes out with his corporate smile, waving to the crowd, even though they're booing the ever loving Hell out of him. Once in the ring, Vince is handed his own mic, and he thanks JR for the introduction, but reminds him next time to refer to him as MR. McMahon. He says that since these fans seem to not believe a single word that comes out of his mouth, he has prepared a statement that he would like JR to read to help alleviate him of any suspicion of some sort of "conspiracy theory". JR looks at him confused, but Vince takes out the piece of paper from his jacket and hands it over to JR, asking him to read it aloud to the fans, since he is the trusted and beloved voice of RAW is WAR. JR reads:

    "I, Vince McMahon, resent any and all accusations that in my finest hour, would stoop as low as to use charitable organizations to further my legitimate agenda against Stone Cold Steve Austin. I publicly disavow any reference or knowledge to the willful and heinous attacks perpetrated on the WWF Champion one week ago. I remain steadfast in my resolve to remain a caring, generous, and jovial WWF owner, and furthermore, I will bring the parties responsible for last week's attacks on Stone Cold to justice!"

    Vince takes the statement from JR and thanks him, BUT THE GLASS SHATTERS, AND HERE COMES THE RATTLESNAKE! JR scurries back to the commentary table and Vince looks scared shitless as Austin gets into the ring and grabs the mic that JR left behind. Austin says he wants to let him known that while JR was reading that bunch of crap Vince wrote, he threw up about six times backstage! He's a damn sick and tired of all the chickenshit things he's been doing to him, he's fixing to come right over there across the ring and put this foot in his ass right now! Quickly, Vince goes to the floor and says not to react in a physical violent way for once, damnit! Austin laughs and looks to the crowd and asks, "IF YOU WANT STONE COLD TO REACT IN A PHYSICAL VIOLENT WAY, GIMME A HELL YEAH."

    Vince starts to move out to the ring apron in fear, and Austin heads to go after him, but Vince stops him and yells that it wasn't him -- IT WAS ALL THE UNDERTAKER'S DOING, THE UNDERTAKER DID IT! Austin stops in his tracks and looks at Vince with a mix of disbelief and intrigue, and Vince slowly gets back into the ring, pleading with Austin to believe him that it was the Undertaker, he swears on his kids that he had nothing to do with it. He asks Austin who it was that challenged him two weeks ago and said he wants the WWF Title. It was The Undertaker! He says that's Austin's title, not The Undertaker's. He knows it's far-fetched, but he needs to listen. The Undertaker always knows what he's doing. He knew he would call the cops and they both fell for his plan. He surrounded himself with cops so he wouldn't have to come down for the save! He concocted the whole damned scheme! He says The Undertaker IS from the Dark Side, and in his book, he might as well be the Devil himself!

    THE LIGHTS GO OUT, AND HERE COMES A PISSED OFF UNDERTAKER! Vince bails out to the floor as Undertaker gets in the ring. Taker goes to walk right out after him, BUT AUSTIN STANDS IN TAKER'S WAY AND THEY GO FACE TO FACE! Vince watches from the floor, and Austin's ready to start fighting. Taker picks up a microphone and tells Austin that it's true that he challenged him for the WWF Title, but he did it like a man. He came out here in front of the whole world and asked for what's rightfully his, a title shot. He did it with respect for him and for that belt. Maybe it's just old school, but he respects what that title stands for. No matter how entertaining or plausible McMahon's conspiracy theory is, they both know it's a damn lie. Taker then turns to Vince and says he makes a living manipulating the lives of those weaker than him, so he should know something before he removes his head from the rest of his body. He will never ever be able to manipulate the mind of The Undertaker.

    AND THE LIGHTS GO OUT AGAIN! BOOM! PYRO! AND NOW OUT COMES KANE *AND* MANKIND, BEING LED BY PAUL BEARER! They come out to the stage and Bearer is clapping with a big smile on his face. He says first thing's first, he wants to pay his respects to Mankind for coming back home to Uncle Paul after all this time! Secondly, he congratulates The Undertaker on his Academy Award winning performance last Monday night! He says for a second, he can tell that Austin believed him when he pointed his finger at Mr. McMahon, but they know he didn't have a thing to do with the plan last week. BECAUSE THE UNDERTAKER AND PAUL BEARER HATCHED THAT PLAN IN HELL! And it worked pretty damn good, if you ask him! Bearer tells Stone Cold that the Undertaker wants more than just the gold over Austin's shoulder -- just like Satan himself, HE WANTS STEVE AUSTIN'S SOUL! He says that the Undertaker is planning on trapping Stone Cold inside of the Hell in a Cell tonight, THAT'S why it's dangling above the ring. But the more he's thought about it this past week, he's gone about as far as he can go with this plan with the Undertaker. So while there will be entraptment tonight, it just won't be the kind the Undertaker wants -- BECAUSE ON BEHALF OF HIS SON KANE AND MANKIND, HE IS CHALLENGING THE UNDERTAKER & STONE COLD TO FACE THEM IN A TAG TEAM MATCH TONIGHT WITHIN THE CONFINES OF THAT CELL! He announces that they are all standing on the entrance to the HIGHWAY TO HELL, OOOOOOOH YEEEEEEEEEEEES! Kane, Mankind & Bearer head to the back, Vince nervously starts to move towards the back as well, and Taker and Austin stare at each other as we head to break!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see a brief recap of the opening segment, and JR tells us that it is official, tonight the Hell in a Cell will make it's broadcast television debut when Kane & Mankind team up to take on The Undertaker & Stone Cold inside of it!
    Back from break, JR & King talk about how the KOTR Quarter Finals are starting to fill up quickly, with two more qualifying matches to come, one this week and one next week. One man, however, that has to be a stand-out favorite is current NWA World Champion and former UFC fighter, Dan "The Beast" Severn", and they throw it to some precorded comments from him and his manager Jim Cornette.

    In a pre-tape that's loaded with footage of some of Severn's UFC victories, as well as him blatantly attempting to and at times successfully injuring people here in the WWF, Dan Severn stands by with Jim Cornette. Severn looks steadfast into the camera with his cold, murderous eyes. Cornette puts him over as the only NWA World Champion with the gumption to ever actually step foot into a WWF ring and make it his own. He's conquered the Octagon, he's conquered the NWA for over 2 years, and now he's already conquering the WWF, and his dominance continues into the King of the Ring. He's already injured Bradshaw, he's put 2 Cold Scorpio out of action for the rest of the Summer, and he sees by the brackets that he has D'Lo Brown at the King of the Ring, and that's good news for the Beast, but it's bad, REALLY bad news for D'Lo Brown. The camera slowly zooms in on Severn's killer glare as the scene fades.
    Jeff Jarrett does his big grand entrance, showing off the European Title and such. He grabs a mic during his walk down the aisle and puts himself over in the usual manner. He goes on to tell the story of him winning the 1995 King of the Ring and what it did for his career, but -- BOOOOOOOW, X-PAAAAAAAAC. Jarrett is NOT happy that his promos keep getting cut off!

    1. X-Pac def. Jeff Jarrett with the X-Factor to advance to the King of the Ring Tournament in 7:38. Very competitive sprint for 7 minutes, and JR reminds us of the show stealer these two had at Summerslam 1994. Parker's usual distraction methods are neturalized when Pac kicks him off the apron, but almost gets rolled up in the process. Pac rolls out of the pin attempt, they got into a quick bit of chain wrestling, and Pac leapfrogs over Jarrett on a ropes sequence, and when they turn, Pac gets him with a kick and hits the X-Factor to get the win!

    Post-match, Jarrett is flipping out and throwing another one of his tantrums, clutching onto the European Championship for dear life. Pac slides out of the ring and starts to walk backwards up the ramp as the ref holds his arm in the air, and Pac tells Jarrett to Suck It. BUT FROM BEHIND, THE ROCK RUNS OUT AND NAILS X-PAC IN THE BACK OF THE NECK & HEAD WITH THE IC TITLE! Pac is laid out, and Rock puts the boots to him, grabbing him and taking him back to ringside and throwing him against the apron. Rock marches up to Pac and starts running his mouth, BUT PAC REVERSES ROCK AND THROWS HIM INTO THE APRON AND STARTS LIGHTING HIM UP WITH KICKS! Finally, Triple H comes BOLTING down the aisle just as The Rock ducks a final spinning heel kick. Hunter chases The Rock into the ring, back out and around, and Rock gets back to the rampway and to the back. Hunter stops to check on Pac, and Pac is pissed that Hunter chased Rock off, he wanted to get him some revenge! IS TROUBLE A-BREWING IN THE DX CAMP?!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    While the cameras pan around the raucous crowd, JR says that earlier this week, he was able to fly out to the Double Cross Ranch in Amarillo, Texas and speak candidly with the Hardcore Legend, Terry Funk, and here's what he had to say.

    In the interview out in the fields of part of Funk's ranch, JR brings up how a year ago almost exactly, after coming up short in a WWF Title match against the Undertaker, he was asked if he had any plans on retiring, and he had seemed to be heading in that direction. But here we are, a year later, and not only is Terry Funk is still going, but he's perhaps going harder than ever. Funk laughs and says he has to admit he didn't think that just 15 days short of his 54th birthday, he'd still be out in that ring as much as he is, but he also never thought he'd admit that he still gets a rise out of all of it, he loves it. He says sure, a year ago, he was down in the dumps because after almost a two year journey towards the WWF Title, he came up short and couldn't get the job done. Anyone in his position would've felt the same way. But then spending the past year working with Cactus, with Tommy, even the Outlaws -- it's been some of the best matches and experiences of his life. JR is shocked by this, bringing up all of the injuries Funk has been suffering from dating back to Survivor Series of 1997. Funk just laughs that off and says he always promised that he would die in that ring, and if certain people have their way, that may happen just yet.

    JR asks him about the issues that the Chairman of the WWF, Vince McMahon, seems to have with him as of late. Funk says he's been a guy that's been in the wrong place at the wrong time his whole career, and he's never been shy to call McMahon on his BS, and he doesn't need a camera running to do it. It just so happens that Vince has finally grown a set of balls, at least on television, and he's trying to smear the legacy of the Funk Family, just like he's doing to Dustin Rhodes and the Rhodes family name. Funk also admits to having great disappointment in Mick Foley, because after all the battles they had back in the Fall trying to prevent this exact scenario from happening -- and it still happens. He was tired of seeing Cactus Jack out there in a mask as Mankind or in tye-dye as Dude Love, that's not the guy he knows, and he's sold out -- he's let himself become a prostitute. But maybe Mick has the right idea, because he's sure that Mick Foley will be a multiple time WWF Champion long before Terry Funk ever gets another shot at the gold again.

    JR asks about the issues with Tommy Dreamer, and if they've mended fences yet. Funk says that they're getting there, and it's been handled behind the scenes, because he's getting to the point in his life where he's tired of his real life issues playing out on television week in and week out. It's going to take a lot to repair the relationship, but he'll always love Tommy like a son, and he's sure things will be fine. JR says that with his friendships tarnished, his title dreams dashed and the Owner of the WWF having it out for him, why wouldn't Funk just hang it up, or dare he say, even seek employment elsewhere? Funk laughs hard at that, and asks where else he would go? Those jokes about him dying in the ring would actually happen if he went back to ECW or Japan, and he swore a long time ago he'd never take another paycheck from Turner Broadcasting again, so this is it. This is all he's got -- and it'll take him, again, actually dying in the middle of that ring for Vince McMahon or anyone else to ever take that away from him.

    JR plays a game of word association with Funk, asking him for the first thought that comes to mind with each person.

    Mick Foley? - "Prostitute, but I'll always love him."
    Tommy Dreamer? - "Underrated. Underappreciated."
    Ron Simmons? - "Unable to capitalize on history."
    Dustin Rhodes? - "Egg sucking dog just like his daddy, but he respects him more than his father."
    Big Van Vader? - "WWF doesn't know what they have with him."
    Steve Austin? - "Respect, and nothing but respect."
    The Undertaker? - "Even more respect, and he would've been fine if his last match was against him."
    Jake Roberts? - "User. Needs help -- bad."
    Jerry Lawler? - "No comment."
    Bret Hart? - "Not as screwed as everyone thinks."
    Ric Flair? - "Coward. Politician. Legendary to a certain extent."
    Paul Heyman? - "Evil genius with no mind for money."
    Eric Bischoff? - "Asshole."
    Vince McMahon? - "Accomplished asshole."

    Terry Funk says he's going to be showing up to RAW next week, whether he's booked or not, and since he was barred from competing in the King of the Ring tournament, he's hoping that maybe he can snake his way into an early birthday present. He doesn't want any title shots or any sort of contention match, but he'd love to be able to go one on one with Stone Cold Steve Austin, because he's the current standard bearer in the world of pro wrestling, and he's made a career of trying to stack up with the best, and he wants to see if he can still do it.
    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    A mash-up of all of the ridiculous Edge segments air before his debut match.
    The camera's pan around the arena at a fast pace before finally finding the MYSTERIOUS~ and BROODING~ Edge making his way through the crowd in a trench coat and sunglasses.

    2. Edge def. Savio Vega with a Downward Spiral in 3:04. Edge works as a quiet storm and moves in fast on the wilely veteran. He surprises Savio off a missed Flying Burrito with a Spear coming back around, and he hits his Downward Spiral finisher to get the win.

    Post-match, Edge grabs his belongings, hops over the barricade and disappears back into the crowd. BAH GAWD WHAT AN ENIGMA, KING!

    Back at the RAW is WAR Interview Set, Michael Cole is standing by with the Undertaker. Cole says amidst all of the accusations of a conspiracy among other things here tonight, going into the Main Event, does the Undertaker think he can trust Stone Cold Steve Austin? Undertaker asks how you can trust anybody who lives by the theory Don't Trust Anybody. He asks if Stone Cold can trust him. He says of course, and he's made his intentions perfectly clear. He wants his shot at Austin's WWF Title, and that's it.

    Elsewhere backstage, Kevin Kelly is standing with Kama, who's wearing a derby and smoking a cigar with a mighty large gold chain around his neck, all smiles. Kelly talks to him about being the last man in the King of the Ring qualifying round against an unchosen opponent as of yet, and it's happening next week. Kama says he ain't worried about that man, that win's gonna come easier than anything, ya dig. He's got other business ventures currently in the works right now, and he can't be worried about who might get chosen to face him. Just give him whatever punk it is, throw him in the ring, and let him do his thing. Kama goes to walk off, but he stops and tells Kelly that from now on, refer to him by his proper title as the "Godfather" of the Nation. IT HAS BEGUN.

    In the front row, we see that Mrs. Yamaguchi is again seated, but this week, Yamaguchi-San is sat with her. JR informs us that yet again, Kai En Tai have been barred from ringside for the next match.

    Owen comes out first, and Val is out next. Before he gets into the ring, he goes over and starts running his mouth at Yamaguchi, who gets up out of his seat and yells at Val. Val looks past him and winks with a smile towards Mrs. Yamaguchi, and Yamaguchi-San looks back at her, and then back at Val, and he's both confused and angry. Val continues to run his mouth, but this allows Owen to slide out and attack him from behind and start the match!

    3. Owen Hart def. Val Venis to advance to the King of the Ring Tournament in 6:20. Owen dominates early on after the offset advantage that started the match, but Val has a superhot babyface comeback that the crowd really gets into. Val starts working Owen's midsection, complete with the pulled-in whips with knee shots, and a couple of suplexes. Owen goes into chickenshit mode and tries to bail to the floor, but Val goes out after him and sends him face first into the post. Val is distracted by Yamaguchi-San again, and Owen crawls back into the ring and starts pulling at the referee. BUT HERE COMES D'LO BROWN! AND AS PAYBACK FOR LAST WEEK, D'LO ATTACKS VAL ON THE FLOOR! He slams his face off the barricade, sends him back into the ring, and as Val stumbles up, Owen gets him with a spinning heel kick and covers with a fistful of tights to guarantee the win!

    Post-match, Owen rolls out to the floor and hugs D'Lo, celebrating with his Nation brother to the back, and JR remarks how since The Rock took over and Owen Hart came in, the Nation is more cohesive and dangerous than ever before. Back in the ring, Val Venis is starting to get up and the ref is checking on him. Yamaguchi-San hops over the barricade and slithers into the ring, and he starts putting the boots to the downed Val Venis. BUT HERE COMES TAKA MICHINOKU FROM THE BACK! Yamaguchi-San hightails it out of the ring, and TAKA chases him around in circles before going after him right up the ramp and to the back. Val rolls out to the floor and gets up with the ref's help, but he pushes the ref aside when he locks eyes with Mrs. Yamaguchi again, who's clearly infatuated with the Big Valbowski and blushes. Val starts to swivel his hips in her direction to show off "the goods", but the Titantron picks up footage backstage WHERE YAMAGUCHI-SAN HAS LED TAKA INTO A TRAP, AND KAI EN TAI IS BEATING HIM UNMERCIFCULLY! Val immediately turns and bolts up the rampway, heading off to save TAKA!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see Val Venis again making gestures towards Mrs. Yamaguchi, until the Titantron picks up footage of Yamaguchi-San having lead TAKA into an ambush by Kai En Tai that has left TAKA laid out in a heap, and Val rushed backstage.
    Back from break, the cameras have stayed with Val Venis as he's continuing to run through the backstage area, looking for Yamaguchi & Kai En Tai. He comes up on a couple of road agents checking on TAKA near the backstage entrance, and he kneels down to check on TAKA as well. Val then hears a car rev up, and he looks off into the parking lot and sees Kai En Tai and Yamaguchi in a ridiculous looking car with the top down. Val bolts into the parking lot to go after them, but they all scream with laughter and screech out of the parking lot. Val curses, but then looks back towards the arena and gets a smile across his face, and he walks off back inside. WHAT'S THE VALBOWSKI UP TO?!

    Backstage by his locker room, Kevin Kelly is standing by with WWF Champion Stone Cold Steve Austin. Kelly says we've already heard from the Undertaker regarding the subject, but now it's time to ask Stone Cold -- amidst all of the accusations of a conspiracy among other things here tonight, going into the Main Event, does Stone Cold Steve Austin think he can trust The Undertaker? Austin looks at him like he's stupid before saying Stone Cold doesn't trust anyone, and that's the bottom line. That's just the way it is with him. Kelly then asks if The Undertaker can trust him. Austin says oh HELL NO. He just said he wanted his belt, so no, he can't trust him. He wants what's his, and he ain't gonna get it, and that's all he's got to say about that!

    Howard Finkel is in the ring and he explains the rules for the Tag Team Royal Rumble, much like he would for the regular Royal Rumble, saying that a new team will enter every 90 seconds, and once one member of the team is eliminated, the other member must leave the match as well. The last team standing will recieve a future WWF World Tag Team Championship match!

    4. 10-Team/20-Man Tag Team Royal Rumble Match for a future WWF Tag Team Championship Match.
    The first two teams out are LOD2000 and RNRX! BAH GAWD AND THE TWO TEAMS JUST START GOING RIGHT AT IT, EVEN SPILLING OUT TO THE FLOOR THROUGH THE MIDDLE ROPES AND BRAWLING FOR THE WHOLE OPENING PERIOD! The refs manage to get these two rivals back into the ring so they continue their brawling the right way, and they go start trying to eliminate one another. 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 -- BZZZZ!

    #3 is...KANE AND MANKIND?! WHAT?!

    To the shock of EVERYONE, Kane & Mankind have entered themselves into this Royal Rumble, and the two other teams in the ring freeze. They put aside their differences and immediately attack the two monsters being led into the ring by Paul Bearer. But Kane & Mankind are at their absolute peak strengths here, and they DESTROY The LOD & RNRX! Within the 90 second period, Kane & Mankind eliminate both LOD & RNRX, and they wait around for the next team!

    #4 is...TOO MUCH!

    Oh GOD. They are hesitant to even make their way out to the ring, but what ends up working for them is LOD & RNRX getting back into the ring to attack Kane & Mankind from behind. Kane & Mankind dispose of them once again, and Too Much rush up to the ring and get onto the corner posts. They go to dive into the ring -- BUT KANE CATCHES CHRISTOPHER BY THE THROAT! AND THEN TAYLOR, TOO! AND HE CHOKESLAMS THEM BOTH TO HELL! Mankind tosses both Christopher & Taylor out with ease and starts ripping at his hair, and Kane & Mankind are again left waiting around.

    #5 is...RON SIMMONS & DUSTIN RHODES!

    The makeshift underdog team make their way out, and JR informs us that Mr. McMahon has ordered these two together to see if they can make a difference in their careers tonight in this match. They wind up getting the best of Kane & Mankind so far, so they stay in for a little while. Dustin goes right after Mankind given his problems with Mick Foley so far this year, and Simmons gets some good shots in on Kane, but a pissed off and annoyed Kane turns the tides and starts working Simmons over in the corner now. 5, 4, 3, 2, 1...BZZZZ!

    #6 is...D'LO BROWN & MARK HENRY!

    Mankind & Kane turn around, leaving Dustin & Simmons on the mat, and they're expecting to fight D'Lo & Mark as well. But as the Nation members get into the ring, the prove a false sense of loyalty to Kane & Mankind by attacking Simmons & Dustin instead! But as soon as Kane & Mankind turn, the Nation try to get a huge upset by attacking Kane from behind and dumping him over, but Mankind rushes over and starts attacking both of them to make sure that doesn't happen. Mark & D'Lo end up double teaming Mankind and getting one over on him, AND NOW SIMMONS & DUSTIN START DOUBLE TEAMING KANE, AND WE MIGHT BE SEEING AN UPSET COMING UP! 5, 4, 3, 2, 1...BZZZZZ!

    #7 is...TOMMY DREAMER & BRADSHAW!

    It's noted that Bradshaw's shoulder area is still heavily taped while he's recovering from the injury by the NWA & Dan Severn, and Tommy has accepted him as a partner with Scorpio on the shelf for the same reasons. Tommy & Bradshaw get involved in the melee' for a little while with everyone trying to eliminate Kane & Mankind, but Kane & Mankind are still too much for everyone as they fend them off and keep themselves from getting eliminated. BUT HEY WAIT A MINUTE, HERE COMES BARRY WINDHAM DOWN THE AISLE! He slides into the ring, and once he has the right moment -- HE RUNS AND CLOTHESLINES BRADSHAW OVER THE TOP ROPE! The ref's have no choice but to call it an elimination, and Windham starts to leave smiling. BUT BRADSHAW IS BACK UP, AND TOMMY JOINS HIM, AND THEY CHASE WINDHAM TO THE BACK! 5, 4, 3, 2, 1...BZZZZZ!

    #8 is...THE HEADBANGERS!

    The Headbangers run out and do absolutely nothing. Everyone's continuing to gang up on Kane & Mankind, trying to eliminate them, but they fight back and now they start beating everyone down, working their way through all of the men in the ring and destroying them in the process! They do this for the entire 90 second period and then, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1...BZZZZZ!

    #9 is...BIG VAN VADER & STEVE BLACKMAN!

    Vader's ready for a god damned fight and he goes right after Kane and starts roughing him up, AND VADER ALMOST CLOTHESLINES KANE RIGHT OVER THE TOP, BUT KANE WEIGHS HIMSELF DOWN TO KEEP HIMSELF IN! Blackman starts clearing house with some martial arts, BUT MARK HENRY RUSHES OVER AND ATTACKS VADER WITH A CORNER ATTACK! Henry uses his brute strength, AND TO THE SURPRISE OF EVERYONE, HENRY LIFTS VADER UP AND ELIMINATES HIM WITH EASE! WHAT?! MARK HENRY JUST ELIMINATED A FORMER WWF CHAMPION SINGLE HANDEDLY WITHIN SECONDS OF HIS ENTRANCE INTO THE BATTLE ROYAL!

    #10 is...THE QUEBECERS!

    The Quebecers run out as the last team out. They join in with the Headbangers, D'Lo & Mark and Ron/Dustin, and all eight men try to gang up on Mankind & Kane and eliminate them. Simmons ends up connecting with a few Three Point Stances on Kane to make him wobbly, and the former Nation members end up working with Simmons briefly to start attacking Kane, and with D'Lo & Simmons' help -- MARK HENRY IS ABLE TO BODYSLAM KANE DOWN TO THE MAT! Kane is laid out and not moving, and Henry poses to show off his strength. AND NOW IT'S EIGHT ON ONE AGAINST MANKIND! But he's just derranged enough to take them all off and start fending them back, scratching, biting and kicking low. AND NOW KANE SITS UP! Bearer starts screaming to end it, and knowing they have the power, KANE & MANKIND JUST START ANNHILATING EVERYONE! BOOM, THE HEADBANGERS ARE ELIMINATED BY A CHOKESLAM TO THE FLOOR TO MOSH FROM KANE! MANKIND CLOTHESLINES D'LO HARD OVER THE TOP, AND KANE BODYSLAMS MARK HENRY OUT OVER TO FOLLOW SUIT GOOD LORD! BIG BOOT TO ELIMINATE JACQUES, AND MANKIND GETS PCO WITH A CLOTHESLINE TO SEND HIM OUT WITH GOOD MEASURE! Dustin & Ron are the last two standing, and they again jump on to attack Kane & Mankind, but it's no use. Mankind plants Ron with a Double Arm DDT and locks in the Mandible Claw. Meanwhile, Kane destroys Dustin with a Chokeslam, followed by a Tombstone, and then Kane & Mankind work together to throw both Dustin & Ron over the top ropes to eliminate them! KANE & MANKIND ELIMINATED SEVEN OF THE OTHER NINE TEAMS, AND THEY DID IT WITH EASE GOOD LORD!
    Winners: Kane & Mankind (13:01)

    Post-match, Paul Bearer gets in to celebrate joyously as Kane & Mankind wander around the ring, wanting any and every one to get back into the ring to fight. Bearer grabs a microphone and puts over his two monsters as unbeatable killing machines who just took out the entire Tag Team Division! And now that they've earned themselves a future WWF Tag Team Title match -- LET THE MAIN EVENT BEGIN, AND LET HELL RAIN DOWN FROM THE SKY! OOOOOOOH YEEEEEEEEEEEEEES! As Bearer looks up to the sky, THE HELL IN A CELL STARTS TO GET LOWERED! KANE, MANKIND & BEARER ARE ALL IN THE RING AND WAITING, AND OUR MAIN EVENT -- IS NEXT!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    Back from break, Michael Cole is standing by with the New Age Outlaws. Cole informs us first that the Hell in a Cell has indeed been lowered around the ring, and they are just waiting for Austin and the Undertaker to make their way out. Meanwhile, he wanted to get a word with the New Age Outlaws based on what we just saw in the Tag Team Royal Rumble, and if they're concerned now that Kane & Mankind have a guaranteed Tag Team Title shot down the line. The Outlaws say they're not scared of a damn thing, certainly not that retarded freak -- and they're not afraid of Kane, either! HA. Cole goes on to talk about all of the teams that want a piece of the Outlaws, and before the Outlaws can even answer -- BODACIOUS BOB AND BOMBASTIC BART CLOCK THEM BOTH FROM BEHIND WITH SHOTS TO THE BACK OF THE HEAD WITH THE NWA WORLD TAG TEAM TITLES! Cole calls for help, and Cornette yells at the Outlaws not to worry about Kane & Mankind or any other team, because the NEW Midnight Express would be taking those belts and making history at the King of the Ring!

    Kane & Mankind are still in the ring with Paul Bearer, and the Cell has completely lowered. A few moments pass, AND HERE COMES STONE COLD BAH GAWD! Kane & Mankind go right out to the floor and meet Austin on the aisleway and they all start brawling!

    5. Stone Cold Steve Austin & The Undertaker def. Kane & Mankind in a "Hell in a Cell" match in 7:58. No sign of the Undertaker at first as Kane & Mankind start to gang up on Austin, but Austin is resilient, trying his damndest to fight back, but it's a moot point. Paul Bearer is pleased as pie with this outcome, so he decides to lock himself inside of the Cell, so nobody can get in, and Austin gets what's coming to him. JR starts to wonder if this is all part of the so-called plan by the Undertaker. BUT JUST AS HE SAYS THAT, THE UNDERTAKER COMES OUT FROM UNDER THE RING, AND HE ATTACKS PAUL BEARER FROM BEHIND IN THE CELL! AND IT'S LOCKED SHUT, NOBODY HAS THE KEY EXCEPT PAUL, AND UNDERTAKER BEATS THE SHIT OUT OF PAUL BEARER -- FINALLY! He starts tossing him around into the cage and he SLICES his head open, and Paul Bearer is GUSHING blood everywhere! Kane turns and starts freaking out, trying to rip open the door, but he can't get the lock off! SO HE STARTS CLIMBING THE CAGE! Once he gets up to the top of the Cell, Kane starts stomping and punching at the roof, trying to break through so he can get into the Cell and save his father. Back on the rampway, Mankind seems to be putting Austin away, BUT AUSTIN HAS A CHAIR AND BRAINS MANKIND WITH IT AND DOWN HE GOES -- SO AUSTIN CLIMBS UP THE CAGE TO GO AFTER KANE JESUS CHRIST! AUSTIN AND KANE AUSTIN AND KANE AUSTIN AND KANE! ON TOP OF THE CAGE!

    They brawl for a while, Undertaker continues to MAUL Paul Bearer to death, and Mankind is out of it on the rampway. Kane backdrops Austin on top of the cell, and Austin comes DANGEROUSLY close to breaking through the ceiling! Kane freaks out and starts climbing back down, and by this point, Earl Hebner's run out with a pair of bolt cutters, and he manages to get the door open. Kane goes to rush in to save his father, BUT TAKER ATTACKS KANE! They start to brawl up the aisleway now, AND TAKER FORCES KANE TO THE BACK!

    Austin's climbed back down and he turns to see Mankind crawling into the ring to check on "Uncle Paul", and he's completely out of it. Austin goes in after him and tosses him aside, AND AUSTIN STARTS STOMPING AWAY ON BEARER! Mankind regains his bearings and gets to his feet and he spins Austin around AND HE LOCKS IN THE MANDIBLE CLAW! AUSTIN IS WAINING! NO! KICK TO THE GROIN! STONE COLD STUNNER DELIVERED! AUSTIN DROPS BACK AND COVERS AND A REF GOES SLIDING IN AT FULL SPEED! ONE! TWO! THREE! BAH GAWD!

    Post-match, Austin celebrates in the ring with a bunch of beers and the fans go nuts. The Undertaker comes walking back out to the top of the stage and Austin turns to lock eyes with him. They stare each other down for a while before Taker nods at Austin, and Austin slightly nods back, and Taker leaves. Austin continues the beer drinking as RAW comes to a close!




    WWF KING OF THE RING (6/28) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. Kane

    The Undertaker Vs. Mankind

    WWF WORLD TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS
    New Age Outlaws [c] Vs. New Midnight Express

    KING OF THE RING QUARTER FINALS
    The Rock Vs. Big Van Vader

    KING OF THE RING QUARTER FINALS
    D'Lo Brown Vs. Dan "The Beast" Severn

    KING OF THE RING QUARTER FINALS
    Triple H Vs. X-Pac

    KING OF THE RING QUARTER FINALS
    ??? Vs. Owen Hart

    ALSO -- THE SEMI FINALS & FINALS OF THE KOTR TOURNAMENT!

  9. #34
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Steve Austin (Since 3/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    JUNE 22ND, 1998
    CINCINATTI, OH


    TONIGHT: THE FINAL KOTR QUALIFIER; ROCK [c]/HHH/X-PAC FOR THE IC TITLE?!; AUSTIN/TERRY FUNK!

    Vince McMahon is already in the ring as the show starts up, and he welcomes out his guest, the NEXT WWF Champion -- KANE! Kane makes his way out, however, he is WITHOUT Paul Bearer for the first time ever! We go to a live shot of Paul Bearer at his home, recovering after the attack by the Undertaker last week. Vince says this Sunday will be the greatest day of Kane's life. Gone forever will be all those days of torment. A childhood that was nothing short of a living Hell. The baggage he's carried with him into manhood of rejection, ridicule, of scorn, and abuse. He'll take his place in that rarefied air with those few great people who overcome all odds to become a champion. THIS IS KANE'S DESTINY! No force on Earth can stop destiny. No man can stop destiny, not even Stone Cold Steve Austin. And as Kane stands before you here tonight, he dedicates this title match to his father Paul Bearer, who is at home recovering, and he honors his father by challenging Steve Austin this Sunday to a one of a kind match -- A FIRST BLOOD MATCH! He asks hypothetically how confident Austin can be going into this Sunday, how confident he can be about holding onto his WWF Title? Kane is so confident that he will offer in writing a special provision. He hands Kane the microphone to speak publicly for the first time and he brings up a voice box mic.

    "IF I DO NOT THE TITLE, I WILL SET MYSELF ON FIRE."

    Vince then adds that Kane will set himself on fire AND breathe his last breath.

    We switch feeds to the Bearer Household and Paul is distraught and is learning this for the first time!

    Back in the ring, Vince points up to the sky to show us that once again, the Hell in a Cell is dangling above the ring, and that may come down at some point tonight, you never know. But what you do know is that it will indeed come down this Sunday when THE UNDERTAKER IS FORCED TO BATTLE HIS ARCHRIVAL MANKIND INSIDE OF THE HELL IN A CELL BAH GAWD! And lastly, tonight's main event of Steve Austin taking on Terry Funk will indeed still take place, and it will be a Non-Title match of course. However, in the interest of kicking things up a notch, that match will NOW BE a NO DISQUALIFICATIONS MATCH! Vince heads off to the back with Kane following him, and this can't be good. At commentary, JR is digusted with all of this, pointing out that not only is Terry Funk still working hurt and has been working hurt his whole career, but he's out to prove a point, and putting him in a No DQ match against Austin just days before a First Blood match isn't fair -- it isn't fair to Terry Funk, it isn't fair to Steve Austin, and damnit, McMahon knows it!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    Back from break, we see that this is the last of the King of the Ring Qualifying Matches, and we still have no idea if anyone has been selected to face Kama yet. If Kama wins by forfeit or if he defeats an opponent that has been choosen, than the KOTR this Sunday will be interesting as his Quarter Finals match will be against fellow Nation member Owen Hart!

    Kama makes his way out with the bowler's hat with a long green feather in, big gold chain and smoking a cigar and two lovely ladies on each arm, and Lawler reminds us how he wanted to be referred to as the "Godfather" of the Nation now! Kama waits around in the ring for an opponent to come out, and he starts to get annoyed, telling the ref to just ring the bell and start the ten count so he can be awarded the win. BUT THEN WAIT A MINUTE, FAMILIAR MUSIC HITS AND IT'S --

    IT'S THE WORLD'S MOST DANGEROUS MAN, KEN SHAMROCK BAH GAWD! HOW IS HE HERE, HE HAD HIS ANKLE BROKEN JUST EIGHT WEEKS AGO -- WHAT IN THE WORLD?! Shamrock comes down with a FAST paced limp, but fast none the less, and Kama can't believe it!

    1. Ken Shamrock def. "The Godfather" Kama Mustafa with an Anklelock to advance in the King of the Ring Tournament in 0:49. Kama tries to attack Shamrock immediately and kick at his bad ankle, BUT SHAMROCK GRABS HIS LEG AND GETS HIM WITH A T-BONE SUPLEX! AND NOW A BELLY TO BELLY! SHAMROCK'S ALREADY SNAPPED, HE'S IN THE ZONE BUT HE'S NOT EVEN SUPPOSED TO BE HERE BAH GAWD! SHAMROCK WITH ANOTHER BELLY TO BELLY AS KAMA GETS UP, AND BOOM, ANKLE LOCK APPLIED, AND KAMA TAPS! SHAMROCK IS IN THE KING OF THE RING TOURNAMENT BAH GAWD KING!

    Post-match, an insane Shamrock celebrates his big comeback victory, and JR points out his still very noticable limp and he has NO IDEA how Shamrock was cleared, but my goodness, he is here -- and wait, THAT MEANS THAT AT THE KING OF THE RING, HE'LL BE TAKING ON THE MAN WHO BROKE HIS ANKLE, OWEN HART!

    AND SURE ENOUGH, OWEN HART COMES OUT TO THE RAMPWAY WITH HIS HANDS ON HIS HIPS AND HIS JAW ON THE FLOOR! HE'S STUNNED! Shamrock notices him, points at him AND HE YELLS! AND SHAMROCK ROLLS OUT AND FAST-LIMPS UP THE RAMPWAY TO GO AFTER OWEN, AND OWEN FREAKS OUT AND HIGHTAILS IT TO THE BACK, WITH SHAMROCK IN SEMI-HOT PURSUIT! THERE WILL BE NOWHERE TO RUN COME THIS SUNDAY, KING!

    We go to Paul Bearer's home via satellite and JR asks about Kane's vow earlier. He's distraught and pauses for a second, but then continues. Paul says he knows he'll do it. When he gets something in his mind, he does it. But he won't have to do it because he's going to get off this sick bed and be at ringside at his son's side like he's been his entire lifetime. This Sunday, he'll be standing by his side when he's crowned WWF Champion!

    Before the next match, we're told that not only will Kane face off with Road Dogg tonight, but Billy Gunn will take on Mankind. This is a result of Kane & Mankind entering last week's Tag Team Royal Rumble as surprise entrants and winning the whole thing, earning them a future Tag Title shot. The Outlaws made these challenges tonight in hopes of proving that they have NO FEAR of the Big Red Machine Kane and the derranged Mankind.

    2. Kane def. Road Dogg Jesse James with a Tombstone in 6:11. Road Dogg shows zero fear and is a fighting 1/2 of the Tag Champs here, going right at Kane with all he's got. They do the traditional "tease the big man falling spot" after a hot slew of offense from the D-O-Double-G, but on the last comeback from the ropes, Kane grabs Dogg and hits him with a Chokeslam. He goes to cover, but Dogg manages to get his leg on the ropes! He strikes Kane low and tries to get him with a Pumphandle Drop, but Kane back drops Road Dogg out of it. He beats him down some more and even after all of Road Dogg's effort, Kane's able to pull Road Dogg in for a Tombstone and get the victory.

    Post-match, Kane sets off his pyro and heads to the back, and JR pumps up Kane challenging Austin for the title this Sunday. After a few minutes, Road Dogg starts to move around and he calls for a mic. He says he'll give him credit, that hurt like a son of a bitch, but it's going to take a lot more than that to take these belts away from the Outlaws. He pulls himself back up by the ropes and starts to do the normal Outlaws intro just to put their team over -- BUT NEW MX COMES IN FROM LITERALLY NOWHERE AND LAYS ROAD DOGG RIGHT BACK OUT FROM BEHIND! They go to set him up for a Veg-O-Matic, BUT BILLY GUNN COMES BOLTING DOWN THE AISLEWAY AND INTO THE RING! He chases MX out and they bail into the crowd, with Gunn stopping short and getting back in to check on Road Dogg, who's now suffered TWO vicious beatdowns in a short time span!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    Back from break, the camera pans the crowd but it stops when we 'shockingly' see Edge perched somewhere in the crowd, watching -- waiting -- brooding. JR puts over Edge's impressive debut last week and says hopefully there's more to come from this hot upstart.

    Transitioning, JR says however, there is not much hope for another young man -- a very troubled, disturbed young man -- in Al Snow. JR says bless his heart, but Al was up to his antics again here tonight in Cincinatti, and this happened just a little while before they went on the air.

    EARLIER TONIGHT: We see a shot of the entry way, and the "Boomer Sooner Fight Song" is played, and Jim Ross is introduced to the live crowd as he makes his way out to the announcer's position. After a few moments, Jerry Lawler's music hits and the crowd anticipates the King making his way out for commentary -- BUT IT'S AL SNOW DRESSED AS A RIDICULOUS LOOKING KING! AND HE'S EVEN GOT LAWLER'S ACTUAL CROWN ON THE HEAD! JR just puts on his headset and can be heard mumbling to the production truck about having no idea what's going on here, but somebody needs to get some security out here. Snow comes over to the announcer's table and takes a seat next to JR, and tries desperately to pass himself off as Jerry Lawler. JR tells Al that this isn't the way of going about getting a job here and he really needs help, but that off button has already been hit, and Snow is in full schtick mode now.

    Eventually, Jerry Lawler comes out with a team of security, pointing at Snow and yelling, and he wants security to get him out of there before he goes to sit down and do his job. Security walks over, and Snow continues to try and start the show as a commentator, but he begins to have a meltdown as security lifts him up and starts dragging him away. Lawler makes his way over by this point, calling Snow an idiot and telling him to stay the Hell out of the WWF. Lawler looks over at the Head that Al Snow left on the desk, and he takes his crown back and puts it on. Snow's being drug away without the Head, so to add insult to injury -- LAWLER LAUNCHES THE HEAD LIKE A FOOTBALL OVER THE RING AND ONTO THE STEEL RAMPWAY! Snow looks like he's just seen a murder -- AND HE BREAKS FREE OF THE SECURITY AND GOES AFTER LAWLER! HE JUST NARROWLY MISSES GETTING TO HIM AS SECURITY TACKLES HIM DOWN TO THE GROUND! They have to rough him up a bit and finally, they lift Snow up and carry him out of the arena, grabbing the Head along the way.
    Back at commentary, JR's trying to hold back the laughter, and Lawler is absolutely disgusted at all of this. He says he hopes Al Snow has gotten the hint by now, and if it he hasn't, then he's going to extend this olive branch. Show up to the King of the Ring this Sunday in Pittsbugh and he'll get the hint through his head or the other Head one way or the other. JR feels bad for Al Snow, who clearly isn't all there, but Lawler says it's ridiculous and he should be instituionalized.

    We see a recap of the DX/Nation rivalry, as well as X-Pac's quest to prove himself since coming back to the WWF and from a serious injury, but between tensions with Triple H and their shared issues against The Rock, Pac has had a rough go of things.
    JR reminds us that it is one fall to a finish, and the champion DOES NOT need to be pinned to lose the title! We're also told that regardless of the outcome of this match, Triple H & X-Pac will be forced to square off in the Quarter Finals of the KOTR Tournament this Sunday!

    3. The Rock [c] def. Triple H & X-Pac to retain the WWF Intercontinental Championship in a Three Way Dance in 9:53. For the opening couple of minutes, this starts to seem like it was a DX trap, as Hunter & X-Pac work great together and beat down the Rock, giving him a beatdown that's long overdue at this point, and the champ is reeling. But after a few minutes of a beatdown, Triple H goes to cover the Rock and get the win -- BUT PAC PEELS TRIPLE H OFF AND HE DROPS DOWN TO COVER ROCK! BUT TRIPLE H PEELS PAC OFF, AND NOW THEY GO FACE TO FACE! They start arguing, and in a genius move by the champion, Rock gets up and shoves Pac from behind which sends him into Hunter. Pac goes to attack Rock, BUT TRIPLE H SHOVES PAC AND THEY START GOING AT IT! BAH GAWD IS DX IMPLODING KING?! Triple H starts to beat down X-Pac in the corner, but Rock comes from behind and dumps H over the top rope and to the floor. Rock now starts beating the shit out of Pac and gets the heat on him for a while. H landed awkwardly on the floor and is favoring his historically bad knee and a couple of officials come out to check on him. Back in the ring, Rock starts to move in for his finishing run, but Pac ducks a clothesline attempt and starts lighting Rock up with kicks and chops, AND HE GETS ROCK SET UP FOR THE BRONCO BUSTER BAH GAWD X-PAC IS ABOUT TO WIN THE INTERCONTINENTAL TITLE! Triple H starts to get back up into the ring, and as he does, ROCK PULLS HUNTER THROUGH THE ROPES, AND PAC RUNS INTO AND COLLIDES DEAD ON WITH HUNTER! ROCK USES THE LEVERAGE TO ROLL TRIPLE H UP FROM BEHIND WITH A HANDFUL OF TIGHTS, AND THE REF COUNTS THREE! ROCK RETAINS THE TITLE!

    Post-match, The Rock quickly esacpes to the back, exhausted after a match that saw mostly him getting double teamed. Mark Henry & D'Lo come out to the entry way to help him completely to the back, but they also help Rock raise his title up in victory. Pac gets back up after being dazed from the collision with H, and he goes to check on H now feeling guilty, but in a twist from last week, NOW ITS TRIPLE H SHOVING X-PAC AWAY! The two friends go nose to nose and start screaming at each other. It's about to come to blows, but Billy Gunn & Chyna rush out and get in between the two of them to stop them from going at it. Triple H is yelling at Pac, daring him to take the first shot, and Pac waves his arms and walks out of the ring, pissed off, and Gunn tries calling him back. BEST FRIENDS WILL MEET AT THE KING OF THE RING -- COULD THIS BE THE END OF D-GENERATION-X?!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    After the break, we're back at commentary again. JR talks about his sit-down interview with Terry Funk last week, which has ultimately led to a Non-Title and now No DQ match against Stone Cold Steve Austin later on tonight. He says that there's a couple of superstars in the WWF has of late who have been feeling the "pressure" from upper management much like Terry Funk, and another one of those people is the "All American" Ron Simmons. JR says that he traveled to Marietta, Georgia this past weekend to sit down with Ron Simmons and hear what he has to say.

    We get an exterior shot of Ron Simmons' home in Marietta, before some glimpses of his Trophy Room inside, highlighting his days playing Seminole football, and even bah gawd, a shot of him winning the WCW Title! We also see highlights of his WWF career dating back to the Fall of 1993, before heading into JR & Simmons sitting down for the interview in two chairs within the confines of his trophy room.

    JR talks about Simmons' long journey in this business, starting out in Florida after leaving football due to a knee injury, and being trained by the legendary Hiro Matsuda. Simmons went on to compete throughout the NWA and eventually WCW, even becoming their World Champion at one point in September of 1992. But just one year later, Simmons was gone from the company and debuted in the WWF, what happened to cause that quick turn around?

    Simmons says that there was one too many bosses at WCW throughout his whole time there, and it only got worse by the end. A guy by the name of "Cowboy" Bill Watts was running things, and he was the one that wanted to give Ron Simmons his opportunity. But once he was fired, and they brought in the man who currently runs things over there (Eric Bischoff), his days were numbered. Suddenly, he wasn't deemed Main Event level or World Title material by the new regieme, and the minute he could get out of his contract and make his way up here, he did just that.

    JR says that a criticism often laid out regarding Simmons' WWF run over the past nearly 5 years is his inability to capture any championships. Simmons says he waited patiently and he had a few shots over the first couple of years he was here in the WWF, but after that, they dried up, and that was in part the reason that he formed the Nation of Domination in the first place, because he thought it was about race, he thought it was about an anti-black sentiment. But he realized it's got nothing to do with the color black or white, it's got to do with the color green, because that's all Vince McMahon sees, is what's the easiest way he can earn the next dollar, rather than paying respect to the people that it is due to, like Ron Simmons, who has literally broken his neck for this company. JR says that while it hasn't been portrayed as such on television, behind the scenes, Ron Simmons feels he has recieved almost the same exact type of punishment that Dustin Rhodes & Terry Funk have been recieving on and off screen for weeks now, and he asks why he thinks that is? Simmons says because he's stepped up against some of Vince McMahon's so-called genius ideas and pet projects. He'll never take anything from Vince or what he's done to this company or for this industry, but ever since what happened in Montreal happened, he's become an insane egomaniac who's out for himself and his interests, rather than what's best for the company. JR asks Simmons if he expects any backlash from the comments in this interview, and Simmons says probably, but what are they gonna do? Fire him? He's already barely on TV anymore. You want to talk about a fall from grace, you want talk about being World Champion in WCW in 1992 to not even being on the roster a year later -- how about this stat? King of the Ring 1997, he's headling the whole damn show against the Undertaker for the WWF Title, and fast forward a year later, he's not even booked on the damn card. Besides that, he doesn't think Vince has the guts to fire him, because the last thing he wants is a guy like Ron Simmons showing up on ANY OTHER company's television show with a live microphone, because I don't think he can take much more of that after the past 2-3 years. He loves the WWF, and he will one day win WWF gold, but he will not do it at the expense of his pride and his manhood, he will NOT be a Vince McMahon punk ass lackey!
    Before the next match, it's announced that at the King of the Ring, Val Venis & TAKA Michinoku will team up to take on Kai En Tai in a 3 on 2 match, however after last week's attack, TAKA would not be on RAW tonight as he went home to nurse his injuries, but he vowed to be at the KOTR to settle this issue with Kai En Tai once and for all!

    And hey what's this -- for the third week in a row, MRS. YAMAGUCHI IS SEEN IN THE FRONT ROW CONVIENENTLY BEFORE A VAL VENIS MATCH?! During Val's pre-match intro, Dustin looks disgusted while he's knelt down in the ring, but Mrs. Yamaguchi looks flushed with excitement in the front row.

    4. Dustin Rhodes def. Val Venis via CO in 4:36. Good 4 minute sprint with Val trying to stay on the winning side of things with only one loss in his WWF career thus far, while Dustin is just trying to stay relevant as he continues to wrestle for free, with JR noting he still has around 55 days left on that stipulation, and he's tired of the humiliation. During this fun contest, our attention is diverted when we see Mr. Yamaguchi storm down to ringside and start berating his wife for being here again to watch a Val Venis match. He demands she stand up, and as she does, HE GRABS HER VICIOUSLY AND SEEMS LIKE HE MIGHT EVEN HIT HER -- BUT VAL HITS THE FLOOR AND SHOVES YAMAGUCHI ON HIS ASS! Val flips out at Yamaguchi, and Yamaguchi yells back at him, and Mrs. Yamaguchi doesn't know what to do, AND THROUGH ALL THIS, VAL WINDS UP GETTING COUNTED OUT!

    Post-match, Dustin celebrates the victory, taking a win any way he can get it at this point. Val flips out at the ref, pointing out what was going on down on the floor, but it's no matter -- BUT HERE COMES KAI EN TAI AND THEY LAY OUT VAL FROM BEHIND! They put the boots to him, and Yamaguchi-San celebrates like crazy on the floor, pointing out to his wife what is happening to Val. JR is still curious as to what exactly is going on in this whole situation. Meanwhile in the ring, Dick Togo hits his beautiful Back Senton, and then all three Kai En Tai members head up to the top and a THREE POST MASSACRE keeps Val down. Yamaguchi-San gets into the ring and joins Kai En Tai as they stand over Val, AND THEY ALL DO HIS HIP SWIVEL! Damn them, King!

    We go back to the live feed at Paul Bearer's house, and JR again speaks to him, starting with his son Kane's win over Road Dogg tonight. Bearer puts it over and hypes it as a preview of what awaits Austin at KOTR this Sunday. JR asks Bearer why he thinks the Undertaker attacked him in such a brutal fashion last week if he claims that they hatched this whole "plot" together. Bearer says because he no longer needed the Undertaker to carry this plan out, so he exposed him for the fraud he is, and now Kane will be the WWF Champion, not the Undertaker. BUT JUST THEN, HIS FRONT DOOR SLAMS OPEN, AND IT'S THE UNDERTAKER! HOLY SHIT HE'S AT PAUL BEARER'S HOUSE! "DID YOU THINK I FORGOT WHERE YOU LIVED BROTHER PAUL?!" AND TAKER STARTS BEATING THE SHIT OUT OF PAUL BEARER ON HIS COUCH JESUS CHRIST! HE PIEFACES THE CAMERA DOWN AND BREAKS THE FEED, AND IT GOES TO STATIC!

    Back at commentary, JR & King are shocked at what they just saw, and JR recaps it but cannot believe that the Undertaker showed up to Paul Bearer's house. They're trying to reconnect the feed, but they're having issues. Lawler goes to give his opinion, but JR gets a message through his headset and says to cut to the backstage area QUICK!

    We sharply cut to the backstage area with a cameraman running at full speed, and as he turns a corner, WE SEE KANE DESTROYING THINGS IN HIS LOCKER ROOM, THROWING A FIT! HE'S GOT HIS VOICE BOX ON AND IT'S MALFUNCTIONING BECAUSE OF HIS YELLING! JR yells that Kane is obviously beside himself after seeing the Undertaker assault his father, and they're hundreds of miles apart -- Kane is literally helpless! Mankind rushes into the locker room to try and calm Kane down and help him out, but Kane isn't listening to any of it. Mankind tells him to stay put here, he's going to go have his match, and then they'll take care of all of this. Mankind leaves, and Kane continues to throw his fit!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    Coming back from break, Mankind is making his way down the aisle and he grabs a mic, sliding into the ring. He says he always enjoyed studying history and when he was a young boy, he had a favorite picture hung over his bed. An old man gathered on the hallowed fields of Gettysburg shaking hands with Northern and Southern men alike, on the very fields where they'd shed each others blood. Suddenly -- The Hell in a Cell starts to lower! Mankind waits until it comes closer to coming down completely before continuing. He says it stood to him as a great example of the power of forgiveness and the ability of time to heal all wounds. When he thinks about he and The Undertaker, he couldn't help but believe it would end up somehow the same way. He thought they might gather some day in the hallowed halls of the boiler room in Cleveland, Madison Square Garden, AND THEN HE WENT AND ATTACKED HIS UNCLE PAUL AND HE HAS A NEW VISION. Of him in his last act on Earth URINATING ON HIS GRAVE. He never thought the word coward would apply to The Undertaker, but Paul Bearer is not a wrestler or a fighter, and he was defenseless. They won't arrest him because this is a family matter, and these bars will do fine. Blood is thicker than water and if that's not enough, he can guarantee that Mankind will have a surprise for everyone that they will not soon forget. Kane will have Steve Austin's championship, he will have his vengeance, and Uncle Paul will have The Undertaker's soul! HAVE A NICE DAY! With that, Mankind rolls back into the ring and sits in the corner, rocking back and fourth as the Cell raises back up to the ceiling.

    5. Mankind def. Billy Gunn with the Mandible Claw in 5:28. A pissed off Billy Gunn makes his way out and beats the shit out of Mankind to take out his anger on what happened to Road Dogg earlier. He whips him hard into the steps, hurting his leg, and Mankind just takes an overall beating, but he keeps coming back for more. Gunn tries to hit the newly named Fameasser, but Mankind traps him in mid set-up with the Mandible Claw! He keeps it locked on for a bit, and Gunn eventually goes down and Mankind his him covered with the Claw to get the win!

    Post-match, Mankind stumbles off to the back. JR says that Kane is unstoppable, Mankind has an incredible threshold for pain, they've beaten both Outlaws tonight, and they are looking invincable headed into the King of the Ring this Sunday! Once Mankind is gone, DAMNIT, here comes the New Midnight Express again, finishing what they started earlier on! They beat down an already prone Billy Gunn, and Lawler exclaims how the New MX are going to reap the benefits at the KOTR provided to them unintentionally by Kane & Mankind here tonight! Road Dogg runs out, still beaten up from earlier, and tries to make the save, but New MX are able to start beating him down as well. Jim Cornette yells for them to hold the Outlaws up, and he starts lighting them up with racket shots. BUT HERE COMES CHYNA! She lunges at Cornette, and Cornette takes a hilarious stumble out of the ring and New MX go out to check on him. Cornette calls New MX off, and Chyna helps both of the Outlaws as New MX & Cornette retreat!

    Backstage, Vince and the Stooges approach Terry Funk, and they've got security with them. They hype him up for match vs. Austin and how it's No DQ now. Vince hints that if Funk gets out of control, or even if he were to unfortunately maybe make Austin bleed tonight, then maybe he would rethink some of the decisions he's made about Terry Funk and his career lately, and maybe he would see to it that Terry Funk was taken care of financially, so he could go off into the sunset. Funk laughs a bit before responding, telling Vince he'll wrestle til he's broke, he's wrestled hurt his whole damn career, he'll die in that ring! And yeah, maybe he will make Austin bleed tonight, but that won't be for Vince or any check he wants to offer, it'll be because it's what the Funk family does, and does better than anybody, and if Vince keeps his SHIT up he'll find that out the hard way, NOW GET THE HELL OUT OF HERE YOU SON OF A BITCH! Vince looks irate, but when Funk growls at him, he calms down and gets himself the Hell out of there. AUSTIN/FUNK, NO DQ -- OUR MAIN EVENT IS NEXT!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    Back from break, and Mankind is seen wandering around backstage, heading into the locker room he's sharing with Kane. But when he opens the door and calls Kane's name -- he's nowhere to be found. WHERE HAS THE BIG RED MACHINE GONE?!

    6. Stone Cold Steve Austin def. Terry Funk in a No DQ Non-Title Match in 9:07. Good, fun, chaotic brawl. Funk tries to get himself a big win here, while Austin's trying to stay safe headed into the First Blood match. JR notes that any lacerations Austin may suffer in this match could easily be opened in a match with Kane at KOTR, leading to his loss of the WWF Title. With the No DQ rule in effect, Vince is seen backstage suddenly ordering the Stooges to head out to the ring! Austin starts taking it to Funk in the ring after a ringside brawl, and he seems to be setting up for the end. But Patterson & Brisco hit the ring and take Austin down from behind. They roll him over and try punching at him to bust him open, but Austin's protecting himself. And to great surprise, FUNK STARTS ATTACKING THE STOOGES! JR yells that Funk is doing the right thing, but Lawler says he's a damned idiot. Funk rushes the Stooges off and goes to pick up Austin to hit him with a Double Arm DDT onto a chair, but Austin shoves his way out, hits Funk with the Stunner and Funk falls back into a seated position on the chair! SO AUSTIN HITS A DIVING CLOTHESLINE ONTO HIM and THEN covers him to get the win!

    Post-match, the Stooges get back into the ring as Austin is celebrating, and they start yelling at Terry Funk and kicking at him fornot taking their help. Austin returns the favor to Terry Funk, and he attacks both Stooges, hitting them BOTH with Stone Cold Stunners. Funk starts to pull himself back up and Austin calls for a couple of beers, offering one up to Funk and toasting him before Funk leaves.

    But RAW ain't over yet -- Stone Cold calls for a microphone! He talks about Kane coming for him and this title, but he ain't going down without a damned fight. He says if he's a marked man, he ain't hard to find. He looks under the ring and finds nothing and says he's ready to beat someone's ass, and they just have to come on out. He says he accepts the little stipulations and he'll take any kind of match they want to throw at Stone Cold. He's bled before and he ain't afraid to bleed again, and if you put this son of a bitch on the line, it means his big dead ass belongs to Stone Cold Steve Austin. He says if he don't win the WWF Title, he'll set himself on fire. If he's dumb enough to set his ass on fire in this ring, he can bet his bottom dollar that Stone Cold will bring all the marshmellows and hot dogs and beer, he'll watch him burn all day long. If he starts to go out, you can bet old Stone Cold will be there to throw another log on the fire.

    BOOM! Pyro goes off on the stage, and Kane makes his way out to the entry way, and Austin's shook a bit at first but then starts daring Kane to march his ass on down here. Kane stares at Austin, and Austin back at him for a while. Kane then lifts his arms up slowly, seemingly to set off his pyro in the ring, but as he slams his arms down, no fire comes out of the post --

    BLOOD RAINS DOWN FROM THE CEILING ONTO STONE COLD, SOAKING HIM IN CRIMSON RED! Austin is in shock, covered head to toe in this "blood" substance, and he looks back at Kane. Kane picks the voice box gimmick back up to his throat and he warns Stone Cold that this Sunday, that blood will be for REAL. And THEN he sets off his real pyro as RAW comes to a firery close!





    WWF KING OF THE RING (6/28) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    First Blood Match
    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. Kane

    HELL IN A CELL MATCH
    The Undertaker Vs. Mankind

    WWF WORLD TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS
    New Age Outlaws [c] Vs. New Midnight Express

    3-ON-2 HANDICAP MATCH
    TAKA Michinoku & Val Venis Vs. Kai En Tai

    KING OF THE RING QUARTER FINALS
    The Rock Vs. Big Van Vader

    KING OF THE RING QUARTER FINALS
    D'Lo Brown Vs. Dan "The Beast" Severn

    KING OF THE RING QUARTER FINALS
    Triple H Vs. X-Pac

    KING OF THE RING QUARTER FINALS
    Ken Shamrock Vs. Owen Hart

    ALSO -- THE SEMI FINALS & FINALS OF THE KOTR TOURNAMENT!

  10. #35
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Steve Austin (Since 3/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)

    0. DARK MATCH: Dustin Rhodes def. Ron Simmons with the Running Bulldog in 6:35. More on this later in the show.



    WWF Free For All
    June 28th, 1998
    Pittsburgh, Pennsylvannia


    1. Rock 'n' Roll Express & Tommy Dreamer def. LOD2000 & Bradshaw in a Six Man Tag Team Match in 5:22. LOD & RNRX brawled a bunch, and while Dreamer & Bradshaw were on friendly terms, they had no issues getting into a brawl here just to fit in with the match. Eventually, however, Barry Windham snuck out and again got one over on Bradshaw, letting Bradshaw chase him through the ring, and RNRX took advantage by hitting Bradshaw with a Double Dropkick. LOD attacked RNRX and the two teams brawled away, but Tommy Dreamer took advantage, hitting Bradshaw with a quick DDT and getting the big win!



    WWF PRESENTS: KING OF THE RING 1998
    SUNDAY, JUNE 28TH, 1998
    PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANNIA

    Match #1: The Rock vs. Big Van Vader [KING OF THE RING TOURNAMENT - QUARTER FINALS]
    Rock starts this off ultra cocky, but the former WWF Champ immediately starts pinballing him around the ring into the corners and following up with big corner splashes. He roughs up Rock with big body punches and with a ref break, Rock escapes out to the floor. Vader's right on top of him though, sending him back into the ring. Rock's quick back to his feet and starts throwing some stomps onto Vader and elbowing him into the corner. He goes to whip Vader across, but Vader reverses and follows up with another big corner splash. He pulls Rock out and goes to set up for a Chokeslam, but Rock's able to get him with a sloppy arm drag and again escape to the floor. Vader keeps trying to go out after him, but the ref holds him back, allowing Rock to get on the apron finally. Vader goes to charge Rock, but Rock manages to get him with a thumb to the eye, and then drops him neck first across the top rope, sending the big man back to the mat! Rock slides back in and stomps away at Vader and gets him into some rest holds, but Vader starts working his way back to his feet and throws some elbows to Rock's gut. Rock ducks a clothesline and kicks Vader suspiciously low, AND HE SETS HIM UP FOR A ROCK BOTTOM -- but Vader throws side elbows to Rock's head to break free! Rock falls back into the ropes and stumbles forward, AND VADER GOES FOR A POWERBOMB! BUT A FRANTIC ROCK WIGGLES DOWN FROM VADER'S GRIPS AND FALLS TO THE APRON AND DROPS TO THE FLOOR! Vader ignores the ref this time and goes out after The Rock, but the Rock is able to trip Vader into stumbling into the steps, hurting his shoulder. Rock slides into the ring and starts pulling on the ref's legs to distract him, BECAUSE HERE COMES MARK HENRY DOWN THE AISLEWAY! Mark blindsides Vader with a big body attack, AND THEN HE SPLASHES VADER ON THE FLOOR! Mark Henry picks his new nemesis up and rolls him back into the ring, and for good measure, Rock plants the People's Elbow and hooks the leg to get the win!
    Winner: The Rock (5:24)

    Post-match, Rock celebrates to the back with the bravado of someone who did that all by himself, even though he clearly did not. Mark Henry stays back to run his mouth at Vader from ringside, and Vader starts to get up and the Mastadon is PISSED.

    Match #2: Dan "The Beast" Severn vs. D'Lo Brown [KING OF THE RING TOURNAMENT - QUARTER FINALS]
    D'Lo attacks Severn as soon as he enters the ring, which JR says may not bode well for the young talent, but he ends up catching Severn with a stiff enough side kick that it knocks him loopy. D'Lo capitalizes with punches and he's getting the most offense in on Dan Severn yet! He tries an early attempt at the Sky High, AND IT CONNECTS! HE HOOKS THE LEGS, ONE! TWO! THRE-NO! NO! NO! Severn kicks out. D'Lo starts getting cocky now and he plants Severn with a snap suplex before heading up top for a Lo Down attempt -- BUT HE MISSES AS SEVERN MOVES! An irate Severn gets up and starts throwing D'Lo around the ring with an array of throws and suplexes, returning the favor of being knocked silly earlier. Severn becomes absolutely VICIOUS with his striking and throws now, and he winds up catching D'Lo in a Bow & Arrow hold, AND HE PULLS BACK SO HARD THAT YOU CAN ALMOST HEAR D'LO's MUSCLES TEARING IN HIS UPPER BODY! D'LO CAN'T MOVE HIS ARMS BUT HE HAS TO SCREAM THAT HE QUITS!
    Winner: Dan "The Beast" Severn (3:49)

    Post-match, D'Lo immediately rolls over to his side and seems to be an IMMENSE deal of pain, but the crowd actually pops for the insane Severn. The ref checks on D'Lo and he makes the 'X' signal to the back. Severn stands over top of D'Lo, staring at him -- BUT WAIT A MINUTE, here comes D'Lo's fellow Nation member Owen Hart. He slides into the ring, and when Severn turns, OWEN HITS SEVERN WITH A SPINNING HEEL KICK! He starts stomping on Severn in revenge for what just happened to D'Lo -- BUT HEY HERE COMES KEN SHAMROCK DOWN THE AISLE, STILL STEADILY LIMPING, BUT A BIT FASTER THAN SIX DAYS AGO! Owen immediately bails out of the ring and Shamrock chases him over the guard rail, AND THEY HEAD STRAIGHT INTO THE CROWD! JR yells, as they disappear in the distance, that someone better get that under control because their match is coming up next!

    Backstage, Kevin Kelly is standing by with PAUL BEARER~ And he's heavily bandaged and beaten up after the past two weeks of attacks, courtesy of the Undertaker. He says nobody thought he'd be here tonight, but he wouldn't miss this night for the world despite the beating at the hands of YOUR Phenom, The Undertaker. Last week, when the stitches were taken out, he cursed him to Hell with every one, and he still curses him to Hell. He talks about how Kane used to watch WWF Superstars every Saturday for 20 years and idolize his older brother, and he was ridiculed all his life and suffered all his life. He couldn't go outside in the sunshine, but he said "DADDY, I WANT TO BE LIKE HIM!" He says that used to make him feel terrible, but tonight, he gets his comeuppance. Because tonight will be the happiest night of his life! He will be the father and manager of the WWF Champion, and then you can laugh at the fat man all you want, because he'll damn sure laugh all the way to the bank! OOHH YEEES!

    We're back out at ringside, and we're waiting for the Owen Hart/Ken Shamrock match to start. JR reminds us of what just happened moments ago, with Shamrock chasing Owen into the crowd. But hey wait, here comes Owen running back down the aisle towards the ring, still looking behind him -- BECAUSE HERE COMES SHAMROCK, HOPPING ALONG ON ONE LEG STILL, HOT ON OWEN'S TRAILS! Shamrock slides in and Owen jumps on top of him, trying to get after his leg. A referee rushes out and he calls for the bell to get this under way!

    Match #3: Owen Hart vs. Ken Shamrock [KING OF THE RING TOURNAMENT - QUARTER FINALS]
    Owen keeps all of his weight on Shamrock and tries to keep him grounded so he can start hammering away on that surgically repaired ankle. BUT SHAMROCK GRABS A HOLD OF ONE OF OWEN'S FEET AND WHIPS AROUND, GOING FOR THE ANKLELOCK SET-UP! But Owen reaches onto the bottom ropes with both arms, and corkscrews Shamrock out of the set-up and sends him tumbling into the corner. Owen goes over and grabs Shamrock's leg, putting it on the bottom rope to set him up for a scissor stomp -- BUT SHAMROCK MOVES, AND AS OWEN LANDS, HE GRABS HIS LEG AGAIN TO PULL HIM IN FOR THE ANKLELOCK! Owen claws his way out of it and tries to escape to the outside, but Shamrock pulls him back inside of the ring. Owen rolls to his back and kicks Shamrock away with both feet and goes to kip up, BUT SHAMROCK IMMEDIATELY GETS HIM WITH A BELLY TO BELLY SUPLEX! He grabs Owen's leg and almost has the Ankle Lock applied again, but Owen again manages to pull himself away just in time and get to the apron. Shamrock tries to go after him, but the ref gets in the way. And seeing it as the easy way out -- OWEN LIFTS HIMSELF UP AND SWIFT KICKS THE REF FROM THE APRON! The ref goes down hard and weakly calls for the bell!
    Winner: ...via DQ, Ken Shamrock (2:24)

    Post-match, Owen hops off the apron and smiles at Shamrock and goes to leave to the back, BUT SHAMROCK'S NOT DONE, HE WANTS OWEN MORE THAN ANYTHING, AND HE CHASES AFTER HIM AGAIN!

    The camera stays on the chase this time, following them through the curtain and through gorilla area to the backstage area. Owen tries shoving things down behind him to slow Shamrock down, but Shamrock's still just quick and agile enough to avoid it. Owen bolts towards the parking lot AND HE RUNS STRAIGHT OUT OF THE ARENA AND INTO THE NIGHT! WWF officialls finally catch up to Shamrock, still limping along wanting to kill Owen, and they hold him back. Owen is clearly out of sight and off the property, and Shamrock tells the officials to get the Hell off of him, and he walks away pissed off.

    We see some shots from the past few weeks, showing the rising tensions between Triple H & X-Pac as Pac continues to attempt to prove something, which has inadvertently gotten in the way of Triple H's quest of both The Rock and the IC Title.
    Match #4: Triple H vs. X-Pac [KING OF THE RING TOURNAMENT - QUARTER FINALS]
    No other DX members are at ringside, including Chyna. They both look pissed off to start, but they shake hands and begin friendly yet competitive, sticking to actual chain and mat wrestling, rather than fighting. They go back and fourth for a whle, and much to Triple H's chagrin, for everything he tries throwing at Pac, Pac has an answer for. The frustration boils over and after a series of armdrag takedowns, Hunter finally gets up and shoves Pac hard down onto his ass, SO PAC GETS UP AND TACKLES HIM INTO THE CORNER! Pac starts lighting Hunter up with a bunch of kicks and chops and gets him to fall to the corner, and he goes to set up a Bronco Buster, but he stops short -- JR says that Pac thought better, he doesn't want to demean his best friend, but Lawler says that was a dumb move. Pac turns around and waits a second for Hunter to get back up, but this only allows Hunter to shoot up and take Pac damn near out of his boots with a running Knee Lift! H start taking it to Pac on the mat, working in the rest holds, and even starting to go after Pac's neck just a little bit. Pac fights his way up and they go into a ropes sequence, but Hunter takes him down with another Knee Lift, and Pac turns, stumbles and falls upper body first across the middle rope. Triple H sees an opportunity, hits the ropes and goes to do the rope hung neck attack -- but now HE stops short, knowing the damage that could do to his best friend's neck. Instead, Triple H goes to lift Pac up and continue this in a friendly manner, BUT PAC SUCKERED HIM IN AND GETS HIM WITH AN INSIDE CRADLE! ONE! TWO! THRE-NO! They pop back up, Pac goes for a standing spin kick but Hunter ducks, AND HE GETS HIM WITH A BACK SLIDE, ONE! TWO! THRE-NO! PAC ROLLS OUT OF THAT AND STRAIGHT UP AND GRABS HUNTER'S HEAD, BRINGING HIM BACK DOWN WITH THE X-FACTOR! X-Pac goes to cover Triple H, BUT KAMA COMES RUNNING OUT AND HE YANKS THE REF OUT OF THE RING AND COLDCOCKS HIM! X-Pac gets up to see what happened, and when he turns, KAMA HITS HIM WITH THE CHAIN WRAPPED FIST! PAC IS KNOCKED OUT! Triple H starts to move and he sees Kama beating the shit out of X-Pac, AND TRIPLE H CLOTHESLINES KAMA OUT OF THE RING! Hunter goes out with him, AND HE STARTS BEATING KAMA AROUND THE RING, AND CHASES HIM UP THE AISLEWAY -- BUT DAMNIT OUT OF NOWHERE, THE ROCK STEPS OUT OF THE SHADOWS OF THE SET PIECES AND NAILS TRIPLE H ACROSS THE BAD KNEE WITH A STEEL CHAIR! Triple H immediately crumbles up and Rock takes the chair and drives it into Hunter's knee again, and JR reminds us of Hunter aggrivating his old injury this past Monday on RAW! Damnit, with the damage done, Rock & Kama leave to the back. Back in the ring, X-Pac is knocked completely unconcious, and when the ref gets back into the ring -- he doesn't know what hit him! He has no idea what happened! He sees Pac laid out in the ring, but overriding that is Triple H laid out on the floor! Triple H starts trying to crawl back towards the ringside area -- ONE! TWO! THREE! -- He gets to the guard rail and pulls himself up and starts dragging himself along with help of the guard rail, getting closer to the ring -- FOUR! FIVE! SIX! SEVEN! -- He runs out of guard rail as he gets to the mats and falls back down to the ground -- EIGHT! NINE! -- He pulls himself up to the apron, just barely touches the bottom rope -- TEN! RING THE BELL!
    Winner: ...via CO, X-Pac (6:30)

    Post-match, Triple H falls right back down to the ground and goes back to favoring his knee, and he seems to be in a ton of pain. X-Pac is still out but showing signs of life. The ref awards the victory via count-out to X-Pac and raises his arm from the mat. The New Age Outlaws & Chyna make their way out, and Chyna tends to Triple H, helping him get back up to his feet. Meanwhile, the Outlaws check on X-Pac and help him out of the ring, and Pac can barely stand on his own two feet. The Outlaws help Pac to the floor as Chyna's helping Triple H to his feet. Triple H is in too much pain and X-Pac is still too woozy for either of them to even communicate, so DX just helps them both to the back. JR says regardless of how it went down and how unfair it was, X-Pac still does get the win even if it's not the way he wanted -- but does the Rock realize what he's done? He now faces X-Pac in the Semi Finals, as well as Ken Shamrock is set to square off with his old UFC rival Dan "The Beast" Severn!

    Backstage, Michael Cole interviews Terry Funk, who says he's merely here tonight as a spectator, because it wasn't like he was booked or anything. He hopes that Stone Cold can retain the WWF Title, and he's interested to watch the Hell in a Cell match. Cole goes to ask Funk who he's rooting for in that match, but before he can answer, Pat Patterson & Gerald Brisco walk up and start yelling and talking smack to Funk about not getting the job done on Austin last week. Brisco gets in his face and talks about how him and his brother could still beat the snot out of him and his brother any day of the week, and he's lucky he doesn't take him down to the ground and stretch him right now. Patterson shoves Funk from behind -- SO FUNK SAYS FUCK IT AND STARTS ATTACKING BOTH STOOGES, YEAH! The Stooges retreat as a couple of nearby wrestlers (let's say -- Savio Vega and Chris Adams?) come over and hold Funk back from going too far on McMahon's top two henchmen!

    Before the next match, we see that once again, Mrs. Yamaguchi is at ringside. Kai En Tai make their way out first, and Yamaguchi-san goes over and stands near her, looking back to yell at her every once in a while. Val makes his entrance then, and he goes right over and rushes Yamaguchi-San away, so he can disrobe his towel in front of Mrs. Yamaguchi-san, but Kai En Tai rushes out and starts attacking Val on the floor! They put in one hellacious beatdown before TAKA can finally run out during his entrance and get into the ring.

    Match #5: Val Venis & TAKA Michinoku vs. Kai En Tai [3-on-2 Handicap Match]
    Now, Kai En Tai gangs up on TAKA and it's a dog pile for a little bit. The ref gets it in order, and even still, with Val down on the floor, it's just a 3 on 1 Kai En Tai beat down of TAKA, and they work over all of his injuries from the parking lot beatdown from 2 weeks ago. Val keeps trying to get back up to his feet on the floor, but the ref trying to keep the order in the match with the 3 on 1, Yamaguchi will rush over and nail Val in the midsection with a kick and slams his fists! TAKA starts to make what can only be described as an almost unhuman-esque comeback as he starts thwarting everthing Kai En Tai throws at him, and Lawler even yells that TAKA's fighting with the lights on but nobody home. Val finally is able to shove Yamaguchi-san on his ass and he rushes over to his corner in hopes to get a tag and save the day. But just as an exhausted TAKA turns to tag Val in, YAMGUCHI IS BACK UP AND YELLING AT THE REF FOR WHAT VAL DID TO HIM, THE REF MISSES THE TAG! Val gets a few licks in on the Kai En Tai members, but the ref forces him back out. While Val argues, this only gives Kai En Tai more time to beat the shit out of TAKA. Funaki & Teioh send TAKA to the ropes and go to throw him up for a double pancake, BUT TAKA PULLS BACK IN MID-AIR AND SENDS THEM BOTH BACK WITH A DOUBLE KICK! FRONT DROPKICK TO SEND TEIOH FROM THE RING! SHINING WIZARD TO KNOCK FUNAKI OFF HIS FEET, AND BOTH ARE DOWN! BIG DRAMATICS! BOTH MEN CRAWLING TO THEIR CORNERS AND, AND, ANNNNND -- FUNAKI TAGS IN TOGO, BUT BAH GAWD TAKA GETS THE HOT TAG TO VAL VENIS! Val finally gets his first moments in this match and starts beating the shit out of all three members of Kai En Tai as they come his way, and he's bustling through them. He manages to get Funaki & Teioh, as they charge him, with a double back drop to the outside of the ring. Togo rushes and attacks Val with a knee attack and just starts furiously slamming his knees into his midsection. He gets Val with a sitout powerbomb and Togo goes up top, BACK SENTON INCOMING -- NO! VAL GETS HIS KNEES UP, RIGHT INTO THE SMALL OF THE BACK! Togo is in GREAT PAIN -- BUT VAL SWOOPS UP, AND HE HEADS TO THE TOP NOW -- MONEY SHOT CONNECTS, HOOK OF THE LEG, ONE! TWO! THREE! BAH GAWD!
    Winners: Val Venis & TAKA Michinoku (6:44)

    Post-match, Val checks on TAKA who is just beaten to a pulp after the past few weeks of assaults at the hands of Kai En Tai, including this match. But as the ref moves in to give TAKA a check-up, Val notices Mrs. Yamaguchi at ringside and goes over to her with THAT look on his face. He swivels his hips at her and she starts to blush and she stands up, AND VAL KISSES HER HAND! Yamaguchi-san rushes over and leaps onto Val's back and starts clawing at his face in anger, and Val tries to shake him off, but Funaki & Teioh are there to attack Val and rush him back into the ring. Togo is back up and he joins in, and now it's three on one against Val like it was before the match even started! Yamaguchi stays on the floor for a second and he literally DRAGS his wife over the guard rail to get her into the ring so she can see the humiliation of Val Venis and perhaps even humble her! Togo goes up top and he finally hits his Back Senton for the first time tonight, and then Funaki & Teoih come down with a Leg Drop/Splash combo. Yamaguchi-san starts barking orders, and Kai En Tai hold Val up on his knees while grabbing onto his arms and pulling his hair back. Yamaguchi yells at his wife and then turns and STARTS SLAPPING THE SHIT OUT OF VAL VENIS! Val wakes up and tries to break free and go after Yamaguchi, but Kai En Tai immediately lay him right back out. With Val down and TAKA still out, Kai En Tai stand victorious regardless of the outcome. And as a final insult, ALL FOUR KAI EN TAI MEMBERS DO VAL'S HIP SWIVEL OVER TOP OF HIM!

    Backstage, Triple H is having his leg checked on by one of the trainer's in the DX locker room with Chyna by his side. X-Pac storms in and both seem pissed off at first, but Pac tells H he didn't want to win like that. Hunter is still pissed off, but he has Chyna help him up and Hunter says he knows that, and he hopes Pac really means that. They can settle this some other time -- but as for now? He needs to get out there and give The Rock a DX ass-kicking for ALL of them. Pac gives Hunter the 'too sweet' gesture and walks off, and Hunter goes back to having his leg checked on.

    Match #6: The Rock vs. X-Pac [KING OF THE RING TOURNAMENT - SEMI FINALS]
    The Rock immediately clobbers X-Pac before the bell rings and starts focusing on his neck. He tosses him around with the ring with a few throws and suplexes, following it up with a toss sending Pac shoulder first into the steel post. Rock lights Pac up with some punches and sends him to the ropes. Pac leapfrogs when Rock comes back, but on the second go around when Pac tries for a kick, Rock catches him AND DROPS HIM BACKWARDS THROAT FIRST ACROSS THE TOP ROPE! Rock takes Pac down to the mat and works on the neck some more with holds and stretches, and Pac keeps trying to use his HEART~ and DETERMINATION~ to break free, but each time he comes close, Rock pulls something out like getting his feet on the ropes to add leverage to the hold or cheapshotting Pac to keep him down. During a laid-out headlock, Rock gets his feet all the way to the second rope, adding tremendous pressure to Pac's neck, but this time the ref sees it AND HE KICKS ROCK'S LEGS OFF THE ROPES! Rock shoots up and gets in the refs face. He argues with him just long enough that when he turns, PAC SURPRISES HIM WITH A SPINNING HEEL KICK! Pac starts stomping the shit out of the Rock into the corner and gets him with a slew of awesome kicks and chops that sends falling down into the corner -- BRONCO BUSTER INCOMING, NO! ROCK MOVES -- BUT PAC SAW IT, AND HE CATCHES HIMSELF ON THE BOTTOM ROPE, CHANGING IT INTO A SPRINGBOARD BACK ELBOW! Pac goes for a cover, but the Rock gets a quick kick out! Pac keeps his speed up all the while showing the pain from his neck, and he starts to wear The Rock out now! They go into another ropes sequence and Rock BLATANTLY kicks X-Pac in the groin and hits a snap DDT. Rock goes to cover, but the ref starts yelling at him for the kick. Rock argues back and orders him to make the count, ONE, TWO, THRE-NO! Rock goes back to working over Pac's neck on the mat. Pac again tries to work his way back up, but Rock slams the point of his elbow into the back of Pac's neck, and then lifts him up for the Running Shoulderbreaker! Rock hooks the leg, ONE, TWO, ANNND NO! Rock starts paintbrushing Pac into the corner with some of his punches, turns to spit in his hand and add insult to injury with the final punch, BUT PAC GRABS THE ARM, DOES A FLOAT OVER AND GETS ROCK WITH A DOUBLE LEG KICK! Pac kips up and starts to get fired up, and he rushes up towards the corner for a quick Moonsault but Rock rushes under him into the corner and Pac lands on his feet. Pac comes up from behind and dropkicks Rock sternum first into the corner, and we've got another set-up for the Bronco Buster! Pac gets the crowd built up for it, he takes a running start -- BUT ROCK BURSTS OUT OF THE CORNER TO INTERCEPT PAC AND TAKE HIM DOWN WITH A ROCK BOTTOM! Both men are DOWN and the ref starts counting both of them down, and they do the eternal struggle with trying to get back up to their feet. They both just barely beat the count as they get to their feet, and Pac charges at the Rock, but ROCK LOWBRIDGES AND PULLS THE ROPES DOWN, AND PAC TUMBLES HARD TO THE FLOOR! Rock starts getting into an argument with the referee after that, and Pac is in some pain on the floor. BUT HEY WAIT, HERE COMES JEFF JARRETT?! JR mentions that Pac beat Jarrett in a KOTR qualifier weeks ago, and Jarrett felt disrespected by X-Pac interrupting his pre-match ritual. Jarrett sneaks behind Pac, and as he gets up, JARRETT PLANTS HIM WITH THE FRONT RUSSIAN LEG SWEEP ONTO THE FLOOR GOOD GOD ALMIGHTY! Jarrett gets up and lifts Pac up and rolls him back into the ring. The Rock doesn't realize this at first, but then quickly rushes over to cover Pac, hooking the leg -- ONE! TWO! THRE-NO! NO! NO! X-PAC IS STILL IN THIS, AND THE ROCK CAN'T BELIEVE IT! Jarrett can't believe it on the floor either, and he rushes up to the apron to yell. Pac goes to charge Jarrett, BUT JARRETT GRABS HIM AND DROPS HIM THROAT FIRST ACROSS THE TOP ROPE! THE REF DIDN'T SEE IT! PAC HOLDS HIS NECK IN PAIN, AND BEFORE HE CAN FALL, ROCK GETS HIM WITH A QUICK ROLL-UP! ONE! TWO! THREE! ROCK ADVANCES!
    Winner: The Rock (8:31)

    Post-match, Jarrett celebrates to the back with a huge smile on his face, having gotten his revenge. The ref checks on a hurt X-Pac, and The Rock marches off to the back with the IC Title and a smug look on his face. JR says that it is official, Rock heads to the KOTR Finals. But after tough matches against both Vader and X-Pac, he may be in for his toughest challenge yet against either man in the next match, Ken Shamrock OR Dan Severn!

    In between matches, the camera pans through the crowd and we again see EDGE~ ominously looking around at the show as he is perched off in the crowd. BROODING~

    Big stare down between the former UFC rivals as we head into our next KOTR Semi-Final. We're reminded of Severn's vicious mean streak, as well as Shamrock's injury still aggravating him.

    Match #7: Ken Shamrock vs. Dan "The Beast" Severn [KING OF THE RING TOURNAMENT - SEMI FINALS]
    The opening minutes resemble more of an MMA fight than a wrestling match, with a lot of sparring, kicks and jabs, both men tying up to get to the mat and try to work stretches and exchange holds. Severn gets Shamrock from behind and keeps pressure on the leg, followed by being able to lift Shamrock right up off the mat and start throwing him around with his suplexes! Shamrock has a dazed look on his face after a couple of the throws, so Severn keeps him down and start firing away at him with stiff elbow shots and forearm smashes. Severn actually gets a bit cocky before going back for more strikes, but the dazed Shamrock is there just enough to grab Severn's arm and take him to the mat, starting to work him over now. Shamrock's able to control the flow for a little while, but Severn keeps finding ways to work pressure back onto Shamrock's ankle. The pain will be intense enough to temporarily cripple Shamrock and break him from whatever hold or maneuver he's attempting. The ref manages to get Severn to back off after warning him during a series of body shots on the mat, and Shamrock pulls himself up. JR yells that on top of the ankle, the man looks concussed and may have some sort of internal injuries here. Severn goes to charge Shamrock, BUT SHAMROCK GETS HIM WITH A BELLY TO BELLY INTO THE CORNER! AND HE LIGHTS SEVERN UP WITH SHIN KICKS WITH THE GOOD LEG! He gets him with some STIFF fucking strikes to the head, AND SHAMROCK EVEN BREAKS OUT THE HURRICANRANA! He hurts himself even more on the come-down, but he forces himself to fight through it and get back up to his feet, basically hopping on one leg at this point. Shamrock starts tearing and ripping at Severn's leg, trying to get him in proper position for the Anklelock. HEY WAIT JUST A DAMN MINUTE -- JR says he just felt something whizz by him, AND IT'S OWEN HART! HE'S BACK IN THE ARENA! He crouches down by the side of the ring, and as Shamrock FINALLY gets the Anklelock applied to Severn -- OWEN SLIDES IN AND CLIPS SHAMROCK'S BAD ANKLE, AND THE REF CALLS FOR THE BELL!
    Winner: ...via DQ, Ken Shamrock (5:49)

    Post-match, Owen destroys Shamrock's ankle some more, and JR keeps wondering how the Hell he got back to the arena, we saw Shamrock chase him into the night earlier in the show! He was gone, outta here! Owen shoves the referee out of the ring and goes back to work on Shamrock's ankle, and JR says he's trying to end this before Shamrock can ever get his revenge. And to prove JR's point -- NOW OWEN LOCKS ON THE SHARPSHOOTER DAMN HIM! The referee gets up on the floor and he talks to Howard Finkel, who makes the official announcement that as a result of a disqualification, the winner of the match KEN SHAMROCK! JR says that means Shamrock advances, but if Owen continues this assault, the Rock's just going to be handed the crown, and King yells that's the Rock & Owen's plan! But wait, upon hearing the official announcement that he's been DQ'd -- A PISSED OFF DAN SEVERN GETS UP AND SHOVES OWEN HART FROM BEHIND OUT OF THE SHARPSHOOTER! An annoyed Owen gets up off the ground thinking it was the ref who shoved him, but when he gets up and turns -- HE SEES AN EXTREMELY PISSED OFF SEVERN! Owen turns as pale as a ghost, AND SEVERN LUNGES AT HIM! Owen leaps over the ropes and clears them to the floor, bolting to the back, BUT SEVERN IS HOT ON HIS TRAIL, AND OWEN NOW HAS TWO MEN THAT WANT HIS HIDE ON A SILVER PLATTER!

    Back at commentary, JR & King talk about how we've heard a lot of superstars speak their minds recently, especially on the subject of the tyrannical nature of Mr. McMahon as of late. Most recently, Ron Simmons had some choice words during a sit-down interview, and he was upset about not being booked for tonight's show after Main Eventing it one year ago. In what may have been the ultimate slap in the face, Simmons did wind up getting booked, and this is what happened before the show went on the air tonight.

    EARLIER TONIGHT: We see that for the King of the Ring dark match, not even the Free For All, Ron Simmons is forced to come out and compete and it's against another person in the McMahon doghouse, Dustin Rhodes! We see a few clips of their match, and both men look beyond pissed off, and in a voice over, JR notes that as you can see, the arena wasn't even 1/4 of the way full yet, this is a spot usually reserved for local talent to recieve tryouts, and instead, it was given to two respected, talented veterans of this business who deserve something better than this. In the end, we see Dustin avoid a Three Point Stance and hit Ron Simmons with the Running Bulldog to get the win.

    Post-match, Dustin grabbed the mic and was almost in tears celebrating a legitimate win, talking about how hard of a road this has been the past few months. He thanks Ron for the match and shakes his hand, knowing they're going through the same thing. Simmons leaves, pissed off at everything. Dustin stays back in the ring and drops down to a knee and is seemingly saying a prayer. He gets back on the mic and says that this is the start of something new, and he owes it to finally finding "Him", his "Lord & Savior", and bringing "Him" back into his life! JR says while it's certainly okay for a man to be religious, this seemed a bit overboard and unhinged, and more so, out of character for Dustin Rhodes, whom he fears may have fallen off the deep end after months of abuse from Mr. McMahon.
    Match #8: New Age Outlaws [c] vs. New Midnight Express [WWF World Tag Team Championships]
    The Outlaws are pissed off as this match starts, not only because of the attacks the New MX have done on them in recent weeks, but because of the condition of both Triple H & X-Pac after this evening, both men currently undergoing medical evaluations. Lawler reminds us as well that the winner of this match is going to end up having to defend the Tag Titles against Kane & Mankind! Good flow at the start with both teams having surprisingly great chemsitry (seriously, go watch the real match). Cornette gets involved A LOT, and the timing is just perfect enough to avoid any referee suspicion and give the New MX plenty of opportunities to almost end it. Holly starts lighting Billy up with a ton of stiff chops followed by the best damn dropkick in the business, and Gunn starts to get worked over in a ring that's been cut in half. Bart & Bob move in and out on Billy, and Bart eventually takes extra time to work over and get some stiff shots in on his former Tag Team Partner and his brother, Billy. JR reminds us of the history of the Smokin' Gunns, being former Tag Champs themselves, and their dissolution indirectly leading to the creation of both of these teams. Billy cuts Bart off during an onslaught and manages to get him with a big dropkick and a huge suplex that takes it both out of them, and they do the dramatica crawl over each other to get to the other side spot. Bart tags Bob in first, but just as Billy tags Road Dogg, the ref gets distracted by Cornette! But unlike the earlier match this happened in, Road Dogg goes past the referee and SHOVES CORNETTE TO THE FLOOR! The ref threatens Dogg with a DQ, and New MX are double teaming the shit out of Billy throughout all of this. New MX & Cornette are somehow getting away with highway robbery in this match, and Lawler laughs, saying it serves them right the way they've robbed and stolen everything from other WWF Tag Teams over the past year, and JR calls Lawler a damned hypocrite. Road Dogg's finally had enough and he just storms the ring to save his partner, and all four men get into a big brawl. In the process of the huge brawl, BOOM, the ref gets taken out! Cornette goes to get back up and into the ring with his tennis racket, and he hits both Billy and Dogg from behind. He goes to nail Dogg as he turns around in pain, BUT DOGG CATCHES THE RACKET AND TAKES IT, AND HE DOES A LITTLE DANCE BEFORE GOING TO NAIL CORNETTE, BUT MX ATTACK HIM FROM BEHIND! They start double teaming Road Dogg now, using Cornette's racket -- "BREAK IT DOWN!", DX's music hits AND HERE COMES CHYNA, WE'RE GONNA EVEN THESE ODDS UP BAH GAWD! Chyna gets into the ring and she DARES Bart & Bob to get up and come after her, but a cocky Cornette says he's got this, and Corny steps up to Chyna -- AND CHYNA KNOCKS CORNETTE RIGHT THE FUCK OUT WITH ONE OF HER PATENTED FOREARM SMASHES! New MX go to grab Chyna and rough her up, BUT ROAD DOGG IS ABLE TO GET UP AND DUMP HOLLY OVER THE TOP AND THEY TUMBLE TO THE FLOOR! Chyna rushes over and stomps at Cornette, kicking him out of the ring. Both Gunn brothers get back up and Bart goes to charge with a big lariat, BUT BILLY DUCKS -- TURNS -- FAMEASSER CONNECTS! BILLY COVERS AS THE REF IS STIRRING -- ONE! TWO! THREE! CHAMPS RETAIN!
    Winners: ...and STILL WWF World Tag Team Champions, The New Age Outlaws (9:34)

    Post-match, the Outlaws celebrate with the belts & Chyna, and JR puts it over as the only real DX win of the evening, and it has to feel good after having the New MX as thorns in their side for weeks now. King reminds JR and the world that the Outlaws better enjoy it while it lasts, because with the title shot in their back pockets, the Outlaws have to worry about Kane & Mankind coming to collect at anytime!

    Backstage, the cameras cut to the trainer's room, where we see a very-much-in-pain Ken Shamrock laid up on the table getting his ankle examined. The trainer tries suggesting that Shamrock doesn't compete, but he refuses and scares the entire training staff off before hopping off of the table and wobbling out of the room to go get ready!

    Back at ringside, Jerry Lawler is getting into the ring with a microphone, and he recaps what's happened the past few weeks with that idiot Al Snow trying to get himself a meeting with Vince McMahon or perhaps even a job here, he's not sure, but it's gone on long enough. He knows he made a deal with Snow, and he knows that Snow thinks he's not being upfront about this promise, but he has been straightforward the whole time, and to prove that, he wants to call Al Snow out to this ring right now. He told him to show up here tonight this past week on RAW, he knows Snow is here, so he wants him to come on out right now. Lawler's taken a back when the old Rockers/current RNRX theme hits, but out comes Al Snow dressed as his old gimmick of Leif Cassidy, and he's even got Head dressed up as Marty Jannetty it would appear. Lawler shakes his head in disbelief, and Snow introduces himself as Leif Cassidy, and Marty Jan-Head-ty, THE NEW ROCKERS! Snow sarcastically shits on this gimmick, and says maybe it's what he needs to go back to, because this was the only time Vince McMahon would meet with him before and have him employed, maybe the WWF needs the New Rockers!

    Lawler starts to get serious and says he knows that Snow is a damn fine competitor, but he's not going to get a meeting with McMahon let alone job pulling stunts like this and all the other crap he's been doing the past few weeks. Al starts to get serious now as well, and says he knows Lawler is right, but he also knows that he's a liar and a scam artist, just like the "creative genius" Vince McMahon, so he accepted Lawler's invitation here tonight in order to make a CITIZEN'S ARREST! Two of them, actually. One, for Vince McMahon, for attempted murder for trying to kill off his career and the other for Lawler for lewd public content for lying to him! Lawler just shakes his head, and calls him insane, and says another thing, this stupid "Head" gimmick isn't doing him any favors now. So if he hands over the mannequin Head to him right now, he promises once and for all, to get him that meeting with Vince McMahon after the show tonight. Snow starts to consider it and looks to the crowd, who gets behind Snow to not do it. Lawler keeps urging Snow to follow along, and he finally reaches in to grab the Head -- BUT SNOW NAILS LAWLER WITH THE HEAD! SNOW HITS LAWLER WITH THE SNOW PLOW AND THEN HOLDS THE HEAD UP IN CELEBRATION! The security guards come running out to apprehend Snow, BUT SNOW STARTS HITTING THEM WITH THE HEAD, TOO! Snow dances around with the Head in an insane fashion, but here comes more security, so Snow bails out of the ring and over the guard rail, running out into the crowd!

    An ad for WWF In Your House: Fully Loaded on 7/26 airs.

    At commentary, JR is rejoined by Lawler who's still selling the effects of the Snow Plow, and he's quite pissed off, and warns Al Snow to never show his face around here again. They move on to recap the KOTR tournament thus far, showing the brackets:



    JR & Lawler go over the history between Shamrock and The Rock, dating back to December of 1997, going back even further if you include Shamrock's original issues with the Nation beginning back in September of 1997. It's also noted that, regardless of how the matches may have ended, technically, Ken Shamrock has never beaten the Rock, and he goes into this match severely injured. He came back not 100% healthy from the broken ankle at the hands of Owen Hart, which was ordered by The Rock at the beginning of their alliance. Shamrock made it through his qualifier against Kama and won his quarter final against Owen Hart via count-out, seemingly chasing him out of the building, only for Owen to return during Shamrock's Semi-Final match with Dan Severn, leading to Severn getting DQ'd and once again chasing Owen Hart away. The Rock, meanwhile, defeated Ron Simmons in his qualifier, got a hard fought victory over Vader, and an even harder fought victory over X-Pac in the Semi Finals to make it here tonight, where we are about to crown our 1998 King of the Ring.

    Both men make their entrances and there's a SUPER intense staredown before the match starts -- BREAK IT DOWN! Wait what?! It's Triple H! Hunter comes limping out from the back and walks around ringside, with the Rock pissed off that he's here, but Shamrock hasn't taken his eyes off of Rock. Hunter goes over and joins JR & King at commentary, and yells from commentary to Rock to turn around and worry about the damn match, and Hunter tells JR he's just here to get a front row seat to make sure the Rock gets what he has coming to him.

    Match #9: The Rock vs. Ken Shamrock [KING OF THE RING TOURNAMENT - FINALS]
    Good start as the bell rings, with both men trying to go at each other in a feeling out process. Rock tries to make his way down towards Shamrock's bad ankle -- BUT SHAMROCK SCARES THE HELL OUT OF HIM WHEN HE SWINGS A KICK HIS WAY WITH THE BAD LEG, AND SHAMROCK SEEMS LIKE HE MIGHT BE OKAY TO GO! Good exchanges off a ropes sequence with Shamrock ducking a Rock lariat and chucking him over the top rope to the floor. Rock takes a powder and re-groups, having the ref back Shamrock off, before he re-enters the ring. Wash, rinse, repeat of the opening parts of the match, and once again, Shamrock chucks Rock over the top rope, but not before Rock got a few licks in on Shamrock to piss him off. Rock is again pissed off on the floor and wanders around, locking eyes with Triple H once more. He starts running his mouth towards him, and Hunter stands up, telling Rock to turn around and get back in the ring. Rock continues to jaw at him, so Triple H takes a drink of water AND SPITS IT IN ROCK'S FACE! Rock piefaces Triple H back down into his chair, AND TRIPLE H LUNGES AFTER HIM! The referee rushes out to hold Triple H back, and Shamrock comes out to the ringside area to attack The Rock from behind! Shamrock beats him around the way and slams his face into the steel post. He goes to whip him across into the guard rail, but Rock reverses it and sends Shamrock into it instead. He rams his back into it a few times before dropping him face first across the guard rail and sending it back inside. Rock starts trying move after move, and after every move or two, he'll go for a pin attempt with a ONE, TWO, KICKOUT! Shamrock's stays alive in this repeatedly! Shamrock manages to get a bunch of kicks and strikes in sporadically, but this is the Rock's match to control. Another ropes sequence sees The Rock planting Shamrock with the Spinebuster, and he sets up the People's Elbow! He hits the ropes, the People's Elbow connects! ONE! TWO! THRE-NO! Shamrock is STILL in this thing! Both men get back to their feet, and Shamrock cuts Rock off with a few more strikes and goes for a belly to belly, but Rock drops down and hits the ropes and comes back at Shamrock, hitting him with the Jump Swinging DDT!Another cover by the Rock, one, TWO -- THRE-NO! NO! NO! Shamrock just gets his arm up, and now The Rock is getting frustrated, and Triple H mocks him from commentary, which draws the ire of The Rock. Rock takes his time picking Shamrock up, but Shamrock bursts out a few more strikes and finally gets The Rock with that overhead belly to belly suplex, and both men are laid out on the mat! Rock's exhausted from the whole night, and now trying to put Shamrock away, meanwhile, Shamrock is just completely torn to shreds. They stumble up to their feet, another ropes sequence follows, and just like the beginning of the match, Shamrock sends Rock flying over the top to the floor! Shamrock tries to recoup in the ring, and on the floor, Triple H continues to run his mouth at Rock from commentary, and Rock gets up AND TAKES A SWING AT HUNTER AGAIN, SO HUNTER FINALLY HAULS OFF AND DECKS HIM, AND THE TWO RIVALS START GOING AT IT! JR yells that the Rock just provoked Triple H for the second time, and the referee rushes out to try and separate the two, but it's not working. Other officials run out and try to hold Triple H back and keep him away, but Rock keeps trying to break through and get to him.

    BUT HEY WAIT JUST A DAMN MINUTE, IT'S OWEN HART AGAIN! HOW THE HELL DID HE GET BACK INTO THE BUILDING FOR THE SECOND DAMN TIME! Owen comes sliding into the ring and HE CLIPS SHAMROCK'S ANKLE YET AGAIN! He stomps away on it and starts yanking and pulling on it, trying to re-break it. Owen quickly leaves the ring once The Rock starts to head back in with the ref, BUT TRIPLE H SEES OWEN, AND HE HASN'T FORGOTTEN A DAMN THING, AND TRIPLE H GOES AFTER OWEN, CHASING HIM TO THE BACK, AND OWEN HART IS CHASED FROM THE BUILDING FOR THE THIRD GOD DAMNED TIME TONIGHT! Rock gets back in the ring, he does a way too over-dramatic cover, ONE! TWO! THAT'S GOTTA BE IT! THRE-NO! HOW IN THE WORLD! SHAMROCK IS STILL IN THIS BEYOND BELIEF! The Rock flips out and screams at the referee, and he lifts Shamrock back up -- ROCK BOTTOM CONNECTS! ONE! TWO! THRE-NO! WHAT?! HOW?! HOW IN THE WORLD?! The Rock's eyes buldge out, he doesn't know what else to do. He lifts Shamrock back up and goes to the ropes, ready to hit another Jump Swinging DDT, BUT SHAMROCK PULLS HIM DOWN AND TRIES FOR A NORTHERN LIGHTS SUPLEX -- BUT ROCK REVERSES THE HOLD SET-UP, TWISTS SHAMROCK BACK AROUND -- SECOND ROCK BOTTOM CONNECTS! JUST FOR GOOD MEASURE -- ROCK HITS A *SECOND* PEOPLE'S ELBOW! THE COVER, THE HOOK OF THE LEG, THE COUNT -- ONE! TWO! THRE-SHAMROCK GETS THE ARM UP! The Rock is FURIOUS! He gets up to his feet and he yells at the ref, accusing him of a slow count, and he even lunges towards the ref! Rock goes over and stands atop Shamrock, bending down to talk trash in his face -- BUT SHAMROCK LOCKS HIS LEG AND GETS HIM WITH A TAKEDOWN, PERFECT SEGUE INTO AN ANKLELOCK, AND SHAMROCK HAS IT HOOKED IN! THERE'S NO ESCAPE! ROCK'S GONNA -- HE'S GONNA -- NO, HE'S TRYING TO WITHSTAND THE PAIN, HE'S TRYING TO GET TO THE ROPES, BUT SHAMROCK KEEPS THE HOLD LOCKED IN! HE'S GOT NO CHOICE -- THE ROCK TAPS! THE ROCK TAPS! THE ROCK TAPS!
    Winner: ...and the 1998 King of the Ring Winner, KEN SHAMROCK (12:49)

    Post-match, an emotional Shamrock celebrates, and the Rock slithers out of the ring and limps to the back, barely able to put any weight on his ankle, and distraught that his plan backfired, and he lost the KOTR to Ken Shamrock. Rock holds onto the IC Title as solace, but it wasn't enough this night, as Shamrock finally not only overcomes The Rock, but he does so through injury to become the 1998 King of the Ring! JR says that Shamrock's coronation will take place tomorrow night on RAW, and you have to wonder -- in years past, the KOTR has led to WWF Title shots and even wins, and could this be Ken Shamrock's time to become a soon-to-be WWF Champion?!

    A history package airs on the long standing, two plus year feud between The Undertaker & Mankind, and how it's laid dormant since April of1997, but tonight, they enter the next and possibly last chapter as they step into the confines of the Hell in a Cell.
    JR & Lawler do some last minute hype for the Undertaker/Mankind feud, as well as this match itself, the Hell in a Cell. And as they do so, the Cell begins to lower to the floor! As the Cell lowers, JR reminds us how this recent leg of the Mankind/Undertaker feud started, when Taker stepped up to be the Special Enforcer in the Main Event last month on PPV, cementing the fact that Mick Foley as Dude Love would not win the WWF Title that night. After "Dude Love" was fired, Mankind was brought back to cost the Undertaker a #1 contendership match against Kane on RAW just a few weeks ago. JR also reminds us that the last time this match OFFICIALLY took place, not counting the insane Tag encounter on RAW a few weeks ago, Shawn Michaels defeated the Undertaker thanks to the debuting Kane, however, the punishment that Shawn Michaels suffered in the match led many to believe was the reason that Shawn Michaels career has seemingly come to a hault since WrestleMania XIV. This is not a feud ender, this isn't ballet -- this is a career ending, life altering style of match-up here, and one of these men, perhaps even both, may end this night in the hospital, or even worse, the morgue.



    Match #10: The Undertaker vs. Mankind [HELL IN A CELL MATCH]
    Taker accepts Mankind's obvious challenge to come and meet him on the top of the cage. As Taker tries to climb over the edge, Mankind immediately starts punching and kicking at him, getting the early advantage. Mankind picks up the chair he brought up and whacks the Undertaker a few times. He tosses the chair over and goes to Piledriver Taker onto it, but Taker backdrops Mankind almost through the damned roof of the cell instead! Taker beats up on Mankind now, hitting him with a few violent chair shots across the head, but Mankind won't stay down. AND WITHOUT EVEN THINKING ABOUT IT, UNDERTAKER GRABS MANKIND AND HE --





    "GOOD GOD ALMIGHTY! GOOD GOD ALMIGHTY THEY'VE KILLED HIM! AS GOD AS MY WITNESS, HE IS BROKEN IN HALF!"

    THE UNDERTAKER HAS JUST THROWN MANKIND OFF THE TOP OF THE HELL IN A CELL! JR & King put over the levity and reality of this situation, and Mankind is damn near motionless on the floor, and Undertaker just stares down from the top of the cell.

    We see a ton of the replays from different angles, and the crowd is in shock, as is everybody else. Terry Funk finally comes rushing out and dives onto the rubble to try and help Foley out, peeling the pieces of the table that broke underneath of him away and check on him. He pulls the mask off of his face and tries to keep him concious. Vince McMahon, Commissioner Slaughter and a couple of other officials and referees come out as well to maintain law and order, and here come the EMT's and the entire WWF medical team who immediately start tending to Mankind. Vince & Slaughter look beside themselves, Vince especially. With Terry Funk's help, they all manage to lift Foley up to his feet after checking out his neck and head to see that he's stablized, and they move him to the stretcher. Slowly, the Cell raises up a bit so they can get the stretcher around the ringside area, and Taker continues to stand atop the cell, staring down at what he's done. We see a couple of more replays, and as the cage lowers back down, Taker starts to climb back down.

    But there's a commotion in the aisleway -- MANKIND HAS GOTTEN BACK TO HIS FEET, ALBEIT BARELY, AND HE'S STUMBLING BACK TOWARDS THE CELL! Taker is frozen on the side of the cage and in shock -- BUT ALRIGHT, LET'S KEEP GOING, AND BOTH MEN CLIMB BACK UP TO THE TOP OF THE CELL, GOOD GOD SOMEBODY STOP THIS! They meet back up top AND THEY START CLOBBERING EACH OTHER AGAIN! Taker headbutts Mankind dead on and hits him with another chairshot. He grabs Mankind back up to his feet and -- OH NO, NOT AGAIN!



    "THAT'S IT -- HE'S DEAD!"

    All of the officials that were in the aisleway storm into the ring now, with the doctors once again checking on Mankind. Terry Funk bursts back into the cage to tend to his friend, AND THE UNDERTAKER HOPS DOWN FROM THE OPENING IN THE CELL ROOF! Terry Funk gets up to him and tells Undertaker to back the Hell off, enough is enough -- BUT UNDERTAKER ATTACKS TERRY FUNK AND LAYS HIM OUT WITH A CHOKESLAM! Taker scares away all of the officials and medical professionals, and JR asks when is enough enough? Taker beats on Mankind some more and drags him to the corner, setting up for the rope walking attack, but Mankind's able to muster JUST enough up to hit the ropes and send the Undertaker tumbling off the ropes and down hard to the apron. Mankind falls into the corner and looks over as Slaughter has ordered that the match go on and the cage door be re-locked, and JR can't believe this!



    Mankind goes out to the floor after the Undertaker and manages to bumrush him hard into the side of the Cell, scraping his face along the metal as well. He goes over and tries to pick up a set of the steel steps, but he's in too much, specifically up in the shoulders and arms, to do as such, and he drops them. BUT TAKER PICKS THEM UP INSTEAD AND STARTS RAMMING THEM INTO FOLEY, TRAPPING HIM IN BETWEEN HIS STAIR SHOTS AND THE CELL WALL! He goes for a fourth time, but Mankind moves, and Taker rams the steps right back into himself when they hit the cage. Mankind grabs a steel chair from under the ring, and as Taker lifts the stairs back up, Mankind WHACKS the stairs with a chairshot to send them into Taker's head. Mankind manages to lift Taker's head up with his one "good" arm he has left and rakes his face across the cage wall again before sending him back inside of the ring along with the chair. Mankind goes full circle in this match, finally hitting the move he originally wanted to pull off, the pulling piledriver onto the steel chair back in the ring. Mankind tries pinning the Undertaker a couple of times, but he kicks out. We can now see, however, that Mankind has gotten just a morsle of revenge back on the Undertaker, because Taker is busted wide open across his hairline. Mankind grabs his head and punches away at the cut, suddenly getting this superhuman and unbreakable burst of energy. He wallops Taker with a chair shot and goes to cover him again, but Taker still kicks out, and Mankind goes back to working over the cut. He stumbles out to the floor, and JR continues to point out the type of horrible shape Mankind is in after all of this. Mankind reaches under the ring and pulls out a bag, and nobody knows what it is -- UNTIL HE EMPTIES IT ONTO THE CANVAS, REVEALING IT TO BE THOUSANDS UPON THOUSANDS OF THUMBTACKS! Mankind punches away at Taker, as Taker teeters back, almost falling onto the tacks. Mankind hits the ropes and goes to charge at Taker, but Taker blocks him with a chokeslam attempt, but Mankind knees himself free. He hits the ropes again, but Taker again fends him off with a kick to the gut. He goes for another Chokeslam, but Mankind drops down from behind and locks in the Mandible Claw from a rear naked choke position, almost, and he has Taker wearing down to a knee. JR brings up Mankind having the best Win/Loss record against the Undertaker, more than anybody else in this business. But just as he says that, Taker starts to hulk up out of the Mandible Claw, and Mankind stays on him. But Taker gets to his feet, and Mankind is still on him, now only literally, as he's attached himself to Taker's back to keep the Claw hold applied -- SO TAKER TAKES A FEW STEPS BACK AND FALLS, SENDING MANKIND BACK FIRST INTO HIS OWN THUMBTACKS! BUT SOMEHOW -- MANKIND GETS BACK TO HIS FEET! JR suggests that perhaps after all of this, his body is just in shock, and he is feeling absolutely no sensations at all right now, good or bad. He goes back after Taker, BUT TAKER GRABS HIM AND HE CHOKESLAMS HIM RIGHT BACK INTO THE TACKS, GOOD GOD IN HEAVEN!



    AND STILL -- HOW IN GOD'S NAME IS MANKIND GETTING BACK UP! BUT THIS IS IT -- TOMBSTONE ATTEMPT COMING UP, TAKER NAILS IT, AND THAT'S GOTTA BE ALL! ONE! TWO! THREE! GOD HAVE MERCY, IT IS OVER.
    Winner: The Undertaker (17:00)

    "THEY GAVE EVERYTHING IN THEIR BODIES, THEY GAVE YOU OF THEIR SOULS HERE TONIGHT!"

    Post-match, The Undertaker stands around for a while over top of Mankind, looming, but he eventually does the right thing and leaves to the back to a huge ovation. JR says regardless of what just happened, the Undertaker too was put through Hell and back, and he's barely walking out of here. But as JR says that, the Cell lifts back up to the ceiling, and the medical team, officials and Terry Funk rush back into the ring to tend to Foley. They show a ton of replays of the biggest highspots of the match, including the three obvious ones, and then the finish.

    Back in real time, the officials, Funk, the medical team and Commissioner Slaughter have gotten Foley onto the apron, but he's refusing to go onto the stretcher. Funk, Slaughter and Earl Hebner get under his arms and help him off the apron and onto the floor, and Foley can't put on weight on his legs, much less use his arms -- the man can barely move. JR brings up the personal issues that Funk & Foley have after recent events, but those are being put aside because of what just happened, because of what we just witnessed here tonight. Funk yells at some of the fans, and it encourges them to FINALLY give Mick Foley what he's wanted, what he's earned, and what he's deserved more than perhaps anybody this entire time -- a rousing standing ovation! Even JR & King stand up and applaud, with JR saying whether you love him or hate him, that's up to you, but there's no way in Hell you cannot respect and admire what you just saw Mick Foley put his body through out here tonight.

    We see a recap of the McMahon/Austin situation, now with Kane fitting in as Vince's latest attempt to wrestle the WWF Title away from Stone Cold once and for all, and a big emphasis on the mind games being played, and just what exactly the Undertaker's role is in all of this.
    Before the match, we see Vince McMahon along with the Stooges watching from up in a skybox.

    We also see the cans of gasoline at ringside, because as promised, if Kane can't win, he will set himself on fire!

    Kane makes his way out first, and as promised, regardless of what happened on RAW, his father Paul Bearer is there by his side. Stone Cold's out next, but fuck an entrance. He tears his vest off in the aisleway and darts towards the ring. He slides in and IMMEDIATELY takes Kane down with a Thesz Press and starts hammering away as the match begins!

    Match #11: Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] vs. Kane [WWF World Heavyweight Championship] [FIRST BLOOD MATCH]
    Austin stays on top of Kane with punches and kicks, trying to keep him down, but Kane keeps sitting right up almost immediately. Austin finally picks up the WWF Title one of the times and BLASTS Kane in the head with it to send him down. He picks the big man up and whips him into the corner and starts stomping a mudhole, but Kane escapes, so Austin whips him across the other way. Austin starts to undo the top turnbuckle, but Kane attacks from behind and sends Austin sternum first into the steel buckle. Kane begins to work Austin over now with kicks and punches, each hit worse than the previous one, and Austin looking to be in no man's land early on. Kane lifts Austin up off of a ropes sequence and goes to set up a possible Tombstone, but Austin wiggles down behind him and rushes Kane towards the ropes, dumping him over the top! Kane lands right on his feet and immediately reaches in to grab Austin's legs and pull him out to the floor, where they continue to brawl. Kane goes to smash Austin's head into the steps, but Austin blocks and sends Kane slamming into the steps repeatedly. They continue to brawl all around ringside, and hey wait just a damned minute -- THE HELL IN A CELL IS BEING LOWERED?! WHO'S CONTROLLING THE DAMN SWITCH?! Kane & Austin fight through this, seemingly not paying attention to it. That is, until Austin goes to whip Kane into a set of steps, but Kane reverses and sends Austin flying FACE FIRST directly into the bottom of the cage as it continues to lower, and Austin goes down hard! The cell's getting closer to the ground, and with Austin laid out, Kane goes over and starts holding him down, HE'S TRYING TO GET THE CAGE TO LOWER ONTO AUSTIN'S NECK AND CHOKE HIM, TO ATTEMPT TO CRUSH THE LIFE OUT OF HIM! Austin yanks on Kane's hair and finally gets him to break free, scooting out of the way just in time, but Kane stays on top of him with the attacks on the outside of the ring. He sends Austin back into the steps, and then straight into the cage wall as it's lowered completely. But Austin gets a burst of energy and zooms off the cage wall and takes Kane with a couple of chops and punches. He hops up onto the apron and hits Kane with a front elbow to the head, and Kane turns and tumbles through the door, laid out half in the cage, half out -- AND NOW THE CAGE IS STARTING TO BE RAISED AGAIN?! AND KANE'S GOING UP WITH IT, AS HE DANGLES ACROSS THE BOTTOM PART OF THE CAGE DOOR! Austin ducks under the cage, and with Kane dangling there, he gets a bunch of stiff shots in, eventually making Kane fall hard to the ground a good 4-5 feet. Austin stays on top of Kane, and now they begin to brawl up the aisleway towards the entrance. Once they get up there, Austin starts throwing Kane into the set pieces, hoping anything could possibly bust him open if it connects right. He kicks him blatantly low and tries for a Piledriver onto the concrete, but Kane backdrops him instead. Austin forces himself back up quicker than normal and goes after Kane with some more blatantly low shots and tries to suplex him on the entryway, but Kane reverses it, suplexing Austin instead. Kane sits up, and now he starts abusing Austin with the set pieces instead, trying to bust him open, and as JR notes, that's going to be a whole helluva lot easier for Kane to do Austin than vice versa. Kane starts to brawl with Austin back to the rampway, and for the first time since before the match started, we catch a glimpse of the skybox, where Mr. McMahon is seen intently watching, and blatantly rooting for Kane to continue kicking the shit out of Austin. As they head back towards ringside, JR now lets us know that the cage has not gone any higher up, and is just dangling above 7-8 feet off the ground at this point. Kane walks slow enough that it gives Austin enough time to recouperate and return the attack on Kane, sending him back into the ring instead. Austin tries slamming Kanes face into the exposed turnbuckle from earlier, and he does it repeatedly. Not only does Kane stay standing, but no blood! He tries prying at Kane's mask, attempting to rip it off, but Kane takes a tumble to the floor rather than allowing him to do that. Austin follows after him and starts sending Kane into every sharp object and pointed angle he can find at ringside, attempting again to get a lucky strike and get something to bust open any part of Kane's body. He grabs objects off of JR & King's announce table and starts smashing them into the top of Kane's head and his hairline, but nothing's working, and JR begins wondering if Kane truly is indestructable. Kane starts to freak out at Austin's onslaught, so he blocks an oncoming shot with a choke to the throat and then just SHOVES Austin into the referee, sending the referee HARD into the guard rail, and the ref is out! Kane sends Austin back into the ring and goes back to beating him down now, following it up by going to the top rope and displaying his incredible athleticism by taking Austin down with a flying clothesline. He gets cocky and goes back up for a second try, but takes too long, and Austin gets up and side-steps it, sending Kane face first into the mat. He starts stomping a mudhole into Kane's face, trying to dig the hard mask Kane wears into his skin, again, hoping for a miracle to bust the Big Red Machine open. BUT WAIT JUST A BAH GAWD MINUTE -- MANKIND?! HOW IS HE STILL WALKING?! Mick Foley comes limping down the aisleway with a chair and slides in, but Austin intercepts him and starts beating him down. AND NOW THE CELL IS BEING LOWERED COMPLETELY AGAIN, WHO IS CONTROLLING THE DAMN THING?! Austin manages to hit Mankind with a Stone Cold Stunner, but he is fighting for his life. The ref is out, and it is 2 on 1 essentially. As soon as Austin gets back up from Stunnering Mankind, KANE IS THERE TO HIT AUSTIN WITH AN UPPERCUT! He grabs him by the throat, CHOKESLAM INCOMING -- NO! KICK TO THE GROIN, STUNNER TO KANE BAH GAWD! Austin tumbles to the floor and starts going under the ring, looking for weapons.

    AND HERE COMES THE UNDERTAKER NOW WITH A STEEL CHAIR! Austin grabs a chair himself and goes to slide back in the ring, and Mankind is stumbling back up. Taker slides into the ring, Austin's back up, and both men go to swing their chairs -- BUT MANKIND DUCKS, AND TAKER ENDS UP HITTING AUSTIN'S CHAIR, SENDING IT RIGHT BACK TO AUSTIN'S HEAD, AND AUSTIN GOES DOWN! Taker doesn't even have time to react as Kane goes to attack his brother, but Undertaker clotheslines Kane out to the floor. He goes back to attacking Mankind, and brawls with Mankind down to the floor and out of the Cell.

    But wait a minute -- The Undertaker lifts up the referee and rolls him back into the ring, and as he does that, we notice that Austin is COMPLETELY busted open from the "accidental" chair shot. JR wonders what the Hell is going on here, but Taker grabs one of the cans of gasoline from earlier -- AND HE STARTS DOUSING THE REFEREE WITH GASOLINE! JR yells that Undertaker can't bare to watch his brother set himself on fire, but he doesn't want his brother to be WWF Champion either, so he's going to take the referee out, but damnit, not this way! BUT BEFORE TAKER CAN TAKE THE NEXT STEP, KANE IS BACK IN AND NAILS TAKER WITH A CHAIR SHOT! Austin's pulled himself back up in the corner, but he is bleeding profusely. Kane goes to nail Austin with a chair for good measure, BUT AUSTIN GETS BOTH FEET UP TO SEND THE CHAIR INTO KANE'S FACE! HE RIPS THE CHAIR AWAY FROM KANE'S HANDS, AND HE WALLOPS KANE IN THE SKULL WITH THE HARDEST FUCKING SHOT EVER, AND JR YELLS THAT HAD TO OF BUSTED HIM OPEN! Austin, clearly not realizing the condition he is in personally, goes to keep nailing Kane with the chair -- BUT THE REF WAS REVIVED FROM THE COLD, SMELLY GASOLINE BEING POURED ON HIM -- AND AS HE SITS UP, HE SEES AUSTIN BLEEDING -- AND HE CALLS FOR THE BELL! NO! NO! NO! NO! DAMNIT NO! NOT THIS WAY! WHAT'S THE OFFICIAL WORD?!

    "THE WINNER OF THIS BOUT -- AND...NEEEEEEEEEW WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPION, KAAAAANE!"
    Winner: ...and NEW WWF World Heavyweight Champion, KANE (13:58)



    WAS IT AN ACCIDENT? WHAT IS GOING ON?! HOW IS -- DAMNIT. KANE IS THE WWF CHAMPION.

    AND AS THE PPV CLOSES, WE SEE AN APPROVING NOD AND SMILE FROM VINCE MCMAHON UP IN THE SKYBOX. IS THIS A CONSPIRACY?!

  11. #36
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Kane (Since 6/28/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    JUNE 29TH, 1998
    HAMILTON, ONTARIO, CANADA


    TONIGHT: KANE'S WWF TITLE CELEBRATION; KEN SHAMROCK'S KOTR CORONATION; THE UNDERTAKER'S EXPLANATION; JARRETT/X-PAC!

    As soon as the pyro dies down, the crowd's cheers immediately turn to boo's as the WWF Chairman, Vince McMahon makes his way out to the ring, with the Stooges & Commissioner Slaughter in tow. We get a shot of the ring, which has the ropes draped in decoration, a red carpet across the canvas, and the WWF Title in a glass display case. Vince says it gives him great pride to stand before you tonight. OH, WHAT A HAPPY DAY. They have a new WWF Champion. A NEW WWF CHAMPION! Today marks the dawning of a new era in the WWF. An era of popularity and prosperity, respect and dignity, and even civility. A giant breath of fresh air has cleansed the WWF of the foul mouth, of the unseemly hand gestures, and cleansed the WWF from the beer swilling. They have a champion who is a man among men. A champion whose lips have never so much as tasted an alcoholic beverage. A champion who has never uttered an obscenity in his entire life, and whose only hand gesture is to salute the flag of the United States. A role model and a champion for the new millennium -- HE GIVES YOU KAAAAAAAAANE!

    THE LIGHTS GO OUT! ARENA GOES RED! BOOM! AND HERE COMES THE UNSTOPPABLE NEW WWF CHAMPION, THE BIG RED MACHINE, KANE! Kane and Paul Bearer come out and Paul shakes all their hands. Paul says the WWF indeed is a place where dreams can come true. There's no way that anyone can understand what this occasion means to his son and himself this evening until you've walked a mile in his son's shoes. He was there for twenty long years and he watched his son, YOUR CHAMPION, sit in a room with pictures of his brother all around. He watches him watch WWF Superstars on Satuday and say "DAD, I WANT TO BE LIKE HIM!" He told him that he could be better than him! It's not wrong to dream. He was harassed and ridiculed and put down, but tonight, OH YEEEEES, for the first time, The Undertaker is standing in the shadow of his little brother.

    Vince ceremoniously takes the WWF Title out of the glass case and goes to hand it over to Kane -- BUT THE GLASS SHATTERS, AND A PISSED OFF RATTLESNAKE MAKES HIS WAY OUT! Austin grabs a mic and intimidates Vince and the Stooges into backing off, and Austin locks eyes with Kane. He says he'll make this short and sweet. That stipulation in the match was fine, BUT THAT BIG SON OF A BITCH NEVER BUSTED HIM OPEN. Did he get busted open? You're damn right, but it was The Undertaker that did it. He's out here because he wants a rematch with Kane, right here tonight. All he's gotta do is say yes. Vince says everyone would like to see it and Austin says to do it then. Kane stands there stoically, and Austin becomes enraged, yelling at him to take the stupid look off of what's left of his face and be somebody! Vince starts to smile, and he says that maybe Austin doesn't deserve it. Vince says it's fine with him if it's fine with Paul Bearer. Paul Bearer doesn't like the pressure, and he tosses the decision over to Kane, telling him to decide! Austin dares someone in this ring to have some guts. He asks Kane how it feels to have his big brother win the title for him and then hand it to him. Kane grows visibly angry through body language -- SO HE NODS HIS HEAD YES, BAH GAWD WE'VE GOT OUR REMATCH HERE TONIGHT!

    --------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    --------------------------------

    As both men make their entrances for the first match of the evening, we're reminded of their KOTR qualifier where Jarrett had his pre-match routine interrupted by Pac followed by Pac upsetting him to get the win. And then last night at the KOTR, in his semi final match against The Rock, X-Pac had it in the bag until Jeff Jarrett came out and cost him the match. This match was signed this afternoon, but Jarrett's refused to put the title on the line.

    1. X-Pac def. Jeff Jarrett with the X-Factor in a Non-Title Match in 8:48. Pac is pissed and goes immediately after Jarrett who keeps running and doing all of the wonderful BS heel tactics he's capable of, and Parker keeps the ref's attention a lot, as well. Pac's winded early after being in two hellacious matches just 24 hours ago, and now using early energy on chasing Jarrett, so Jarrett's able to wear him down once they finally start exchanging moves and holds, and Jarrett works the bad neck of Pac. But Pac's heart and perserverance keeps him alive in this, and no matter how many times Jarrett attempts a pinfall, Pac's able to kick out or find a way to the ropes. Jarrett finally gets Pac with a chop block and locks on the Figure Four, and Pac is in pain. Parker reaches in to pull on Jarrett's arms to give him leverage, but the ref sees it and kicks at their joined arms and it allows Pac to flip the hold and break it. Parker gets up on the apron to yell at the ref and Jarrett grabs his guitar out of the corner and turns to brain Pac, but Pac gets a morsel of revenge by kicking Jarrett right in the crotch and blocking the guitar shot. He hits him with the X-Factor and the ref turns to cover, and Pac gets the win!

    Post-match, Jarrett gets up and freaks out at the referee, as does Colonel Parker. Pac celebrates to the back and JR remarks that he's certainly earned himself a title shot now as well as gotten himself just a bit of revenge in a situation that's far from over. Jarrett & Parker continue to yell at the ref that Jarrett was low-blowed and how the ref kicked at Parker & Jarrett's arms, which JR says is a dumb argument, but Lawler points out they're right about the low blow, and JR counters with the argument of Jarrett preparing to use the guitar! Parker tries to calm Jarrett down because he really starts to lose it and get angry. Parker goes back to arguing with the ref, but Jarrett picks up the guitar -- AND HE BRAINS THE REFEREE WITH THE GUITAR, GOOD LORD! Parker can't believe it, and Jarrett grabs the European Title and stomps off to the back, with Parker freaking out about how much of a fine that's going to be!

    After a promo for the soon-to-be-debuting WWF Sunday Night HeAT, we get a shot of the crowd where EDGE~ is lurking around. JR says the MYSTERIOUS~ Edge hasn't wrestled since his debut, instead opting to watch and bide his time for the right moment, apparently. Whatever.

    Michael Cole is in the ring, and he welcomes out his guest, the 1998 King of the Ring winner, KEN SHAMROCK! Shamrock comes out in street clothes to a nice pop and is still favoring the bum ankle. After playing to the crowd a bit, Shamrock steps up so Cole can start the interview. He first congratulates him on winning the King of the Ring tournament despite tremendous odds and he asks how it feels? Shamrock says it's good to be king. He's competed in many fights in his career in the UFC and Japan, but competing in KOTR has been one of the hardest things that he's ever had to do and it's a great accomplishment. Speaking of great things, he has to give credit where credit is due to Rocky Maivia for showing something he hasn't seen in him before. He fought him one on one for once and he's not saying he agrees with all the bullcrap he did to him for months and they still have an issue, but he'll give him credit for being a true champion and warrior. Cole starts to bring up how, in the past, other King of the Ring winners have had themselves a guaranteed WWF Title match, and he wonders if Shamrock is going to attempt to take advantage of that -- BREAK IT DOWN! DX's music interrupts, and Triple H comes out to the ring with Chyna! Triple H says he doesn't want to rain on anyone's parade, and he'll give Kenny all the credit in the world for winning the tournament -- because if there's somebody who knows what it takes, it's Triple H, the winner of last year's tournament. But when Cole brought up the title shot, it got him thinking how he never got that WWF Title match because of extenuating circumstances, like how he was carrying the ball for someone else at the time. Regardless, he says while it's great that Kenny got the job done last night, that doesn't make him the best, and he's got a long line ahead of him before he should even think of getting a WWF Title shot, and you're looking at the man in front of that line! He's been preoccupied with having too much fun lately, but it's about time he took back control of his career and worked his way to the top where he belongs. Therefore, maybe it's brazen considering they're both pretty banged up -- but he's challenging Kenny to the first ever King of Kings match, HERE TONIGHT, to determine who is the end all be all KING of the World Wrestling Federation! Shamrock goes on a rant about the honor and integrity that comes with being the King of the Ring, and basically repeating a lot of what he said to start, and Triple H mocks him for that. Shamrock doesn't like that, and he tells Hunter he has a match tonight. He goes to shake Triple H's hand, but Triple H tells him to SUCK IT and leaves! SHAMROCK/HUNTER -- KING OF KINGS -- TONIGHT!

    --------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    --------------------------------

    KING OF THE RING, LAST NIGHT: We see clips of Val & TAKA defeating Kai En Tai even though TAKA took more punishment for the second time in a row.
    2. TAKA Michinoku [c] def. Dick Togo to retain the WWF Light Heavyweight Championship with the Michinoku Driver in 5:39. All of Kai En Tai including Yamaguchi-San were barred from ringside for this. Togo worked TAKA over, including his midsection and back, and had a couple of good throws on the LHW Champ before setting up the Back Senton, but TAKA got his knees up. As much as it hurt him, he was able to capitalize from there and go on a finishing run, hitting an Asai Moonsault and Michinoku Driver to retain the title.

    Post-match, almost like clock work, and TAKA even expected it, the rest of Kai En Tai came out with Yamaguchi, who was violently dragging his wife along, and Teioh & Funaki began the beatdown on TAKA. He tried to fight them both off, but Togo got back in and made it a 3 on 1. Luckily, he was quicker with the take this time, because Val Venis comes bolting out from the back and gets a few licks on each Kai En Tai member before they bail, and in a fit of fear, Yamaguchi even winds up leaving his wife in the ring! Val grabs a microphone and tells Yamaguchi-san to wait right there. Val reminds Kai En Tai and Yamaguchi-San of the beatdown they did on TAKA back on June 15th in Cleveland, and how much like tonight -- they left one important piece of the puzzle behind, ripe for the plucking. Yamaguchi is confused, and Val says since they're clearly lost in translation here, allow him instead just to introduce Yamaguchi-San to witness the world premiere of his next film "Land of the Rising Venis"!

    On the Titantron, we see Val in bed and the covers moving a bit near his midsection and lower area -- and yeah, I'm not going to be writing this out too descript, but anyway, after making some snide remarks about how he was trying to screw Yamaguchi, he just didn't specify which one -- AND MRS. YAMAGUCHI STICKS HER HEAD OUT FROM UNDER THE COVERS! Val lets out a satisfied groan and they cuddle as Val says "Sionayra, Yamaguchi-San", and the flick ends!
    Back in real time, Yamaguchi-san damn near faints and is caught by the Kai En Tai members who help him to the back and scream back at Val. Val turns towards Mrs. Yamaguchi and they embrace and begin to kiss, and Val carries her out of the ring and to the back, presumably to make as Lawler calls it "the sequel". Back in the ring, TAKA's back up and looks confused at all of this, and the ref checks on him after the beatdown as Val whisks Mrs. Yamaguchi to the back.

    We cut backstage, where the cameras join in on Mr. McMahon confiding in his stooges and Commissioner Slaughter how pissed off he is that this rematch is going down, and Kane better make damn sure he does whatever it takes to keep that title. A door goes FLYING open suddenly, AND TERRY FUNK GOES LUNGING AT VINCE! YEAH, GET HIM! The Stooges get in the way, and security rushes over. A few of the guards usher Mr. McMahon away, while the Stooges, Slaughter and the rest of security hold Funk back. Slaughter threatens Funk with a suspension, and Funk tells him to do his worst. Brisco tries to reason with him, bringing up their past in this business, and tells Terry to let it go and move on while he still has a career. Funk says he'd call Brisco yellow if he wasn't already a damn, dirty redskin! Brisco goes to lunge at Funk now, but Slaughter and Patterson hold him back. Patterson pulls back on Brisco from the waist, and Funk says that's the type of position he's used to seeing Pretty Pat in, and now Patterson goes after Funk! Slaughter yells at security to get Funk the hell out of here, and Funk is drug away while threatening to kill all of them and McMahon as well!

    --------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    --------------------------------

    3. Ken Shamrock def. Triple H in a King of Kings Match with a Belly to Belly Suplex in 7:26. These two go right at it in this proverbial pissing contest, and Hunter goes after Shamrock's ankle, but he's got himself well protected and goes after Hunter with some strikes and throws, and then goes after Hunter's old knee injury in revenge. Back and fourth for a while, and Shamrock starts to GET IN THE ZONE~ But Owen Hart's voice is suddenly heard on a mic, and we see him out in the crowd! He dares Shamrock to come after him, but Owen's got a ton of security with him, so of course he's going to be a big man now. Shamrock tries to leave the ring and ACTUALLY go after Owen regardless, and the ref tries getting Shamrock back into the ring. BUT IT'S A DIVERSION, BECAUSE THE ROCK COMES BOLTING OUT TO THE RING, SLIDES IN AND NAILS TRIPLE H WITH THE IC TITLE! Rock runs his mouth as he heads back up the rampway, and Shamrock eventually gets back into the ring, still with his eyes on Owen. Triple H stumbles back up, out of it on his feet, and he walks right into a Belly to Belly from Shamrock who goes for what he views as a routine cover...but it gets the three count, and Shamrock's confused.

    Post-match, once Shamrock is up and has his arm raised, he looks to see the Rock up on the stage running his mouth still, and Shamrock rips his arm away from the ref, not happy about this type of victory at all. The Rock yells down from the ramp that Shamrock better watch his candy ass because they ain't through with each other yet either -- AND FROM THE SIDE, X-PAC AND THE OUTLAWS LAY OUT THE ROCK ON THE STAGE! They start to put the boots to him, but quite quickly, Mark Henry, D'Lo & Godfather rush out to the stage to even it up. Shamrock leaves the ring to go join in on the melee -- BUT OWEN HART HOPS THE RAILING, HE MADE HIS WAY DOWN AND HE BLINDSIDES SHAMROCK, SENDING HIM INTO THE POST! He whips him into the steel steps hard and then kicks the steps over onto Shamrock's bad leg, before rolling Shamrock into the ring AND LOCKING HIM IN THE RINGPOST FIGURE FOUR! All hell has broken loose and tons of officials come out to break it apart as we head to break!

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see a recap of Rock & Owen's involvement in Triple H/Shamrock, as well as the post-match melee' involving DX, the Nation and Shamrock.
    We head backstage, where Owen Hart is walking fervently towards the exit, having made his exclamation on the evening. Michael Cole catches up with him to grab a quick word, and Owen says he just proved to the world that HE'S the TRUE King, he's the greatest King of the Ring winner of all time, he's spent the past year beating both of those idiots in the ring, and he reigns supreme, and Shamrock's lucky he didn't get a chance to break his ankle a second time. Cole goes to ask another question, but Owen looks past him in the distance, the camera turns -- AND DAN SEVERN IS MAKING A B-LINE FOR OWEN, HE'S PISSED ABOUT OWEN GETTING HIM DQ'D LAST NIGHT IN THE KOTR TOURNAMENT! OWEN ISN'T STICKING AROUND TO FIND OUT WHAT'S COMING NEXT, AND HE BAILS OUT OF THE ARENA WITH SEVERN STILL IN HOT PURSUIT!

    KING OF THE RING, LAST NIGHT: We again see footage of the Undertaker getting involved in the Main Event, eventually costing Austin the WWF Title, but we're still uncertain whether it was on purpose or not. We're also shown some still shots of his HIAC match against Mankind, who is not here tonight for obvious reasons.
    Michael Cole is in the ring and he welcomes out his guest, The Undertaker! Taker comes out to what can still be construed as a big pop, but there is a noticable scattering of jeers spread thinly throughout, and JR makes note of it. Cole says people think he owes them an explanation for his interference last night. Taker takes a long pause before stepping up and saying he owes nobody anything, but he'll tell people why he came to the ring last night. It's common knowledge that he and his brother Kane have no love lost, and that's mainly because of the manipulation of Paul Bearer. The day may come where Kane and he have to destroy each other, and so be it, but he was not about to sit back and watch his little brother set himself on fire because he wants to live up to his legend. So he did what he did -- he did what he had to do.

    Cole takes a breath, knowing what he's about to say may cost him his life, but he continues on and says that the Undertaker did cost Stone Cold the WWF title. Taker glares at Cole for a long second before repeating himself, saying that he did what he had to do. Vince McMahon's voice is suddenly heard on the speakers, and he comes out on the stage with a microphone and a confused look on his face. Vince asks if he's supposed to believe he has compassion? He says that's not why he did it, the Undertaker did it because he thinks he can beat his brother Kane for the title and because he DOESN'T think he can beat Stone Cold Steve Austin! He is singularly the most vile, contemptible, and evil individual that the Devil ever placed on this Earth! But listen to this, Deadman -- Hell hath no fury greater than what he will find if he interferes tonight in the Main Event, that's a warning, heed it! Taker doesn't like that at all and Vince tries to stay tough, but as Taker leaves the ring, Vince bolts immediately to the back, and Taker marches off as we head to break.

    --------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    --------------------------------

    Barry Windham comes out with Jim Cornette, both looking over their shoulders for Bradshaw after what happened on the Free For All last night. Tommy Dreamer comes out next for their match, but the New MX rush out and attack Dreamer from behind in the aisleway! The ref goes out to try and stop them, but Windham gets in his way and they have an argument. New MX destroy Dreamer on the floor -- but finally, here comes LOD 2000, and they attack New MX and brawl to the back! Windham drags Dreamer into the ring and goes to pin him. The ref refuses to count, so Windham gets up and threatens him, eventually getting him to comply. BUT DREAMER KICKS OUT!

    4. Tommy Dreamer def. Barry Windham via roll-up in 2:57. Windham's pissed now because the ref took too long, so Windham takes his anger out on Dreamer, beating the oft-injured superstar up for the next couple of minutes. He calls to Cornette for the racket, and he's going to give Dreamer what the NWA's had waiting for him for a while now. Windham takes the racket, and Cornette gets up to distract at the referee. Windham cockily takes a few tennis swings through the air before lining up to nail Dreamer -- BUT BRADSHAW SLIDES IN FROM UNDER THE RING AND HE DESTROYS WINDHAM WITH A BIG LARIAT! HE SLIDES OUT AND MARCHES OFF, AND DREAMER GETS WINDHAM'S LEGS OFF THE MAT WITH HIS SHOULDERS DOWN AND HE GETS THE BIG WIN!

    Post-match, Cornette can't believe it and Windham is out cold! Bradshaw laughs and yells down at both Cornette and Windham, and the ref helps Dreamer out of the ring.

    Backstage, Kevin Kelly is cautiously standing by with new WWF Champion Kane, who has the title proudly over his shoulder, and Paul Bearer, who looks concerned. Kevin notes that while all of the fans of the WWF are happy that Kane agreed to this rematch, one has to wonder why Kane would agree to it especially so soon? Kane lifts the voice box gimmick up to his throat, and he bluntly says that he took Stone Cold's challenge because he's a better champion than his brother ever was or ever will be again!

    -----------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------------

    Back from break, JR & King go to recap what Kane & Bearer just said, as well as hype the Main Event and it's implications, but the camera suddenly focuses in on none other than Al Snow in the crowd, holding Head by the hair with his teeth, and holding up various signs reading "LET AL SNOW ON TV!"; "GIVE AL A MEETING WITH VINCE!" and JR's personal favorite "LEIF CASSIDY WAS A TERRIBLE GIMMICK AND I'M TIRED OF BEING BURIED ALL I WANT IS A CHANCE SO PLEASE JUST LET ME TALK TO MR. MCMAHON AND I WON'T PUT MY HANDS ON ANYBODY", and Lawler is beyond annoyed after making HIS point last night at King of the Ring followed by Snow attacking him.

    Backstage, Kevin Kelly sees the Undertaker walking towards the gorilla area and he rushes up to try and get a word, asking him if this means he's heading to the ring, or if he's going to heed Mr. McMahon's warning? Undertaker glares at him and makes him back off, before saying that he'll do whatever he wants to do, and he walks off into the distance!

    5. Stone Cold Steve Austin def. Kane [c] to WIN the WWF World Heavyweight Championship in 11:19. It's that BIG FIGHT FEEL~ Really fun TV match, so go check it out on the Network if you'd like. Austin throws everything he has at Kane from the outset to try and wear the monster down, and he gets some work in, but ends up wearing himself out in the process. Kane starts to tear Austin apart limb from limb, and that's when the Undertaker makes his way out to the stage and watches with his hands on his hips. Kane continues to dismantle Austin back in the ring, as well as outside of it as well. Kane tries to reopen Austin's cut from the previous night, but Austin holds him off and that's when he starts his comeback. Kane still hasn't left his feet and he shoves Austin back to the ropes during a Lou Thesz Press attempt. Austin bounces back and Kane goes for a boot, but Austin ducks, spins him around, kick to the gut, WHAM, Stone Cold Stunner connects, and Austin hooks the leg! ONE! TWO! THREE! AUSTIN REGAINS THE TITLE!

    Post-match, Austin barely has any time to celebrate, as he notices the Undertaker already in the process of walking down and into the ring. Taker locks eyes with Austin and slowly steps into the ring. JR wonders what's going to happen here, but as Taker takes the slightest step forward -- AUSTIN KICKS TAKER IN THE GUT AND GETS HIM WITH THE STONE COLD STUNNER IN REVENGE FOR LAST NIGHT BAH GAWD! Austin grabs the title and starts to celebrate to the back. He turns around to survey the damage he's left behind -- BUT KANE AND THE UNDERTAKER SIT UP AT THE SAME EXACT TIME! Austin's taken aback briefly as both brothers get to their feet, paying no attention to each other, but keeping their eyes locked on Austin. Austin shakes off the slight spook AND HE FLIPS THEM BOTH THE BIRD AS RAW COMES TO A CLOSE!




    WWF IN YOUR HOUSE 23 - FULLY LOADED (7/26) CARD:

    TBA!

  12. #37
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Stone Cold Steve Austin (Since 6/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    JULY 6TH, 1998
    SASKATOON, SASKATCHEWAN, CANADA


    TONIGHT: OWEN/SEVERN; THE UNDERTAKER PLANS TO CALL OUT STONE COLD; DX HAS A SURPRISE FOR THE NATION!

    The Undertaker comes out to open the show and takes the microphone. He talks about last week and goes to explain himself, but then seems to remember he doesn't owe anybody any sort of explanation for anything he does around here. Instead, he's out here to not beg, not ask -- he's demanding a title shot, AND HE WANTS IT TONIGHT! Taker starts to pace around, thinking it's going to take a while to get an answer BUT THE GLASS SHATTERS ALMOST INSTANTLY AND A RED HOT AUSTIN COMES MARCHING DOWN THE AISLEWAY, ZERO FEAR, AND HE'S READY TO GIVE THE UNDERTAKER EXACTLY WHAT HE WANTS! Austin stomps into the ring and goes to grab a microphone, but before he can speak --

    VINCE MCMAHON'S VOICE INTERRUPTS THEM OVER THE PA, AND HE WALKS OUT TO THE STAGE LOOKING ANNOYED & CONFUSED. Vince says something's wrong with this picture, because the inmates are attempting to run the asylum. He asks who named The Undertaker the #1 contender and who the HELL Austin thinks he is?! He thinks he can come out here and defend the title whenever he wants to and against whoever challenges him?! No, damnit, he cannot. He defends the title when VINCE MCMAHON says he defends it. He defends it against an opponent of VINCE MCMAHON'S choice.

    However, since the two of them are hell bent to get it on, he's inclined to allow it to happen. As a matter of fact, at the Fully Loaded pay-per-view, they can be in the ring together and get it on, and he doesn't care if they tear each other apart. HUGE POP from the crowd, and both Taker & Austin seem legit pleased with this and they look back at one another. Vince interrupts the moment, however, adding an ammendment, saying that just so there's no misunderstanding, this won't be going down the way they'd think. Now everyone's confused.

    He COULD do this the easy way and let them fight, but they've both decided to do things the hard way, so -- at Fully Loaded, on July 26th...THE UNDERTAKER AND STONE COLD ARE GOING TO TEAM UP TO TAKE ON THE TEAM OF KANE AND MANKIND! BAH GAWD! Vince continues, adding that since The Undertaker is so hell-bent on being WWF Champion, that means he and every other WWF superstar will hang on his every word later tonight when he names a #1 Contender! And as for how he feels about Steve Austin once again being the WWF Champion? Well, there's only ONE WAY he can think of to describe that putrid feeling...



    Vince thinks he's hilarious, BUT AUSTIN MAKES A B-LINE OUT OF THE RING AND CHASES AFTER VINCE TO THE BACK. Taker stands there and watches them leaves, and seems shockingly pleased with everything Vince just said, which confuses JR & Lawler, and Lawler wonders if Undertaker actually understands he's not the #1 contender for sure.

    KING OF THE RING, EIGHT DAYS AGO: We see D'Lo Brown's injury at the hands of Dan "The Beast" Severn and how he had to be taken to a local medical facility after the event to recieve x-rays. It was determined that D'Lo suffered a torn pectoral muscle that D'Lo has told the WWF would require surgery, but he's going to fight through it with a medically prescribed chest protector. Lawler applauds D'Lo for being so courageous, but JR says he's been in this business long enough to know a rat when he sees one.
    1. D'Lo Brown def. Terry Funk with the Lo Down in 7:42. D'Lo's chest protector is as blatantly loaded as one would imagine, and JR is calling it an illegal weapon rather than a medical device, and Lawler lambastes him for it. Funk still has his way with D'Lo and gets him to the ground to stretch him out and JR says now we're REALLY going to see just how injured D'Lo is. The Godfather comes out to try and get involved, but Funk knocks him off the apron, and the ref is distracted by the Godfather's presence -- AND HERE COMES PAT PATTERSON AND GERALD BRISCO! Funk sees them coming and is ready for them as they slide into the ring and go to attack, but Funk stomps on Patterson's foot, jabs his thumb in Brisco's eye and then gets them with the double noggin knocker before throwing them both out of the ring. Funk starts screaming for McMahon, asking him if that's the best he's got to offer -- BUT WHEN HE TURNS, D'LO GETS HIM WITH A CRESCENT KICK! Funk goes down and starts to get back up, BUT THE STOOGES REACH IN FROM THE OUTSIDE AND HOLD FUNK'S LEGS DOWN, AND D'LO GOES UP TOP AND HITS THE LO DOWN! Funk almost goes unconcious from the impact, and JR yells about how all of this is wrong, between the Stooges and this damn chest protector, and to the shock of everyone, D'LO BROWN GETS THE BIG WIN OVER TERRY FUNK! I THINK YOU BETTA RECOGNIZE!

    Post-match, Godfather is back up and pulls D'Lo out, and D'Los eyes buldge out of his head when Howard Finkel announces him as the winner, and Godfather raises D'Los arm in the aisleway, with JR mockingly congratulating him for beating a former NWA Champion and one of the all time greats. Funk starts to get back up and his midsection is badly hurt from that chest protector'd Lo Down, and the Stooges come back in to put the boots to Funk. BUT THE MIDDLE AGED AND CRAZY ONE STARTS FIGHTING THROUGH THE PAIN AND EVEN BITES PATTERSON ON THE BRIDGE OF THE NOSE! Commissioner Slaughter comes running out to try and get a handle on things, BUT FUNK TAKES HIM DOWN TOO! Funk rips off Slaughter's belt from his pants AND HE STARTS WHIPPING ALL THREE OF THE STOOGES! AND THEN HE STARTS CHOKING SLAUGHTER WITH THE BELT, TIGHTENING IT AROUND HIS NECK -- HE'S TRYING TO KILL SOMEBODY, TERRY FUNK HAS HAD ENOUGH, HE HAS LOST IT! HE'S SCREAMING FOR MCMAHON! Much to Funk's chagrin, however -- Vince McMahon does indeed come out to the stage, but it's with a few of the local police department, AND THEY RUN OUT AND SUBDUE TERRY FUNK! Vince orders Funk arrested, saying that he wants to press charges against him, and to get him the Hell out of the arena, and they do just that! Funk spits on McMahon's feet as he's drug past him, and Vince takes the shoe off and hands it to a beaten up Brisco, telling him to get it cleaned. YASSIR MISTER MACMAHON.

    --------------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    --------------------------------------

    Scott "Too Hot" Taylor is in the middle of making his entrance as we return from break with "Too Sexy" Brian Christopher by his side, and they're all hugging and shit. TAKA Michinoku comes out and we're about to have a Light Heavyweight Championship match. TAKA's even brought back up with him in the form of Mr. Aguila. OH NO. LIGHTS OUT. ARENA RED. BANG. IT'S THE BIG RED MACHINE DAMNIT, HERE COMES KANE! OH GOD AND LOOK WHO'S BACK WITH HIM, IT'S MANKIND, AND THE JOLLY FAT MAN HIMSELF PAUL BEARER. THE FAMILY IS BACK TOGETHER. As fearful as this scene is, JR can't help but give Mankind his just due after the performance at the King of the Ring, and it's noticable that Mankind is still not 100% from that match as he's having trouble walking. BUT THAT DOESN'T STOP KANE OR MANKIND FROM DESTROYING ALL FOUR MEN THAT ARE ALREADY IN THE RING BAH GAWD NO IT DOES NOT! Kane & Mankind absolutely DEMOLISH Too Much, Aguila and the Light Heavyweight Champion TAKA Michinoku, hitting them with their finishers and even bringing in chairs to add to the carnage. Mankind starts chucking guys out of the ring before Kane finally lifts TAKA up and LAWN DARTS HIM out of the ring onto the pile of the other three light heavyweights! Mankind waddles around making funny sounds, and Paul Bearer is filled with joy as Kane sets off his pyro. Lawler isn't sure what to make of this, but JR says it's clear as day to him, this is Kane and Mankind trying to make their respective cases to be the #1 contender when Mr. McMahon makes his announcement a bit later tonight!

    --------------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    --------------------------------------

    We see a mix of footage in the next package, as it shows Owen Hart originally hurting Ken Shamock, Shamrock returning for a first round match against Owen at the KOTR only for Owen to scramble from the arena and then return later that night and attack Shamrock, which in return cost Dan Severn his match against Shamrock. An irate Severn chased Owen out of the arena this time, and he again went after Owen on RAW last week, following Owen's sneak attack on Shamrock for the second time in 24 hours. However...

    EARLIER TONIGHT: Ken Shamrock is shown limping into the arena with his luggage and being greeted at the door by the Stooges & Commissioner Slaughter. They try to get him to leave, saying he's not booked tonight and he needs to heal up, but Shamrock audibly gets away with saying BULLSHIT and he's not leaving until he gets his hands on Owen. Slaughter informs him that Owen already has a match with Dan Severn tonight, and Shamrock says he never said he was going to wrestle him, and he limps off.
    Owen comes out with D'Lo and the Godfather behind him, and he seems confident enough with them as his back-up. JR notes that The Rock is not here for the second week in a row, still recovering from the long night he had at the King of the Ring, but he would be returning to RAW is WAR next week!

    2. Owen Hart def. Dan Severn via DQ in 3:14. Severn comes out and immediately locks eyes with D'Lo. D'Lo looks down at his chest, back at Severn -- AND D'LO BAILS TO THE BACK! Severn watches him leave, and Owen attacks from behind. Owen has an early advantage, but Severn starts getting Owen with a bunch of throws and suplexes and takes him to the mat. He keeps trying to stretch him out, but luckily for Owen, his training at the Dungeon is enough to give him proper awareness of his ring presence and escape quickly before any holds are locked in. Owen rolls to the floor after avoiding one such hold, and Severn finally goes after him. The Godfather goes to get in Severn's way, and for the second time tonight already, the Godfather gets knocked on his ass by somebody. Severn goes to murder the Godfather, but the referee rushes out to get in between them. Owen slides back into the ring and starts screaming for the ref to count Severn out and give him the win -- BUT HEY FROM BEHIND, KEN SHAMROCK RUSHES IN AND NAILS OWEN HART FROM BEHIND WITH A STEEL CHAIR SHOT TO THE BACK! Shamrock grabs the downed Owen by the leg, AND HE LOCKS HIM IN THE ANKLELOCK! The ref turns to see this after getting Severn to go back to the ring, AND THE REF CALLS FOR THE BELL AND THE DQ!

    Post-match, Shamrock has that crazed look on his face and continues to keep Owen locked in the Anklelock, he's finally got his hands on him and he's going to try and break Owen's ankle just like he did to him! But once Severn realizes he's been DQ'd and lost another match -- SEVERN SHOVES SHAMROCK OFF OF OWEN AND THE TWO OLD ULTIMATE FIGHTING FOES GO FACE TO FACE BAH GAWD! The ref tries to get in between them, but they both shove him away. Owen uses this chance to scurry across the ring and crawl out, before limping to the back and escaping any further damage. Shamrock sees this and gets pissed off, and turns back to yell at Severn. Severn stares Shamrock down and calmly leaves the ring, but NEVER takes his eyes off of him, and Shamrock even invites Severn to get back into the ring if he wants to.

    At commentary, JR & King try to calm down after all of that craziness, and JR brings up the common theme here in the WWF of lately of some of it's veteran talent claiming that they're getting mistreated and having grudges to hold with management. He's not in any place to agree or disagree, because quite frankly, he doesn't want to lose his job, but he urges us to take a look at this footage from earlier today and tells the fans to honestly be the judge here. He reminds us about Ron Simmons' interview a few weeks ago where he had mentioned some of his displeasures with the WWF, followed by his placement at the King of the Ring PPV on an untelevised dark match.

    EARLIER TODAY: We see Ron Simmons pulling up to the arena in his rental car, getting out and gathering his things, and starting to make his way towards the arena here in Saskatoon. He barely gets ten feet away from his vehicle before Commissioner Slaughter makes his way out with a hoard of security and stops Simmons in his tracks. Slaughter tells Simmons that his services will not be needed here tonight, he is being sent home by order of Mr. McMahon. Simmons calls the whole situation BS, and says it's because he said what he said a few weeks ago, isn't it? Slaughter neither confirms or denies this, but he does add on that he will be not be getting paid for this evening, and the cost of both that rental car and his flight back to the United States are on his own dime. Simmons demands to talk to Mr. McMahon, because this is all a misunderstanding. Yeah, he's frustrated, but he's been loyal to this company for five years now, and this is the thanks he gets? Slaughter reaffirms his position and security steps up, eventually forcing an irate and embarassed Simmons back into his rental car, driving away from the arena!
    Back at commentary, JR & Lawler open up a bit about the situation. JR says again, he's not going to put himself in a position to agree or disagree with the notions being laid out there by the likes of Ron Simmons, but he's got a heavy heart for guys like Ron Simmons, guys like Terry Funk, guys like Dustin Rhodes who have given their all for this business and this company through some really hard times, and one thing he will say is that damnit, it's just not right. Lawler starts to chime in with some honest opinions about the so-called "veteran" status in the business, and says that he's been all over the world to wrestle, and if there's one thing he's learned, you're only as good as the last house you drew, and in Mr. McMahon's mind, clearly the three of them and probably a lot of others aren't cutting the mustard arou -- LAWLER'S SUDDENLY SHUT UP WHEN AL SNOW BARRELS OVER THE BARRICADE FROM BEHIND AND STARTS BEATING THE SHIT OUT OF LAWLER, FUCK YEAH FINALLY! Snow tumbles over the announcer's desk and takes Lawler with him, and he's rolling around punching away, AL SNOW'S FINALLY SNAPPED ON LAWLER AFTER WEEKS OF BEING LED ALONG AND HUMILIATED! Security comes BOLTING out from the back and they pull Snow away, and he's got this demented smile on his face and "HELP ME" written backwards on his head for the first time. A pissed off Lawler gets up and goes after Snow, but security ends up holding Lawler back as well, and this gives Snow a chance to push his way through and escape back through the crowd, with a few of the guards going after him, and the rest staying back to keep Lawler calm and get him back to his spot on commentary.

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see the tail end of what Lawler was saying during the commentary discussion before he was abruptly cut off by Al Snow coming from behind in the crowd and attacking him, eventually getting away during a scuffle with security involved.

    DURING THE BREAK: Slaughter and other WWF officials were at ringside to try and calm Jerry Lawler down, but he was fuming, I'm talking early 80's Memphis fuming, and he was even yelling at Slaughter about these unsafe working conditions. Slaughter reasoned with him, and the camera hears Slaughter telling Lawler to take the rest of the night off. Lawler says that when and if they find Snow, he either wants to get him alone in a room or he wants charges pressed, because this is ridiculous.
    Back at commentary, Michael Hayes has come out to join Jim Ross because fuck Michael Cole.

    We see clips of the Vader/Mark Henry KOTR qualifier a few weeks ago, as well as Mark Henry costing Vader his KOTR Quarter Finals match against the Rock at the KOTR PPV, leading to this match tonight.
    3. Big Van Vader vs. Mark Henry goes to a Double DQ in 4:53. Fuck yeah this rules for a few minutes, two big fat dudes just throwing themselves at one another, throwing their weight around and trying to over power the other, neither man really leaving their feet. JR brings up a great point on commentary about how this issue seems to be beyond big man vs big man. Vader's got a lot to prove after a rather lackluster 1998. This is a guy who Main Evented WrestleMania just last year and was one of the most dominant WWF Champions of all-time. And on the other side, Mark Henry had to work back from a devestating injury, be retrained in this sport and he's trying to make a name for himself, a career for himself, and what better way to do that than at the expense of the Mastadon. But unfortunately, tonight's not that night for either man --

    *GONG*

    THE LIGHTS GO OUT!

    AND WHEN THEY COME BACK ON, THE UNDERTAKER IS STANDING IN THE RING! Vader was knelt in the corner after an earlier splash from Mark Henry, and Taker goes RIGHT AFTER Mark Henry and gets the big man up for a Chokeslam bah gawd! He turns his head quickly towards Vader, and Vader gets himself back up and goes face to face with his old nemesis. Vader isn't going to just let anyone else make a name for themselves on his legacy anymore, SO HE THROWS THE FIRST PUNCH! Taker and Vader start brawling for a minute or so, but a hot Undertaker gets the advantage and starts really roughing Vader up with big punches and finally lays him out with a Chokeslam as well! Taker paces around the ring and the crowd is going nuts for him. He finally leans over the ropes and yells at JR & Hayes that he wants McMahon back out here NOW! JR says he can't control that, he's got nothing to do with that. Taker repeats himself, and JR again explains that's not something he can just up and do. SO TAKER MARCHES OUT TOWARDS COMMENTARY AND STARTS YELLING AT JR!

    The crowd starts buzzing and Taker turns around to see an angry Vince McMahon stomping down the aisleway with the Stooges & Slaughter behind him. Taker gets into the ring and he orders McMahon to step in there with him. Vince has a mic and tells the Undertaker for the LAST TIME, he does NOT call the shots around here, NOBODY calls the shots around here except Vince McMahon, damnit! Doesn't the Undertaker realize he's got enough on his damn plate tonight?! He's had to have Terry Funk arrested, he's got security scanning the arena looking for Al Snow while other officials are calming down Jerry Lawler, he's got other officials trying to separate Ken Shamrock and Dan Severn in the back. He's a man of his word, and he said he was going to give the announcement of the #1 contender, BUT IT'S GOING TO BE ON HIS TIME, NOT JUST BECAUSE THE UNDERTAKER OR ANYONE ELSE WANTS TO COME OUT HERE AND START RUTHLESSLY ATTACKING INDIVIDUALS AND THREATENING EMPLOYEES!

    But with that said...LIGHTS OUT! ARENA GOES RED, AND HERE COMES THE BIG HAPPY FAMILY! Kane, Mankind and Paul Bearer make their way out to the stage, and now Vince McMahon is trapped at the base of the entryway, with Taker in the ring, and Kane, Mankind & Bearer at the stage. Bearer as a microphone and says enough of this charade, enough of the Undertaker throwing his temper tantrum about not being able to hold a candle to Kane or having to committ attempted murder to defeat Mankind -- they've waited long enough, and they will not wait any longer, Mr. McMahon needs to make his decision, and all due respect -- IT BETTER BE THE RIGHT ONE! Vince does one of his trademark big gulps as he sees Kane & Mankind staring him down, and he looks back to see the Undertaker's eyes still locked on him.

    Vince gets in a huddle with Slaughter, Brisco & Patterson and they're trying to figure a way out of this sticky situation. Vince finally tells the Stooges to shut up and he gets back on the mic with a bit more bravado in his face now. And says fine, they can have it their way. If they want to beat people up, if they want to look for fights in places they have no business being in -- IF THEY ALL WANT THE #1 CONTENDERSHIP SO BADLY, THEN THEY CAN FIGHT EACH OTHER FOR IT! BECAUSE IT'S ALL THEIR DAMN FAULT THAT THINGS ARE WHERE THEY ARE TO BEGIN WITH! KANE WITH THE IDIOTIC DECISION TO GIVE AUSTIN THAT REMATCH LAST WEEK, MANKIND FOR NOT GETTING THE JOB DONE ALL THROUGHOUT THE SPRING AND THEN JUMPING OFF A CAGE TO PROVE A POINT, AND THE UNDERTAKER -- WELL, THE UNDERTAKER IS JUST AN EVIL, DIABOLICAL HUMAN BEING. HE ALMOST TOOK MANKIND'S LIFE. HE TRIED TO TAKE KANE'S LIFE. AND NOW HE'S THROWING A FIT BECAUSE HE'S QUESTIONING WHETHER HE'S BETTER THAN STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN! WELL, IF THE UNDERTAKER, OR KANE OR MANKIND WANT TO BE CHAMPION MORE THAN LIFE ITSELF, THAN AS FAR AS HE'S CONCERNED, THEY CAN KILL EACH OTHER HERE TONIGHT IN A TRIPLE THREAT MATCH TO DETERMINE THE #1 CONTENDER FOR THE WWF TITLE! Undertaker doesn't like this one bit, he had said weeks ago that he was done fighting his brother. The Stooges & Slaughter whisk McMahon down the side of the stage and to the side exit behind the entryway to avoid Taker, Kane or Mankind, and all of them stare at each other. WHAT A MAIN EVENT!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    HEY GUYS! LOOK! IT'S THE EDGE, AND HE'S WATCHING FROM THE CROWD AGAIN. BROODING. SEE WHAT I DID THERE? BE INTRIGUED.

    4. Dustin Rhodes def. Jeff Jarrett with a Reverse DDT in a Non-Title Match 6:27. Another unpaid match for Dustin Rhodes here, who JR mentions still has quite a bit of time left on that stipulation, but he's not going to get back into that argument for a second time tonight. Jarrett works Dustin's knee over and has general control of the match for a while. But suddenly, X-Pac comes strolling out from the back rather casually in street clothes. Jarrett doesn't notice him at first, but Colonel Parker does and he starts yelling at X-Pac, and Pac puts his hands up, saying he's just here to watch the match. Parker backs himself off but keeps an eye on Pac, and JR reminds us of Pac & Jarrett's KOTR qualifier and Jarrett costing X-Pac the King of the Ring semi-finals match against The Rock. Jarrett notices Pac eventually but tries to block him out mentally, and continues to mat wrestle with Dustin. Pac notices Jarrett's guitar leaned against the steps, so he picks it up and he starts trying to play it, and does so awfully. Jarrett finally shoves Dustin to the mat during an abdominal stretch and goes to the ropes to yell at Pac. Pac again plays innocent, but Jarrett continues to yell at him -- so Pac takes a step back, AND SMASHES THE GUITAR ACROSS THE STEPS REPEATEDLY, BREAKING IT! Jarrett takes that as a personal insult and continues to scream at X-Pac, BUT DUSTIN RHODES GETS UP BEHIND JARRETT AND PLANTS HIM WITH A REVERSE DDT AND GETS THE COVER! ONE! TWO! THREE!

    Post-match, X-Pac laughs and tells Jarrett & Parker to suck it en route to the back. Dustin rolls out and celebrates, and pulls the camera back, thanking his personal "Lord & Savior" who has spoken to him, and allowed him to go on this two match winning streak. He has seen the light, and He will rise again. Praise him!

    Jarrett starts to get back up in the ring, and he's super pissed off, as is Parker, who's throwing an old-style hissy fit, kicking the bottom rope and slamming his cowboy hat on the corner post. Howard Finkel gets on the mic and announces Dustin Rhodes as the winner and NEW European Champion, but he made a mistake and is quickly corrected. He apologizes to the audience, saying that it was a Non-Title affair. But this was a straw breaking the camel's back situation for Jarrett, who goes out and confronts poor old Fink and demands he correct that mistake, and to announce him as still the European Champion, damnit! Parker gets in Finkel's face, too, and finally, a frightened Fink gets on the mic and announces again that he made an error, and STILL the WWF European Champion, Jeff Jarrett! JR yells that even The Fink is entitled to a mistake every now and again, but apparently, none of this is good enough for Jeff Jarrett -- AND JARRETT HAULS OFF AND NAILS HOWARD FINKEL WITH A RIGHT HAND, AND FINK GOES DOWN, OH COME ON! Parker gets a few kicks in on Finkel before they both leave to the back, and officials run out to check on Fink. What a disgrace!

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see Howard Finkel make the mistake of announcing Dustin Rhodes as the new European Champion, only for Jarrett confront him and then wallop him right a right hand, and JR calls him despicable. We then see during the break that Finkel was helped up but stuck around to do his job, and JR commends him for that.
    Backstage, a still angry Jeff Jarrett & Colonel Parker are walking and talking as they head towards the locker room. Suddenly, WWF agent Harvey Whippleman comes up to Jeff Jarrett rather nervously and gives him the bad news that for attacking a non-wrestling WWF employee out there in Howard Finkel, he's been ordered to fine Jeff Jarrett $5,000, per the direction of Mr. McMahon. Jarrett looks at Parker in disbelief and can't believe it, and Jarrett says he's had enough of this. The Undertaker and Kane and Mankind can run around destroying people all night and they get a #1 contenders match, but he punches that turtle head out there, and HE gets fined. He's done getting pissed on, he's PISSED OFF -- AND NOW JARRETT NAILS WIPPLEMAN AND THROWS HIM HARD HEAD FIRST INTO A WALL! Jarrett tells Wippleman that he shouldn't have pissed him off, and Jarrett steps over him and walks off, and Parker takes out a roll of cash and drops it on Wippleman, saying that's for the Finkel hit and this one.

    Hey, look, back at the ring, this happens:



    DX dressed as the Nation. Neat! It is noted, again, that the Rock is not here, D'Lo has fled the building, and Owen, Mark Henry & Godfather have all left as well, so this goes unpunished for this week, but JR can't imagine the Nation's response will be a kind and calm one next week on RAW. OH. Also, during this, at least for my universe, once Triple H breaks the "Crock" character, he officialy challenges The Rock to a match for the Intercontinental Championship at Fully Loaded. And since the Rock showed the world he could go three times in one night at the King of the Ring, and Triple H has always been a guy that can "stay up all night", then he wants him to make it a Two Out Of Three Falls Match.

    Oh, and, Suck It. Or whatever.

    -------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -------------------------------

    We see a play by play recap of everything tonight that led us to this #1 contender's match. JR reminds us that the winner of this, he presumes, will face Stone Cold at some point in the coming weeks, but not at Fully Loaded, because Mr. McMahon announced earlier tonight the huge Main Event of Fully Loaded would be Stone Cold & The Undertaker actually teaming up to face Kane & Mankind in a Tag Team Match.
    Vince McMahon makes his way out, surprising JR & Hayes, and Vince excuses Hayes from the commentary table, taking a seat with JR. Vince says he wanted to see this up close and personal, and he even puts on the old announcer voice, and tells JR it's just like old times. Vince starts to over hype the Main Event -- BUT THE GLASS SHATTERS, AND STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN MAKES HIS WAY OUT! Vince is in panic mode as Austin makes his way around to the commentary table, but Austin laughs at him, calls him a dumb son of a bitch and tells him to relax, because just like Vince, he wants to park his ass ringside and get a front row seat to see who he's going to be putting this title on the line against next, 'cause he's fine with whipping any one of these three guy's asses, and that's the bottom line.

    Mankind makes his way out first for the Main Event and is still hobbled after what happened at the King of the Ring. JR straight-faced asks Mr. McMahon how he can make Mankind compete after what happened at KOTR, and Vince just laughs and says ANYTHING CAN HAPPEN IN THE WWF! UNBELIVABLE!

    Kane makes his way out next, sans Paul Bearer, and both Kane & Mankind stand side by side in the ring, and even Austin admits that this is ridiculous, they're just going to kill the Undertaker off and then one of 'em will lay down for the other. Vince speculates that if that is the case, that would make the Main Event at Fully Loaded a Handicapped Match, wouldn't it?

    The Undertaker's music hits -- but he doesn't come out. Vince, JR & Austin are confused, and Vince speaks to the truck through the headset and tells them to cue it up again. So Taker's music hits up again -- and still nothing? An annoyed Vince McMahon gets up from commentary and heads into the ring to talk to Howard Finkel as Kane & Mankind stand there. Austin randomly remarks how much of a jackass Vince looks like.

    Vince starts barking orders at Fink, and forces Fink to say that due to the Undertaker being a coward, this match is now a ONE on ONE match between Kane & Mankind to determine the #1 Contender for the WWF Title, and it will be a No Holds Barred match! Vince starts to leave the ring and go down the steps, BUT MANKIND RIPS THE MICROPHONE AWAY FROM FINKEL AND SAYS THAT HE'S HAD ENOUGH, DAMNIT. Mankind follows Vince out to the floor and gets in his face, saying that he has literally taken YEARS off of his life the past three months trying to get that title off of Austin just to help Mr. McMahon, and he's not doing his dirty work anymore. He will not continue to give and give and give for Vince McMahon, he will not fight his friend Kane. Vince makes a disgusted face at Mankind before turning towards the time keeper and telling him to ring the damn bell.

    5. Kane vs. Mankind in a No Holds Barred Match for the #1 Contendership to the WWF Title.
    The bell rings, but Mankind stays on the floor to continue to yell at McMahon, saying that neither him or Kane will be a part of his game any longer. Vince gets back on commentary and tells Mankind that he better start fighting or he's going to be looking for a new job. Mankind continues to stand his ground, and surprisingly, Kane gets out of the ring and stands by Mankind's side in agreement! Vince stands up and can't believe the insubordination, and Austin cracks up laughing. Vince yells at them to FIGHT -- and WHAM! KANE BLINDSIDES MANKIND AND SENDS HIM HEAD FIRST INTO THE STEEL POST WITH A LOUD THUD. Mankind crumbles down on the ground and up against the steel steps. Kane grabs a steel chair and with Mankind lined up against the steps, NAILS MANKIND IN THE HEAD WITH A STEEL CHAIR. GOOD GOD ALMIGHTY. Kane lifts Mankind's dead weight up and rolls him into the ring. Kane drops down to his knees and covers Mankind for an easy 1 - 2 - 3.

    Post-match, Austin doesn't really respect the way that was done at all, but he's beat Kane's ass once, he can do it again, and this title isn't going anywhere. Vince points at the ring and puts over Kane, repeatedly saying "WHAT ABOUT IT AUSTIN?!" and Austin ignores him. Kane's music plays and he gets up to bring his arms down to set off the pyro -- but he stops halfway through and...



    IT'S THE UNDERTAKER! THE UNDERTAKER'S THE #1 CONTENDER?!






    WWF IN YOUR HOUSE 23 - FULLY LOADED (7/26) CARD:

    TAG TEAM GRUDGE MATCH MAIN EVENT
    Stone Cold Steve Austin & The Undertaker Vs. Kane & Mankind

    WWF INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
    Two Out Of Three Falls
    The Rock [c] Vs. Triple H

    Prior to the PPV, The Debut of WWF Sunday Night HeAT!

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    NOTE: I apologize for my lack of activity around here the past few months. It's not for a lack of interest, just a lack of time. I have read a couple of the award nomination threads in recent weeks and I am still humbled about the love I get from some of you guys, especially when it comes to previous years such as WWF 1997. Guys like @PI and @ShinobiMusashi especially have been absolute inspirations and I am beyond thrilled to have their support for anything.

    The one thing I want to address and apologize for, however, is the lack of changes in 1998. I knew this was going to be an issue going in, but in my defense, I've said since the very start of this project with WWF 1993 that there were going to be things that I simply did not have the heart to change, but I'd do my best to at least add my flavor to them, and I think I did that with things like the build up to WrestleMania XIV sans Taker/Kane. Part of the reason, even though this sounds contradictory to my earlier statement, that I haven't churned out 1998 in the same fashion that I have other years is because as great as the "Highway to Hell" is, it does get boring to write when I'm essentially doing more of a recap than a btb at this point.

    I have gone back and made more changes to the undercard and midcard for WWF 1998 for the rest of the year's shows, and I think I've got some interesting stuff coming back. I've also added more of my own touch to things as far as the Main Event scene goes post Summerslam 1998. One thing I can guarantee you, however, is that none of this will be a problem come 1999, as I think that was one of the WORST creative years in wrestling history, and I change or "fix", if you will, a TON in that.

    Again, my apologies for the lack of posting as of late, for the lack of "originality" in my 1998 portion of this project, and again, a huge thanks to anyone who reads this or takes time to put it over in any fashion, because lord knows I haven't been anywhere near the best in returning the favor and I don't deserve even a quarter of any of the praise I get from the people who read this btb, so again, I thank you.

  13. #38
    American Ninja ShinobiMusashi's Avatar

    Join Date
    Dec 2011
    Location
    Back arse of nowhere
    Posts
    12,913
    vCash
    1000
    Mentioned
    84 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    So much of my criticism for your feds comes from the simple fact that I'm jealous, everybody loves your stuff more than mine, there is no denying my jealousy. 1998 is one tough ass year to try to rebook, I agree with you about 1999 and I can't wait to see what you do with that year. Keep this up man, it's still one of the coolest feds here even without any major changes/fiction, this was one of my favorite times in wrestling ever, maybe it was flawed to hell and back judging it by what a pro wrestling show is supposed to be, but I'll be damned if it wasn't just an awesome TV show to watch on Monday nights, heavy music, tits, violence, raw attitude, can't top it in 2016 if you tried.

    Keep on rocking bro, also you were one of the only posters to drop any feedback in my fed this year and I really appreciate it. Here's to 2017!

  14. #39
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Stone Cold Steve Austin (Since 6/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: New Age Outlaws (Since 3/30/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    JULY 13TH, 1998
    BISMARCK, ND


    TONIGHT: IS THE REAL KANE IN THE BUILDING, BECAUSE IF HE IS, HE WILL BE TEAMING UP WITH MANKIND TO CASH IN THEIR #1 CONTENDERSHIP AGAINST THE NEW AGE OUTLAWS FOR THE TAG TEAM TITLES TONIGHT; PLUS, UNDERTAKER vs. VADER; THE ROCK & D'LO BROWN WILL TEAM TO TAKE ON TRIPLE H & X-PAC; AND WHAT WILL THE RATTLESNAKE'S RESPONSE BE TO LAST WEEK'S CONSPIRACY?!

    JR & The King welcome us to the show and run down a bit more of what's still to come tonight, as well as reminding us of the massive main event coming up in 13 days time at Fully Loaded when The Undertaker & Steve Austin team up to take on Kane & Mankind. This is a match made in Hell, but it's just another stop on the Highway to Hell, which will culminate on August 30th at Summerslam from Madison Square Garden...WHEN STEVE AUSTIN DEFENDS THE WWF TITLE AGAINST THE UNDERTAKER!



    And with that announcement, the crowd goes nuts, and gets even louder as The Undertaker's music hits and he makes his entrance for the next match!

    1. The Undertaker def. Big Van Vader with a Chokeslam in 7:01. Vader tries his damndest here, but JR notes that the big man seems to have lost a step or two in the past 6-7 months, while Lawler is a complete dick, pointing out that Vader's career has been on a downward spiral since losing the WWF Title to this man, the Undertaker. Vader gives it his all against his old foe and his him cornered a few times. Taker starts to make a comeback, but that's cut short when he takes note of Kane, Paul Bearer & Mankind coming out to the stage. The distraction is just long enough for Vader to attack Taker and hit him with a Powerbomb. He goes to drag him over for the Vader Bomb, but he sees Kane start to make his way down the aisle. Vader stops and dares Kane to come on in, AND TAKER SITS UP! Taker turns Vader around and plants him with a big Chokeslam, and gets the 1-2-3.

    Post-match, JR points out that it almost felt like Kane was about to come to his brother's aide there. Paul Bearer meets Kane in the aisleway and starts to question him. Taker is celebrating in the win while shaking off the beatdown he got from Vader, AND MANKIND BOLTS PAST KANE & BEARER, TAKES A CHAIR OUT FROM UNDER THE RING, SLIDES IN AND GOES TO NAIL TAKER FROM BEHIND! BUT KANE GETS IN THE RING AND RIPS THE CHAIR OUT OF MANKIND'S HANDS?! Mankind turns around and is confused and he starts questioning Kane. But this allows Taker to see what's going on and go out and get his own chair. Vader starts to get up, so Kane WALLOPS Vader with a chair shot and he goes down. Kane leaves the ring, and when Mankind turns -- THE UNDERTAKER NAILS MANKIND WITH HIS CHAIR! JR yells that something very, VERY conspicuous is going on here as Kane leaves with a concerned Paul Bearer, and Mankind writhes around in pain at the feet of an ominously staring Undertaker.

    ---------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ---------------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see a montage of Kane & Mankind's involvement in the last match and the events that took place after, as JR continues to push his belief that there's a conspiracy going on here, and he doesn't like it one bit. Between Undertaker dressing up as Kane last week, now Kane seemingly coming to his brother's aide, something's not right.
    Back from break, Mankind is still in the ring, selling the effects of the chair shot. He grabs a microphone and is pissed off, and he calls his "PARTNER" Kane down here to explain himself before he has to go back there and rip him limb from limb! But much to the crowd's delight, Kane doesn't answer -- but the New Age Outlaws do! JR says that this match is scheduled next, Kane's not out here, and it's looking like Mankind might be fighting this one alone!

    2. Kane & Mankind def. The New Age Outlaws [c] to WIN the WWF World Tag Team Championships in 8:58. Mankind does his best, but the Outlaws work over Mankind and JR is yelling that the ref shouldn't have even started this match, but he can't blame the Outlaws for taking advantage of an opportunity. The work over Mankind's bad shoulder and back from the HIAC fall, and have him dominated for a while, but each time they try to pin him, he kicks out and remains resilient. About 4-5 minutes into the match, Kane finally makes his way back out with Paul Bearer. Mankind actually begins to make a comeback against the Outlaws after a pair of low blows, but that's when Kane tags himself in! Kane dominates for a while, while Mankind questions Bearer on the floor about what's been going on tonight. The camera cuts up to the rampway, and we suddenly see that The Rock has returned from his hiatus and is standing on the entryway with Owen Hart, and Rock will be teaming with D'Lo later on to face Triple H & X-Pac later! Kane ends up throwing both Outlaws out of the ring, and he turns his attention to Mankind, and Mankind starts yelling at Kane now. The Outlaws start to get to their feet, the ref is distracted by Kane & Mankind coming close to blows -- AND THE ROCK & OWEN RUN OUT TO ATTACK THE OUTLAWS! But within seconds, almost like they knew it was coming, TRIPLE H & X-PAC BOLT OUT TO ATTACK THE ROCK & OWEN! WE GOT OURSELVES A DONNYBROOK, FOLKS! The Outlaws sneak back in and ambush Kane, hitting him with a double clothesline over the top, and they double team Mankind. The ref now sees the brawl on the outside and is caught up by that. Kane gets to his feet and tries to get back in, but Billy Gunn dives out onto him only to get caught and slammed down. Kane beats down Billy Gunn, and back in the ring, Road Dogg hits Mankind with the Shake, Rattle & Roll and has the cover -- but the ref is distracted, AND HERE COMES D'LO BROWN FROM THE CROWD! HE GOES UP TOP AND HITS ROAD DOGG WITH THE LO DOWN! He slides out and bails back out the other way, AND THE REF TURNS AND MAKES THE COUNT SINCE MANKIND HAS AN ARM OVER ROAD DOGG NOW! ONE! TWO! THREE! WE'VE GOT NEW CHAMPIONS, DAMNIT! NOT THIS WAY!

    Post-match, Hunter, X-Pac, Rock & Owen brawl out of sight, and both Outlaws are now laid out. Bearer hands the Tag Team titles to Kane, and Kane gets into the ring where Mankind is slow to get up. Kane stares down his partner, and when Mankind gets to his feet, he almost falls right back down when he sees Kane standing there. Mankind isn't sure what's coming next...but Kane hands him one of the WWF Tag Titles. Slowly, Mankind takes it and the two wind up leaving together. WHAT SORT OF UNHOLY ALLIANCE HAS JUST WON THE WWF TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS?!

    ---------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ---------------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see the absolute chaos that was the conclusion of the WWF Tag Team Title match, highlighting the DX/Nation brawl, Kane's late arrival, D'Lo attacking Road Dogg and Mankind getting the win because of it, and the continued tension between Kane & Mankind.
    Backstage, Vince McMahon is cornered by D-Generation-X. Triple H & X-Pac are FUMING mad, and both the Outlaws are beat up, but twice as pissed. The Outlaws feel screwed and they want vindication, they want their guaranteed title rematch TONIGHT! Vince isn't sure about this. Hunter flips out and says they need a referee out there that can actually handle everything and get the job done, maybe that should be a member of DX. Vince chuckles at that notion, telling him not to be ridiculous. Hunter sarcastically asks if Vince thinks HE should be the Referee again, and Vince doesn't like that smart alec tone. Vince admits that the Outlaws got screwed, and he will give them their title match. Road Dogg yells to do something about the god damn interference and referee situation. Vince seemingly gets an idea, but doesn't share it right now. DX tries to inquire, but Vince says not to worry, he's got it under control, just be prepared for their rematch later on tonight.

    EARLIER TODAY: We see Val Venis & Mrs. Yamaguchi stepping out of a steamy shower together. I am having so much less fun writing Val Venis than I thought I would.
    3. Val Venis def. Sho Funaki with the Money Shot in 2:55. No other members of Kai En Tai are at ringside, but Mrs. Yamaguchi is there in Val's corner. Val makes short work of Funaki and gets the win with the Money Shot.

    Post-match, an irate Yamaguchi-San with his tie tied around his head and some sort of paddle comes running out with the rest of Kai En Tai, and they start to circle around Val Venis, who protects Mrs. Yamaguchi. BUT HEY WAIT YEAH! HERE COMES TAKA MICHINOKU TO THE RESCUE! HE SLIDES IN AND STANDS BY HIS "ALLY" VAL VENIS! THEY'LL CONTINUE TO FIGHT THIS SIDE BY SIDE AND FEND OFF KAI EN TAI -- WAIT NO! TAKA JUST NAILED VAL IN THE BACK OF THE HEAD WITH THE LIGHT HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP! WHY?! Kai En Tai slides in and they dog pile on top of Val -- AND TAKA JOINS IN?! WHAT THE HELL IS GOING ON! Kai En Tai beats down Val to a pulp before feeding him to Taka who lifts Val up only to lay him back out with the Michinoku Driver! Kai En Tai lift Val up by his hair and arms and Taka grabs ahold of Mrs. Yamaguchi. Taka yells, in his best broken english -- THAT SHE IS HIS SISTER?! NOW THIS ALL MAKES SENSE! JR yells that TAKA must've been fine with joining Val in this fight until he started a relationship with Mrs. Yamaguchi, who's apparently TAKA's sister. And now, the Light Heavyweight Champion is LEAVING with Kai En Tai, having rejoined his former friends from Michinoku Pro!

    Backstage, Michael Cole is standing by with Big Van Vader, who's got his mask off and is looking beyond depressed. Cole asks Vader about his rough road the past couple of months, and Vader said he was told what Jerry Lawler said earlier about his downward spiral since winning the WWF Title, and he's right. Maybe Vader time is over. Maybe he's just nothing but a big, fat piece of [CENSORED]. Vader continues to mope -- BUT MARK HENRY AMBUSHES VADER ON THE INTERVIEW SET AND LAYS HIM OUT! He lifts up some of the decorative steel barrels and starts BASHING Vader with them. Mark yells down at Vader that he ain't done until he says they're done, and he wants him at Fully Loaded. He'll be the one to end Vader Time! Henry tries to continue the attack, but officials finally rush over to stop him and force him to leave so they can check on Vader.


    BE READY.
    GANGREL AWAKENS.
    SOON.

    ---------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ---------------------------

    Back from break, and the cameras are scanning the jampacked crowd here in Bismarck, and they just happen to catch Edge, who again is just WATCHING~ and in MISERY~ because he's DARK~

    4. Triple H & X-Pac def. The Rock & D'Lo Brown in 9:38. Great match that gets out of control immediately. JR notes that Vince McMahon added an additional referee at ringside to be on the floor to make sure things don't get out of control, but so far, neither referee is able to keep this thing under control! X-Pac & D'Lo have some great chemistry of course and spend most of the match working against each other, with the big build to Rock & Hunter finally getting in there against each other. A few teased hope spots until H finally gets the hot tag and goes after The Rock. D'Lo comes to Rock's save, and the Nation starts to double team Hunter. Pac tries to get involved, but Rock chucks him right over the top and Pac collides with the second referee, taking him out! Rock & D'Lo yell at the main ref when he scolds them for doing that, and Hunter grabs the Intercontinental Title out of the corner. He goes to nail The Rock from behind, but D'Lo sacrifices himself and gets in the way, and Hunter nails D'Lo with the belt! Rock acts quick and kicks Hunter in the gut and plants him with a DDT! He lifts him up and sends him to the ropes, and unbeknownst to the Rock, X-Pac is back on the apron and gets the blind tag on Hunter as he hits the ropes. Rock plants Hunter with a DDT and stands atop of him, setting up THEE MOST Electrifying Move in Sports Entertainment, the People's Elbow -- but as he comes back from the ropes -- XPAC IS THERE TO NAIL HIM WITH AN X-FACTOR! HOOK OF THE LEG, AND BAH GAWD, X-PAC GETS HIS WIN OVER THE ROCK! HUGE POP!

    Post-match, HHH & X-Pac are announced as the winners, and Hunter seems a bit frustrated at first that X-Pac was able to get the win over the Rock and he didn't. But he quickly shakes that off and hugs Pac to congratulate him, raising his arm in victory. D'Lo pulls Rock out to safety and they bail out as DX tells them to SUCK IT and we head to break.

    ---------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ---------------------------

    At commentary after the break, JR and the King talk about how Mr. McMahon has seemingly had it out for a number of superstars as of late, including the likes of Terry Funk, Dustin Rhodes and most recently, Ron Simmons. Earlier today, camera's caught the three of them backstage discussing their shared misery before a bombshell was dropped.

    EARLIER TODAY: Funk is pacing around with Dustin and Ron seated in chairs, talking to one another. Funk starts flipping out about this BS, unfair treatment. Dustin admits he doesn't feel safe once this 90 day clause is up, and how he thinks Vince might just fire him at that point. Ron suggests maybe they should unionize and protest the unfair treatment, but Funk tells them both to cut the crap. They continue to rant and rave until a team of suits walk in and identify themselves as Mr. McMahon's legal team. The lead lawyer hands a paper to Terry Funk, saying that by contractual demands, Mr. McMahon is ordering Mr. Funk to appear live on the debut edition of Sunday Night HeAT before Fully Loaded to issue a public apology for assaulting Mr. Patterson, Mr. Brisco and Mr. Slaughter and threatening the life of Mr. McMahon. Funk crumbles up the paper and throws it at the lawyers, saying McMahon might as well fire him, because he's not getting any god damned apology. The lawyer brushes this off by telling Funk that furthermore, should he not abide by Mr. McMahon's contractual order, then not only will he be terminated, but they will be pressing charges in an attempt to prosecute him to the fullest extent of the law. Funk is irate, and Dustin & Simmons hold him back. Funk says that he'll be on HeAT and if Vince really wants to give him an open mic, then that's on his damned head!
    JR & King talk about that situation and Lawler says that he hopes Mr. McMahon embarasses and fires Terry Funk all in the same moment on the debut of Sunday Night HeAT, and for good measure, he should get rid of those two bums Rhodes & Simmons, too! JR says this is a travesty, but with all due respect to Terry Funk, Dustin Rhodes and Ron Simmons, that's as far as he's willing to comment, because he needs this job, but they have his respect.

    They transition from that in to talking about this past weekend's final edition of Shotgun Saturday Night, and how it went out with a bang, and they send it to the recaps, brought to you by Castrol GTX or some shit.

    I'm literally writing this just to quickly get through two angles. So fuck it.

    -- New Midnight Express & RNRX had a Loser Leaves Town match. RNRX were starting to make the big babyface comeback until Cornette & Windham got involved. LOD2000 came out to dispose of them, but the distraction allowed New MX to use the racket on Ricky & Robert and get the win to send the RNRX packing from the WWF.

    -- Footage from SHOTGUN where Lawler had Snow meet him in the ring with security, but he lets security leave because he knows Snow won't want to ruin this chance. He says that he has finally gotten the WWF management to agree to give Al Snow an opportunity. Now, it may not be a meeting with Mr. McMahon, not yet at least. However, he has gotten the WWF to agree to let Al Snow compete in a match in the near future where if Snow wins, he'll get a job in the WWF. Snow's tune changes, because he's insane, and he's grateful and happy, but then Too Much come out and attack Snow from behind and lay him out. Lawler joins in on the beatdown and says that it's going to be a tag team match when Al Snow takes on Too Much. And as far as his partner goes, it's the only partner in the world that could stand being with Al Snow, it's that damn Head mannequin!
    Back at commentary, JR yells about the damned unfair stipulations on that match, and Lawler just laughs and rubs his hands together. He proudly admits to it being unfair, but he doesn't care, because he's doing the world a favor by ridding the WWF of Al Snow once and for all.

    Vince McMahon suddenly makes his way out, flanked by his Stooges and Commissioner Slaughter, naturally to a chorus of boo's. Once in the ring, Mr. McMahon promises to address the issue with the Tag Team Titles in a moment. But first, he's asking the most demonic SOB in the WWF to come out here right now -- The Undertaker! Taker comes out nonchalantly and annoyed, and Vince stands his ground. He immediately reads the riot act to the Undertaker and asks him what exactly it is he WOULDN'T do to become WWF Champion. He uses what he did to Mankind at the King of the Ring as an example. He made a statement that nothing or nobody will get in his way. And then not withstanding him Chokeslamming everyone into oblivion, he went and pulled his stunt last week, and it was a bit of genius. He even fooled him, and he's not easy to fool. The question is whether or not he's had some help from his brother. He's refused to answer, but he won't refuse Vince McMahon. The question is, is he in cahoots with his brother Kane? Undertaker doesn't answer and paces around the ring with his hands on his hips. Vince says to answer him damnit, and Taker steps right up to his face and grabs the mic in his hand to tell Vince that HE CAN GO TO HELL.

    AND THE GLASS SHATTERS, HERE COMES THE WWF CHAMPION STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN! Austin and Taker stare each other down before Austin grabs a microphone. Austin says if Vince's going to Hell, let him kick him in the ass and give him a little head start. As far as The Undertaker goes, they're on the highway to hell at SummerSlam, and he can at least respect that he had the decency to challenge him to his face. There's a roadblock on that road though when they have to be partners. He doesn't know what the hell's going on with he and Kane, but he wants to know right now is if it's gonna be them against two opponents or Stone Cold Steve Austin against three opponents. All he wants to know is where the hell he's coming from -- AND TAKER TELLS AUSTIN HE CAN GO TO HELL, TOO! Austin and Taker go face to face, and Vince isn't sure what to do.

    BREAK IT DOWN! UH OH. An irate D-Generation-X makes their way out to the stage, and Triple H has a microphone in his hands. He says everybody in the WWF wants answers about what's going on in the ring, and that's fine and dandy, but quite frankly, DX couldn't give a damn about Austin, Taker, Kane, McMahon or anybody else. They want the Outlaws to get their rematch, they want Vince to be a man of his word for once in this stage of his life and give the Outlaws what they deserve. Infact, he has an idea to help Vince along with the decision making. Book the rematch, but do it with THREE referees. One on the inside to call the action, and two on the outside to enforce it. You wanna get your answers about who's loyal to who? THEN MAKE THOSE TWO EXTRA REFEREES THE TWO SOB'S STANDING IN THE RING NEXT TO HIM! Vince seems to LOVE the idea, and he agrees. After the break, IT'S THE OUTLAWS GETTING THEIR TAG TITLE REMATCH AGAINST KANE & MANKIND WITH STEVE AUSTIN & THE UNDERTAKER ON THE OUTSIDE AS SPECIAL GUEST ENFORCERS!

    ---------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ---------------------------

    6. Kane & Mankind [c] vs. The New Age Outlaws for the WWF World Tag Team Championships with Stone Cold & The Undertaker as Special Enforcers goes to a No Contest in 5:29. Good brawl to open it up with the Outlaws throwing Mankind to the floor and into the steps, trying to get 2 on 1 action against Kane, but Kane's able to fend them off and slow the match down. Kane isolates Road Dogg as Mankind gets back involved in the match, and Billy Gunn eventually gets the hot tag, but there's a REF BUMP~ for the main ref inside the ring. All hell breaks loose between the four men, and amidst it all, Road Dogg kicks Kane in the groin and gets him with an inside cradle. AUSTIN SLIDES IN TO MAKE THE COUNT. ONE. TWO. THR-- NO! UNDERTAKER PULLS AUSTIN OUT OF THE RING?! Austin & Taker argue with each other on the floor. Back in the ring, Road Dogg gets up to see what's going on, and Kane sits up and attacks Road Dogg before nailing him with a Chokeslam and covers. AND TAKER SLIDES INTO THE RING TO MAKE THE COUNT NOW! ONE! TWO! THR-- NO! AUSTIN GETS IN THE RING AND PULLS THE UNDERTAKER UP OFF THE MAT! The two get into a screaming match, and Kane gets up and attacks Austin. Taker watches it happen, but within seconds, Mankind attacks the Undertaker. The Outlaws start to get back up to attack Kane & Mankind, BUT THE NATION OF DOMINATION RUNS OUT TO ATTACK THE OUTLAWS! BUT BAH GAWD THE REST OF DX IS HOT ON THEIR TRAILS TO RUN OUT AND EVEN THINGS UP!

    AUSTIN AND TAKER START WORKING THEIR WAY THROUGH EVERYBODY IN THE RING WITH CHOKESLAMS AND STONE COLD STUNNERS UNTIL THE RING HAS CLEARED UP! THE TWO MEN BUMP INTO EACH OTHER FROM BEHIND, QUICKLY TURN AND STARE EACH OTHER DOWN! WE'RE OUTTA TIME!




    WWF IN YOUR HOUSE 23 - FULLY LOADED (7/26) CARD:

    TAG TEAM GRUDGE MATCH MAIN EVENT
    Stone Cold Steve Austin & The Undertaker Vs. Kane & Mankind

    WWF INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
    Two Out Of Three Falls
    The Rock [c] Vs. Triple H

    DUNGEON MATCH
    Live! From Calgary, Alberta, Canada at the Hart Family Home!
    Owen Hart Vs. Ken Shamrock
    Special Referee: Dan "The Beast" Severn

    Big Van Vader Vs. Mark Henry

    Prior to the PPV, The Debut of WWF Sunday Night HeAT!
    -- Al Snow & "Head" vs. Too Much w/ Jerry Lawler; If Snow & Head win, Snow gets a job!
    -- Terry Funk's "court ordered public apology" to Mr. McMahon!
    Last edited by Big Evil; 02-18-2017 at 10:54 PM.

  15. #40
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Stone Cold Steve Austin (Since 6/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: Kane & Mankind (Since 7/13/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    JULY 20TH, 1998
    PORTLAND, OR


    TONIGHT: VINCE MCMAHON WANTS ANSWERS FROM THE UNDERTAKER; JARRETT [c]/HHH; ROCK [c]/X-PAC

    Vince McMahon comes out to open the show and gets the mic. He says tonight is a night for reflection. Tonight is a night for showing proper respect for your fellow man, and tonight is a night for retribution if you don't. Let them reflect upon recent events of the now #1 contender, The Undertaker. He shows the footage of how he became #1 Contender two weeks ago.

    He has to ask himself where Kane was that night. Was he locked up somewhere? Did The Undertaker order a special Kane suit? Did The Undertaker work in conjunction with his brother? He asked that question last monday, and shows footage of Taker telling both Vince AND Stone Cold to go to hell.

    In a stroke of genius it came to him last Monday, to order the tag title rematch with Stone Cold and The Undertaker as enforcers, and shows the footage again and then when Kane attacks Austin to kind of save Undertaker post-match. So with all this on the table, he, Vince McMahon, is calling The Undertaker OUT because he and damnit the entire WWF deserve answers!

    It doesn't take long for Mr. McMahon to get his wish, as Taker's entrance cues up and he makes his way out, looking annoyed and angry yet again, but not taking his eyes off the ring. As Taker enters, Vince orders the music to be cut and he starts yelling right away. Vince says he's disappointed in him and says to talk about respect now and says he hurt his feelings when he told him to go to Hell. He's responsible for giving him opportunity and he humiliated him. If in fact, he IS to be the champion he can be and wants to be, one for the ages, then he'll have to start showing respect for the proper people. He can't do it alone. He can't do it with the support of these people, HE NEEDS HIM.

    Last week, he was disrespectful and insolent and he won't take it anymore. He has to learn to show respect and if he does, he won't be a flash in the pan like Steve Austin is destined to be. He asks one last time if he and Kane are in cahoots. Taker stands there stoic, not moving a muscle, let alone answering the question. Vince waits a few seconds before conceeding, saying to have it his way. Retribution then!

    He says this is going to hurt him just as much as it's going to hurt him. In this very ring tonight, it will be The Undertaker vs. BOTH Kane and Mankind. Vince tries to tell him to leave but then stops him and says The Undertaker can go to hell too. UNDERTAKER THEN TURNS AROUND AND HITS VINCE WITH THE CHOKESLAM! PATTERSON AND BRISCO COME OUT AND ALSO GET CHOKESLAMS! SGT. SLAUGHTER COMES OUT AND GETS ONE TOO! Other officials come bolting down to the ring to check on Vince, the Stooges & Slaughter, and Taker leaves, pleased with himself!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------


    COMING SOON.
    RAW is WAR, 5/4/1998: We see clips of Triple H defending the European Title against Jeff Jarrett and having the match won, until a distraction from the Nation and more importantly The Rock cost Triple H the title, and kickstarted the war between The Nation and DX. Tonight, Triple H gets his rematch.
    JR tells us that earlier today, Commissioner Slaughter made sure to have the Nation barred from ringside during this match. Jeff Jarrett makes his entrance first with Colonel Parker and does usual stuff. DX's music hits and the crowd awaits Triple H -- but nothing. A few moments pass, and his music kicks up again, but JR gets a message in his headset and says to cut backstage -- and when we do, we see THE NATION AND MOST IMPORTANTLY THE ROCK HAS ATTACKED TRIPLE H BACKSTAGE! They have him laid out on the concrete, but WWF officials rush over and go to break it apart, but the Nation leaves on their own volition. The officials try to tend to Triple H, but he gets up and shoves them away AND HE MAKES HIS ENTRANCE, ALTHOUGH BADLY BEATEN UP! Jarrett rushes up the rampway and meets Triple H as he comes out and they immediately start brawling. Triple H gets some lucky shots in early, but Jarrett takes control and whips Helmsley around ringside and into the steps before sending him into the ring.

    1. Jeff Jarrett [c] def. Triple H to retain the WWF European Championship in 6:16. Jarrett goes for a few quick nearfalls to no success much to his chagrin. He builds the heat and gets some cheap shots in on the already hurt Triple H, but after getting too cocky, Triple H manages to grab ahold of the ropes as Jarrett goes to whip forward for the Front Russian Leg Sweep, and he winds up going face first into the mat! Triple H starts with the super hot comeback and builds towards the Pedigree. As he gets it set-up, there's a commotion and up on the rampway, THE ROCK IS TRYING TO MAKE HIS WAY OUT TO GET AFTER HELMSLEY, BUT WWF OFFICIALS ARE HOLDING HIM BACK! Triple H tosses Jarrett down and starts screaming for Rock to get down here and fight him. This allows Colonel Parker to slide the European Title to Jarrett, and Jarrett nails Triple H in the back of the head with it, tosses the belt aside and rolls Triple H up with a handful of tights too, and the ref, unknowingly, counts the three! Damnit!

    Post-match, The Rock immediately stops fighting to get down after Triple H and just smiles as he heads to the back on his own accord, having screwed Triple H over twice tonight. Jarrett starts to celebrate in the ring, but that's not enough for him. He grabs his guitar and starts to line-up, ready to EL KABONG~ Triple H with the instrument -- BUT X-PAC COMES BOLTING DOWN, AND AS JARRETT CHARGES, PAC HITS HIM WITH A SPINNING HEEL KICK! Pac takes the guitar and goes to nail Jarrett, but Jarrett just NARROWLY escapes and slides out with his belt and Parker by his side, and he's enraged at Pac's involvement, and Pac starts playing the guitar and daring Jarrett to come back down!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    [b]EARLIER TONIGHT[b]: We see a recap of the hot opening segment with Vince making the match of Taker vs. Kane and Mankind in a handicap match, only for Taker to answer by chokeslamming Vince McMahon, as well as the Stooges & Commisioner Slaughter as well!
    We cut backstage, JR tells us we're live, and we see the Undertaker moving at a fast pace backstage with his luggage. JR can't believe his eyes, but by all accounts it would appear that the Undertaker is leaving the building, he's not going to be thrown to the wolves by Mr. McMahon -- but this just all seems so uncharacteristic for the Phenom.

    A quick cut to the crowd reaction after seeing the Undertaker leave the building, and the camera picks up EDGE~ watching ominously in the crowd again because he's a homeless vagrant.

    2. Ron Simmons def. Barry Windham with a Three Point Stance in 4:57. Windham has New MX on look out for Bradshaw. Windham starts to near a win, LOD2000 come out and brawl again with New MX, but Cornette hits them both with the racket and sacrifices himself as they chase him. Bradshaw goes to do his sneak in, but New MX attack him before he can get in. Windham is pleased with this -- BUT WHEN HE TURNS, RON GETS HIM WITH A THREE POINT STANCE AND GETS A HUGE WIN, FINALLY!

    Post-match, Simmons celebrates to the back and an irate Windham starts yelling at Cornette. Cornette tries to make it up to Windham by having New MX throw Bradshaw into the ring. Windham cheers up a bit, and a 3 on 1 beatdown of Bradshaw begins -- WHAAAAAAAT AAAAA RUUUUUUUSH, AND HERE COMES THE LOD2000! Hawk & Animal bolt down to the ring and join in on melee to help Bradshaw. Cornette confronts Sunny in the aisleway, AND SUNNY SLAPS HIM DOWN TO THE GROUND! LOD end up chasing the NWA contingent out of the ring and help Bradshaw to his feet. JR announces that Bradshaw/Windham has been announced at Fully Loaded, FINALLY, and it'll be under Bunkhouse Brawl rules!

    Backstage, Stone Cold Steve Austin is angrily marching through the backstage area, and we'll hear what the Rattlesnake has to say about his soon-to-be-Tag Team Partner bailing on tonight's show when we come back!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    THE GLASS SHATTERS AND THE RATTLESNAKE COMES MARCHING OUT WITH A PISSED OFF LOOK ON HIS FACE BAH GAWD! Austin bumrushes The Fink out of the ring and snatches his microphone in the process. He signals for the music to be cut, and he looks even angrier than usual. He says what he saw at the start of this show was some of the biggest bunch of BS actings he's ever seen in his life. He's tired of speculation -- he got his damn answers when he saw the Undertaker walk out of this arena with his tail between his legs. This Sunday, he's walking into a god damn trap. Either way they look at it, he's rolling into Fully Loaded to beat someone's ass whether he has help or not. as far as The Undertaker hauling ass outta here, he doesn't know if he left because he didn't want to fight his brother Kane or if he just wanted to screw Vince McMahon before Vince McMahon could screw him. But if anybody deserves to be screwed, it's Vince McMahon.

    Suddenly, Mr. McMahon makes his way out to the stage, backed by the Stooges & Slaughter, and they're all still selling the chokeslams from earlier on tonight. Vince asks if he heard Austin right just now? He says well, be that as it may, the only person who's going to be doing the screwing tonight is Vince McMahon! Because tonight, IN THAT VERY RING, instead of The Undertaker facing Mankind and Kane -- it would be Kane & Mankind taking on...STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN! And if Austin even THINKS about leaving this arena or refusing the match, then he'll strip him of the WWF Championship and put it around literally anybody else's waist -- even the Undertaker himself. Austin nods and says he ain't gotta worry about Stone Cold leaving this building like a yellow belly bastard, he'll beat both their asses then tonight, and when he gets through with that, he's gonna beat the living shit outta Vince McMahon too! And that's the bottom line, cause Stone Cold said so! McMahon looks livid but his stooges assure him that Kane & Mankind will get the job done, and Austin flips them all off as we head to break!

    [b]EARLIER TONIGHT[b]: We see a recap of Jarrett retaining the European Title over Triple H thanks to pre-match involvement from the Nation, and the Rock attempting to get to ringside during the match leading to a cheap shot from Jarrett.
    JR assures that the rest of the Nation has been escorted from the building for the remainder of THIS match and they're being watched by security and WWF officials under penalty of fines and suspensions, and the New Age Outlaws & Chyna have accompanied Triple H to a local medical facility to get examined for a possible concussion. So it is just The Rock and X-Pac in this next match, and X-Pac finally gets his one on one, no questions asked match for the IC Title against The Rock. Can he pull it off?!

    3. The Rock [c] def. X-Pac to retain the WWF Intercontinental Championship via Count-Out in 9:22. Incredible match that sees Rock playing the dominant and overly cocky champion, who's not above trying to get DQ'd or counted out to save his title. Pac is a great face in peril and draws a shit ton of sympathy on every bump he takes. Rock works over the surgically repaired neck of X-Pac for a good portion of the middle of the match and starts to inch closer to having this won, but Pac stays resilient and keeps kicking out or getting his foot on the ropes. Rock's frustration boils over and Pac starts to capitalize on his mistakes, eventually drawing a huge babyface comeback, lighting him up with kicks and chops and even breaking out the old standing moonsault to come within a HAIR of a three count! Pac starts to build towards the X-Factor, but during the set-up, Rock pushes back and falls into the ropes. Pac launches himself at him with a crossbody and they both spill to the floor. Both are out for a few seconds, but Rock starts to stir first and is able to make his way back into the ring. He starts pulling at the referee to get his attention -- BECAUSE JEFF JARRETT BOLTS DOWN THE AISLEWAY, AND HE'S GOT HIS GUITAR BACK! X-Pac starts to get up and go back to the ring, BUT JARRETT BRAINS HIM FROM BEHIND WITH THE GUITAR AND PAC GOES DOWN! Jarrett yells down to Pac that he shouldn't have PISSED HIM OFF, and he leaves! The ref finally pushes Rock off of him and finishes the count, and X-Pac gets counted out! Rock retains the IC Title!

    So no matter what now, Rock [c]/Triple H will go down at Fully Loaded. Rock still has the IC Title, Triple H has no title, and to top it off, the Rock made sure Triple H was sent to the hospital with just 6 days to go before the Pay-Per-View. Talk about a damned champion's advantage, this is unjust and uncalled for, damnit!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    Michael Cole is in the ring and he welcomes out his guest, accompanied by Mrs. Yamaguchi -- Val Venis! Decent pop for Val and bigger pop when he twirls his Japanese delight around at the top of the stage. They enter the ring and Val cuts to the chase, which is the first time he's ever came and gotten to the point that quick, if you know what the Big Valbowski means. He says that the guy you've seen for the past few months out here on TV and in those vignettes is a lover first, especially of fine women such as the one standing next to him right now. But the fact remains -- he will kick anybody's ass he has to kick to be able to live the life he wants to lead, and he's had just about enough of this damned Kai En Tai stuff, and to top it all off, he doesn't care if Mrs. Yamaguchi is TAKA Michinoku's sister. Because if anything -- that's just made what they've done behind closed doors the past seven days THAT much more kinky. But he's laying it down now harder than he ever has before -- he will put whatever he has to put ON THE LINE to be able to take on EACH AND EVERY MEMBER of Kai En Tai in a Gauntlet Match under one condition -- if he's able to survive the Kai En Tai members, then at the end, he gets five minutes alone with Mr. Yamaguchi to finish this off once and for all.

    Mr. Yamaguchi makes his way out to the stage with his tie around his head and some sort of ceremonial piece by his side. He speaks in his broken engrish, telling Val Venis that his challenge has been accepted. And since he says he would put ANYTHING on the line -- Yamaguchi waves to the back, and Kai En Tai come out with a large wooden block. TAKA Michinoku then reaches into a bag and pulls out a LARGE Kielbasa and places it on the block. Yamaguchi then reveals that his ceremonial piece -- IS A JAPANESE IMPERIAL SWORD! He stands behind the block, takes his time -- BUT THEN STARTS CHOPPING AT THE KIELBASA REPEATEDLY! He yells that at Fully Loaded -- HE WILL CHOPPY CHOPPY HIS PEE PEE!

    BAH GAWD DID I REALLY JUST WRITE THIS?!

    A hype video airs for the Owen Hart/Ken Shamrock "Dungeon Match" this Sunday on PPV, live from the Hart Family Home in Calgary, Alberta, Canada.
    4. Ken Shamrock & Dan Severn def. The Godfather & D'Lo Brown in 3:34. Shamrock & Severn have horrible chemistry because they're at odds with each other the entire match, there is still so much tension there. D'Lo avoids being in the ring with Severn whenever he can due to the fear of being re-injured, but it doesn't make it any better when Shamrock is taking out his aggression on D'Lo. Godfather ends up taking the brunt of the punishment due to this. He tags out to D'Lo, but Shamrock then forces Severn in with a tag. D'Lo tags back out to Godfather and bails. Godfather can't believe his eyes, and Severn grabs Godfather from the outside and throws him into the ring. He moves around in a circle, ready for the Beast Choker -- BUT SHAMROCK SLAPS SEVERN'S BACK TO TAG HIMSELF IN. He brushes past Severn and locks on the Anklelock to Godfather with his eyes firmly on Severn, as if to send a message, and the Godfather taps out!

    Post-match, Shamrock and Severn go nose to nose, and JR reminds us that Dan Severn will be the special guest referee for the Dungeon Match this Sunday on Pay-Per-View. Almost on cue, the Titantron flickers on and it's Owen Hart, live via satellite from his parents home in Calgary. He's stretching out some random dude, and he's yelling that this is what awaits Ken Shamrock this Sunday, and because he's the superior submission machine in the WWF -- if Dan Severn even thinks about getting out of line, HE'LL HAVE A FEW HOLDS AND STRETCHES WAITING FOR HIM, TOO! Severn and Shamrock now yell at Owen off mic together, and JR wonders what kind of dumb move Owen just made by pissing off Shamrock even more, and now pissing off the special referee of the match this Sunday. Shamrock and Severn lock eyes again before Severn leaves, and Shamrock stays behind to celebrate a bit.

    In the back, Paul Bearer, Kane, and Mankind are standing by. JR asks Paul whose side The Undertaker is on. Paul says they would have found out tonight if his son got his hands around his neck and destroyed him in front of the world, but he tucked tail and ran. Mankind says he's glad Stone Cold remains, because kicking his teeth in gives him a sense of inner peace and he's predicting a very very peaceful evening. Have a nice day! OUR MAIN EVENT -- IS NEXT!
    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    Back from break, JR & King run down the PPV card so far: Kane/Mankind [c] vs. Austin/Taker; Rock [c]/HHH 2 out of 3 Falls; Owen/Shamrock in the "Dungeon"; Vader/Henry; Windham/Bradshaw in a Bunkhouse Match; and just added after earlier tonight, Jeff Jarrett will defend the European Title against X-Pac, and Val Venis will take on Kai En Tai in a Gauntlet Match where, if he wins, he'll get five minutes against Yamaguchi-San. PLUS, the debut episode of Sunday Night HeAT prior to the PPV, which will feature a Tag Team Turmoil #1 Contender's Match, Al Snow & The Head vs. Too Much and Terry Funk's FORCED public apology to Mr. McMahon!

    5. Stone Cold Steve Austin vs. Kane & Mankind in a Handicap Match went to a No Contest in 5:08. Austin comes out first and as the heels make their entrance, he immediately leaps onto Kane and starts hammering away. He manages to clothesline Kane over the top rope. Mankind attacks from behind, but Austin is too energetic and able to capitalize on a still very hurt Mankind and he takes him down with a Thesz Press! But just as Austin gets back to his feet, Kane is back in the ring and ambushes him from behind. Kane and Mankind spend the next 2-3 minutes double teaming the WWF Champion, having little to no regard for what the referee is yelling at them, just doing as they wish. But during this assault -- THE UNDERTAKER IS SEEN ARRIVING BACK AT THE ARENA! He gets out of his car, marches towards the gorilla position and scares an official, grabbing the steel chair he was sitting on as he makes his way. Back in the ring, the assault continues and the Undertaker finally makes way out to a big pop! He gets up and stands in the corner with the chair in his hands. Kane & Mankind turn to face the Undertaker, but Austin gets back up, spins Mankind around and hits him with a Stone Cold Stunner. He spins Kane around and goes to hit him with a Stunner too, but Kane blocks it and they end up tied up near the corner. Taker lifts the chair up and he swings. Austin falls back just in time, AND THE UNDERTAKER ENDS UP HITTING KANE WITH THE CHAIR?! BUT WAIT -- DID HE MEAN TO DO THAT?! WAS THAT CHAIR SHOT FOR AUSTIN, OR WAS HE REALLY COMING TO AUSTIN'S HEAD AND HE MEANT TO HIT HIS BROTHER WITH THE CHAIR?! The ref says fuck this, and calls for the bell!

    Post-match, The Undertaker just stands on the ring apron and the chair is on the mat. Austin stares at him briefly until he notices Mankind getting back up. Austin is quick to lift the chair up and BASH Mankind across the skull to send him right back down. The Undertaker goes to step in the ring now and seemingly makes his way towards Mankind -- BUT AUSTIN TURNS AND BRAINS THE UNDERTAKER WITH A STEEL CHAIR SHOT NOW, TOO! THE RATTLESNAKE GIVES A RECEIPT, BAH GAWD, DTA! BUT WHAT DOES THIS MEAN FOR THE PPV MAIN EVENT COME THIS SUNDAY?!




    WWF IN YOUR HOUSE 23 - FULLY LOADED (7/26) CARD:

    WWF WORLD TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS
    Kane & Mankind [c] Vs. Stone Cold Steve Austin & The Undertaker

    WWF INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
    Two Out Of Three Falls
    The Rock [c] Vs. Triple H

    DUNGEON MATCH
    Live! From Calgary, Alberta, Canada at the Hart Family Home!
    Owen Hart Vs. Ken Shamrock
    Special Referee: Dan "The Beast" Severn

    WWF EUROPEAN CHAMPIONSHIP
    Jeff Jarrett [c] Vs. X-Pac

    Big Van Vader Vs. Mark Henry

    BUNKHOUSE MATCH
    Barry Windham Vs. Bradshaw

    GAUNTLET MATCH
    If Val Wins; He Gets 5 Minutes Alone With Yamaguchi-San
    Val Venis Vs. Kai En Tai w/ Yamaguchi-San

    ------------------------

    Prior to the PPV, The Debut of WWF Sunday Night HeAT!
    -- Al Snow & "Head" vs. Too Much w/ Jerry Lawler; If Snow & Head win, Snow gets a job!
    -- Tag Team Turmoil Match to determine the #1 Contenders for the WWF Tag Titles!
    -- Terry Funk's "court ordered public apology" to Mr. McMahon!

  16. #41
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Stone Cold Steve Austin (Since 6/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: Kane & Mankind (Since 7/13/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF Sunday Night HeAT
    July 26th, 1998
    Seattle, WA


    During the opening pyro and introduction of the brand-new Sunday Night HeAT, the camera picks up a few seconds of Edge in the crowd -- WATCHING. MYSTERIOUS. OOOOH.

    EARLIER TODAY: Stone Cold Steve Austin arrives to the building.

    1. Too Much def. Al Snow & "The Head" in 5:47. This is obviously just a handicap match but Snow keeps playing to the head and reaching out for a hot tag. He ends up getting Too Much with a double noggin knocker and starts moving towards a finish. He lifts Brian Christopher up for a Snow Plow, but Lawler gets up and trips Snow up, and Christopher lands on top of Snow! Lawler bends down out of sight and holds onto Snow's leg, and Christopher gets the 3 count!

    Post-match, Snow is almost in tears and acting like it was the Head's fault. Lawler's had enough of this tomfoolery, and he and Too Much put the boots to Snow and kick him out of the ring. Lawler grabs the mic and yells for security to get down here and take him away, and they drag Snow and the Head away -- for good?!


    COMING SOON.

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    EARLIER TODAY: Both the Rock and Triple H are shown arriving on a split screen with their respective stables.

    2. The New Age Outlaws won a Tag Team Turmoil Match to become the #1 Contenders for the WWF World Tag Team Championships in 9:26. The other teams included: LOD2000, New MX, Ron Simmons & Dustin Rhodes, D'Lo & The Godfather, The Quebecers and the Headbangers. This happened and was a reason to get the Outlaws on the card. The Outlaws entered fourth, and the last team they pinned was D'Lo & The Godfather. Outlaws are now the #1 contenders for the Tag Team Championships.

    Backstage, we're notified that The Undertaker has not yet arrived to the arena, but nobody seems too worried about it yet. We're reminded of how RAW ended on Monday, with Steve Austin nailing the Undertaker with a chair shot.

    A hype video for the Dungeon Match airs, highlighting the Shamrock/Owen feud.

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    After the break, Vince McMahon makes his way out, flanked by the Stooges and Sgt. Slaughter. Vince cuts right through the muck, and talks about how Terry Funk has been a thorn in his side for far too long, and he's officially elevated from thorn in the side to pain in his ass! So, under his contractual obligation as Commissioner Slaughter had the legal team explain to him, he is not waiting, he is not asking -- he is demanding that Terry Funk get his ass out here right now and issue his public apology! A few moments pass, and Terry Funk's music hits. Funk makes his way out, and Dustin Rhodes & Ron Simmons are with him. Vince suddenly starts yelling, and orders the music cut, because this isn't some sort of entertainment segment, this is about him getting his public apology. And as far as Mr. Rhodes and Mr. Simmons are concerned -- they are excused, unless they would like to find themselves in a similar situation. Dustin & Simmons are still gonna come out with Funk, but Funk tells them that he's got this, and he continues his way out to the ring.

    As Funk enters, Vince starts talking about all of his accomplishments dating back to the late 60's, all the way through the year 1998. He's one of the only wrestlers to not only wrestle in FOUR separate decades, but to be on top throughout them all. Except -- except not in the World Wrestling Federation. He tried it in the 80's when the WWF was on top of the world, and he couldn't cut the mustard with Hulk Hogan and Randy Savage -- and ANYONE should be able to cut the mustard with those two hacks! He tried it again earlier this decade when the WWF was at a low point, but he couldn't cut the mustard with Shawn Michaels and Bret Hart, and Terry Funk should've been able to steam roll the both of them! And now, he's back again for these past 2 years, thinking that he's got what it takes with the likes of the Undertaker? Kane? Mankind? Even...Stone Cold Steve Austin? All four of them have beaten Terry Funk from one side of this continent to the other, and Funk is still dense enough to think he belongs here. Well -- maybe in that BINGO HALL over in Philadelphia he's the top dog, and maybe down south where everyone's WRASSLIN', Terry Funk is a legend -- but here in the World Wrestling Federation, TERRY FUNK IS VINCE MCMAHON'S EMPLOYEE!

    The crowd is super hot and shitting on Vince, and Funk looks like a beaten old dog on his last legs, a fact that McMahon even points out. He says he's seen this movie before, and it only ends one way, and that's with Old Yeller being taken behind the barn and shot because he was rabid. Old Yeller bit the hand that fed him, and that's exactly what Terry Funk has done time and again. He is Vince McMahon, and he runs this business, and he can make sure that Terry Funk never has a job in any promotion, anywhere, ever again. But all of that goes away, all of these problems go away if Terry Funk simply does what he is contractually being obligated to do, and that is issuing his public apology to Mr. McMahon, right here, right now.

    Commissioner Slaughter hands Terry Funk a microphone, and the crowd is pleading with Funk not to apologize for anything. Vince keeps urging him on, and Funk finally starts to speak. BUT, before he can even get a word out, Vince cuts him off and says this isn't feeling sincere enough. He thinks that Mr. Funk should -- get down on his knees and apologize, BEG for his forgiveness! Funk is humiliated and he tries to plead with Vince, but Vince stands his ground and ORDERS Terry Funk to drop to his knees and apologize. Funk shakes his head in disbelief and holds onto the ropes to slowly drop to a knee. Funk picks the microphone back up and takes a deep breath. He says that for everything that's happened over these past few months, Hell -- for everything that's happend over all of these years. He is truly and honestly sorry...

    Vince and the Stooges do a mock applause and Vince asks him if that was so hard. Vince bends down and puts his hand on Terry's shoulder and tells him he did a good job, and he'll be happy to keep him around as his EMPLOYEE for the forseeable future. Vince and the Stooges go to leave, and Funk says --

    "Yeah, Mr. McMahon -- I am sorry. I'm sorry that I DIDN'T KILL YOU WHEN I HAD THE CHANCE!"

    AND FUNK LUNGES AT VINCE AND GETS HIM WITH A RIGHT HAND, DOWN GOES VINCE! THE STOOGES AND SLAUGHTER GO TO DOG PILE ONTO FUNK, BUT FUNK JUST STARTS THROWING HANDS AND FISTS AT ALL OF THEM! JR SCREAMS THAT TERRY FUNK IS NOBODY'S EMPLOYEE, TERRY FUNK IS A DAMN LEGEND IN THIS BUSINESS, AND IF HE'S GONNA GO DOWN, HE'S TAKING EVERYBODY WITH HIM! The crowd is LOSING their minds as Funk is kicking the Stooges ass. Vince manages to escape from the ring and he starts screaming for security. Security rushes out, and Dustin Rhodes & Ron Simmons are right behind them. Simmons & Dustin manage to pull Funk off of the Stooges and Slaughter, and they escape out of the ring as well. Vince screams for security to get Funk the Hell out of this building. JR wonders what kind of fall out Terry Funk is going to see out of this, and Lawler says it's simple, he's going to be fired and he can't wait!

    A hype video for the WWF Tag Team Championship Main Event airs to close the show!

  17. #42
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Stone Cold Steve Austin (Since 6/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: Jeff Jarrett (Since 5/4/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: Kane & Mankind (Since 7/13/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF PRESENTS: IN YOUR HOUSE 23 - FULLY LOADED 1998
    SUNDAY, JULY 26TH, 1998
    KEYARENA, SEATTLE, WASHINGTON

    A hype video for the Tag Team Match, Rock/HHH and the Dungeon Match airs to start the show.

    Match #1: Jeff Jarrett [c] vs. X-Pac [WWF European Championship]
    Before the match starts, Howard Finkel gives Jeff Jarrett a really improper introduction, and Jarrett is pissed off by this, and we're reminded of Jarrett attacking Howard Finkel a few weeks ago. This anger takes Jarrett off his game, and Pac pearl harbors him and gets him with a roll-up almost to get the win. Jarrett kicks out and goes for a clothesline, but Pac ducks, hits the ropes and takes him down with a crescent kick and goes for another cover, but Jarrett kicks out! They swoop back up, Pac kicks Jarrett in the gut and goes for the X-Factor -- but Jarrett wiggles back, falls through the ropes and out to the floor. Jarrett takes a powder and tries to regroup, but Pac stays on him and they brawl on the floor a bit. Pac goes in to break up the count and reaches out to lift Jarrett up by the hair to the apron, but Jarrett swats his hands away, grabs him by the neck and drops him with a modified stunner, neck first across the top rope! Jarrett slides back in and stomps away on Pac's bad neck and goes to work, finding his weak spot to work at. Jarrett keeps the majority of the next few minutes down on the ground, grabbing a hold and really applying pressure to X-Pac's surgically repaired neck that JR reminds us kept him on the shelf for over a year. He gets his feet up on the ropes to add pressure, but the ref forcefully kicks his feet off the ropes, and Jarrett gets up to yell at him. X-Pac manages to crawl over and get Jarrett by the legs, attempting to roll him up, but Jarrett quick drops down and sits on his chest and goes for a pin, and he grabs on to the middle rope. The ref starts to count, but when he sees this -- the ref kicks Jarrett's arms off the ropes now, and Jarrett's really getting ticked off! Colonel Parker gets up on the apron to yell at the ref now, and the ref argues back. Parker starts waving his hanky at him in anger -- AND THE REF EJECTS PARKER FROM RINGSIDE?! JR even admits that this referee is a little overzealous, but then it rings a bell -- this is the same referee that Jarrett brained with a guitar shot just a month ago! And it seems Jarrett is just realizing that right now! Jarrett starts to jam his finger into the referee's chest, AND THE REF SHOVES JARRETT AWAY! Jarrett is IRATE and he lunges at the referee, BUT X-PAC GETS HIM WITH A ROUNDHOUSE KICK OUT OF NOWHERE! Jarrett falls back to the ropes and stumbles out to take a swing, but Pac kicks him BLATANTLY low and gets him with the X-Factor! Pac hooks the leg, ONE, TWO, THRE-NO! Jarrett gets his arm up! Pac gets back up, and Jarrett manages to get him with a headbutt down low. The ref checks on X-Pac, and Jarrett goes over to his corner and grabs the European Title. He goes to run and nail X-Pac with it and draw the blatant DQ, but the ref reaches and pulls on the belt, trying to get it out of Jarrett's hands! Jarrett turns and yanks the belt away and shoves the ref back and warns him not to PISS HIM OFF. Jarrett turns back around, AND PAC GETS HIM WITH A STANDING HEEL KICK SENDING THE BELT INTO JARRETT'S HEAD! PAC GETS THE COVER, AND A FRUSTRATED REFEREE DROPS DOWN AND DOES A FAST COUNT, WE'VE GOT A NEW CHAMPION!
    Winner: ...and NEW WWF European Champion, X-PAC (9:46)

    Post-match, the ref and Pac slide out of the ring and the ref raises X-Pac's arm in victory and hands him the belt. JR says that Jeff Jarrett is getting his just desserts tonight, from the Fink, from the referee and now from X-Pac, whom he cost the IC Title just a week ago on RAW. Colonel Parker runs back out past X-Pac and rushes in to check on Jarrett, fanning him off with his hat, and Jarrett sits up dazed and confused.

    Backstage, Michael Cole is standing by the overhead gate entrance of the arena. Cole informs us that even though he's in the Main Event tonight, the Undertaker has still NOT arrived to the arena yet, as seen on HeAT. He says that normal protocol for the WWF is to have superstars arrive to the building no later than an hour prior to the show, however, in special cases or for someone like the Undertaker, the rule is usually leinient. Even then, the Undertaker is usually on time, if not early to the building, for every show they do. He'll have more on this when, and if, it develops.

    Match #2: Big Van Vader vs. Mark Henry
    YEAH, BIG MAN BATTLE! These two hosses immediately go at it and start throwing their weight around. Henry gets too over confident and goes to lift Vader up for a body slam, but Vader's able to weigh himself down and almost get Henry with a pinfall. Vader starts roughing up Henry in the corner with the big body punches and whips him around into the corners, but the third time around, Henry comes out of one of the corners quick with a huge meathook clothesline that takes Vader down. Henry hits Vader with a few quick splashes and big elbow drops to keep him down. Henry works a couple of quick holds, but that gives Vader time to rest and work his way back up and he hits Henry with a few side elbows and sends him to the ropes and gets him with a big body attack. Vader pulls the straps down and sends Henry back into the corner and starts working him up and down with the big body punches yet again. Vader takes some steps back and he starts hitting Henry with REPEATED big splashes into the corner. Henry comes stumbling out of the corner favoring his midsection, and as he does, VADER GETS HIM WITH A CHOKESLAM, AND THE WORLD'S STRONGEST MAN IS DOWN AND OUT! Vader drags him over the corner AND HE CONNECTS WITH THE VADER BOMB! IT'S OVER, YOU DON'T GET KICK OUT OF THA -- MARK HENRY JUST KICKED OUT OF THE VADER BOMB, AND HE LIFTED VADER INTO THE AIR AND OFF OF HIM, GOOD GOD ALMIGHTY! Vader can't believe it, but he has to act quick, and he lifts Henry back up and gets him with a few more quick body punches. He pulls back in the old football stance and rushes forward, hitting Henry with yet another big corner splash. Vader spins back and he rushes forward again, going for another, but as he jumps -- MARK HENRY CATCHES HIM IN A BEARHUG! HENRY SQUEEZES, BUT STARTS TO FALL BACK DUE TO VADER'S SIZE. BUT HENRY STABLIZES HIMSELF -- AND HE MANAGES TO LIFT VADER UP IN THE BODYSLAM POSITION -- AND HE HITS THE HIGH ANGLED FALLING POWERSLAM! BAH GAWD! ONE! TWO! THREE!
    Winner: Mark Henry (5:03)

    Post-match, JR & The King cannot BELIEVE that Mark Henry was able to show that type of strength and get that big win over the former WWF Champion, who was one of the most dominant people in the WWF, and Lawler points out the key word there: was. Henry celebrates towards the back, and the Nation meets him out at the entry way to celebrate his HUGE win and they do the Nation fist salute.

    Back in the ring, Vader starts to get up and is holding his midsection in pain. He rips off his mask and throws it aside, pissed off at himself. He looks around at the crowd and he keeps saying he's sorry. The fans give Vader an applause and chant his name, but Vader just shakes his head. He takes off his elbow pads and throws them down with his mask, and he sulks off to the back with his head hung low.

    JR & King back at ringside give us a recap of what happened earlier tonight on the debut edition of Sunday Night HeAT, including the New Age Outlaws winning the #1 contendership in a Tag Team Turmoil match, his broadcast partner costing Al Snow his chance at a job in the WWF, and the Terry Funk FORCED apology that did not end well whatsoever. JR informs us that since then -- Terry Funk has been escorted from the building, but he was handed this just moments ago following the Vader/Mark Henry match, and its a note from The Office of the Commissioner: Sgt. Slaughter writes that Mr. McMahon is tired of carrying disrespectful, untalented, deadweight on his roster when they're in the middle of a war, and he won't stand for it any longer. So, Commissioner Slaughter is ORDERING Dustin Rhodes, Ron Simmons, Terry Funk -- and get this -- Big Van Vader to be in the ring TOMORROW NIGHT ON RAW to have their futures addressed by Mr. McMahon, and that's an order! JR crumbles up the paper and tosses it aside, saying it might get him some heat, but he'll go right out and say it -- the treatment of these four men, especially someone like Terry Funk, is downright deplorable and it's the lowest of the low. Lawler warns JR to watch it because Terry Funk laid his hands on Mr. McMahon, but JR says he deserved it! JR continues by saying that he's sick of it, this is turning into a dictatorship in the WWF, and these aren't conditions any wrestler should work under, it's outrageous.

    A recap of the initial TAKA/Kai En Tai feud, which turned into TAKA & Val vs. Kai En Tai. That is, until Val started sleeping with Mrs. Yamaguchi, which turned out to be TAKA's sister!
    Kai En Tai comes out, but they're guarded by a group of officials to make sure this goes down the right way. Mr. Yamaguchi is handcuffed to the ring post as extra insurance!

    Match #3: Val Venis vs. Kai En Tai [TAKA/Funaki/Mens Teioh/Dick Togo] [Gauntlet Match] [If Val Wins, He Gets 5 Minutes Alone with Yamaguchi-San]
    Val starts off the match against Sho Funaki. Val goes for a tie-up but Funaki kicks him low and starts working him over with a series of cheap shots. But Val makes a quick turn around and they go into a ropes sequence, that is until Yamaguchi is able to reach in from the post he's cuffed to and is able to trip up Val! Val turns to take a kick at him, but Funaki pearl harbor's him and gets him down. Fuanki goes to rush up top and dive off, but he takes too long mocking Val's hip swing, and Val's able to kick the ropes and crotch Funaki! Val rushes up the ropes and grabs ahold of Funaki -- FISHERMAN'S SUPLEX OFF THE ROPES AND HE KEEPS THE LEG HOOKED! ONE! TWO! THREE!

    Winner: Val Venis (2:34)

    Before Val can even get up, Mens Teioh slides in to start stomping away at him. The officials pull Funaki out and escort him to the back. Teioh tries to keep up the attack, but Val is able to over power him and start throwing him around. He gets him with a few big tosses and traps him on the mat for some arm work. He locks eyes with Yamaguchi and starts mouthing off, but it gives Teioh an easy escape route back to his feet and reverses the situation, now working Val over on the mat. Val gets the hope spot and starts back to his feet. Big side elbows, breaks the side headlock and he starts paintbrushing Teioh before sending him to the ropes. Teioh ducks a clothesline and comes back with a crossbody attempt, but Val catches him and gets him with the Fallaway Slam. Val goes up top, MONEY SHOT! ONE! TWO! THREE!

    Winner: Val Venis (5:19)

    Val gets up and starts pointing at Yamaguchi, telling him that he's coming for him. WHAM! From behind, Dick Togo NAILS Val Venis with Taka's LHW Title! Val goes down, and Togo starts whipping him with the belt, and the ref calls for the bell!

    Winner: ...via DQ, Val Venis (5:32)

    Togo keeps the attack up, shoving the referee out of the way, and he continues to punish Val's midsection and back. He keeps holding off the referees with TAKA's help from the outside, and Togo goes up top and BOOM, he connects with the Back Senton! Togo mocks Val's hip swivel, AND THEN HITS A STANDING BACK SENTON before sliding out and rushing off to the back!

    TAKA quickly slides into the ring and hooks Val's leg and pulls back hard. ONE! TWO! THRE-NO! VAL JUST NARROWLY GETS HIS FOOT ON THE BOTTOM ROPE! Yamaguchi can't believe it, and either can TAKA! TAKA quick goes to work on Val's back and midsection, picking up where Togo left off. TAKA lifts Val up and starts lighting him up with big kicks in the corner followed up by a monkey flip. He sends Val to the ropes and pulls off a beautiful tilt-a-whirl backbreaker to lay Val out flat. TAKA runs up the ropes and CONNECTS with a Moonsault! WAIT, MRS. YAMAGUCHI COMES RUNNING DOWN THE AISLEWAY! TAKA goes for the cover, ONE, TWO, THR-NO! MRS. YAMAGUCHI PULLS ON TAKA'S LEG TO BREAK UP THE PIN! TAKA gets up and turns to start yelling at her, and Val's slowly able to get back up to his feet. TAKA turns, kick to the gut, Val hits a Rude Awakening neckbreaker! He favors his midsection as he heads up top, ready for the Money Shot. But Yamaguchi-San is able to get up just enough to shake the ropes and trip Val up! Val gets crotched on the top turnbuckle -- AND YAMAGUCHI THROWS SALT IN HIS EYES! HE'S PULLING OUT ALL OF THE STOPS! TAKA starts to get back up and go over to the corner and he picks Val off the corner as he's blinded, going to hit him with a Michinoku Driver -- BUT THE BLINDED VAL IS ABLE TO WEIGH DOWN AND TURN IT INTO A MODIFIED SMALL PACKAGE! ONE! TWO! THREE!
    Winner: Val Venis (9:50)

    Post-match, Val is declared as the winner and Yamaguchi-San's jaw drops. The referee forces an irate TAKA out of the ring, and he can't believe it either! Val screams for water, and a stage hand gives him a bottle of water to rinse his eyes out. Yamaguchi-San is freed from the post to meet his fate, but he tries to make a run for it! The referees stop him and force him back to the ring, and Yamaguchi stumbles backwards into it. He tries to beg and plead with the referees, but before he knows it -- he senses a presence behind him, and it's Val Venis! Venis picks him up and -- hey, yeah, he beats the shit out of Yamaguchi for the next 5 minutes or whatever. He finishes him off with a Money Shot before celebrating to the back with Mrs. Yamaguchi.

    A quick shot of the backstage area again, and we see Michael Cole pacing around at the same spot he was in previously. JR informs us that in an unbelivable circumstance -- the Undertaker has STILL not arrived to the building.

    Before the next match, the entire NWA contingent goes to come out to the ring with Barry Windham, but doing his job for the first time in a long time, Commissioner Slaughter comes up and bars the NWA to the back, including Jim Cornette!

    Match #4: Bradshaw vs. Barry Windham [Bunkhouse Match]
    Bradshaw gives Windham chase in the opening seconds, as Barry wants no part of this match that has, essentially, been building up for months now! Bradshaw's anger blinds him to such a point that Windham's able to hide behind the referee, and then reach around him to rake Bradshaw's eyes! With the big Texan now actually blinded, albeit temporarily, Windham goes to work and starts tossing Bradshaw around the outside of the ring, into the steps and guard rail. He kicks the steps off their hinge and he manages to lift Bradshaw up and BODYSLAM HIM straight down onto the lower set of stairs! Windham doesn't let up, grabbing a hold of some wire from one of the cameramen and he begins to choke Bradshaw. The ref tries to get him to stop, but he has no reason to, this is No DQ obviously! Windham only breaks the choke when Bradshaw's able to throw his hands back hard enough to clock Windham in the face and send him backwards. Bradshaw sells the choke and coughs some air back into his lungs, and Windham goes to charge at him, BUT BRADSHAW LEVELS HIM WITH A LARIAT THAT SENDS HIM FALLING BACK HARD TO THE CONCRETE FLOOR! Bradshaw takes time to recoup before he lifts Windham back up, and we can see that Windham has a massive cut on the back of his head now. Bradshaw doesn't let up, and he starts working over the cut on the top of his head with some punches and then lifts Windham onto his shoulder and gets him with a battering ram into the steel post. This damn match hasn't even gone into the ring yet! Bradshaw rolls a bloody Windham back into the ring before reaching under the apron and he starts whipping an array of foriegn objects into the ring, including a whole bunch of items that are stuffed inside of a trash can! Windham takes this time to take a powder, and he reaches into his trunks and pulls out a set of brass knucks! Bradshaw finally comes back into the ring and grabs a Stop sign, marching towards Windham to nail him, BUT WINDHAM PUNCHES THE STOP SIGN INTO BRADSHAW'S FACE WITH THE BRASS KNUCKS, AND BRADSHAW GOES DOWN HARD! Windham is still beaten down and bloody so he can't capitalize right away, and the camera gets a shot of Bradshaw, who now has a massive gash across the bridge of his nose! Both men are wearing crimson masks, and Windham is finally able to roll over and make the first cover of the match. ONE! TWO! NO! BRADSHAW GETS HIS ARM UP JUST IN TIME! An annoyed Windham starts picking up every weapon in sight and just drops it on top of Bradshaw, throwing things at him in a fit of rage, before settling on the trash can. He bops Bradshaw over the head with the can, sending the big man back into the corner. Windham lays the trash can out and he manages to lift big Bradshaw up to the top rope, and Windham's actually going to attempt a superplex -- onto the trash can! He gets up there with Bradshaw, but Bradshaw manages to come to his senses and starts throwing wild jabs at Windham's exposed midsection, finally connecting with one that's hard enough to knock the wind out of him and he shoves Windham off the ropes, and he crashes down onto the garbage can, flattening it. Bradshaw stands up on the second rope and hits a quick elbow drop and a cover, ONE, TWO, THRE-KICKOUT! Bradshaw's had enough of this. He picks the trash can back up and opens it up some. Windham stumbles to his feet and Bradshaw SLAMS the can over top of Windham's head! He hits the ropes -- BOOM! RUNNING LARIAT INTO THE TRASH CAN! Bradshaw hurts his arm BAD doing it, but it's enough to keep Windham down. Bradshaw hooks the leg, ONE! TWO! THREE!
    Winner: Bradshaw (7:01)

    Post-match, Bradshaw has to be helped to the back by the referee. The massive cut on the bridge of his nose is bleeding, and he now has a big laceration across his bicep from the finish. Jim Cornette and the New Midnight Express finally run out and pull a bloodied & beaten up Barry Windham from the trash can and practically drag him to the back.

    Backstage, Kevin Kelly stands by with Paul Bearer, Kane & Mankind, and is quite nervous about it obviously. Kelly talks to Bearer about the Undertaker not being here, and Bearer says he knew it, the Undertaker is afraid to face Kane again, which is why he's not here, because he wants to stay in one piece for his SummerSlam match. He's a coward and Stone Cold Steve Austin is going to be finished like they started on Raw last week, but this time, The Undertaker won't be there to help him! A commotion is heard off screen, and it's the New Age Outlaws trying to get at Kane & Mankind. Road Dogg is able to shout as the Outlaws are being held back by officials, and he says that the Undertaker may puss out and these two freaks might get what they want done on Stone Cold, but either way, they're cashing their Tag Team Title shot that they won on HeAT in tomorrow night on RAW! Kane & Mankind just stare at them, so Gunn says maybe they'll hear this -- AND HE DIVES OVER TOP OF THE OFFICIALS AND THE TWO TEAMS START BRAWLING BAH GAWD! The officials eventually drag the Outlaws away and Mankind & Bearer calm an irate Kane down.

    A video package airs on the DX/Nation rivalry, focusing mainly on the issues between Rock & Triple H, dating back to their original encounter at WrestleMania 13.
    Match #5: The Rock [c] vs. Triple H [WWF Intercontinental Championship] [2 Out Of 3 Falls Match]
    Haven't done this in a while at least, right? At least, I don't think I have. I'm trying to avoid doing this for feud enders, and luckily, this isn't a feud ender. Plus, I would arguably say that this is better than what they did at Summerslam, not by much, and I'm sure that's not a popular opinion. And as my rule as been since the beginning, if I think it's too perfect, I try not to touch it. So here it is: http://www.dailymotion.com/video/xwt...atch_lifestyle Or, you can go watch it on the WWE Network, who has a 30 day free trial which, if you order now, also includes Fastlane and Wrestlemania! Oh god, I'm a shill. Tons of interference from all of the Nation and D-Generation-X members. Rock won the first fall, Hunter won the second fall, and after a drawn out battle, Hunter just hits the Pedigree and is rolling Rock over to cover him and win the 3rd and deciding fall, and the bell suddenly rings, it's a draw?!
    Winner: Time Limit Draw (30:00)

    Post-match, there's a bit of confusion and even JR & King are trying to put it together. Triple H starts trying to talk to the referee, and the ref is getting his decision to Howard Finkel. DX is trying to figure out what's going on, and meanwhile, the Nation has pulled the Rock out of the ring. Finkel announces the referee's decision as being a Time Limit Draw in the third and deciding fall, and there is no winner. HOWEVER -- STILL your WWF Intercontinental Champion, THE ROCK! The ref grabs the IC Belt and rushes past an irate Triple H in the ring, and he rolls out to hand it to a beaten down and damn near unconcious Rock who raises it high into the air with the help of the Nation taking him to the back. Triple H has to be restrained by the rest of DX in the ring when he attempts to go after the ref and then go after the Nation. This war is FAR from over.

    Backstage, we see Michael Cole now getting impatient, however, there is still NO sign of the Undertaker!

    Huge boo's echo throughout the arena as Vince McMahon comes out with Sarge and the Stooges, and he gets on the microphone. He says he's sure the vast majority of them are just as upset as he is about the possibility of The Undertaker not performing tonight. In the unlikely event that The Undertaker pulls a no-show, you shouldn't blame Vince McMahon. Last Monday on Raw, it was Stone Cold who almost decapitated Undertaker with a steel chair, not Vince McMahon. They've seen Stone Cold Steve Austin with unseemly and grotesque hand gestures to the Undertaker. Stone Cold has provoked The Undertaker by agreeing to the match at SummerSlam. That was Stone Cold, not Vince McMahon. Don't blame him. The blame will clearly go to Stone Cold Steve Austin. In every WWF advertisement, there is fine print reading Card Subject to Change. So with that in mind -- Vince has Patterson put on his reading glasses, and Brisco hands him a copy of the official program! Vince clears his throat and Sarge holds the mic for him. Vince reads, specificaly, the part that says how the card is SUBJECT TO CHANGE, and the promoter reserves the right to make a suitable substitution in the event of a no-show. He says in the unlikely event that Undertaker pulls a no-show, Steve Austin's replacement partner will be -- THE BROOKLYN BRAWLER! Vince and the Stooges crack up at this notion, they wish Austin luck and Vince tells the crowd to enjoy the rest of the show!

    We see a recap of the Shamrock/Owen feud, starting with Owen turning on Shamrock during a tag match and alligning with the Nation under the deal of Owen helps the Nation with Shamrock, and The Nation helps Owen with DX. We also see Dan Severn's quick rise to prominence and his lingering issues with Shamrock from their UFC days, as well as his newer issues with Owen Hart since Owen cost him the KOTR.
    The cameras cut to the live feed in Calgary. Dan Severn is standing non-chalantly in warm up clothes by a window in one of the room's of the infamous Hart Family Dungeon. JR gives a very quick oral history of the Dungeon and what it means to wrestling, as well as most importantly, the Hart Family and other Canadian athletes. Owen is seen there in his best zubaz and WWF Attitude shirt, warming up. The camera goes around the corner as a door is heard slamming open, and it's Ken Shamrock slowly making his way down the basement steps, making sure there's no signs of a trap or ambush from the Hart Family. Shamrock enters the room they'll be having the contest in and he locks eyes with Owen. He slowly makes his way in and circles around, briefly locking eyes with Severn and making sure to keep an eye on him as well. JR reminds us that Severn has promised to call this thing down the middle, no matter what. Shamrock and Owen circle around a bit more and Severn yells to FIGHT, and it's on!

    Match #6: Ken Shamrock vs. Owen Hart [Dungeon Match] [Special Referee: Dan Severn] [LIVE Via Satellite from Calgary, Alberta, Canada]
    Owen immediately goes for a tackle and a take down on Shamrock, but Shamrock hooks him and they start exchanging really quick holds on the mat, both men trying to gain leverage over the other. Owen tries a single leg grapevine, but Shamrock sweeps his other leg and trips him, sending him hard to the floor. Shamrock gets up quick and wrenches on Owen's knee a bit, but Owen's able to hobble his way up. Shamrock RAMS Owen into the hard, unforgiving wall of the dungeon, and then starts slamming him back into it repeatedly! Owen gets desperate and blatantly kicks Shamrock between the legs, and Severn allows it! JR says Severn did promise to call it down the middle, but he's letting both men get away with a lot so far. Owen takes advantage of Shamrock winded and he rams him into the wall a few times and takes him down with a spinning heel kick. He mounts him and starts throwing wild punches at him, but Shamrock's able to cover & block before grabbing the arm and twisting, reversing position and now he starts lighting Owen up with punches, but Owen's able to cover up. Shamrock goes to pick Owen up, but Owen reaches up and takes a thumb to the eye and then rams Shamrock skull first into the wall and then gets him with a German Suplex back onto the floor! Severn makes Owen back off a bit and Owen warns him to back away. Shamrock kicks Owen at the back of the leg and hobbles him and he manages to whip Owen hard into the opposite wall. Owen stumbles out and Shamrock charges -- BUT OWEN GRABS A HOLD OF A PIPE ON THE CEILING AND DANGLES, AND HE CATCHES SHAMROCK WITH A HEADSCISSORS TAKE DOWN! They go back and fourth trading punishing blows until Shamrock whips Owen off camera and he goes DIRECTLY into a large set of weights that come tumbling down. Severn makes Shamrock back off now, and Shamrock waves Severn away. He goes to grab Owen, but Owen back elbows him in the face and then starts slamming Shamrock's head repeatedly into the wall before lifting him up for what appears to be a Manhattan Drop -- ONLY TO KEEP LIFTING AND SEND SHAMROCK'S HEAD THROUGH THE CEILING. Shamrock goes down hard and Owen acts quick, wrapping Shamrock's legs up with the Sharpshooter and turning him, and Severn drops down to start seeing if Shamrock's going to submit. Shamrock fights it and fights it, and he finally is able to push himself off the ground enough that he can tuck and roll under his own body and grab Owen's leg, turning it into the set-up for the Ankle Lock -- but Owen rolls out just in time. As they get up, Shamrock IMMEDIATELY nails him with a roundhouse kick and starts screaming at him to get up so he can finish this. Owen stumbles to his feet and Shamrock goes for another big kick -- BUT OWEN DUCKS AND SHAMROCK ACCIDENTALLY HITS SEVERN! Shamrock goes to check on Severn, and Owen is down and hobbled -- AND SUDDENLY, BRUCE HART RUNS ON TO THE SCENE WITH ONE OF THE DUMBBELL'S AND HE NAILS SHAMROCK IN THE BACK OF THE HEAD! Bruce quickly disappears as Severn starts to move around some, and Owen crawls over on top of Shamrock and locks him in the weakest looking Crossface ever, but has his body positioned to block Severn's sight just enough. Owen reaches over and grabs the KO'd Shamrocks hand and starts making it tap up and down, and a groggy yet pissed off Severn declares it to be over, OWEN WINS?!
    Winner: Owen Hart (6:46)

    Post-match, Severn stares down on Shamrock with disgust and raises Owen Hart's arm as the victor. Owen yells that nobody beats him in the Dungeon, he beat Shamrock, and he did it all by himself! He celebrates up the stairs, and WWF security comes on the scene to awaken Shamrock and assumingly get him out of there before any extracurricular incidents occur.

    Backstage once more live in Seattle, Michael Cole is signaling to the camera guy that they should just wrap it up. But the camera goes past Cole's shoulder -- BECAUSE THE UNDERTAKER HAS ARRIVED! Taker marches at a fast pace into the building. Cole rushes up to him to try and get a word -- BUT TAKER PIE FACES HIM OUT OF THE WAY AND MARCHES OFF TOWARDS THE LOCKER ROOM AREA. Back at ringside, JR & King can't believe he showed up at all let alone when he did. JR wonders if this means we're actually going to get our 2 on 2 match now, but King still believes that the Undertaker is in kahootz with Kane, and this is an ambush the Rattlesnake is walking into!

    A hype video airs on the on-going situation between these four men in the Tag Match, dating back to WrestleMania XIV, leading us to our Tag Team Championship Main Event here tonight!
    Kane & Mankind make their way out first. The Undertaker's out next and JR puts over the fact that the Undertaker arrived to this building less than 20 minutes ago, and there is no time for strategy or match planning based on that, and King says that's because the Undertaker is in kahootz with Kane, and it'll be 3 on 1 here tonight.

    Stone Cold makes his way out to a tremendous pop, but he only gets a few feet down the aisleway before the Undertaker marches up and gets in his face and they start exchanging words. BUT KANE & MANKIND ATTACK FROM BEHIND, AND HERE WE GO!

    Match #7: Kane & Mankind [c] vs. Stone Cold Steve Austin & The Undertaker [WWF World Tag Team Championships]
    All four men brawl around for a while, with Austin fighting Kane and the Undertaker fighting Mankind. The ref, surprising everybody, is able to get this under control and get Mankind and the Undertaker to their corners while Austin & Kane start the match. Austin goes to work on Kane in his corner and stomps him down to size with those big boots and as he pulls away, HE FLIPS THE UNDERTAKER OFF! Kane uppercuts Austin and fights his way out and tags out to Mankind, and Mankind and Austin brawl for a few minutes, going back and fourth. Austin is in position to tag a few times, but apparently just chooses not to do so. Kane & Mankind end up cutting the ring off for a bit and working Austin over, going after his historically bad neck. Kane goes to lift Austin up for a tree slam, but Austin swings his legs and "accidentally" connects with Kane in the groin. Kane drops him, Austin goes for a quick Stunner attempt but Kane pushes him off and into his corner -- so Austin tags in The Undertaker to face his brother! Undertaker stares Austin down, but then abides by the rules and gets into the ring, AND HE IMMEDIATELY STARTS LIGHTING KANE UP WITH SHOULDER BUMPS AND A BIG SHOULDER TACKLE, BEFORE SENDING HIM DOWN TO THE MAT WITH A SIDE RUSSIAN LEG SWEEP. Taker does the sit-up and slowly walks back over to his corner -- AND NOW TAKER FLIPS AUSTIN THE BIRD. Kane tags out during this and Mankind attacks Undertaker from behind. But not for long, as Taker starts beating down Mankind and throwing him from pilar to post, beating him down good, trying to finish off what he started at the King of the Ring. Kane gets a blind tag in and now he aggresively starts going after the Undertaker, and JR is starting to become convinced that they're not in kahootz, because Kane is seemingly trying to beat his brother. Kane starts working holds, shockingly, and working over Taker's arm, softening him up for Mankind to come back in and continue the work. But as Mankind comes back in, Taker seems to kind of come to his senses and he starts fighting back. Mankind has to pull out all the stops SO HE TAKES TAKER OUT WITH A CACTUS CLOTHESLINE TO THE FLOOR AND THEY BOTH TUMBLE DOWN HARD! Taker starts to get up, BUT KANE MOWS HIM DOWN WITH A LARIAT ON THE OUTSIDE! Paul Bearer calls Kane away, and Mankind goes to get up on the apron to hit the Cactus Elbow on Taker now -- BUT AUSTIN BUMRUSHES THE RING AND HIPCHECKS MANKIND OFF THE APRON AND DOWN HARD ONTO THE SPANISH ANNOUNCE TABLE, AND IT DOESN'T BREAK, NO GIVE! Mankind slides off and stumbles around, out on his feet, and Taker gets him with a BIIIIIG back body drop to the floor, BUT KANE IS THERE AGAIN TO MOW HIS BROTHER DOWN WITH A LARIAT ON THE FLOOR! After almost getting counted out, Mankind breaks the count and drags Taker back into the ring. He works him over a bit and goes to set up the Double Arm DDT, but Taker shoves off and sends Mankind into the ropes, and as they reconnect, TAKER HITS MANKIND WITH A RUNNING DDT! Both men are down, the crowd is starting to get hot and Austin is PLEADING for the tag. Both Mankind and Taker stumble up towards the corner. Mankind falls over and tags in Kane, Taker is just about to fully walk over and tag but Kane attacks from behind. Taker falls forward, AND IT'S ENOUGH FOR AUSTIN TO GET THE TAG! Austin starts lighting Kane up and Taker cuts off Mankind and takes him out to the floor. Mankind posts Taker and then grabs a chair and throws it inside of the ring, but Taker attacks Mankind again and whips him into the steel guard rail. Austin intercepts the chair from Kane AND HE WALLOPS THE BIG RED MACHINE ACROSS THE HEAD WITH THE REF DISTRACTED BY TAKER & MANKIND BRAWLING! Austin covers, and it takes a sec for the ref to turn and he finally does to get the count -- ONE! TWO! NO! STRONG KICK OUT BY KANE! Kane fights his way back up and PLANTS Austin with a big boot that sends the Rattlesnake tumbling to the outside, where Mankind has broken free from the Undertaker and is now attacking Austin near the announce tables, and he'll periodically go over to distract the ref so Kane can come out and get him some, and the Undertaker just stands idly by on the apron -- watching. Kane & Mankind finally send Austin back in to the ring, and for the next 5-6 minutes, they display some pretty damn good in-and-out, fluid tag team wrestling skills as they work over the WWF Champion, continuing to focus on his neck and wearing him out. They go for at least a half a dozen nearfalls, but each time, Austin manages to kick out or get a foot on the rope just barely, and Kane & Mankind grow more aggitated. Kane tosses Austin into the heel corner and starts choking him with the boot and Mankind gets in the ring to join in. The ref goes to reprimand them, BUT TAKER STEPS INTO THE RING! The ref is now distracted by Taker, and instead of leaving the ring so the ref can break it up, TAKER JUST STANDS THERE FOR A FEW SECONDS, AND THE BEAT DOWN CONTINUES! Lawler yells that proves it, he's in kahootz with Kane! Taker finally exits the ring, Kane drags Austin by his throat back to his feet and PLANTS HIM with a Chokeslam! Mankind yells for the Tombstone, and Kane lifts Ausitn up to set him up for it -- but Austin wiggles his legs and gets back down, and when Kane turns -- WHAM, AUSTIN GETS HIM WITH A STONE COLD STUNNER! Mankind bumrushes the ring and locks the Mandible Claw onto Austin, but before it can get to him too much, AUSTIN'S ABLE TO REVERSE THAT INTO A STONE COLD STUNNER AS WELL, NOW ALL THREE MEN ARE DOWN AS THE UNDERTAKER STANDS ON THE APRON! Mankind rolls out to the apron and Kane & Austin are both laid out. Austin starts to show signs of life and roll to his side, beginning to crawl over to his corner, and the Undertaker still just stands there. KANE SITS UP! He grabs a hold of Austin's leg and tries pulling him back, Austin is reaching for dear life -- BUT THE UNDERTAKER ISN'T EXTENDING HIS HAND BACK?! Austin keeps reaching and reaching, and the camera picks the Undertaker making a very distraught face -- AND HE FINALLY REACHES OUT AND TAGS IN! HE CUTS OFF MANKIND FROM THE OUTSIDE, AND HE STARTS GOING BACK AND FOURTH WITH THE HARD RIGHT HANDS TO BOTH MEN! He grabs Kane by the throat, but Mankind pulls at Taker's hair, SO TAKER SWINGS HIS LEG BACK TO GET MANKIND WITH A LOW BLOW! CHOKESLAM TO KANE! CHOKESLAM TO MANKIND! KANE SITS UP, BUT AS HE DOES, HE STUMBLES RIGHT INTO THE TOMBSTONE SET-UP FROM THE UNDERTAKER -- AND IT CONNECTS! MANKIND RUSHES OVER, BUT AUSTIN IS BACK IN AND HE CUTS MANKIND OFF WITH A THESZ PRESS! TAKER FOLDS KANE'S ARMS OVER HIS CHEST AND THE REF COUNTS! ONE! TWO! THREE!
    Winners: ...and NEW WWF World Tag Team Champions, Stone Cold Steve Austin & The Undertaker (16:08)

    Post-match, Austin takes a powder on the outside and is absolutely exhausted after working the majority of that match. The Undertaker reaches out and snatches BOTH Tag Team Titles away from Howard Finkel as he makes the announcement. Austin goes to slide into the ring, assuming Taker is going to hand him his belt. BUT TAKER JUST LOOKS AT HIM AND LEAVES WITH BOTH BELTS?! Austin yells at him, asking him where the Hell he's going with HIS Belt, and Taker just walks off leaving an irate Austin behind as Fully Loaded comes to an end!

  18. #43
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Stone Cold Steve Austin (Since 6/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: X-Pac (Since 7/26/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: Steve Austin & The Undertaker (Since 7/26/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    JULY 27TH, 1998
    TACOMA, WA


    TONIGHT: PAC/D'LO FOR THE EURO TITLE; KANE & MANKIND vs. ROCK/OWEN - #1 CONTD'RS; VINCE ADDRESSES VADER/FUNK/DUSTIN/SIMMONS!

    The glass shatters to start the show and a pissed off more-than-usual Stone Cold Steve Austin marches his way out to the ring! JR gives us a quick verbal recap of what happened in the Main Event of Fully Loaded last night, and notes that Austin still doesn't have his Tag Belt, and that may be the reason he's so pissed off here tonight. Austin snatches a mic and says he doesn't give a rats ass about no damn conspiracies, he'll give the Undertaker all the credit in the world for getting the job done and not being some yellow belly bastard, but that doesn't change the fact that Undertaker walked out of that arena last night like he was taking all the credit, and he damn sure took both Tag Team Belts, and one of them belongs to old Stone Cold. So he better march his dead ass down to this ring and hand over one of them belts, or they're gonna have a problem they won't have to wait until Summerslam to settle.

    The Undertaker comes out to his new darkside music and still has both Tag Team Titles with him. He enters the ring with no fear of Austin and gets right up to his face. He says that last night at Fully Loaded, he did his part, and he Tombstoned his brother straight to Hell. Because of that, they are the Tag Team Champions. Now, they may be the champions -- but they will NEVER be partners unless he apologizes to him for hitting him with the chair last week, and he wants that apology now. Austin laughs and goes to talk, but he's suddenly interrupted by the voice of Vince McMahon!

    Vince comes out on the stage, flanked by his stooges, and grabs the attention of both Taker and Austin. Vince asks how the Undertaker can stand there so indignantly and demand an apology. For what? He thinks because he Tombstoned and pinned Kane for the win that last night, that proves that he's not in kahootz with his brother? Is that it?! NOT IN VINCE MCMAHON'S BOOK. He says that The Undertaker did exactly what he would have done if he were him. He'd make certain he Tombstoned his brother to prove there's no conspiracy and he doesn't know if everyone is that gullible as to buy that. He's not that gullible, and he doesn't think Austin is either. Because let's think back to WrestleMania 14 -- How many Tombstones did it take to beat Kane that night? It took THREE. THREE TOMBSTONES, and only ONE last night?! He says that both Kane and the Undertaker are damn near impervious to pain, so he's not buying it, not one bit. And besides, if anyone deserves an apology here tonight, it's -- VINCE MCMAHON, DAMNIT! Vince says that the Undertaker put his hands on him last week, and he sustained a "neck injury" because of it, and he starts rubbing his neck with this really sad look on his face. The Undertaker gets back on the mic and says he's this close to coming up there and finishing the job, and the crowd pops!

    Vince does the big gulp and becomes irate, and says that's fine then, in lieu of an apology, he'll just do things the Vince McMahon way. And tonight, that Vince McMahon way is putting the two sons of bitches in the ring in a match defending their Tag Team Championships against the New Age Outlaws! Austin interrupts on his mic, and says that the nail has been hit on the damn head here. Are they the champions? Oh HELL yeah. Are they ever going to be "partners"? Oh HELL NOOOO! Austin says he never asked for any of this and he ain't here to shake his damn hand or run circles around him, because he don't give a damn about all that. But if that jackass is gonna make a match for them tonight, then he's damn right, he'll come out and defend his belt that the Undertaker is holding. But as far as The Undertaker getting an apology from Steve Austin? He's got one for him right here -- AND HE FLIPS UNDERTAKER THE BIRD, RIGHT IN HIS FACE BAH GAWD!

    Austin leaves and Taker stands fuming in the ring. Vince and his Stooges back away, but Austin bum rushes past them with a smile, but not before getting close and flipping Vince the bird as well!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    LAST NIGHT, FULLY LOADED: We see still shots of X-Pac defeating Jeff Jarrett for the European Championship with Jarrett getting his comeuppance from the people he's bullied in recent weeks.
    1. D'Lo Brown def. X-Pac [c] to WIN the WWF European Championship with a Sky High in 8:22. Great, fast paced match. This was always one of my favorite match-ups to watch in the Attitude Era. Pac works at trying to get the chest protector off of D'Lo and works him over with big kicks, but D'Lo's able to keep him at bay enough to stay in this thing. JR notes that both DX and the Nation were barred from ringside for this match. Pac actually starts to slip the chest protector off of D'Lo, but he shoves X-Pac out of the ring and he tumbles to the floor. D'Lo starts arguing with the ref about Pac doing that, AND JEFF JARRETT RUNS OUT AND BLINDSIDES X-PAC! JARRETT LOOKS DERRANGED! He sends Pac HARD into the steps and then again into the steel post before rolling him back into the ring. Pac is beat up bad and pulls himself up just barely by the ropes. D'Lo rushes past the ref, lifts X-Pac up and PLANTS HIM with a Sky High and hooks his legs -- WE'VE GOT A NEW CHAMPION?!

    Post-match, D'Lo celebrates with a victory lap around the ring, holding the European Championship high into the air and he rushes up the rampway where the rest of the Nation is standing by cheering their stable mate on, and he jumps into their arms to some heat from the crowd. Back in the ring, Jarrett slides in and mounts X-Pac and he starts hammering away at him with punches, grabbing him by the hair and slamming his head down onto the mat at a violent pace and continuing this vicious assault! A couple of extra referees rush out to help the original ref pull Jarrett off, AND AS THEY DO, JARRETT MANAGES TO RIP OUT A CHUNK OF X-PAC'S HAIR! The New Age Outlaws finally run out and Jarrett pushes himself off of the referees and heads to the back with the chunks of X-Pac's hair in his hands -- Jarrett is a man possessed, he's finally snapped!

    LAST NIGHT, FULLY LOADED: We see still shots of the Dungeon Match between Owen Hart and Ken Shamrock which ended with Shamrock accidentally hitting special referee Dan Severn with a side kick, which then let Owen's brother Bruce run on and nail Shamrock with a dumbbell, allowing Owen to get the win.
    Jerry Lawler is in the ring, and he welcomes out his guest, who would like to now be referred to as THE WORLD'S MOST DANGEROUS MAN, OWEN HART! Owen makes his way out celebrating his "big win" at Fully Loaded and he greets Jerry Lawler. Lawler puts him over as not only the toughest member of the Hart Family, something he always knew, but now as legitimately the new most dangerous man in the world! Owen celebrates his victory with some screechy cheers and fist pumps, and he says how everyone can make all the accustations and derrogatory comments that they want, he did exactly what he said he was going to do. He took Ken Shamrock to school in the Dungeon, he beat him ALL by himself, and he's going to continue showing the entire WWF how he's the REAL World's Most Dangerous Man later tonight when him and The Rock beat Kane and Mankind to become the #1 contender's for the WWF Tag Team Titles!

    Suddenly, Dan Severn's music hits and he comes marching out and he's hot! Jim Cornette is trying to stop Severn from going out there, but Severn shoves him aside and gets into the ring. Lawler high tails it and Owen doesn't know what to do or where to go. JR yells that Severn must've realized the mistake in the Dungeon Match and now he's out here to finish what he wanted to start a month ago against Owen Hart! Severn lunges at Owen, and Owen manages to hop out of the ring and rush around to the rampway. He starts mocking Severn and daring him to come after him -- BUT KEN SHAMROCK COMES RUNNING DOWN THE AISLE! HE GRABS OWEN FROM BEHIND AND SENDS HIM FLYING INTO THE RING, AND SHAMROCK SLIDES RIGHT AFTER HIM! Owen tries begging Shamrock off, but Shamrock hits his own head twice before letting out one of his screams! He goes to get Owen -- BUT DAN SEVERN GRABS SHAMROCK FROM BEHIND AND LOCKS HIM IN THE BEAST CHOKER?! SEVERN GETS IT COMPLETELY LOCKED IN, AND OWEN STARTS TO SMILE, THEN LAUGH, THEN CELEBRATE?! Severn keeps that hold locked in tight, Cornette looks on from the rampway in confusion, and Owen starts laying kicks in to the gut of Ken Shamrock! Shamrock has passed out from the pain, and Severn finally breaks the hold. Severn and Owen look at each other, and Severn grabs Owen's arm -- AND HE RAISES IT IN THE AIR! WHAT THE HELL'S THE STORY HERE?!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see a recap of the Owen/Shamrock/Severn issue that occured just minutes ago.
    Back from break in the backstage area, Michael Cole catches up with Dan Severn, who's marching away from Jim Cornette, who's trying to get his attention. Cole asks Cornette what exactly just happened, and Cornette doesn't have an answer for him, he's trying to get one himself. Severn finally turns around and grabs the mic, shoving Cole away. In a cold, stern tone -- Severn says in two weeks, he wants Shamrock in that ring, because it's time to settle some old scores. He drops the mic, Cole picks it up and tries to ask him about the apparent partnership with Owen Hart, but Severn ignores him and walks off. Cornette just shakes his head.

    Back in the arena -- HEY THERE'S EDGE WATCHING FROM THE GOD DAMN CROWD AGAIN. CHRIST ALMIGHTY. FUCKING EDGE.


    Dat entrance.

    2. Gangrel def. Aguila with the Impaler DDT in 3:06. Gangrel runs through the light heavyweight jobber with some decent enough innovative offense. Impaler DDT ends it.

    Post-match, Gangrel continues his vampiric bullshit. The camera cuts back to Edge in the crowd, and for the first time -- Edge shows emotion, and he looks genuinely shocked and disturbed by what, or perhaps even who, he just saw.

    Backstage, Kevin Kelly is standing by with the Intercontinental Champion, The Rock! He asks The Rock about the controversial ending to his Two out of Three Falls match against Triple H last night. The Rock cuts him off and says that his candy ass needs to watch his tone around the Great One, because the fact of the matter is there wasn't any controversial ending. The Rock says he walked into Fully Loaded as Intercontinental Champion, and he walked out of Fully Loaded as Intercontinental Champion. And the jabroni Triple H can do all the whining and complaining he wants, the fact remains, he got his monkey ass checked in to the Smackdown Hotel courtesy of the PEOPLE'S Champion, THE ROCK! The Rock says that as far as tonight goes, The Nation is going to be represented by The People's Champion and the New World's Most Dangerous Man Owen Hart, and they're going to lay the smackdown on Kane's big red monkey ass and Mankind's plain old big ass, and they're going to walk into RAW next week as the #1 contenders for the Tag Team Championships, if ya SMELL what the Rock is cookin'.

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    Before the next match, JR noted that the winners would indeed be receiving a WWF Tag Team Championship match against the camps next week, although according to the match Mr. McMahon made for the Main Event tonight, it remains to be seen whether that will be Steve Austin and the Undertaker or the New Age Outlaws.

    3. The Rock & Owen Hart def. Kane & Mankind via count-out to become the #1 Contender's for the WWF World Tag Team Championships in 9:14. Kane & Mankind start out almost working defacto babyfaces because of the crowd HATING Rock & Owen. Kane tosses both men around and gets some anger out, and the Nation members seem flustered by this. Mankind tags in and Rock avoids getting in with him. Owen tries to get an advantage by actually WRESTLING Mankind, but he's shocked when Mankind's able to keep up with him and engage him dead on in a wrestling contest. Eventually, The Rock gets a knee up to Mankind's back as he hits the ropes, and the Nation cuts the ring in half and starts double teaming Mankind for a while. Kane seems unfazed on the apron, and Paul Bearer is trying to get Kane to go in there and break it up. Mankind manages to go on a house of fire segment and he breaks free from the beatdown. He tries to crawl over to his corner and make the hot tag to Kane. Kane's just standing there, not exactly reaching in hard to try and get the tag. Mankind is yelling for him to reach out, and Kane finally just barely puts his hand into the ring. Owen & Rock rush in and lift Mankind up and set him up, getting him to the ropes for a whip. They charge forward with a double clothesline, but Mankind ducks AND THE NATION MEMBERS HIT KANE! Kane gets angry and tags himself in and starts going to town on both Nation members. Mankind is spent, and eventually, the Nation manages to double team Kane and get him over the top and to the floor, where Kane impressively lands on his feet. The Nation continue to double team Kane, and Mankind finally rushes into the ring, onto the opposite apron and he dives off onto The Rock with a standing elbow! Both teams continue to brawl around ringside, and the ref starts giving the count. Owen tries to get back into the ring, and Kane grabs him by the leg. Owen barely shakes his leg and surprisingly -- Kane just lets go?! Owen manages to get back into the ring, and he beats the count, and the Nation win the match via count-out!

    Post-match, JR screams that Kane blatantly let Owen Hart just crawl back into the ring, he didn't try to stop him at all! Lawler says that's nonsense, Kane's clearly still rocked from the Tombstone he got from his brother last night, and even though he's the Big Red Machine, he probably doesn't want any piece of the World's Most Dangerous Man Owen Hart either! Mankind stops beating up The Rock to confront Kane about this, and Kane just leaves?! Paul Bearer goes after him and tells Mankind to come along, and they both try talking to Kane. Back in the ring, Owen helps a beat down Rock up and they celebrate their win, and they'll go on next week to meet whoever the Tag Champs are in a title match!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    Back from break, JR talks about the issues facing four men over the past four months: Dustin Rhodes, Ron Simmons, Terry Funk and Vader. He throws it to a video package.

    Every time I look in the mirror
    All these lines on my face getting clearer

    We get a dramatic shot of Terry Funk having to be helped to the back by numerous officials after the Steel Cage Match against the New Age Outlaws the night after WrestleMania XIV.

    The past is gone...
    We see a clip of Dustin Rhodes in the heyday of his Goldust run as one of the best Intercontinental Champions of this decade.

    It went by like dusk to dawn
    Which transitions into a clip of Big Van Vader's dominant run as WWF Champion that was cut off at WrestleMania 13 before a drastic downward spiral.

    Isn't that the way?
    Everybody's got their dues in life to pay

    We go back to 1994, with hot newcomer on the scene Ron Simmons, who had worked his way up the rankings, and coming so close numerous times to reaching the mountain top of the WWF only to be shoved back down.

    Yeah, I know nobody knows
    A scene of Terry Funk finally getting his big WWF Championship Match against the Undertaker in May of 1997 in his hometown of Amarillo, Texas.

    Where it comes and where it goes
    A scene of Big Van Vader defeating the Ultimate Warrior and sending him out of the WWF forever.

    I know it's everybody's sin
    A scene of Goldust, at his most risque, putting a beat down on Roddy Piper at WrestleMania 12 in the Backlot Brawl.

    You got to lose to know how to win
    A scene of Ron Simmons rolling around in agony after injuring his neck at Summerslam 1995, an injury that would put him on the shelf for close to a year.

    Half my life's in books' written pages
    Terry Funk finds himself on the wrong end of a devestating Tombstone from the Big Red Machine Kane just back at May's PPV.

    Live and learn from fools and from sages
    Ron Simmons gets kicked out of the Nation of Domination, and clips are shown of the horrific parking lot beatdown laid upon him by his former stablemates.

    You know it's true...
    A quick shot of Vader actually being made to SUBMIT to Ken Shamrock last Fall on PPV.

    All the feelings come back to you...
    Dustin Rhodes trashes his Goldust gear, loses an opportunity presented to him by Mr. McMahon, and finds himself in a dead end job without pay for 90 days, now having lost everything over the previous six months.

    Sing with me, sing for the year
    Over a photo still of Ron Simmons, we hear Mr. McMahon speak in his old announcer voice, putting over Ron Simmons as one of the hottest prospects in 1993 whom had a rocket strapped to his back, only to make it fizzle out on his own accord.

    Sing for the laughter, sing for the tear
    Over a photo still of Goldust, we hear Mr. McMahon continue about giving the son of a son of a plumber a chance when his own father shunned him away, only for young Dustin to bite the hand that fed him.

    Sing with me, if it's just for today
    Over a photo still of Vader, we hear Mr. McMahon talking about Vader being the most dominant WWF Champion of the 1990's only to reveal his true cowardice and lack of talent in the year following his championship loss, constantly on the side of failure, including last night's PPV!

    Maybe tomorrow the good Lord will take you away
    And finally, over a still photo of Terry Funk, we hear Mr. McMahon say how when no other promoter would touch the self proclaimed "Middle Aged & Crazy" legend, Vince McMahon welcomed with his opened arms only to be disrespected by Terry overstaying his welcome and then becoming a liability not only to himself, but to the entire WWF.

    Dream on, dream on, dream on...
    We see a shot of a young Vader after he squashed Japanese legend Antonio Inoki in 1987.

    Dream yourself a dream come true
    We see a shot of a young Dustin Rhodes partnering with his father, the American Dream Dusty Rhodes, at the 1991 Royal Rumble.

    Dream on, dream on, dream on...
    We see an emotional Ron Simmons finally get a big win over his arch-nemesis Yokozuna back at Summerslam 1994 in a Last Man Standing match.

    Dream until your dreams come true
    We get a still photo of Terry Funk as the NWA World Champion back in 1975.

    Dream on, dream on, dream on,
    Dream on, dream on,
    Dream on, dream on...

    [i]Mr. McMahon, VO: No longer will these four men embarass the World Wrestling Federation. No longer will the fans of the WWF be subjected to the embarassing failed careers of four men who aren't even good enough to be hasbeens, because simply put, in the WWF -- they can all be described in one phrase: never-was!
    Back from break, we see that Terry Funk, Ron Simmons, Dustin Rhodes and Vader are all already standing in the ring, and were subjected to watching that humilating, derrogatory video. Mr. McMahon then makes his way out onto the stage, flanked by the Stooges & Sgt. Slaughter. Vince says he could've come out here and spent 20 - 30 minutes going on and on, bringing up all that these men have accomplished in their careers and how, quite frankly, the majority of their accolades would've never been obtained if it wasn't for one person: Vince McMahon. Instead, they chose to take a road less traveled by the superstars of the WWF, and that's the road of failure. He's ashamed to have ever put pen to paper to sign ANY of the four men who stand before him to contracts in the WWF, and he considers it a personal failure to allow their dissappointing exploits to continue on during the WWF's surge to the mainstream. Vince points out that right behind him, ready to come out if need be, is the entire Tacoma Police Force, ready to arrest any of them should they decide to make a grave error, and rest assure, they would be prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law. The silver lining in all of this is that his Board of Directors has told him that, as much as he'd like to come out here and FIRE each and every one of them, he doesn't have the grounds to do so. Very well then. STARTING NEXT WEEK -- IN THAT VERY RING, the four of them would start competing in matches, and the outcome of each of those matches would help him determine his next course of action. Because he's Vince McMahon, damnit, and he better start seeing something he likes, he better start being impressed, he better start being able to differntiate the winners from the losers he sees before him right now. Because if he doesn't...if he doesn't -- well then, they will all be FIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIRED. Vince and his Stooges leave, and all four men are speechless and left verbally lambasted in the ring.

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    4. LOD 2000 w/ Bradshaw def. The New Midnight Express w/ Barry Windham & Jim Cornette with the Doomsday Device in 5:39. Sunny's just gone, so whatever, and LOD bring out Bradshaw to back them up since the New MX have Barry Windham with them, and Windham is panicked after Bradshaw beat him last night. Animal stops Cornette interference, but Windham gets in to sneak attack Hawk only to be chased away by Bradshaw. LOD finish off New MX with a Doomsday Device to get the win.

    Post-match, the NWA retreats as LOD & Bradshaw celebrate in the ring. I can't wait for this to be over. It seemed like such a fun idea when I started it but holy shit.

    Backstage, Michael Cole stands by with the New Age Outlaws about the upcoming Main Event. They make it clear, they don't care if Stone Cold and the Undertaker are coming in as a cohesive unit, or if there's some shady dealings going on, it won't matter, the New Age Outlaws are set to once again become your TAG TEAM CHAMPIONS OF THE WOOOOOORLD and get down to some bizniss with the shiznit once they get out there, and they've also got no issue once they get those belts back to head to RAW next week to give a beatdown to the Crock and the Nugget. And if you're not down with that, we've got two words for ya -- SUCK IT. OUTLAWS, AUSTIN, UNDERTAKER, TAG TEAM TITLES AT STAKE -- AND IT'S NEXT!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    The Austin/Undertaker Highway to Hell video plays when we come back from break.

    5. Stone Cold Steve Austin & The Undertaker [c] def. The New Age Outlaws to retain the WWF World Tag Team Championships in 11:51. Taker & Austin still VERY clearly have issues throughout this match, but they start to get their shit together once the Outlaws use their cohesiveness as an advantage point and actually have control of this match for a large chunk of the middle. Austin gets his leg worked over by the Outlaws, but he eventually works his way out and gets the hot tag to the Undertaker, and the place erupts as the Undertaker starts working his way through the Outlaws. The Outlaws go into their old bag of tricks to try and cheat to underhand the Undertaker's house of fire, but Austin cuts off Billy Gunn with a Thesz Press. Road Dogg goes to attack Austin but Austin ducks, hits Road Dogg with a Stunner, and Road Dogg pops right back up and into the arms of the Undertaker who nails him with a Chokeslam and covers to retain the belts!

    Post-match, Austin rolls to the outside and grabs his WWF Title as well as a couple of beers and goes to leave. The Undertaker stands in the ring with both Tag Team Titles, and they lock eyes from a distance. Taker nods his head a bit, and Austin returns the gesture -- and then he tosses The Undertaker a beer! Taker catches the beer and opens it. Austin goes to toast the Undertaker from the rampway -- BUT KANE & MANKIND ATTACK AUSTIN FROM BEHIND! The Undertaker stands in the ring for a couple of very long seconds before finally putting the beer and belts down and exiting. He then WALKS over to the melee and only gets involved once Mankind goes after him! Undertaker starts beating down Mankind, and they brawl all the way to the back and out of sight, and RAW comes to a close with Kane beating the HELL out of the WWF Champion!




    WWF SUMMERSLAM 1998 (8/30) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. The Undertaker

  19. #44
    ≡≡≡≡|≡≡≡≡

    Join Date
    May 2006
    Posts
    7,206
    vCash
    1000
    Mentioned
    92 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    Holy shit, that Dream On package... Goosebumps. How do you do that? That was a thing of pure beauty.

  20. #45
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    Quote Originally Posted by PI View Post
    Holy shit, that Dream On package... Goosebumps. How do you do that? That was a thing of pure beauty.
    Haha thanks man. Just something I started doing when I would e-fed as a kid, and just stuck with it once I switched to BTB's. Appreciate it!

  21. #46
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Stone Cold Steve Austin (Since 6/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: D'Lo Brown (Since 7/27/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: Steve Austin & The Undertaker (Since 7/26/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    AUGUST 3RD, 1998
    LAS VEGAS, NV


    TONIGHT: AUSTIN/TAKER vs. ROCK/OWEN - TAG TITLES; HHH/X-PAC - IC #1 CONTD'R; VADER/SIMMONS

    The Nation of Domination make their way out to start the show. The Rock has the mic and he puts over the accomplishments of each and every Nation member. He talks about the Godfather starting up his successful "escort business" which is bankrolling all of the Nation's lesiure activities if ya smell what the Rock is cookin'. He talks about Mark Henry laying the smack down on that big fat idiot Vader's ass and becoming the new Mastadon. He talks about D'Lo Brown becoming the new European Champion and how the Nation holds more gold now, and they'll hold even more gold than this by the end of tonight. Which brings him to Owen Hart, who not only is the NEW World's Most Dangerous Man, but he's his partner in crime tonight when they march down that aisle and into this ring and lay the Smackdown on THEE two biggest pieces of monkey crap walking God's green earth today, the beer swilling, ignorant redneck and the pale, lifeless zombie without a scrotum. But before he gets to that -- The Rock wants to address the blasphemy that is Triple H and X-Pac having a match tonight. No no no no, not because he cares about their well being or that it may fracture their friendship, The Rock wipes his back side with the thought of their feelings. What has the Rock ticked off is that either of them think they DESERVE to even COMPETE for a SHOT at The PEOPLE'S Intercontinental Champion. He says he's beaten X-Pac more times than X-Pac's spanked his own monkey, and he's made a career out of making Triple H a jabroni and did it as recently as 13 days ago at Fully Loaded. So as far as the Rock is concerned, he's got nothing left to prove, and he's not exactly keen on the idea of respecting the result of the match later on tonight.

    But now that he's gotten that off of the People's chest, The Rock's gotten himself all worked up. And the only two candy-asses who have to concern themselves with The Rock getting ready to lay the Smackdown is Austin and the Undertaker. And he knows they won't do it because they don't have a hair on their ass to cross The Great One, but if they even wanted to consider themselves men, they wouldn't wait for the match tonight, and they'd march their candy asses out here right now to get what's coming to them. The Rock waits a few seconds and laughs, because he says they're not coming. He calls the Nation and they go to leave -- BUT THE UNDERTAKER'S MUSIC HITS AND THE NATION FREEZES! Rock starts freaking out and Owen looks pissed. The Undertaker marches out to the entry way and stares down The Rock and Owen. AND THE GLASS BREAKS, AND HERE COMES STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN, AND THE TWO FUTURE OPPONENTS ARE STANDING SIDE BY SIDE IN UNISON! They give each other a nod and they start to march down the aisleway to go after The Nation.

    BOOM! THE PYRO GOES OFF, AND HERE COMES KANE?! Kane comes to the entry way and stares down his brother and Steve Austin, who are at the base of the rampway. Kane and Undertaker continue to stare each other down, and Austin's distracted -- ALLOWING THE NATION TO BLINDSIDE HIM AND BEAT HIM DOWN IN THE AISLEWAY! The Nation continues to rough Austin up, sending him back to the ring. The Undertaker turns to go join in -- BUT MANKIND COMES FROM THE SIDE OF THE STAGE AND BLINDSIDES THE UNDERTAKER NOW! Mankind has the best of the Deadman and starts to beat him down, and Taker starts to fight back. AND KANE LEAVES, HE DOESN'T GO AFTER HIS BROTHER, AND HE DOESN'T HELP HIS TAG TEAM PARTNER, EITHER! Taker and Mankind wind up brawling to the backstage area, and Austin's left to his own devices on the wrong end of a Nation beatdown! WWF Officials start to run out and it pulls the Nation's attention away just long enough -- AND AUSTIN MAKES A FIRERY COMEBACK! HE TRIES TO GET TO THE ROCK AND OWEN, BUT THEY BAIL! HE GETS D'LO WITH A FEW PUNCHES AND CLOTHESLINES MARK HENRY OVER THE TOP! GODFATHER TRIES TO ATTACK, BUT WHAM, AUSTIN GETS HIM WITH A STONE COLD STUNNER! The Nation retreats with The Rock & Owen running their mouths at Austin, and Austin falls to his knees, exhausted and beat down, but still ready for a fight. WHAT A START TO THE SHOW GOD DAMN.

    --------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    --------------------------------

    Kane & Mankind make their way back out, but Mankind is trailing behind Kane and JR notes the discord between the two as of late, still hyping up some sort of conspiracy between Kane and The Undertaker, but Lawler vehemently disagrees. The Outlaws make their entrance and waste no time running right out and getting into a brawl with the monster duo, and JR says how both these teams are two pissed off sets of superstars that are looking for a fight.

    1. Kane & Mankind vs. The New Age Outlaws goes to a Double Disqualification in 7:38. All four men just throw rules to the side and start taking out their personal angers on one another. Mankind and Road Dogg brawl around the ringside area while Billy Gunn does his best to attempt to take Kane off his feet and out to the floor as well. The referee NEVER gets this thing under control, and JR questions if we even have an actual match on our hands at this point. Both teams continue to brawl around ringside and it gets so heated that pieces of the ringside area start to get used as weapons, and the ref is seemingly just let it go on, which JR admonishes him for but Lawler asks if JR would like to be the person to attempt to actually put a stop to these two teams. Eventually, it goes beyond reproach. The Outlaws throw Mankind hard into the steel steps and they start clearing off the Spanish Announce Table in hopes of putting Kane through it. Mankind heroically saves his partner and winds up having the Outlaws beat the piss out of Mankind instead and get him with a double suplex onto the table -- BUT IT DOESN'T BREAK. The ref finally calls for the bell.

    Post-match, the melee' continues and Kane comes back over to attack the Outlaws. Mankind slides off the table and Kane blocks Road Dogg's charge with a big boot, BEFORE LIFTING BILLY GUNN UP AND CHOKESLAMMING HIM THROUGH THE SPANISH ANNOUNCE TABLE, AND IT BREAKS THIS TIME! Finkel announces the match as a Double DQ. Mankind is hurt, Road Dogg is out and Billy Gunn is destroyed, and Kane seems to be walking over towards his partner -- BUT HE STEPS OVER HIM AND LEAVES TO THE BACK?!

    Backstage, Michael Cole is standing by with X-Pac. Cole asks X-Pac his thoughts on what just happened to the Outlaws, and he says it sucks and he feels for them, but he's got to focus on tonight. He got to taste WWF gold for the first time in 4 years last week and it was for less than 24 hours. He's made it no secret that becoming Intercontinental Champion has been a dream of his since his first match on Monday Night RAW in 1993, and while he doesn't like the circumstances of having to face his best friend to get it, he just wants to let Hunter know that he loves and respects him, but nothing's stopping him from getting this chance at The Rock. And as far as Jeff Jarrett goes, he may have acted crazy enough to cost him the European Title and take a chunk of his hair out in that little tantrum he threw, but he's going to get what's coming to him soon enough. But he's focused on tonight, and tonight alone. TRIPLE H vs. X-PAC, LATER TONIGHT!

    --------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    --------------------------------

    FULLY LOADED, THIRTEEN DAYS AGO: We see clips of Val managing to somehow get through the Gauntlet Match against Kai En Tai to finally get his five minutes alone with Yamaguchi-San, where he proceeded to beat the shit out of him.
    Tonight, Val gets his chance at one on one vengeance against his former ally, TAKA Michinoku, while TAKA looks to do the same after Val beat him at Fully Loaded and is still dating his sister, Mrs. Yamaguchi.

    2. Val Venis def. TAKA Michinoku in a Non-Title Match with the Money Shot in 6:22. Great match-up with the two young stallions. Good mat work to start that transitions into TAKA taking some fierce kicks to Val's midsection and working him over, drawing the heat. Val has a hope spot until TAKA kicks him low and starts paintbrushing him before setting him up with some of his high-octane Japanese wizardry (christ, I felt like Michael Cole right there). Val catches him on a standing moonsault attempt and connects with a Powerslam but isn't able to cover in time to get past a two count. Both men go into desperation mode. Val goes for the Fisherman's Buster, but TAKA frees his leg and literally back flips out of it. TAKA goes for a spinning high kick as Val turns, but Val ducks, gets under TAKA and decapitates him with a T-Bone Suplex! Val heads up top quick and connects with the Money Shot for the win!

    Post-match, an exasperated Val Venis has his arm raised and Mrs. Yamaguchi comes running out to celebrate with her man, helping him to his feet totally and hugging him, and Val looks taken a back by this. Val gently pushes her back before calling for a microphone. He says that he's not sure what type of ideas she's got in her head, but quite frankly, out of all of the ladies he's been with in his time, and believe you him, there's been a lot of them -- none of them have been this much trouble. He's been assaulted week after week by a group of Japanese thugs, he's had to then go and wrestle them for months on end, and then they even threatened to chop the Big Valbowski off if he wasn't able to win at Fully Loaded. Quite frankly -- it's been great, but not that great, and she's more trouble than she's worth. So, GOOOODBYEEEEE, LAAAAADY. AND VAL KICKS MRS. YAMAGUCHI TO THE CURB BAH GAWD! She leaves, humilated and beside herself with embarassment, and Val goes about celebrating to a pop from the ladies in the crowd because this is the Attitude Era and this shit is acceptable.

    EARLIER TONIGHT: We get a recap of the opening segment between the Nation, Austin, Undertaker, Kane and Mankind with JR torn, because he does believe the Undertaker's side of things, but Kane may very well be a greater manipulator of the mind than his brother, since too many things add up in this scenario.
    And almost on cue, Howard Finkel introduces the Chairman of the WWF, Mr. Vince McMahon! Vince comes out once again flanked by his Stooges and Commissioner Slaughter. Vince grabs a mic and calls all of the fans fools if they believe any word that came out of the Undertaker's mouth last week, just like they're all fools for thinking that this hasn't been part of the Undertaker's grand plan since the night after WrestleMania XIV. Everything, piece by damned piece, has fallen into place for the Undertaker far too well for this not to be a part of something bigger, and if anybody should know about what the Undertaker is capable of doing to get his way it's Vince McMahon, because he's been dealing with him since 1990. He says that the fans can boo him, the superstars can not believe him, whatever. Because he's out here tonight with VIDEO PROOF that there is indeed a conspiracy going on, that the Undertaker and Kane ARE in kahootz!

    First, he shows us the footage he touched on last week:

    We're taken back to WrestleMania XIV, where the Undertaker finally did battle with his brother Kane. We see brief highlights from the match, which came to an end when the Undertaker was forced to hit Kane with not one, not two but THREE Tombstones in order to beat him, and even then, Kane kicked out JUST a millisecond too late. Flash forward to Fully Loaded, and we see the closing seconds of that match, in what Vince points out to be a scene of Kane almost ALLOWING his brother to lift him up for the Tombstone. Vince says he's sat right at that commentary table for a majority of the Tombstones the Undertaker has performed, and he has never seen one as soft or protected as this ONE, this ONE singular Tombstone that was able to beat Kane. So you mean to tell him, that in less than four months time, this Big Red Machine Kane went from barely being able to be defeated by THREE Tombstones and having to be set on FIRE the following month, to being weak enough to get beat with THAT Tombstone?
    He offers us more footage:

    First, we see the end of RAW last week. He mocks the "nice moment" that Austin and the Undertaker were having, with Austin tossing the Undertaker a celebratory beverage after a hard fought victory over the New Age Outlaws. And then WHAM, from out of nowhere, Kane runs down the aisleway and attacks Steve Austin from behind, WHILE THE UNDERTAKER JUST STANDS IN THE RING WATCHING! The only saving grace for the Undertaker to be able to play dumb here is less than a minute later, here comes Mankind laboring down the aisleway, which conspiracy or not, the Undertaker is always going to take great pleasure in destroying Mankind. So Mankind's own stupidity gave the Undertaker a way out! And to the naked eye, it happened just quick enough that it would appear the Undertaker had saved Steve Austin, when instead, he was merely biding his time.
    Which brings us to the footage from earlier tonight:

    Steve Austin and the Undertaker came out, seemingly together, which proves that Austin is as much of a fool as everyone in attendance here tonight. He marched down the aisle, ready to go after The Nation when Kane's music hit. Taker & Austin turn to face Kane, which allows the Nation a chance to attack Austin, who was closer to the ring. Taker had CLEAR vision of what was going on since he was facing the Titantron, and he instead chose to stare at his brother until yet again, Mankind inadvertently saved the Undertaker from guilt by blindsiding him from the side of the stage. Taker handled Mankind in decisive fashion, Kane mysteriously just left -- which mind you, he also did earlier tonight after the match with the Outlaws -- and Undertaker manipulated his brawl with Mankind to take him to the backstage area, leaving Austin to fall victim to a beatdown from the Nation of Domination.
    Back in the ring, Vince smiles at a job well done, having proven his point about this conspiracy once and for all, in his mind. BUT THE GLASS SHATTERS, AND A PISSED OFF RATTLESNAKE COMES MARCHING DOWN! Vince scurries to stand behind Slaughter and the Stooges, and Austin stomps into the ring and grabs a microphone -- AND WHAT'S THIS, THE UNDERTAKER IS MAKING HIS WAY DOWN THE AISLE, TOO, AND GETS IN TO THE RING AS WELL! Austin says that Vince comes out here with his stupid little jacket and his unbuttoned shirt, that Jack Daniels physique, and he show his little video packages to try and prove some kind of point. Fact of the matter is this, Stone Cold SHOULD be the most targeted, hated and sought after SOB in the WWF because he's holding this Championship, and if he wasn't those things, then he isn't doing his job right. He ain't worried, Hell, he ain't even intimidated. He looks back at Undertaker and reminds him again that you can put these Tag Belts to the side, he ain't worried about 'em. He don't wanna lose any match, but those Tag Titles are secondary to the one he's holding in his hand right now, and he just wants to make sure the Undertaker knows -- Stone Cold is focused solely on SummerSlam.

    The Undertaker takes the mic from Stone Cold and stares at him for a few seconds. He tells Austin that he had hoped he was smart enough not to play into McMahon's hand, because that's exactly what he's doing. He said months ago, and he'll say it again, he respects Steve Austin a whole helluva lot more than he may let on, but the one thing he respects more than Austin is that belt he's holding, so yeah, he won't lie when he says he's focused on SummerSlam, too. But he's been in this company long enough to know that when Vince McMahon wants something, he'll stop at nothing to get it, and what he wants is for the Undertaker and Steve Austin to destroy each other to relieve him of two very major problems in his life, and he refuses to let that happen. The Undertaker makes this clear to Austin: He's coming for him at Summerslam, and he WILL walk out of Madison Square Garden as the WWF Champion. But until then, until August 30th -- Stone Cold is the SAFEST S.O.B. in the WWF, because he has his back, regardless of what McMahon says. Taker goes as far as to show his respect to Austin by FINALLY handing over to him his half of the Tag Team Championships, and Austin quickly takes it. They talk off mic for a minute and Vince interrupts the "love fest" to tell Austin that he'll see, this isn't some make believe, they'll all see. The Undertaker and Kane are in kahootz, and at SummerSlam, Austin will be attending his own funeral, and Vince McMahon will be there to simply say he told you so! Undertaker lunges at McMahon, and in unison, Vince and the Stooges hightail it out of there and to the back. Austin and Taker look at each other a bit longer and say some words off mic before heading to the back together to get ready for the Main Event later on.

    Backstage, Triple H is seen walking with Chyna towards the gorilla position. Kevin Kelly catches up with him to get his word on his match coming up next. Triple H stops him and simply says that he loves X-Pac like a brother, and he wants to see Kid succeed more than anyone else, he's his biggest fan. But tonight -- it's about him and getting his rightfully deserved shot at a title he should've won at Fully Loaded. And he will stop at NOTHING to make sure he gets that, even if he has to destroy his best friend. INTERCONTINENTAL TITLE #1 CONTENDERSHIP ON THE LINE, TRIPLE H! X-PAC! AND IT'S NEXT!

    --------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    --------------------------------

    3. Triple H def. X-Pac for the #1 Contendership of the Intercontinental Championship via count-out in 9:27. Dark horse candidate for Match of the Year, probably, idk. It starts off extremely respectful and catch as catch can as you can possibly get. The two friends shake hands, go into exchanging holds and moves. Hunter becomes visibly frustrated when Pac is able to worm his way out of every hold he attempts to apply on the mat, because Pac is determined to keep this match upright since he may have an advantage that way. Hunter gets Pac with a way-too-hard shoulder bump on a ropes exchange, and a frustrated X-Pac hauls off and shoves Triple H, who then turns and closed-fist punches X-Pac down to the mat! The two friends now get into a tussle that sends them down onto the mat, rolling around and beating each other up! Chyna looks on concerned from the outside, basically standing in a neutral corner. Triple H gets the upper hand and starts working over X-Pac's neck, which shocks JR, but Lawler notes how important this IC Title shot is to both men. Once Helmsley takes it to the mat to work on the neck more, that gives Pac a chance to again worm his way out of a rest hold and attempt to kip up to his feet, BUT HUNTER GRABS HIM BY THE HAIR TO SEND HIM BACK TO THE MAT! This drives Pac nuts and he gets up and just UNLOADS on Helmsley with big kicks, he's RELENTLESS to the point that it sends Triple H tumbling over the top and to the floor. Pac grows remorseful and goes out to check on Helmsley, but as he does, Helmsley shoves him away and Pac bumps into Chyna! Chyna shoves Pac off of her, and Pac starts to yell at her. Helmsley sees this and goes to charge at Pac from behind, but Pac senses this coming and drops down AND HELMSLEY ALMOST TAKES CHYNA'S HEAD OFF WITH A CLOTHESLINE! He stops and apologizes, AND X-PAC DROPKICKS HELMSLEY INTO THE STEPS! He rolls Helmsley back into the ring. Chyna notices Colonel Parker making his way down the aisle, waving his hanky, and she runs off to chase him away. X-Pac goes to get into the ring -- BUT JEFF JARRETT HOPS THE GUARD RAIL AND BUMRUSHES X-PAC HEAD FIRST INTO THE STEEL POST! CHYNA TURNS AND GOES AFTER JARRETT AND THE REF ENDS UP COUNTING OUT X-PAC!

    Post-match, Colonel Parker ends up jumping onto Chyna's back from behind and she slams him down on the aisle and starts beating him up, so Jarrett rushes back down and contiues his beat down onto X-Pac, again grabbing onto his hair and slamming his head onto the floor! Triple H finally gets up in the ring after being dazed from being tossed into the steps, and he realizes all that has gone on and is going on, AND HE RUSHES OUT SIDE TO ATTACK JARRETT! HE CAN FIGHT HIS FRIEND BUT HE'LL BE DAMNED IF ANYONE ELSE DOES! Triple H beats Jarrett up the aisleway and towards the back, going past Chyna beating down Parker, as they get up there -- THE ROCK RUNS OUT AND HITS HELMSLEY IN THE BACK OF THE HEAD WITH THE INTERCONTINENTAL TITLE! Helmsley goes down, Jarrett crawls off and Rock stands over Triple H running his mouth. Chyna sees this and darts after The Rock, but the Rock hightails it away, the damage having already been done!

    Backstage, we see Vader and Ron Simmons getting ready for their match in the locker room area. Terry Funk and Dustin Rhodes walks in and wishes them both luck. Dustin tries to play the optimist and says he doesn't really believe that Vince is going to fire one of them if they lose, but Funk says that McMahon is a snake in the grass, and he always has been. Dustin says they just need to make sure to have a great match, and Funk says McMahon doesn't give a damn about a great match, he just wants to pop a rating. He says he knows they can both go out there and have one helluva match -- but just think things through, because together, they can and will get through this. Vader & Ron thank them both and then head out for their match. VADER vs. SIMMONS IS NEXT!

    --------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    --------------------------------

    Just to hype us up for the next match, we get back to back clips hyping both men. First, we get a shot of Ron Simmons managing to bodyslam Yokozuna and win $100,000 at King of the Ring 1994. Then, we see clips of Vader defeating Sid, Raven and Shawn Michaels in the same match at Survivor Series 1996.
    4. Big Van Vader vs. Ron Simmons goes to a Time Limit Draw at 10:00. Without straight up mentioning the competition, JR does manage to bring up the unique history these two have, with Ron Simmons defeating Ron Simmons in 1992 to become the first African-American World Heavyweight Champion in wrestling history. They essentially go out and attempt to re-enact that match here, and JR says that both of these men are absolutely fighting for their jobs, regardless of Dustin Rhodes' optimism. They pull out ALL of the stops and hit each other with ALL of their big moves including Simmons pulling out the Three Point Stance and at least attempting a Dominator. Vader works Simmons over in the midsection without remorse. We see a backstage split screen of Dustin and Terry Funk watching on a monitor, cheering both men on. Back in the ring, Vader hits Ron with a Chokeslam, a Powerbomb and then goes for the Vader Bomb, but Simmons rolls out of the way! Simmons starts to pump himself up like it's 1993 all over again and Vader works his way back to his feet. He hits Vader with a few more three point stances and Vader tumbles out of the corner AND SIMMONS GETS HIM WITH THE POWERSLAM! BUT THAT LAST MOVE TOOK ALL RON HAD LEFT, AND BOTH MEN ARE DOWN IN THE RING! They start to roll around and stir, but just as they get to their feet finally and charge at each other -- THE BELL RINGS?!

    Post-match, they're both exhausted and confused, and Howard Finkel rules it a TIME LIMIT DRAW! They both don't know what to do and wind up shaking hands. But here comes Commissioner Slaughter and the Stooges, obviously at the behest of Mr. McMahon. All three of them start to dispute the referee's decision, telling him to overturn, but the referee's decision is obviously final. Slaughter starts to run his mouth at both of them, AND SIMMONS HAS HAD ENOUGH AND HE LUNGES AT SLAUGHTER! Vader holds him back and calms him down, but the Stooges start poking at Vader's chest and yelling at him now as well -- AND VADER SIMULTANEOUSLY PIE FACES BOTH OF THEM DOWN! Vader stares at Slaughter, and Slaughter hightails it out, pulling the Stooges along with him, and Vader & Simmons stare them all down.

    We see a recap of the initial Shamrock/Severn showdowns including the King of the Ring and after, leading to the accidental kick at the Dungeon Match which hit Severn and led to Severn counting Shamrock's shoulders to the mat. Last week, Severn attacked Shamrock when Shamrock went out after Owen and then raised Owen's arm in the air, again solidifying him as the winner of the Dungeon Match. Afterwards, Severn challenged Shamrock to a Submission Match, which has been accepted and will take place on RAW next week.

    We transition from that into footage, courtesy of the UFC, showing some clips of the Shamrock/Severn fights a few years back. We first see Shamrock/Severn I from UFC 6 for the UFC Superfight Championship, and how Shamrock was able to catch the highly-lauded Severn off guard and get him with a gulliotine choke to win the match in under 3 minutes, which is a variation of the move Dan Severn now uses to win his matches here in the WWF. We see how over the next few months, Shamrock defended the title, and Severn went on to win the UFC Ultimate Ultimate 1995 in a grueling one night tournament. And due to that win, at UFC 9, Dan Severn got his rematch with Ken Shamrock for the Superfight Championship in a bout that is extremely controversial due to the unforunate campaign by Arizona Senator John McCain, but wound up with Severn defeating Shamrock via decision, and neither man's career in the UFC would ever be the same after that.

    Next week on RAW: The Submission Match, The Rubber Match -- It's Shamrock/Severn III!
    --------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    --------------------------------

    EARLIER TONIGHT: We see a recap of the opening segment, as well as the segment between Austin, Taker and Vince later on in the night.
    5. Stone Cold Steve Austin & The Undertaker [c] def. The Rock & Owen Hart to retain the WWF World Tag Team Championships in 8:16. Austin and Taker don't show many signs of discord here and they go into this as fighting champions. Austin still has some wear and tear on him from the attack by the Nation earlier tonight, so Rock & Owen get to work him over for a while and bring up their anger on past feuds with the Rattlesnake. The Undertaker gets the hot tag and starts to clear house again like last week. And also much like last week, Taker starts working through his finishing run on Owen Hart, and The Rock rushes in to cut Taker off, but Austin cuts Rock off instead with a Stone Cold Stunner, and Taker plants Owen with a Chokeslam and covers to get the win and retain the belts!

    Post-match, the Tag Team Champions celebrate with Undertaker again handing Austin his half of the Tag Team Titles, as well as taking an extra long look at the WWF Title over Austin's other shoudler. They share some friendly but competitive words. AND ONCE AGAIN, MANKIND COMES OUT, BUT THIS TIME THROUGH THE CROWD! He slides in and ambushes The Undertaker from behind. Austin goes to attack Mankind -- BUT THE ROCK & OWEN HART PULL AUSTIN OUT TO THE FLOOR AND START BEATING DOWN THE WWF CHAMP! The Undertaker gets the advantage on Mankind and starts pummeling him in the corner. AND HERE COMES KANE WITH A STEEL CHAIR! He slides in behind his brother and raises the chair up above his head, he's going to strike The Undertaker. BUT TAKER TURNS AND SEES KANE THERE WITH THE CHAIR! Kane just stands there with the chair held up, and almost 15-20 seconds pass before Taker FINALLY ducks -- AND KANE "ACCIDENTALLY" HITS MANKIND INSTEAD?! JR YELLS THAT WASN'T AN ACCIDENT, THAT WAS INTENTIONAL, BUT LAWLER SCREAMS IT WASN'T INTENTIONAL, THE UNDERTAKER DUCKED, AND THAT'S THAT! But before any more conspiracies can get thrown around -- HERE COME THE NEW AGE OUTLAWS TO GET THEIR REVENGE ON KANE FROM EARLIER TONIGHT, AND THEY ATTACK HIM FROM BEHIND! TAKER WATCHES THE OUTLAWS BEAT DOWN KANE, AND HE GOES BACK TO BEATING UP MANKIND, AND AUSTIN IS STILL GETTING DOUBLE TEAMED BY OWEN & THE ROCK ON THE FLOOR! SHOW ENDING BRAWL, BUT WE'RE OUTTA TIME, FOLKS, WE'VE GOTTA GO, WE'LL SEE YOU ON THUNDER! WE'LL SEE YOU NEXT WEEK!




    WWF SUMMERSLAM 1998 (8/30) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. The Undertaker

    WWF INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
    The Rock [c] Vs. Triple H
    Last edited by Big Evil; 03-14-2017 at 03:39 AM.

  22. #47
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Stone Cold Steve Austin (Since 6/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: D'Lo Brown (Since 7/27/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: Steve Austin & The Undertaker (Since 7/26/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    AUGUST 10TH, 1998
    SAN ANTONIO, TX


    Before the opening RAW is WAR credits can even get underway, a manic Mankind makes his way down the aisle looking as derranged as ever. He rolls into the ring and demands a microphone. He starts off by showing footage of what happened last week involving him, Kane, Austin and most importantly, the Undertaker. He says the day before King of the Ring, knowing his life might never be the same, he took his two little children to Santa's Village. It's the nicest place on Earth and as he sat on the rollercoaster, his four year old little girl kissed him on the cheek and when he asked her what for, she said, "Because Daddy, you're a good man." And it was the most beautiful thing he'd ever heard. And the very next day, THE UNDERTAKER TRIED TO TAKE ALL OF THAT AWAY FROM HIM. Throw your garbage and say what you want, because they're scum that don't deserve to share this arena. He threw him off a sixteen foot high cage in an attempt to cripple him, but you can't keep Mankind down. so he chokeslammed him through the cage in an attempt to kill him, but he couldn't keep Mankind down. So with his arm hanging by a thread, his tongue sticking through a hole beneath his lip, and a tooth somehow coming through his nostril, he finished the match because he can. Jim Ross sat there and said that if ever a man deserved a standing ovation, it would have to be Mick Foley. And about out of a crowd of 20,000, about 200 cheered, which meant that the world was looking at the WWF's toughest son of a bitch AND THEY WERE TOO STUPID TO KNOW. Two things became very clear. He will not and cannot wrestle ever again for the acceptance of the fans. And his career will never end in a blaze of glory. Not in a dumpster or off of a cage. He will slowly lose all his bodily functions and nobody will give a damn. So right now, he's going to talk to Kane about ripping apart his very flesh and blood in the back. If he has a problem with that, maybe they can work it out and maybe they can't. Somewhere somehow backstage, The Undertaker better come out tonight and face him man to man, because he will NOT give him the satisfaction of putting the final nail in the coffin of Mankind. He knows that they have a Four Corners Tag Title match later on tonight, but he's done concerning himself with a partner that doesn't care and a title that doesn't matter. He promises that if the Undertaker has the guts, one of them won't be making it to the Main Event tonight. And if he FINDS the guts? Then as God as his witness, he's going to tear him apart. Have a nice day.

    TONIGHT: AUSTIN/TAKER DEFEND THE TAG TITLES IN A FOUR CORNERS MATCH WITH NAO, NOD & KANE/MANKIND; SEVERN/SHAMROCK; DUSTIN/FUNK!

    EARLIER TODAY: We see Dustin Rhodes and Terry Funk in the locker room, getting ready for their match tonight. Bit of a tense feeling, with Funk constantly looking up at Dustin. Funk starts to talk about all of the wars he's had with Dustin's father, but Dustin cuts him off and reminds him that he's not his father. They stand up and go face to face, and that's when Ron Simmons & Vader walk in to wish the both of them good luck tonight. They all shake hands and high five, but Dustin & Funk keep staring at each other.
    1. Terry Funk vs. Dustin Rhodes goes to a Double DQ in 4:57. Funk & Dustin immediately go at it and throw the ref off guard. JR can't believe how stiff they're working with each other, but Lawler reminds him that Vince is looking to fire somebody, and one of them could be it if they lose! They barely stay in the ring a minute before getting tangled up together and tumbling out to the floor! They continue to brawl around ringside, using the railing, post, steps, apron and announce table as things to bash each other's skulls off. The ref is warning them and trying to get this back in the ring. Funk swats the referee away and grabs a nearby camera cable and wraps it around Dustin's throat. Dustin reaches around like a mad man, managing to grab a nearby pen off of the announce table and he flings it back and jabs it into Funk's forehead! The ref has seen enough, and he calls for the bell!

    Post-match, Funk & Dustin continue to throw punches at each other. Ron Simmons & Vader come rushing down the entry way and get in between the both of them to settle the situation down. The ref talks to Howard Finkel, who announces that the referee's decision is a DOUBLE Disqualification! Simmons & Vader continue to hold Funk and Dustin apart.

    Vince McMahon suddenly appears on the Titantron screen and yells at all four them to knock it off. He says this isn't what he wanted at all, the past two weeks have been outrageous displays of malfeasance, and they're lucky he doesn't fire all four of them right now for insubordination. Yeah, he's on to their plan -- if nobody loses the matches he puts them in, how can he fire any of them? Alright, if they wanna play hard ball, he's going to play hard ball. Next week -- he's going to fire somebody one way or the other, because on RAW is WAR next Monday it'll be Vader and Ron Simmons vs. Dustin Rhodes & Terry Funk, and there must be winner, because if there isn't -- ALL FOUR OF THEM WILL BE FIRED!

    ----------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------------

    D-Generation-X makes their way out to the ring after the break.

    LAST WEEK: We see the ending of the HHH/X-Pac #1 contender's match with involvement from Jeff Jarrett that led to X-Pac getting counted out unbeknownst to Triple H.
    Back in the ring, it's a tense situation with DX. Triple H says there's no fancy intro tonight, no funny catch phrases, it's time to get down to business. The Outlaws are pissed off because they've been screwed over time, and time, and time again when it comes to THEIR Tag Team Championships, and they're going to fix that tonight. And when it comes to the issues between he and X-Pac...and Pac snatches the mic from him! Pac says if anybody's going to talk about the issue at hand, it's going to be him. He says last week, what started out as a friendly contest between two friends got really violent, really quick. He was exposed to the real Triple H last week who was willing to do whatever it took to get his hands back on the Intercontinental Title -- and he can respect that. He says that he could stand here in Hunter's way and say that he never beat him officially, and he could contest the referee's ruling and get a rematch RIGHT HERE TONIGHT. But he's not going to do that. He's going to go on his own path and settle this thing with Jarrett once and for all. In the meantime -- and he extends his hand to Hunter -- he wishes him the best of luck and tells him to kick The Rock's ass! Hunter goes to pull away, but Pac pulls him back in and says that this is all fine under one condition -- WHEN Hunter defeats the Rock, he gives his old pal X-Pac the first shot, fair and square! Hunter tells him he's on. They go to celebrate, but --

    The Rock appears on the Titantron with the Nation behind him. He mocks DX's show of friendship, and reminds the Outlaws of the whooping that awaits their candy asses in the Main Event tonight. But as far as the two jabroni's hugging and kissing in the ring right now, the Rock says who on God's green earth promised either of them a title shot? He says that Slaughter can walk around here with his big chin, reliving the glory days of 1983 and making all the orders he wants to make -- that doesn't make a lick of difference to the People's Champion. HE'S the one who chooses when he wrestles, HE'S the one who chooses his opponents, AND HE'S THE ONE WHO SAYS TRIPLE H'S CANDY ASS DOESN'T DESERVE ANOTHER SHOT AT THE ROCK'S INTERCONTINENTAL TITLE! Triple H starts yelling at the Rock, calling him a bunch of names and trying to goad him into coming down here and seeing who's deserving of what. The Rock laughs off his threats saying he scrapes bigger pieces of dog crap than Triple Hoff the bottom of his size 13 boots, and he doesn't threaten him. The bottom line is -- The Rock says, no title shot for Triple H!

    Suddenly, Commissioner Slaughter comes out to the entry way! He addresses both Triple H and the Rock. Slaughter goes for the juggular right off the bat by admitting, he doesn't like DX, and he damn sure doesn't like Triple H. But he also doesn't like puke like The Rock thinking that they can come and go as they please, defend titles whenever they want, and call the shots. There's only one person that calls the shots about Sgt. Slaughter and that's Vince McMahon. And seeing as he's tending to other matters at hand right now, here is the order: The Rock WILL defend the Intercontinental Championship against Triple H at SummerSlam -- for the time being. Next week on RAW, Triple H and two partners of his choosing from D-Generation-X will take on The Rock and two partners of his choosing from the Nation to square off in a Six Man Tag Team Elimination Street Fight. If Triple H wins, he not only gets the Intercontinental Title shot, he gets to PICK the stipulation for the match at Summerslam! If The Rock wins, however, he's the one who gets to pick what happens with the Intercontinental Title at Summerslam, and if that means The Rock thinks he's entitled to a night off, then so be it, but he would hope the Rock had more cajones than that. The Rock insults Slaughter and DX some more, but Slaughter cuts him off by telling him THAT'S AN ORDER, MAGGOTS.

    TWO WEEKS AGO: We see clips of Gangrel's debut, along with the announcers now addressing how post-match, the cameras caught Edge in the audience with a puzzled expression on his face.
    Back in the audience, we see Edge OMINOUSLY~ watching yet again. Gangrel's music hits and he does his entrance, and the camera keeps cutting back to Edge, who's look continues to grow more confused and shocked.

    2. Gangrel def. Scott Putski with the Impaler in 3:49. Another quick Gangrel squash with the Impaler sending it home.

    Post-match, more blood spitting as Edge continues to look on, almost frozen, from the crowd. But back in the ring, Gangrel isn't done. He throws Putski to the floor and starts to beat him down some more. The lights start flashing red and black with weird gothic sounds coming from the loud speakers. And when the lights come back on -- Gangrel is gone, AND PUTSKI IS LAID OUT AND COVERED IN BLOOD! HE JUST GOT A BLOOD BATH KING BAH GAWD! Back in the crowd, Edge suddenly turns and leaves in a hurry. WHAT'S GOING ON?! MYSTERY'S AFOOT!

    ----------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------------

    After the break, Mankind's music hits and he makes his way out with Paul Bearer & Kane in tow. We're reminded of the scathing promo Mankind cut on the Undertaker to start the show, and JR gives a quick, insightful history lesson on the Undertaker/Mankind saga that dates back to the night after WrestleMania XII. Mankind paces around the ring and grabs a microphone, as Bearer & Kane watch on behind him. Mankind starts screaming for the Undertaker to get his ass out here, now. Some time passes, and still no sign of him. He brings up how he debuted in this company a little over two years ago by attacking the Undertaker and putting him out of action, and he spent the rest of 1996 by making a name for himself at the expense of the Undertaker. And even in what many are calling, right now, as the Undertaker's crowing moment of his career when he threw him off the top of the Hell in a Cell, and again, THROUGH the top of the Hell in a Cell -- years from now, when that's replayed ad-nauseum, nobody's going to give a damn about the Undertaker's presence. Why not come out here now and finish the job he started on him at the King of the Ring and complete his legacy? Why not get his ass out here so one way or the other, Mick Foley can get some sleep tonight? Still no sign of the Undertaker.

    Paul Bearer tries to calm Mankind down, telling him he can get his hands on him in the tag match later on, but Mankind yells that it's not good enough, and this needs to end now. WAIT A MINUTE, FROM BEHIND -- KANE ATTACKS MANKIND?! WHAT IN THE HELL?! Paul Bearer is shocked and tries yelling at Kane to stop, but Kane continues the assault. Mankind tries to fight back, but Kane overpowers him after the big surprise attack and starts throwing him around the ring and eventually with a vicious big boot over the top rope and to the floor! Kane goes out after him and SLAMS HIM into the steel post and then again into the steel steps! He lifts Mankind up by his hair and Paul Bearer comes out to yell at him to stop, but Kane turns towards him quickly and Paul Bearer falls to his ass in fear! Kane turns back around and Mankind throws a few desperation punches to the gut, but Kane no-sells them and then hits Mankind with a Chokeslam on the floor! He stands over top of Mankind and goes to raise his arms up and let off his pyro -- BUT INSTEAD HE REACHES UP AND TAKES HIS MASK OFF, AND REVEALS THAT IT WAS THE UNDERTAKER! WHAT IN GOD'S NAME?! The camera gets a close up of Paul Bearer's face and he looks like he's about to faint. Taker continues to assault Mankind and throws him up onto the announcer's table. AND HE STARTS TO SIGNAL FOR THE TOMBSTONE ON MANKIND THROUGH THE ANNOUNCER'S TABLE! A ton of WWF officials come rushing down the rampway and around ringside to try and talk the Undertaker out of it. Just then -- THE REAL KANE comes convinently running down the aisleway. Undertaker lightly drops Mankind off the table and to the floor, and nonchalantly leaves through the crowd. Kane just stands there stoically once he leaves, and doesn't tend to Mankind or even help Paul Bearer up. Bearer gets up on his own accord and starts to question the whereabouts of the real Kane, and Kane just stares at him as the WWF officials tend to a badly hurt Mankind.

    ----------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We get the cliffs notes version of what happened with the Undertaker revealing himself to be under Kane's mask right then and attacking Mankind from behind, then mysteriously and calmly leaving once the real Kane showed up, who then proceeded to do nothing.
    JR promises a medical update on Mankind as soon as they get it, but he doesn't like this one bit. He thought they had moved on from this conspiracy business, but now it stinks worse than it ever did before.

    The next match gets the full UFC rip off set-up. The ring lights are lowered a bit (think Brawl for All style, even though that doesn't exsist in this universe) and both men even come out with their actual entourages from their UFC days. JR gives us the recap of the past these two men share, as seen on the video package last week on RAW. We are reminded that this is being fought under "Submission Match" rules.

    3. Ken Shamrock def. Dan Severn via referee's decision in 10:26. They basically treat the first 4-5 minutes of this like a UFC match, with kicks, throws and holds worked in as they try to punish each other. They both get long build ups and teases towards the Ankle Lock and Beast Choker respectively, but neither man can get it locked in. Severn grows frustrated after not being able to capitalize on the Beast Choker and almost getting caught in the Ankle Lock, so he just charges Shamrock and this suddenly becomes a very WWF style brawl. They get out of control with the fighting and wind up SQUASHING the ref in the corner, so of course he goes down. They continue to brawl some more in the ring with both entourages getting involved -- BUT SHAMROCK AND SEVERN BOTH TAKE OUT THE OTHERS ENTOURAGE! It's literally just those two standing in the ring and they go full steam ahead. Shamrock gets the upper hand and starts hitting Severn with repeated Belly to Belly suplexes. BUT WAIT A MINUTE, HERE COMES OWEN HART! Owen grabs a steel chair, slides into the ring -- AND HE THROWS THE CHAIR AT SHAMROCK! SHAMROCK CATCHES THE CHAIR, AND OWEN HITS A SPINNING HEEL KICK INTO THE CHAIR, SENDING INTO SHAMROCK'S SKULL BAH GAWD! Owen slides back out the other way with the chair, hides it, and starts to wake up the referee. AND DAN SEVERN APPLIES THE BEAST CHOKER TO AN UNCONCIOUS KEN SHAMROCK! The groggy referee wakes up and sees this, and he starts checking on Shamrock, AND HE RULES HIM UNCONCIOUS AND CALLS FOR THE BELL?! NO!

    Post-match, the referee starts to inform Howard Finkel of the decision -- BUT HEY WAIT, LOOK WHO'S RUNNING DOWN THE RAMPWAY, RETURNING FROM INJURY -- IT'S 2 COLD SCORPIO, BAH GAWD! Owen turns and sees this, BUT SCORPIO ATTACKS FIRST AND SENDS OWEN TO THE FLOOR! Scorpio slides into the ring and stops the ref from making the final decision, and he informs the referee of what REALLY happened. And because this is 1998 WWF, the ref takes his word for it after seeing Owen and the chair -- AND THE REF THEN MAKES THE DECISION THAT THIS MATCH IS A NO CONTEST! Severn immediately turns and attacks his old foe Scorpio and Owen gets back into the ring to join in on the beatdown. Severn tries to lock Scorpio back in the Beast Choker, a move that JR notes injured Scorpio and tore his pectoral muscle clear off the bone and put him on the shelf for 3 months. BUT SHAMROCK IS BACK UP AND HE ATTACKS SEVERN, AND FENDS OFF OWEN! Scorpio gets back up and the two faces clear the heels from the ring and stand tall to end the segment.

    ----------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------------

    EARLIER TONIGHT: We get another recap of the Undertaker, disguised as his brother Kane, attacking Mankind and only stopping once the real Kane came out, and went on to do nothing about the matter.
    Backstage, Mankind is seen being tended to by the trainer in the medical examination room. Michael Cole comes in and asks Mankind about his condition, and Mankind sarcastically announces that he's doing just great. He was just starting to get some feeling back in his body after the King of the Ring, and that chokeslam on the floor and being run into the steps and the posts set him all the way back to square one. And if he's asking how he's doing mentally? The family he's surrounded himself with has seemingly betrayed him from one point of view, because he can't believe for a minute that both Kane and Paul Bearer weren't in on this. From the other point of view, even if they weren't in on it, they couldn't or just plain didn't do anything to stop it from happening either. For a guy with split personalities, he's having a hard time digesting all of this. BUT DON'T YOU WORRY. MICK FOLEY KNOWS THAT WHEN IT'S TIME TO BE THE CARNIVAL ATTRACTION FOR UNCLE VINCE LATER ON TONIGHT, HE'LL BE MORE THAN READY. BECAUSE IT'S 1998, AND WHO NEEDS DOINK THE CLOWN WHEN YOU HAVE A CONFUSED AND BEATEN-UP MANKIND TO DO YOUR BIDDING? Have a "nice" day, and Mankind leaves the exam room.

    Back at commentary, JR & Lawler go over all that's gone on tonight with Mankind and JR can't believe he's still going to compete in the match tonight. Lawler says with the firing spree Mr. McMahon seems to be ready to go on as of late, if he were Mick Foley, he'd be doing the same thing, and JR corrects him because Lawler nor anyone else will ever have half the heart Mick Foley has. Lawler notes that may be true, but he does have twice the brains, and he proved that on HeAT last night! As Lawler laughs, JR segues into that, bringing up an incident that occured on Sunday Night HeAT last night, and he throws it to the footage.

    LAST NIGHT, ON HeAT: We see footage from last night, where Jerry Lawler is in the ring and giving what appears to be a legitimate apology for the way he's treated Al Snow. He says he knows that, even though Snow's been banned from all WWF events from here on out, that hasn't stopped him from showing up and waiting outside. So if someone can get the message to him, he'd like to see him and legitimately apologize by the end of the night. He can't get him a job, but he can at least be a man and apologize to Al Snow.

    LATER THAT NIGHT: We see Al Snow start to make his way through the crowd with security chasing after him. Jerry Lawler gets up from commentary and calls security off, and Snow tensely walks around the ring, eyeing Lawler up. Lawler eventually gets Snow into the ring and offers him an apology and a handshake. Snow is weary but accepts, and surprisingly, Lawler wasn't up to anything. Lawler goes to leave, but Snow doesn't take his eyes off of him -- big mistake, because from behind, Too Much attack Snow and lay him out. Lawler gets back into the ring and joins in on the melee'. They wrap Snow's arms up in the ropes and do a number on him. Lawler then desecrates the Head, ripping it's hair out, slamming it on the steel post top to crack it and then PUNTING IT into the crowd! Lawler & Too Cool leave, Snow frees himself and is in a panic to find the Head out in the crowd, and security chases after him once again.
    Back at commentary, Lawler is cracking up laughing, practically in tears, and JR just stares at him and shakes his head in disgust.

    Jeff Jarrett & Colonel Parker make their way out to the ring, looking over their shoulders, and Parker appears to have a small ziplock bag with him. Jarrett grabs a microphone and says in all of his years with the WWF, the one thing he has never done is lie to the fans. JR actually laughs, and starts to list off a MILLION times where he's done just that, but Lawler silences him. Jarrett says he's being honest here, he's been looking over his shoulder all week because he knows he's pissed off DX. And while usually, it's Jeff Jarrett who you shouldn't piss off, he's also no dummy, and the numbers game alone would catch up with him. But that's why Double J and the Colonel are always one step ahead of everybody else. Parker gets the mic and introduces the brand-new JARRETT SECURITY TEAM! Southern Rock music hits, and out come RON AND DON HARRIS, whom JR indentifies, and apparently, they are now working as the Jarrett Security Team. Jarrett then takes the small ziplock bag from Parker and reveals that one of the reasons DX is so mad at him is because of this -- and in the bag, we see it's the clumps of X-Pac's hair he ripped out two weeks ago. Jarrett says he can safely say DX will never get their hands on him, and if that X-Punk crosses him, it'll be more than just hair he loses, so don't piss him off!

    4. Jeff Jarrett def. Salvatore Sincere with the Figure Four in 3:01. Jarrett makes quick work of the jobber. Jarrett Security get involved a couple of times to distract the jobber, and Jarrett uses it to his advantage, and ends it with an easy Figure Four.

    Post-match, the ref goes to raise his arm and Finkel goes to announce him as the winner, but Jarrett steps away from the ref and Parker takes the mic from Finkel. Parker throws it to footage on the tron, and we're reminded of Finkel's recent issues with Jarrett, as well as this particular referee's issues with Jarrett. Before they can realize what hit them -- THE REFEREE GETS NAILED WITH A HI-LO FROM JARRETT SECURITY! Parker punches Finkel in the face and then rolls him into the ring, and Jarrett Security lift him up in the air and shake him around like a rag doll. Jarrett then reaches into the small bag from earlier and pulls out -- A PAIR OF ELECTRIC CLIPPERS, AND HE SHAVES OFF A BUNCH OF THE HAIR FROM THE REFEREE! HE THEN TAKES THE CLIPPERS TO WHAT LITTLE HAIR FINKEL HAS LEFT AS WELL! THIS IS AN ABOMINATION! BUT FINALLY, HERE COMES X-PAC RUNNING TO THE RESCUE! Jarrett hightails it, AND JARRETT SECURITY IMMEDIATELY GRAB HIM AND PLANT HIM WITH THE H-BOMB! They start to beat the shit out of X-Pac now --

    BREAK IT DOWN!

    BUT HERE COMES THE CALVARY! TRIPLE H AND THE OUTLAWS BOLT OUT FROM THE BACK AND HIGHTAIL IT TO THE RING TO MAKE THE SAVE! JST calmly leave and guard Jarrett & Parker up the rampway on their way to the back, as the Outlaws dare them to come back and Triple H checks on X-Pac.

    COMING UP NEXT IS OUR MAIN EVENT! FOUR TEAMS IN A FOUR CORNERS MATCH FOR THE WWF TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS! We see that the Outlaws are already in the ring. We cut backstage to see The Rock & Owen Hart walking in stride and confidently. We then cut to Kane walking, with Mankind well off behind him, not trusting him. We then cut to Austin and The Undertaker walking, with Austin just a step or two behind Taker, and not taking his eyes off of him after what he saw earlier.

    The Nation's music hits and The Rock & Owen Hart make their entrances first, with the Outlaws now in the ring solo as Triple H has helped X-Pac to the back. The Rock runs his mouth at the Outlaws from the apron as Owen stands on the floor -- BOOM! FROM OUTTA NOWHERE, KEN SHAMROCK HAS RUN DOWN THE AISLE AND ATTACKED OWEN HART! The Rock turns to go after Shamrock, BUT THE OUTLAWS PULL THE ROCK INTO THE RING AND START BEATING HIM DOWN! Shamrock goes NUTS on Owen, hitting him with a belly to belly suplex ON TO THE STEEL RAMPWAY! Owen's down and tries to crawl away, BUT SHAMROCK LOCKS HIM IN THE ANKLE LOCK, AND HE'S TRYING TO BREAK THAT ANKLE! A ton of referees come rushing out to try and pull Shamrock off, as well as others seperating the Outlaws from the Rock. ALL HELL HAS BROKEN LOOSE, LET'S GO TO A COMMERCIAL!

    ----------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------------

    DURING THE BREAK: We see that Shamrock eventually left on his own free will after Dan Severn appeared at the top of the entry way. Shamrock went after him, and Severn went to go towards him, but the refs got in between them and got them seperated. The medical team checked on Owen, who was screaming about his ankle and couldn't put pressure on it, and the medics deemed him unfit to compete. The Rock got on the mic and called back to the Nation to send someone out, and the European Champion D'Lo Brown came out to replace Owen Hart, and after a quick discussion with Sgt. Slaughter, he allowed the replacement to take place.
    Kane's music hits next and he makes his entrance, and Mankind is still walking far off behind him, as well as noticably hurting from the attack by The Undertaker earlier on.

    The Undertaker is out next and Mankind goes RIGHT after him. All Hell breaks loose as the Outlaws go back after The Rock, and D'Lo is caught by Kane. GLASS SHATTERS AND HERE COMES STONE COLD!

    5. Kane & Mankind def. Steve Austin & The Undertaker [c], The Rock & D'Lo Brown and The New Age Outlaws in a Four Corners Match to WIN the WWF World Tag Team Championships in 12:18. The Rock goes balls out in this match and goes after any and every one, including a lengthy stint against the Undertaker, and JR gives a tip of the hat to The Rock's performance here. The Outlaws end up double teaming him and D'Lo makes the save, and The Rock winds up brawling with Austin on the floor, leading to the Outlaws taking out D'Lo and eliminating the Nation team. Kane gets in for a while and beats up on the Outlaws, and then tags in Mankind. Mankind does fine, but the Outlaws double team him and Kane isn't exactly trying his hardest to get back into the ring. Mankind winds up tagging out to Austin who goes after the Outlaws, but during a hot run, the Undertaker gets a blind tag on Austin and Taker hits Gunn with a Chokeslam. Road Dogg goes to break up the pin, but Kane cuts off Road Dogg -- saving his brother?! Taker pins Gunn, and the Outlaws are eliminated! Mankind goes to attack the Undertaker from the blindside as he stares down his brother Kane, but Austin cuts Mankind off and saves the Undertaker. Austin stomps a mudhole in Mankind and then hits him with the Stunner. In the meantime, Taker had been watching Austin attack Mankind, and Kane easily turns his brother around, gets him with the WEAKEST, SOFTEST looking Chokeslam ever -- AND COVERS TO WIN THE BELTS?!

    Post-match, Mankind's thrown out of the ring and to the floor by Austin, who turns to see what the Hell just happened. Kane exits the ring and grabs the Tag Team Titles and steps over Mankind and walks to the back. Austin can't believe his eyes when he sees the replay on the Titantron, and he turns around to see the Undertaker sit right up, like nothing even happened. Taker goes to nonchalantly leave, BUT AUSTIN GRABS THE UNDERTAKER'S ARM AND PULLS HIM BACK! THE TWO GO FACE TO FACE AND START JAWING! WE MAY HAVE A SITUATION HERE, BUT WE'VE GOTTA GO, WE'RE OUTTA TIME, THE CAMERAS ARE ROLLING, WE'LL SEE YOU NEXT WEEK!




    WWF SUMMERSLAM 1998 (8/30) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. The Undertaker

    WWF INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
    The Rock [c] Vs. Triple H

  23. #48
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Stone Cold Steve Austin (Since 6/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: D'Lo Brown (Since 7/27/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: Kane & Mankind (Since 8/10/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    AUGUST 17TH, 1998
    INDIANAPOLIS, IN


    Before the opening credits, we see Mankind pacing around backstage, presumably in the Boiler Room, and mumbling to himself that he deserves some answers, he deserves the truth! He slams some more things around and storms out!

    TONIGHT: AUSTIN WILL CALL OUT THE UNDERTAKER; DX vs. NATION STREET FIGHT; FUNK/DUSTIN vs. SIMMONS/VADER!

    After the opening, Mankind makes his way out from the back, still ranting and raving to himself. JR takes us back to last week when Kane & Mankind won the Four Corners match to regain the WWF Tag Team Titles, but notes it's under heavy scrutiny.

    LAST WEEK: Earlier in the night, The Undertaker, disguised as his brother Kane, attacked Mankind. By the end of the night, Kane was able to defeat his brother with the softest looking Chokeslam in the world to win the belts, and the Undertaker sat right up immediately.
    Mankind has a microphone and a steel chair in his hand, which he now sits in, and is seemingly taking the show hostage. He says he's tired of being deceived and all he'd like is the truth. As much as it sometimes hurts, there's only been one man who has ever really given him the truth. Not Uncle Paul, or Steve Austin, SO HE WOULD LIKE TO BRING OUT MR. MCMAHON, BECAUSE HE NEEDS HIS HELP.

    A few moments pass before a confused looking Vince McMahon makes his way out, surprisingly by himself, and gets into the ring, grabbing his own mic. Mankind gets up and sits on the mat, and offers the chair to Vince, all the while continuously asking for Vince's help. Vince asks how humiliating this is for him. Vince says he detests people who need help. He loathes people like him, who rely on pillars of strength like him just to get through the day. The mere sight of the sick and the invalid makes his stomach turn, but he, Mick Foley, is a special case. He didn't invite him out here to help him, he knows that. He invited him out here to HURT him, so he will when he tells the truth, because the truth hurts. He asks Mick how stupid he can really be? His partner Kane managed to come down the aisle to presumably save him AFTER the Undertaker had already leveled him, while dressed in his brother's clothing nonetheless -- a literal wolf in sheep's clothing! Mankind stands up at that and Vince realizes he's struck a nerve. He brings up all the other times, like when Kane and Undertaker would stare just a little too long, leaving Mankind to fend for himself against Austin, or the times when Kane distracted himself by brawling with others, so the Undertaker could destroy Mankind. They are in collusion -- not just against Mankind and Stone Cold, but every superstar on the WWF roster!

    This sets the arena lights off, there goes the pyro, and here comes Kane being led by Paul Bearer, who's irate with the accusations Vince is making in the ring. Bearer and Kane get into the ring, and Bearer grabs his own microphone. Paul steps in front of Kane and tells Mankind to excuse him and yells that for once, Vince McMahon is gonna listen to the fat man. It's true that he may very well be the big manipulator and the puppeteer of the WWF. He might be able to get in Mankind's mine, BUT HE'LL BE DAMNED IF HE GETS IN HIS MIND OR HIS SON'S MIND. Vince has a son, and how would he feel if someone tried to poison his mind like he's been doing to his Kane. He'll be damned to hell if he lets him ruin this. He's made a lot of money thanks to Vince and he and Kane can hit the road right now, as far as he's concerned. Vince asks if he's finished venting his spleen at him, and says the truth is THAT'S NOT HIS SON. THAT'S A SON OF A BITCH. THAT'S UNDERTAKER RIGHT THERE. HE CAN SMELL THE STENCH OF DEATH UPON HIS BREATH! Vince demands that Kane take that mask off right this instant. A few moments pass -- and Kane actually starts to do it...

    BUT THE LIGHTS GO OUT!

    AND WHEN THEY COME BACK ON -- KANE HAS DISAPPEARED, AND THE UNDERTAKER IS STANDING THERE WITH HIS HAND AROUND VINCE MCMAHON'S THROAT! Mankind bumrushes the Undertaker and attacks him, and Vince quickly hauls ass out of the ring and to the back! The Undertaker beats the shit out of Mankind and hits him with a Chokeslam, and Mankind rolls out to the floor. Paul Bearer can't believe his eyes, AND THE UNDERTAKER TURNS WITH A SNAP OF HIS HEAD AND HE GOES AFTER PAUL BEARER NOW, AND HE LIGHTS HIM UP WITH PUNCHES BEFORE TOSSING HIM OUT OF THE RING! The Undertaker marches off to the back with his music blaring, and Mankind crawls over to Paul Bearer on the floor and hugs him, and Bearer cries out loud, screaming that IT CAN'T BE TRUE, IT CAN'T BE!

    --------------------------------
    Commercial Break
    --------------------------------

    DURING THE BREAK: We see Mankind continuing to help Paul Bearer up and to the back, with Bearer continuing to yell that it can't be true, and screaming for Kane.
    The next match between Jeff Jarrett and Val Venis will determine who gets a shot at the European Title at Summerslam, and their opponent will be decided upon later on tonight, when D'Lo Brown defends the European Title against X-Pac! JR also notes that Colonel Parker & Jarrett Security have been banned from ringside.

    1. Val Venis def. Jeff Jarrett to become the #1 Contender for the WWF European Championship with the Fisherman's Buster in 7:12. Good, technical match for the most part. Jarrett works the legs to keep Val from doing anything high risk later on in the match. Val surprises Jarrett by exchanging holds with him on the mat, however, Jarrett stays in control of the contest, continuing to focus his attack on the legs. X-Pac starts to make his way on out and it keeps drawing Jarrett's ire. Pac plays innocent until the distraction is enough for Val to start making a comeback. Pac pulls out a pair of hair clippers from his pocket and shows them off. Val misses a rope hung attack on Jarrett and bounces backwards, and Jarrett rests with his upper body across the middle rope -- AND PAC RUSHES, GRABS JARRETT AND CUTS OFF A BIG CHUNK OF HIS HAIR WITH THE SCISSORS! Jarrett is IRATE and Pac holds up the clump of hair and chucks it at him. Jarrett gets up to throw a fit, AND VAL GETS HIM WITH A FISHERMAN'S BUSTER TO GET THE WIN!

    Post-match, Venis celebrates and Jarrett sits up in the corner, holding up the big chunk of hair that X-Pac cut just moments ago, and Pac mocks him from the stage, telling him to SUCK IT. JR notes that Val Venis will go on to Summerslam and get himself a shot at the European Title!

    We see highlights of the long standing issue between Jerry Lawler & Al Snow. It started with Snow trying any and everything to get a meeting with Vince McMahon in an attempt to get employed here in the WWF. Lawler eventually promised him a meeting, only to screw him over for his own amusement. Snow's attempted retribution numerous times, only for it to lead to Lawler bludgenoing him on HeAT two weeks ago and desecrating Snow's beloved mannequin Head.
    Jerry Lawler is in the ring and greeted by a chorus of jeers. He thanks the fans for that warm welcome. He has two riot cops with him and says that they're here not for his protection, but to make sure that idiot Al Snow doesn't get involved in his business and to save Al Snow from him should he choose to make that decision. He says he wants to put this to rest once and for all. Al Snow is nothing but a glorified jobber, and he needs to make peace with that. The world needs ditch diggers, and that's where Al Snow comes in. He's been a journeyman around this country for over 10 years now, with the only success he's seen coming as Marty Jannetty's tag team partner and as a featured act in that Bingo Hall down in South Philadelphia, which should show you what that promotion is truly all about. But for him to think he's done anything or is capable of doing anything in his career or even in his life to earn him a spot back here in the WWF, he's even crazier than he looks.

    Lawler goes on and on, continuing to cut a SCATHING promo on Snow's career. Suddenly, behind Lawler, one of the riot cops takes a few steps back, pulls out his nightstick and starts to choke out the second riot cop! Once that riot cop is disposed of -- the first cop takes off his helmet to reveal THAT HE'S AL SNOW, LOOKING AS DERRANGED AS EVER! Lawler goes to turn around, thinking that the crowd is reacting to him -- BUT HE TURNS RIGHT INTO A NIGHTSTICK SHOT FROM AL SNOW! SNOW STARTS BEATING THE SHIT OUT OF LAWLER, AND HE NAILS HIM WITH THE SNOW PLOW BAH GAWD! Lawler is pleading for his life, but Snow is relentless, trying to gain even a morsel of revenge on the man who has tortured him for months now! Too Much come running out and they pull Lawler to safety. They tease getting into the ring, but Snow takes swings at them with the nightstick and they bail out.

    Sgt. Slaughter comes out and stops Lawler & Too Much from getting away. Slaughter says that this issue has made Mr. McMahon quite frustrated, and he no longer cares to see it play out on his television show week after week. Therefore, by orders of Mr. McMahon, there will be a match at Summerslam to settle this once and for all. Jerry Lawler vs. Al Snow. If Al Snow wins, he will officially get a job back with the World Wrestling Federation, and they can all move on. If Jerry Lawler wins, then not only is Al Snow out of chances with the WWF, but he will be blackballed from this industry, and should he continue his charades, charges will be pressed, and he will be prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law. And that's an order, maggot!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    After the break, JR is joined on commentary by Michael Hayes for the rest of the night.

    2. The NWA [New MX/Barry Windham] def. LOD 2000 & Bradshaw in 5:34. Solid six man tag action with Bradshaw still wanting to get in after Windham, because that win at Fully Loaded clearly wasn't enough. The LOD become distracted when Cornette tries hitting Hawk with the tennis racket, and they go after him and Windham runs out to make the save. Back in the ring, Bradshaw is left alone and falls victim to a double team attack and the Veg-O-Matic from the New MX, and Bart covers to get the win!

    Post-match, The LOD slide back in to go after the New MX, but they slide right out, scoop up Cornette and Windham, and bail to the back, leaving an angry LOD back in the ring as they check on Bradshaw.

    The Highway to Hell video airs again, hyping Summerslam which is just 13 days away!

    Big Van Vader makes his entrance after the video with Ron Simmons making his entrance not too long after, and JR throws it to some footage.

    LAST WEEK: We see the end of the Dustin/Funk brawl with Vader & Simmons keeping them apart. Afterwards, Vince said he was onto their "game" and said that there would be a solution, booking tonight's match of Dustin/Funk vs. Simmons/Vader, and the losers WILL BE FIIIIIRED.
    Back in the arena, Dustin Rhodes makes his entrance followed by Terry Funk. All four men are in the ring and they shake hands. The ref starts to call for the bell, but Terry Funk stops him and tells him to hold on, and Funk asks for the microphone. Funk says that the last thing Vince McMahon needs in his life, especially with all the other madness going on in this company, is Terry Funk with a live microphone, but that's exactly what he's going to get. The four of them are god damned sick and tired of having a carrot dangling above one side of their heads and an anvil hanging over the other. He says that if Vince McMahon had the BALLS, he wouldn't listen to some board of directors. No, he would do to the four of them what he did to every other promoter in this country, show some guts, and fire their asses! Because the fact of the matter is, the WWF isn't the only game in town -- and at this point, if he fired them, they could EASILY find work somewhere else and be the death nail in McMahon's coffin! So one of two things are going to happen -- either McMahon is going to come out here and FIRE them, or he's going to back the Hell off once and for all, but this match isn't happening under these circumstances. So until Junior gets his ass out here, consider them on strike! WHAT IS HAPPENING?! WILL THIS MATCH TAKE PLACE?! WHAT WILL MR. MCMAHON SAY?! STAY TUNED!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    After the break, Funk, Vader, Dustin & Simmons have continued to hold the show hostage, with a couple of WWF road agents out at ringside trying to talk them out of doing this, but they're standing their ground. Funk gets on the mic and says two of them were going to be fired anyway, so why doesn't Vince just come out here and put his money where his mouth is -- FIRE ALL FOUR OF THEM AND LET THEM GO TO PHILADELPHIA, LET THEM GO TO JAPAN, HELL, LET THEM GO TO ATLANTA, THAT'LL SHOW HIM!

    A few more moments pass, and an IRATE Vince McMahon comes out to the stage, furious that his show has come to a stand still. Patterson, Brisco and Slaughter come out with him and they talk things over on the stage, and Vince starts screaming at them to fix this and get them the Hell out of this ring, because nobody tells him how to run HIS company. Sure enough, Slaughter and the Stooges lead a team of security down to the ring. Funk gets back on the mic and says that Vince Sr is rolling over in his grave at the PUSSY his son turned out to be, oh SHIT. The Stooges, Slaughter and security get into the ring and try to restrain the four superstars -- BUT THESE FOUR MEN HAVE BEEN PUSHED TOO FAR, AND THEY START ATTACKING THE STOOGES, SLAUGHTER AND SECURITY, AND THEY'RE CLEARING HOUSE! VINCE CAN'T BELIEVE HIS EYES, THESE SUPERSTARS ARE BEING OPENLY DEFIANT AND ARE DARING HIM TO MAKE A MOVE THEY DON'T THINK HE HAS THE FORTITUDE TO MAKE!

    Vader, Dustin, Simmons and Funk dispose of the security team as well as the Stooges and the Commissioner. They're hyped up, but Funk gets the attention of the other three and points up to the stage -- AND THEY START TO MAKE THEIR WAY UP THE RAMP TO GO AFTER VINCE MCMAHON! Vince falls back on his ass in fear, but gets up quickly to hightail it out of there. Funk, Simmons, Vader & Dustin rush up the aisleway and chase him to the back and out of sight!

    Back at commentary, JR & Hayes try to put everything that just happened into perspective. JR notes that a lot of people in the WWF have seemingly had enough of Mr. McMahon, but these four men may have gone too far.

    EARLIER TONIGHT: We see a recap of Jarrett/Venis, ending with X-Pac cutting off a lock of Jarrett's hair in revenge, allowing Val to hit Jarrett with the Fisherman's Buster to win a European Title shot at Summerslam.
    3. D'Lo Brown [c] def. X-Pac to retain the WWF European Championship with the Lo Down in 8:22. Good, competitive match with no sign of other DX or Nation members. For the first time possibly ever, D'Lo is holding his own and looking good doing it, rather than relying on Nation outside interference. Pac is resilient however and stays on D'Lo like a house of fire in an attempt to get his title back. X-Pac starts pulling out moves from his old 1-2-3 Kid days. At one point, he manages to get out of a D'Lo Running Powerbomb attempt, and he drops down, rushes up the ropes and heads up for a standing Moonsault -- but D'Lo ducks and Pac manages to back flip onto his feet, and he tweaks his knee. D'Lo goes to capitalize, but the ref backs him off to give Pac a chance to regain his composure. D'Lo sees something in the distance, and suddenly forces an argument with the referee. The camera turns to see what D'Lo saw -- AND IT'S JEFF JARRETT, AND HE RUSHES INTO THE RING AND HITS X-PAC WITH THE FRONT RUSSIAN LEG SWEEP! D'Lo shoves the ref aside, heads up top and comes down on Pac with the Lo Down to get the win and retain the belt!

    Post-match, D'Lo celebrates to the back, and D'Lo/Val for the European Title is made official for Summerslam. Jeff Jarrett immediately gets into the ring and he waves to the back, AND HERE COMES JARRETT SECURITY. The Harris Twins get in and start putting the boots to X-Pac along with Jarrett, and they lay Pac out with an H-Bomb. They keep him down, and Jarrett locks Pac in the Figure Four, and Jarrett looks like a man possessed as Parker & Jarrett Security kick away at X-Pac. BREAK IT DOWN~ here comes the calvary, and DX rushes down to make the save for their friend, sending Jarrett & Co. diving out of the ring and headed towards the back. Jarrett celebrates with his gang of thieves, and DX checks on Pac. A badly hurt Pac calls for a mic, and without even getting off the mat, he calls Jarrett a bitch ass and tells him that if he wants to finish this, then the two of them should get the shiznit done at SUMMERSLAM. Pac falls back down to the mat completely and DX try to help him up, and Jarrett yells from the ramp that Pac is ON, and he'll see him at MSG!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    Back from break, JR & Michael Hayes are going over a few things that have happened so far here tonight, including some new matches that have been made for Summerslam in 13 days. Their attention is suddenly diverted when, coming out of the entry way, a hearse starts driving out! It slowly inches it's way out and parks right in front of the left side of the Titantron set. The fans start stirring, believing it to be the Undertaker. But when the door opens -- STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN HOPS OUT AND STEPS UP ONTO THE TOP OF THE CAR! Austin looks pissed off and he has a microphone with him. He says that he is sick and god damned tired of all the BS going on around here, with all the will they won't they crap, and he ain't gonna take it anymore. He doesn't know what the Undertaker's up to, but he wants him to know that whether there's some sort of conspiracy going on or not, his ass belongs to Stone Cold in just 13 days when the Highway to Hell culminates at Madison Square Garden during Summerslam in New York City! But what he can't take, what he won't stand for, and what he won't let go unanswered is Stone Cold Steve Austin being made to look like a damned fool. Stone Cold GUARAN-DAMN-TEES that by the end of tonight, The Undertaker and Steve Austin are going to meet up there in that ring and hammer this thing out, get to the bottom of things. And either Stone Cold's going to get some answers, or he ain't gonna wait for Summerslam, and he's going to stomp a mudhole in the Undertaker's dead ass, walk it dry, and then throw him in the back of this hearse en route down the Highway to Hell, and THAT'S THE BOTTOM LINE, 'CAUSE STONE COLD SAID SO!

    Before the next match, JR & Hayes go over the long history between Owen Hart and Ken Shamrock. We learn that Ken Shamrock has challenged Owen Hart to step into HIS world at Summerslam. Last month, it was the Dungeon and Owen had the advantage. This month, at Summerslam, it'll be Owen Hart stepping into Ken Shamrock's world, in the Lion's Den Match! JR explains the idea of the match, and Hayes notes that Dan Severn has agreed to come on as Owen Hart's coach to get him ready for an MMA style match against one of the greatest fighters and most dangerous men of all-time.

    In preperation for that, Severn comes out with Owen for the next match as his "coach", and Owen again tells us he's the REAL World's Most Dangerous Man!

    4. Owen Hart def. 2 Cold Scorpio with a Spinning Heel Kick in 6:50. Scorpio looks great in his first singles match back in quite some time, with JR reminding us of the injury sustained at the hands of Severn back in May. Owen tries working a lot of submissions and holds here, as well as getting Scorpio with a few Severn-esque throws. Owen tries to apply the Beast Choker at Severn's behest, but he isn't able to lock it in properly and Scorpio finds a way out of it. A flustered Owen starts falling prey to Scorpio's super hot come back. Scorpio hits Owen with a Jumping DDT before heading up top for the Tumbleweed. But before he can jump -- SEVERN SHAKES THE ROPES AND SCORPIO GETS CROTCHED! OWEN RUSHES OVER AND HITS SCORPIO WITH A SPINNING HEEL KICK AS HE SITS UP TOP, AND SCORP CRUMBLES DOWN TO THE MAT! OWEN ROLLS HIM UP AND GETS A LEG UP ON THE ROPE WITH SEVERN HOLDING IT, AND OWEN GETS THE WIN!

    Post-match, Owen celebrates the victory like he just won the World Series, and JR notes that every bit of that was cheating, but none of it would make a difference in the outcome of the Lion's Den Match, where it is submissions to win only. Severn gets into the ring and, after raising Owen's arm in victory, rushes back over and starts beating the crap out of his old foe Scorpio. It turns into a 2 on 1 beatdown until finally, Ken Shamrock makes a b-line for the ring. He dives in and gets Owen with a double leg takedown and starts firing away at him with big punches. Severn gets behind Shamrock and traps him from behind in the Beast Choker. But less than a few seconds in, Scorpio is back up and manages to hit Severn with a Superkick! Severn falls back after breaking the hold and rolls to the floor with Owen, where both men retreat to the back, leaving a ticked off Scorpio and an insanely irate Ken Shamrock!

    Backstage, Kevin Kelly stands by with The Rock, The Godfather and Mark Henry to hype up the Street Fight Main Event. Kelly announces that, officially, this match has new stipulations. Not only does it have Summerslam implications with Helmsley either picking the match-type he faces Rock in, or Rock choosing what actually happens with the IC Title at Summerslam, meaning he could choose not to defend -- but now, after what happened last week, the winning team also gets to pick two of it's stable members to go to Summerslam to challenge for the WWF Tag Team Titles at Summerslam! The Rock runs his mouth about all of that being fine and dandy, and the WWF can take on any and all of the stipulations it wants to add on, it won't make a lick of difference when DX has to step up to the Nation, and when that big nosed jabroni Triple H once again has to go FACE TO FACE and ONE on ONE with the GREAT ONE. The Rock says he showed last week in the Tag Title match he fears no man, dead or alive, normal or disfigured, it doesn't matter -- THE ONLY THING THAT MATTERS, is that come Summerslam, he's making sure it's two NATION members challenging for the WWF Tag Titles, and that The Rock has the night off because as he's proven time and time again for 9 months, nobody, AND THE ROCK MEANS NOBODY, is on the level of the People's Champion, if ya SMELL what the Rock is cookin'.

    Elsewhere backstage, Michael Cole stands by with D-Generation-X. Triple H says he doesn't know what match type he would pick should DX win tonight, because right now, the only thing on his mind is actually winning the match tonight. The Rock can speak in his stupid catchphrases and raise his eyebrow and try to call himself the People's Champ -- all that's going to happen tonight is that Triple Is will make him the People's Bitch, if ya smell what the Crock is cookin'. The Outlaws do a mini version of their little intro and put over the big time feel of tonight's Main Event. They say come hell or high water, they're not only walking out of here #1 contenders, and they're not only walking into Summerslam as superstars -- they're walking OUT of the Garden as your brand new WWF TAAAAAG TEEAAAAM CHAMPIONS OF THE WOOOOOORLD! THE NEW! AGE! OUTLAWS!

    DX vs. NATION, STREET FIGHT ELIMINATION MATCH -- BIG IMPLICATIONS ON THE LINE REGARDING SUMMERSLAM, AND OUR MAIN EVENT -- IS NEXT!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    We go backstage after the break, and we see Ron Simmons, Dustin Rhodes, Vader and Terry Funk talking about what happened earlier on. Just then, Vince McMahon walks into the room but he's not alone -- he's flanked by at least two DOZEN police officers from the Indianapolis PD. Vince says that he hopes that little stunt they pulled was special, he hopes it meant something to them, because they're going to have a long time to think about that crap they pulled as they sit under a jail cell. Vince gives the signal, and the cops swarm onto the four wrestlers and put cuffs on them. It takes a couple of them to get Vader in line, Funk throws a fit but is detained and Simmons & Dustin argue, but go mostly peacefully. Vince says he hopes while they're in that jail cell, they think about their futures in this business -- because as oon as he gets back to WWF HQ in Stamford, he's processing their termination papers! Vince orders the police to take them away, and he smiles a bit as they leave! What a monster!

    Before the Main Event, we're told that if DX wins, Triple H gets the Rock at Summerslam in a match of his choosing and the Outlaws get the Tag Team Title shot. But if the Nation wins, The Rock will pick his own opponent for Summerslam, and Godfather & Mark Henry get the Tag Title Shot instead!

    5. Triple H & New Age Outlaws def. The Rock, Mark Henry & The Godfather in a Street Fight in 10:46. Awesome brawl from start to finish. Rock and Triple H spend a lot of the early portions going at each other full force and using any weapon they can get their hands on. The Outlaws neutralize the other Nation members for a while, but D'Lo eventually runs out and gets involved and there's literally nothing the referee can do about it. And not too long after that, out comes X-Pac to even up the odds! Rock and Hunter get separated and drawn away by members of the opposing faction. This spills out to the floor and even into the first few rows of the crowd. The Outlaws make the save from The Rock getting a pin on Triple H. The Outlaws get attacked by the Nation members again, and Rock goes to finish off Triple H only to get a kick to the gut and a Pedigree! Hunter has him down and he goes to cover him, but Mark Henry makes the save! Rock rolls out of the ring to safety, and Triple H kicks Mark Henry square in the dick before hitting him with a Pedigree onto a trash can, and DX gets the win!

    Post-match, an exasperated Rock escapes up the rampway clutching at the IC Title as Triple H & DX celebrates. JR yells that Hunter was mere moments away from getting a pin over the Rock there, but he'll have to wait just a few more days until Summerslam, because Triple H is getting his IC Title shot fair and square, and it'll be under HIS terms!

    -----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    -----------------------------

    After the final break, THE GLASS SHATTERS, and out marches Stone Cold Steve Austin to make good on his promise from earlier on tonight. Austin says he's done waiting, hes out here to do what he said -- either he's getting some answers, or that hearse back there by the stage is going to be chock full of the Undertaker's dead ass, so let's get a move on. Austin paces back and fourth with a pissed off scowl on his face until FINALLY -- the lights go out and the Undertaker's music hits! Taker makes his way out with his head down and in his large overcoat, and Austin keeps his eyes locked on him.

    The Undertaker gets to the steps and raises the lights back on before entering into the ring. Austin tries to get up to him, but the Undertaker turns his back on him! Austin grabs Taker by the shoulder and goes to spin him around and get in his face -- BUT IT'S KANE, IT'S NOT THE UNDERTAKER -- IT'S KANE IN DISGUISE! AND KANE WRAPS HIS HAND AROUND AUSTIN'S THROAT! BAH GAWD IT'S TRUE IT'S GOTTA BE TRUE THEN, DAMNIT! Austin kicks Kane low and he starts WAILING on him and the two go back and fourth in a hellacious brawl that spills to the outside of the ring!

    Austin grabs a steel chair from under the ring and just starts REPEATEDLY wailing away on Kane, sending him up the aisleway and towards the back where the hearse is parked. They make their way back to the hearse and Austin stays on top of Kane with all of the chair shots. He WALLOPS him with one across the skull before turning and SLAMMING Kane's head into the back window! He pulls him back up, opens up the back door of the hearse -- BUT FIRST, HE PLANTS KANE WITH A STUNNER IN THE AISLEWAY, AND KANE GOES TUMBLING BACK INTO THE HEARSE! Austin shoves his body all the way in and slams the door shut! He runs his mouth to the crowd who are going crazy, and Austin yells that he's driving this damn thing to the cemetary! He marches up to the driver's seat door and goes to open it -- but it's locked?

    THE UNDERTAKER SITS UP IN THE HEARSE'S FRONT SEAT! HIS EYES ARE ROLLED INTO THE BACK OF HIS HEAD AND HE SNARLS AT AUSTIN! AND TAKER DRIVES THE HEARSE OUT OF THE ARENA AS "HIGHWAY TO HELL" BLARES ON THE LOUD SPEAKERS, AND AUSTIN CAN'T BELIEVE HIS EYES!

    DAMNIT.

    THE BROTHERS OF DESTRUCTION ARE TOGETHER, AT LAST!




    WWF SUMMERSLAM 1998 (8/30) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. The Undertaker

    WWF INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
    Stipulation TBA
    The Rock [c] [i]Vs.[i] Triple H

    WWF WORLD TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS
    Kane & Mankind [c] Vs. New Age Outlaws

    LION'S DEN MATCH
    Ken Shamrock Vs. Owen Hart

    X-Pac Vs. Jeff Jarrett

    WWF EUROPEAN CHAMPIONSHIP
    D'Lo Brown [c] Vs. Val Venis

    IF LAWLER WINS; SNOW IS 'BLACKBALLED'
    IF SNOW WINS; HE GETS A JOB IN THE WWF

    Jerry "The King" Lawler Vs. Al Snow

  24. #49
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Stone Cold Steve Austin (Since 6/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: D'Lo Brown (Since 7/27/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: Kane & Mankind (Since 8/10/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)



    WWF RAW is WAR
    AUGUST 24TH, 1998
    PHILADELPHIA, PA


    In a dark hallway backstage, and before the opening, we see the Undertaker come out of a locker room door at a slow pace, looking as evil as ever.

    But the door behind him opens again -- AND KANE FOLLOWS HIM OUT!

    TONIGHT: THE TAKER/KANE CONSPIRACY REVEALED~!; CHYNA WILL CALL OUT THE ROCK; SCORPIO/SHAMROCK vs. SEVERN/OWEN

    The Undertaker's music hits to start the show and he makes his way out, and sure enough, his brother Kane comes out with him and they walk side by side into the ring. They stand there for a little bit until the crowd starts booing and turns their attention to the entrance -- where a smiling Vince McMahon comes out pointing at the scene in the ring, seeming quite pleased! He bravely grabs a mic and enters the ring, with his smile getting even bigger. Vince says it's great to see that The Undertaker and Kane have finally revealed themselves for what they truly are, that this is great TV and most of all he gets to look at this entire crowd and say -- I TOLD YOU SO! Tongue in cheek, Vince points out that Undertaker obviously doesn't need Vince McMahon to become WWF Champion now. Because this Sunday, at Summerslam, with his brother Kane by his side, it guarantees that he will be WWF Champion once again. But rest assure, as he looks ahead to his reign, the Undertaker is GOING TO NEED Vince McMahon. Whether he likes it or not, he's going to need him for his integrity, for his genius...and most of all, for his friendship. Vince asks the Undertaker: Vince McMahon -- Friend or Foe? He tells him to think about that.

    Paul Bearer suddenly makes his way out from the back looking as depressed as ever. Bearer pleads with Kane to tell him this is all a nightmare, that none of it's real. He tells him to listen to his father, and that the same blood that runs through Kane's body runs through his, too, and if there's only one thing he ever does for him again, he needs him to DESTROY THE UNDERTAKER! Kane puts his head down in shame -- and then turns his back on Paul Bearer. AND THE UNDERTAKER ATTACKS PAUL BEARER! He beats the holy hell out of him until Mankind finally runs out! Mankind stands in Taker's way, and Kane turns to see what's going on. And Mankind turns his back, AND LETS KANE AND TAKER BEAT HIM DOWN?! He sacrifices himself for Paul Bearer, and the Brothers put a whooping on Mankind, finishing it off with a BRUTAL Spike PIledriver!

    Vince watches from ringside, horrified, but he gets on the mic and yells back to Taker that he only has one man in his way now, and that's Stone Cold Steve Austin. Almost on cue, Austin's music hits and he starts to make his way out -- BUT A WALL OF FLAMES GOES UP ON THE STAGE AND KEEPS AUSTIN AT BAY! Austin backs off but he has a mic and gets his words out. He says that he always knew these two dumb bastards were in kahootz, and seeing them reunite got him all choked up in the back. In reality, he couldn't give a damn about their little family reunion, because he's still got a date with the Undertaker at Summerslam. And yeah, his job just got that much more difficult because he's got Kane in his corner. But rest assure, even with all the Hell he's going to have to go through at Summerslam, he's making sure one of two things happens before the end of the night -- either he's wearing the Undertaker's ass down, or he's taking Kane's ass out! And that's the bottom line, 'cause Stone Cold Said So!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    DURING THE BREAK: We see that after the effects of the Spike Tombstone, EMT's had to tend to Mankind and took him out of the arena and to an ambulance backstage on a stretcher, and JR's very somber saying we may have just seen the end of Mankind's career here tonight.
    Before the next match, The Godfather puts over some of Val Venis' movies, and says he might have the right type of talent Val's looking for to be in his next flick, and offers him to take a night with his Ho's instead of the ass beating that's waiting for him. Val considers it and starts to take the ladies, but when the Godfather turns his back, Val shoo's the ladies away and pearl harbors Godfather to start the match!

    1. Val Venis def. The Godfather with the Money Shot in 6:03. Val has the early offense down until Godfather overpowers and works his midsection over. Godfather attempts the Ho Train, but misses and hits the corner hard. Val gets him with a few suplexes before rushing up top and hitting the Money Shot to get the win!

    Post-match, D'Lo Brown rushes out and blindsides Val Venis from behind! Godfather gets back up and joins in on the beatdown, and here comes Mark Henry as well! JR hypes up D'Lo/Val for the European Title this Sunday at Summerslam as the Nation continues their 3 on 1. D'Lo has Mark & Godfather hold Val down on the mat and stretch him out, and D'Lo rushes up to the top rope and comes down HARD with a Lo Down onto Val, using that chest protector to add to the move. And what's this, D'Lo goes up and he hits a SECOND Lo Down! BUT HE'S NOT DONE, BECAUSE HE GOES UP AND HITS A THIRD LO DOWN ONTO VAL VENIS! A couple of referees rush out and break up the situation, and the Nation heads to the back with D'Lo quite happy with himself as he holds up the European Title.

    The camera cuts to the backstage area because JR says they just got word of something going on -- and in the distance by one of the back loading bays, WE SEE RON SIMMONS! AND HEY, DUSTIN RHODES! WAIT THERE'S VADER! AND LOOK, IT'S TERRY FUNK! THEY'RE SNEAKING INTO THE ARENA! THEY WERE ARRESTED AND SEEMINGLY FIRED LAST WEEK, WHAT THE HELL ARE THEY DOING HERE?!

    The camera then takes a quick cut off to the side when it hears a commotion, and we see the EMT's from earlier laid out, the ambulance's doors sprawled open -- AND MANKIND IS SLIDING AWAY ON THE GOURNEY!

    THE HELL IS GOING ON HERE TONIGHT?!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    Back from break, MANKIND IS BELLY BOARDING ON THE GOURNEY AND HE RIDES IT DOWN THE RAMP ALL THE WAY TO THE RING TO A HUGE POP! He grabs a mic and rolls in, and laughs as he brings up how it was collusion all along, then. Mankind says he was always taught to be a good boyscout, and he should've listened to his boyscout leader. He should've listened to Mr. McMahon, because Mr. McMahon warned him all along! And now that he's seen the error of his ways, Mr. McMahon has offered him a chance at redemption. And that chance at redemption -- and he points up to the sky -- he says that it lies inside of the confines of the Hell in a Cell that dangles above us, and the camera pans up to reveal it's presence, bah gawd! The crowd goes nuts. Mankind says that much like at King of the Ring in June on the other side of this state, he's going up to the top of that cage again tonight! Only this time, he's putting that big burnt bastard either through the top or off the top. More than likely, he's getting his ass kicked tonight, but he won't go out with a fight, because it won't be the first time he's gotten his ass kicked in Philadelphia, even if it is the last. "Later on tonight, Kane -- I'll see you in Hell. Have a nice day!" BAH GAWD WHAT A MAIN EVENT DAMNIT.

    2. New Age Outlaws def. Jarrett Security in 5:48. Solid enough tag match with the Outlaws looking for a win to look strong heading into Summerslam. During this match, JR openly questions what will actually happen with the Tag Team Title match given the fact that Mankind and Kane are obviously at odds and plan on ending each other tonight in the Hell in a Cell match. Outlaws take Ron Harris off the apron and then get Don Harris with a modified Hart Attack to get the win!

    Post-match, Jeff Jarrett runs out and attacks Road Dogg from behind! Billy Gunn goes after Jarrett, but the Harris Twins attack him immediately and lay him out, and it's a 3 on 2 on the Outlaws. X-Pac bolts out to even up the odds and he goes after Jarrett, but the Harris Twins get him out of there immediately and they escape up the rampway. Pac checks on the Outlaws, and Jarrett has a microphone. He says after what that little rat fink did last week, he's had enough of this X-Punk and his juvenile stuff. He's pissed him off, and he warned him not to piss him off. He wants to take off chunks of people's hair? How about at Summerslam, they go at it in a HAIR vs HAIR match?! Pac grabs a mic and reminds Jarrett of all the people he's humiliated, as well as taking a chunk of X-Pac's hair first, so if he wants a hair vs hair match, then he's got it!

    As the ringside area is getting straightened up and DX is getting out of there, we suddenly see Ron Simmons, Dustin Rhodes, Terry Funk and Vader make their way through the crowd in their street clothes! They make their way down to the guard rail, and some security guards go to get in their way -- AND THEY BEAT DOWN THE SECURITY BAH GAWD! They hop the railing and get into the ring, scaring some stage hands off mic. Terry Funk grabs a microphone and says if they gotta take this show hostage for a second week, then that's what they're going to do, but they're not going anywhere until they get some damn answers. They sat under a jail cell for 12 hours last week under the impression that they had been unconditionally fired, meaning they were able to go somewhere else to try and make a damn living, but then they find out they're still under contract to the WWF for some reason. So they're not waiting anymore, either Vince McMahon gets his ass out here and give some god damn answers, or they will tear this arena apart, brick by damn brick!

    A few moments pass, but Vince eventually makes his way out and he's surrounded by a TON of Philadelphia PD officers. He says he's sure all four men in that ring would love to get their hands on him and his associates, but it's not going to happen like that. He tells them that, indeed, he had a change of heart after last week. He says regardless of what they may be to him right now, there was a point in time where all of them did something for him, and that's make him money. Whether it was Ron Simmons' magical run in 1994, or Terry Funk's comeback in 1996, or Vader's WWF Title run into 1997 or Goldust's debut in 1995, at one time, all of them made Vince McMahon money. So why would he send free money away? Why would he let free money walk into some dingy bingo hall in South Philadelphia and work for a small-time organization, when he could make yet another large sum of money off of the four of them?! Not to mention, given how STALE and BORING the four of them had become, their antics the past few weeks have been some of the most interesting television they've been apart of in quite some time, so if that's the case, there's plenty of room in the WWF for them to stay!

    ...at least three of them, that is. You see, at Summerslam, they're going to get the chance to steal the show. In fact, they're going to get the chance to be one of the evening's MAIN EVENTS! That's right, in Madison Square Garden, at Summerslam on the Highway to Hell, we're going to have ourselves a FATAL FOUR WAY Match that will see Dustin Rhodes versus Ron Simmons versus Terry Funk versus Vader! Now, one man has to win, one man has to lose, there will be a winner, and there WILL BE a loser. But how he's going to guarantee that? Well, for starters, the winner of the match, the man who scores the deciding pinfall or submission will receive a substantial payraise as well as a GUARANTEED WWF TITLE SHOT ON MONDAY NIGHT RAW IN EXACTLY ONE WEEK'S TIME! Now, the two men who are not in the decision will, at the very least, get to keep their jobs with the WWF for the forseeable future. But the loser? The man who is pinned or made to submit WILL BE FIIIIIIIIIIIIIIRED. And he guarandamntee's this match will go down the way he's wanting it to go down, because if it doesn't, then not only will he slap them with lawsuits for breach of contract, he can promise them that they'll NEEEEEVER work in this industry again!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    Back from break, we get a recap of some of Gangrel's matches thus far since his debut, as well as the first-ever Bloodbath a couple of weeks ago.

    The stage catches on fire and the lights flash red, Gangrel's music starts up and he makes his grand entrance from under the stage. He marches over the fiery pit towards the rampway -- BUT FROM THE BACK, AND LITERALLY OUT OF NOWHERE, EDGE APPEARS AND DRILLS GANGREL WITH A SPEAR! Gangrel goes flying back and his cup of "substance" goes flying, spilling all over the place, and Gangrel is hurt. Edge stays on top of him and hammers away at him for a bit until referees come out and get the mysterious Edge away. Edge disappears through the crowd, and Gangrel gets checked on. He sits up and winces in pain at first, but as he watches Edge fade off into the crowd -- GANGREL STARTS TO LAUGH?

    Back at commentary, JR & King try to make sense of all of that, with JR noting that Edge has had some strange reactions to seeing Gangrel, but nobody knows what he's thinking or feeling. He's been making appearences in the WWF for three months now, but he has yet to speak a word, let alone wrestle a match. But something about the appearence of Gangrel has driven Edge to the point of making his first movement here in the WWF. As he's saying, JR says he's just gotten word that Edge will now be making his in-ring debut this Sunday on HeAT, prior to Summerslam -- and he will be taking on none other than Gangrel!

    Before the next match, an eight man tag team match is announced for Summerslam, where the NWA organization with Dan Severn, Barry Windham and the New Midnight Express will team up to take on the Legion of Doom 2000, 2 Cold Scorpio and Bradshaw!

    3. Owen Hart & Dan Severn def. Ken Shamrock & 2 Cold Scorpio in 8:11. Hot tag match between the four with Shamrock constantly trying to get at Owen, but Severn cutting him off and working some of that MMA style on him to keep him at bay. All hell breaks loose and Scorpio gets his hands on Severn while Shamrock gives chase to Owen around the ring. Severn hits Scorpio with a big throw in the ring and he runs out to cut Shamrock off and he traps him in behind with the Beast Choker, and he chokes him out on the floor. Owen starts to celebrate, but Scorpio reaches out and pulls Owen into the ring. He goes to attack him, but Owen out-maneuvers him and gets him with a modified roll-up -- and a hand full of trunks -- and he gets him with a pin, and Owen/Severn win!

    Post-match, Owen bails out and gets Severn off and they hightail it just as Scorpio gets to his feet! Scorpio points his finger and issues a stern warning before going out to check on a groggy Shamrock, who was on the brink of being unconcious. But Shamrock doesn't know where he's at or what's going on -- AND HE HITS SCORPIO WITH A BELLY TO BELLY SUPLEX ON THE FLOOR! Shamrock absolutely LOSES HIS MIND as JR hypes up the Lion's Den Match this Sunday. AND THEN SHAMROCK STARTS SMASHING HIS HEAD ON THE STEEL STEPS BEFORE RUNNING TO THE BACK AT FULL SPEED!

    BREAK IT DOWN~ DX's music hits as the last scene is wrapping up, and out marches a pissed off looking Chyna. We see footage of the Street Fight last week and how it was really out of control, and JR notes that off air, Chyna had wanted to be at ringside for the match, but DX wouldn't let her. So she's out here tonight, against the wishes of DX, to call out the Rock. We also see footage of Rock narrowly avoiding the pinfall last week, instead allowing Godfather to fall victim instead. JR also notes that on HeAT, last night, Triple H cashed in his right to pick the stipulation for the HHH/Rock match at Summerslam, and made it a Ladder Match! Chyna stands in tall in the ring and just stares at the back, and with a minute or so, The Rock's music hits and he makes his way out in his street clothes with the Intercontinental Championship in one hand and a microphone in the other. JR puts over how strong and tough Chyna is, but notes that not a lot of men are in the same league as the Rock, and certainly not any women, and Chyna may want to rethink whatever it is she's about to do here. Rock stands at the bottom of the rampway for a bit -- AND FROM BEHIND, WE SEE THE REST OF THE NATION MAKE THEIR WAY OUT, AND THEY'VE GOT A LADDER WITH THEM?! The Nation sets the ladder up in the ring, and The Rock says that Chyna asked for it, and she got it, so here he is, the People's Champ. But before they get down to business, let it be known that The Rock knew this was a set-up to begin with. He knew that Chyna would have him come out here, and then DX would show up and jump on the Rock, and tear him limb from limb, but that's not going to happen. Because The Rock, naturally, is one step ahead of everybody else. He wants Chyna to know her damn role and shut her damn mouth, and look at the Titantron.

    BACKSTAGE, DX'S LOCKER ROOM DOOR HAS BEEN BLOCKED SHUT BY A FORKLIFT!

    Back in the ring, The Rock says they're going to get down to business here. He heard Triple H's banana nosed monkey ass out here on HeAT last night make the challenge for Summerslam to be in a ladder match, and he accepts! He can't wait for Triple H to march into Madison Square Garden, go ONE ON ONE WITH THE GREAT ONE, make his damn ass famous, and get what's coming to him courtesy of the People's Champion. The Rock is going to climb the People's Ladder rung by damn rung by damn rung and reach up to grab a hold of The Rock's Intercontinental Title and put an end to this jabroni once and for all, if ya smell what the Rock is cookin'. But now onto Chyna -- he sees that this entire time out here, she's been giving him those bedroom eyes. He knows that she's got that warm, fuzzy feeling in the bottom of her stomach, and that's okay, it's natural. But all that frustration she has boiling over, the anger she's feeling, the stress that she's putting on herself...The Rock's come to the conclusion that Chyna just needs to get some. And if she's lucky, then later on tonight at 1, 2 o'clock in the morning, The Rock will be just the man to give it to her! An IRATE Chyna lunges towards The Rock, but Mark Henry guards him and Owen, D'Lo & Godfather hold Chyna back! They force her down to her knees, and the Rock notes that it looks like a natural position for Chyna, she looks like she belongs on her knees! The Rock says it's time to give in to that animalistic lust she has for The Rock, it's time for her to give in to her urges and let The Rock take her for the thrill of a lifetime. He grabs her face forcefully and teases kisisng her -- but he stops short and says on second thought, he wouldn't give her the pleasure of kissing her because she's the biggest piece of trash he's ever laid eyes on! Instead, he'd rather do this -- AND HE LIFTS CHYNA UP AND HE PLANTS HER WITH A ROCK BOTTOM! NO! DAMN HIM! DAMN HIM TO HELL! Chyna's laid out and the Nation raises their fists over top of her before leaving to the back, and JR yells that they still haven't been able to find the keys to move the forklift in the back, and The Rock has just sent a STRONG message to Triple H just days away from Summerslam!

    ----------------------------
    Commercial Break
    ----------------------------

    BEFORE THE BREAK: We see a recap of the heinous attack on Chyna before the break.

    DURING THE BREAK: We also see that DX was finally freed from the locker room and frantically rushed to check on Chyna, who had been taken to the Trainer's Room.
    4. Mark Henry def. Headbanger Mosh with the High Angle Powerslam in 3:27. Mark squashes the one Headbanger for a couple of minutes before hitting the High Angle Powerslam to get the win.

    Post-match, as Mark Henry is celebrating -- TRIPLE H STORMS DOWN TO THE RING WITH A STEEL CHAIR AND BELTS MARK HENRY ACROSS THE SKULL WITH IT! He unloads a few vicious shots on the World's Strongest Man before lifting him up and PLANTING HIM with a Pedigree! Triple H is FUMING mad as he grabs the microphone. The match at Summerslam for the Intercontinental Title is OFFICIALLY a Ladder Match, and you can forget about everything that's happened up until this point -- at Summerslam, he's making Rocky his BITCH!

    The Highway To Hell Summerslam ad airs, hyping up Summerslam in MSG this SUNDAY only on PPV!

    The Hell in a Cell starts to lower and Kane & Undertaker make their way out. The cell finishes lowering, and Mankind makes his way out, and just like he promised -- HE STARTS CLIMBING UP THE SIDE OF THE CAGE! He's daring Kane to meet him up there, but when Mankind gets about halfway up, TAKER GOES OVER AND GRABS MANKIND AND PULLS HIM OFF, BRINGING HIM DOWN BACK FIRST THROUGH THE SPANISH ANNOUNCE TABLE! Taker grabs a clearly hurt Mankind and throws him in to the cage and orders the referee to lock it, and now the match begins!

    5. Mankind vs. Kane in a Hell in a Cell Match goes to a No Contest in 9:35. The majority of this is Kane just pummeling an out-on-his-feet Mankind, destroying him by using the cage, the stairs and even a couple of steel chairs. But much to Kane's chagrin, Mankind keeps getting back up to his feet. Mankind manages to get Kane with a low blow and he starts wailing away on him with shots to the head and back, and he manages to get Kane off his feet. He whips out his bag full of thumbtacks and spreads them around on the mat and he goes to lift Kane up, BUT KANE CHOKESLAMS MANKIND STRAIGHT INTO THE THUMBTACKS! Kane looks to the Undertaker, AND TAKER TELLS HIM TO DO IT AGAIN, AND KANE DOES! Kane lifts Mankind up and gets him into the air, now connecting with a Tombstone. BUT TAKER TELLS HIM TO DO IT AGAIN, AND POINTS TO THE CHAIR! Kane WALLOPS Mankind in the head with a steel chair shot, and then lays the chair out. Surprisingly, Mankind is back up but JR says that just may be his body reacting where his mind is not, and Kane lifts Mankind up and plants him with a Tombstone on to the steel chair.

    BUT WAIT A MINUTE! WAIT JUST A DAMN MINUTE! STONE COLD STEVE AUSTIN COMES OUT FROM UNDER THE RING AND HE ATTACKS KANE FROM BEHIND! HE GRABS THE STEEL CHAIR AND HE BRAINS KANE'S HEAD IN WITH THE CHAIR, BREAKING IT INTO PIECES! TAKER STARTS FREAKING OUT ON THE OUTSIDE AND TRIES TO RIP OPEN THE CAGE DOOR, BUT HE CAN'T! AUSTIN CONTINUES THE ASSAULT, AND THE CROWD IS GOING ABSOLUTELY APESHIT!

    TAKER STARTS CLIMBING UP THE SIDE OF THE CAGE, HE'S GOING TO TRY AND BREAK INTO THIS THING SOMEHOW! AUSTIN KEEPS LOOKING AT TAKER AND FLIPPING HIM THE BIRD! JR YELLS THAT AUSTIN IS LIVING UP TO HIS WORD, HE WAS COMING AFTER ONE OF THEM, AND HE'S TRYING TO TAKE OUT KANE AHEAD OF THIS SUNDAY'S PPV! ALL CAPS LOCK SO SCREW YOU! TAKER GETS TO THE TOP OF THE CELL AND STARTS STOMPING AWAY AT WEAK POINTS, TRYING TO BREAK THROUGH. AUSTIN GETS KANE BACK UP TO HIS FEET -- AND HE PLANTS THE BIG RED MACHINE WITH A STONE COLD STUNNER BAH GAWD!

    TAKER'S BROKEN THROUGH THE TOP OF THE CAGE AND HE STARTS TO PEEL BACK THE CEILING, ATTEMPTING TO GET THROUGH -- BUT THE CAGE STARTS TO MOVE BACK UP INTO THE AIR?! TAKER FALLS AND GRABS ONTO THE CHAIN SO HE DOESN'T LOSE HIS BALANCE, AND AUSTIN LOOKS UP AND CONTINUES TO GIVE HIM THE FINGER. THE CAMERA SWITCHES BACK TO THE TECHNICAL AREA -- AND IT'S VINCE MCMAHON FLICKING THE SWITCH TO RAISE THE CAGE, HE'S NOT LETTING HIS FINANCIAL INVESTMENT GET RUINED BEFORE SUMMERSLAM, HE'S SAVING THAT MAIN EVENT!

    AUSTIN HITS KANE WITH ANOTHER STONE COLD STUNNER. UNDERTAKER GETS TO HIS FEET ON THE TOP OF THE CAGE AND LOOKS DOWN AT AUSTIN! THE HIGHWAY TO HELL CULMINATES IN SIX DAYS INSIDE OF MADISON SQUARE GARDEN AT SUMMERSLAM, BAH GAWD, DO NOT MISS IT!




    WWF SUMMERSLAM 1998 (8/30) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. The Undertaker

    WWF INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
    Ladder Match
    The Rock [c] [i]Vs.[i] Triple H

    WWF WORLD TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS
    Street Fight
    Kane & Mankind [c] Vs. New Age Outlaws

    ULTIMATE JEOPARDY - FATAL FOUR WAY NO DQ
    Winner Gets Title Shot on RAW; Loser is FIRED
    Terry Funk Vs. Ron Simmons Vs. Dustin Rhodes Vs. Big Van Vader

    LION'S DEN MATCH
    Ken Shamrock Vs. Owen Hart

    HAIR vs. HAIR MATCH
    X-Pac Vs. Jeff Jarrett

    WWF EUROPEAN CHAMPIONSHIP
    D'Lo Brown [c] Vs. Val Venis

    EIGHT MAN TAG TEAM MATCH
    The NWA [Severn/Windham/New MX] Vs. LOD 2000, Bradshaw & 2 Cold Scorpio

    SUNDAY NIGHT HeAT - ONE HOUR BEFORE THE PPV on USA!
    -- Gangrel Vs. Edge
    -- Al Snow Vs. Jerry "The King" Lawler - If Snow Wins, He's Hired. If Lawler Wins, Snow's Blackballed.
    -- Mark Henry Vs. Steve Blackman
    -- WWF Light Heavyweight Title: TAKA Michinoku [c] vs. Chris Hamrick

  25. #50
    Master/Ruler of World Big Evil's Avatar

    Join Date
    Feb 2012
    Location
    Wherever I Darn Well Please
    Posts
    747
    vCash
    2000
    Mentioned
    5 Post(s)
    Tagged
    0 Thread(s)

    Default Re: Big Evil's WWF 1998

    WWF World Heavyweight Champion: Stone Cold Steve Austin (Since 6/29/1998)
    WWF Intercontinental Champion: The Rock (Since 12/8/1997)
    WWF European Champion: D'Lo Brown (Since 7/27/1998)
    WWF World Tag Team Champions: Kane & Mankind (Since 8/10/1998)
    WWF Light Heavyweight Champion: TAKA Michinoku (Since 3/29/1998)

    WWF Sunday Night HeAT
    August 30th, 1998
    Madison Square Garden
    New York City, NY


    Michael Cole and Shane McMahon welcome us to Sunday Night HeAT and go over HeAT's line-up as well as hyping us up for Summerslam coming up in just sixty minutes time.

    1. Gangrel vs. Edge went to a Double Count-Out in 4:36. These two immediately started brawling and they weren't paying attention to anything the referee was instructing them to do or not to do. It eventually spilled to the outside and Gangrel kept trying to escape the enraged Edge, but to no avail. The ref eventually counted both men out.

    Post-match, Edge went for a spear and Gangrel ducked out of the way at the last minute, sending Edge right into the side of the steps. Gangrel piled on top of Edge, and the arena started flashing red and black as Gangrel worked over Edge. When the lights came back on, Gangrel was gone -- and Edge had been blood bath'd!

    We see a dramatic recap of the Funk/Dustin/Simmons/Vader situation, highlighted with the events of this summer that's lead to a historic Fatal Four Way at Summerslam tonight. One man will be fired and gone from the WWF forever!

    2. Steve Blackman def. Mark Henry with the Bicycle Pump Kick in 6:23. Mark dominated this and worked over Blackman's back for a while. He kept it up, slowly working towards his finish until Blackman caught him with a stray desparation kick. Blackman kept on it and wound up catching a charging Mark Henry with a Bicycle Pump Kick that damn near took his head off, and Blackman gets the big upset victory!


    Michael Hayes is in the theatre that's adjacent to Madison Square Garden, where a select group of fans are stationed in front of the newly constructed Lion's Den. He goes over the rules of the match, which for the most part just are: the only way to win is via submission or knockout. Hayes mentions Shamrock's history in UFC preparing him for this, as well as Owen being a submission specialist who has also spent the last five weeks training with UFC legend Dan "The Beast" Severn.

    3. TAKA Michinoku [c] def. David Morton Tyler Jericho to retain the WWF Light Heavyweight Championship with the Michinoku Driver in 5:18. Kai En Tai is at ringside and they get involved to toy around with the jobber, but TAKA doesn't really need it. TAKA hits him with a standing Moonsault and the Michinoku Driver to get the win.

    Backstage, we see footage of both Triple H arriving with Chyna, both looking pissed off, as well as a cocky looking Rock walking around backstage with the Godfather in tow. IC TITLE ON THE LINE IN A LADDER MATCH, TONIGHT!

    Jerry Lawler makes his entrance, and moments later, Al Snow makes his. But he's weary of the set-up and clearly thinks something extracurricular is going on. He looks around and sure enough, Too Much come from the side of the entry way and attack Snow! Snow fends them off for a while but they get him down to ringside, and Lawler's calling the shots from the ring. Snow manages to kick Scott Taylor in the groin and he shoves Brian Christopher away. Snow reaches down under the ring apron -- AND HE PULLS OUT A BRAND NEW MANNEQUIN HEAD! He WALLOPS both members of Too Much with them and other referees come and take them away. Snow turns and points towards Lawler and smiles demonicaly before sliding into the ring and going right at the King!

    4. Al Snow def. Jerry Lawler with the Snow Plow in 7:58. As a result, Al Snow wins a job with the WWF! With Lawler's plan having back fired, Snow has the upper hand and chases Lawler around the ring and ringside area. Lawler pulls out some old Memphis tricks including the powder in the eyes which gives him the advantage for a bit, but Snow works his way through it and eventually grabs JR's water bottle to wash his eyes out. Snow starts mowing through Lawler and even pulls down his own strap before hitting his own version of the fist drop -- but he misses! An enraged Lawler looks to end it and goes to lift Snow up for the Piledriver, but Snow practically cartwheels out of it! He connects with a superkick, Lawler falls back into the ropes and teeters forward, and Snow lifts him up and connects with the Snowplow, and Snow wins!

    Post-match, MSG erupts and Al Snow bolts through the crowd and celebrates, dancing with the fans and the Head, having finally won himself a job back in the WWF!

    The Highway to Hell video airs, hyping the Austin/Taker showdown one final time, as we fade out and head to Summerslam!



    WWF PRESENTS: SUMMERSLAM 1998 (8/30) CARD:

    WWF WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
    Stone Cold Steve Austin [c] Vs. The Undertaker

    WWF INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
    LADDER MATCH
    The Rock [c] Vs. Triple H

    ULTIMATE JEOPARDY - FATAL FOUR WAY NO DQ
    Winner Gets A WWF Title Match; Loser Is Fired.
    Terry Funk Vs. Ron Simmons Vs. Big Van Vader Vs. Dustin Rhodes

    WWF WORLD TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS
    STREET FIGHT
    Kane & Mankind [c] Vs. The New Age Outlaws

    LION'S DEN MATCH
    Ken Shamrock Vs. Owen Hart

    HAIR vs. HAIR MATCH
    Jeff Jarrett Vs. X-Pac

    WWF EUROPEAN CHAMPIONSHIP
    D'Lo Brown [c] Vs. Val Venis

    EIGHT MAN TAG TEAM MATCH
    The NWA [Severn/Windham/New MX] Vs. LOD 2000, Bradshaw, 2 Cold Scorpio

Thread Information

Users Browsing this Thread

There are currently 1 users browsing this thread. (0 members and 1 guests)

Posting Permissions

  • You may not post new threads
  • You may not post replies
  • You may not post attachments
  • You may not edit your posts
  •